sv1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
November 19, 2009
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
QuinStreet, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
California
|
|
7389
|
|
77-0512121
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Suite 800
Foster City, CA 94404
(650) 578-7700
(Address, including zip code
and telephone number, of Registrants principal executive
offices)
Douglas Valenti
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Suite 800
Foster City, CA 94404
(650) 578-7700
(Name, address, including
zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Jodie Bourdet
David Peinsipp
Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
101 California Street,
5th
Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
(415) 693-2000
|
|
Alan Denenberg
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 752-2000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
Fee
|
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
|
|
|
$
|
250,000,000.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,950.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of
the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(2) |
|
Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to
purchase to cover over-allotments, if any. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION. DATED NOVEMBER 19, 2009.
Shares
Common
Stock
This is the initial
public offering of our common stock. Prior to this offering,
there has been no public market for our common stock. The
initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to
be between $ and
$ per share.
We intend to apply
to list our common stock
on
under the symbol QNST.
The underwriters
have an option to purchase a maximum
of
additional shares of common stock from us to cover
over-allotments.
Investing in our
common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors
beginning on page 9.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discounts and
|
|
|
|
|
Price to
|
|
Other
|
|
Proceeds,
Before
|
|
|
Public
|
|
Commissions(1)
|
|
Expenses, to
us
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes fees
payable to Qatalyst Partners LP for services as our financial
advisor. Qatalyst Partners LP is not acting as an underwriter of
this offering.
|
Delivery of our
shares of common stock will be made on or
about ,
2010.
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
BofA Merrill Lynch |
J.P. Morgan |
Qatalyst
Partners LP
Financial
Advisor
The date of this
prospectus
is ,
2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Neither we
nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with
additional information or information different from that
contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus
filed with the SEC. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers
to buy, our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers
and sales are permitted. The information contained in this
prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus,
regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any
sale of our common stock.
For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the
underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering
or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any
jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Persons
outside the United States who come into possession of this
prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any
restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common
stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the
United States.
Until ,
2010 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider in making your investment decision. Before
investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this
entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and the information set forth
under the headings Risk Factors and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, in each case included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise
requires, we use the terms QuinStreet,
company, we, us and
our in this prospectus to refer to QuinStreet, Inc.
and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.
QUINSTREET,
INC.
Overview
QuinStreet is a leader in vertical marketing and media on the
Internet. We have built a strong set of capabilities to engage
Internet visitors with targeted media and to connect our
marketing clients with their potential customers online. We
focus on serving clients in large, information-intensive
industry verticals where relevant, targeted media and offerings
help visitors make informed choices, find the products that
match their needs, and thus become qualified customer prospects
for our clients. Our current primary client verticals are the
education and financial services industries. We also have a
presence in the home services,
business-to-business,
or B2B, and healthcare industries.
We generate revenue by delivering measurable online marketing
results to our clients. These results are typically in the form
of qualified leads or clicks, the outcomes of customer prospects
submitting requests for information on, or to be contacted
regarding, client products, or their clicking on or through to
specific client offers. These qualified leads or clicks are
generated from our marketing activities on our websites or on
third-party websites with whom we have relationships. Clients
primarily pay us for leads that they can convert into customers,
typically in a call center or through other offline customer
acquisition processes, or for clicks from our websites that they
can convert into applications or customers on their websites. We
are predominantly paid on a negotiated or market-driven
per lead or per click basis. Media costs
to generate qualified leads or clicks are borne by us as a cost
of providing our services.
Founded in 1999, we have been a pioneer in the development and
application of measurable marketing on the Internet. Clients pay
us for the actual opt-in actions by prospects or customers that
result from our marketing activities on their behalf, versus
traditional impression-based advertising and marketing models in
which an advertiser pays for more general exposure to an
advertisement. We have been particularly focused on developing
and delivering measurable marketing results in the search engine
ecosystem, the entry point of the Internet for most
of the visitors we convert into qualified leads or clicks for
our clients. We own or partner with vertical content websites
that attract Internet visitors from organic search engine
rankings due to the quality and relevancy of their content to
search engine users. We also acquire targeted visitors for our
websites through the purchase of
pay-per-click,
or PPC, advertisements on search engines. We complement search
engine companies by building websites with content and offerings
that are relevant and responsive to their searchers, and by
increasing the value of the PPC search advertising they sell by
matching visitors with offerings and converting them into
customer prospects for our clients.
Market
Opportunity
Our clients are shifting more of their marketing budgets from
traditional media channels such as direct mail, television,
radio, and newspapers to the Internet because of increasing
usage of the Internet by their potential customers. We believe
that direct marketing is the most applicable and relevant
marketing segment to us because it is targeted and measurable.
According to the July 2009 research report, Consumer
Behavior Online: A 2009 Deep Dive, by Forrester Research,
Americans spend 33% of their time with media on the Internet,
but online direct marketing represents only 16% of the
$149 billion in total annual U.S. direct marketing
spending in 2009, as reported by the Direct Marketing
Association. The Internet is an effective direct marketing
medium due to its targeting and measurability characteristics.
If direct marketing budgets shift to the Internet in proportion
to Americans share of time spent with media on the
Internet from 16%
1
to 33% of the $149 billion in total spending in
2009 that could represent an increased market
opportunity of $25 billion. In addition, as traditional
media categories such as television and radio shift from analog
to digital formats, they then become channels for the targeted
and measurable marketing techniques and capabilities we have
developed for the Internet, thus expanding our addressable
market opportunity. Further future market potential may also
come from international markets.
Our
Business Model
We deliver cost-effective marketing results to our clients,
predictably and scalably, most typically in the form of a
qualified lead or click. These leads or clicks can then convert
into a customer or sale for the client at a rate that results in
an acceptable marketing cost to them. We get paid by clients
primarily when we deliver qualified leads or clicks as defined
in our agreements with them. Because we bear the costs of media,
our programs must deliver a value to our clients and a media
yield, or our ability to generate an acceptable margin on our
media costs, that provides a sound financial outcome for us. Our
general process is:
|
|
|
|
|
We own or access targeted media.
|
|
|
|
We run advertisements or other forms of marketing messages and
programs in that media to create visitor responses or clicks
through to client offerings.
|
|
|
|
We match these responses or clicks to client offerings or brands
that meet visitor interests or needs, converting visitors into
qualified leads or clicks.
|
|
|
|
We optimize client matches and media yield such that we achieve
desired results for clients and a sound financial outcome for us.
|
Our
Competitive Advantages
Our competitive advantages include:
|
|
|
|
|
Vertical focus and expertise
|
|
|
|
Measurable marketing experience and expertise
|
|
|
|
Targeted media
|
|
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
|
Client relationships
|
|
|
|
Client-driven online marketing approach
|
|
|
|
Acquisition strategy and success
|
|
|
|
Scale
|
Our
Strategy
We believe that we are in the early stages of a very large and
long-term business opportunity. Our strategy for pursuing this
opportunity includes the following key components:
|
|
|
|
|
Focus on generating sustainable revenues by providing measurable
value to our clients.
|
|
|
|
Build QuinStreet and our industry sustainably by behaving
ethically in all we do and by providing quality content and
website experiences to Internet visitors.
|
|
|
|
Remain vertically focused, choosing to grow through depth,
expertise and coverage in our current industry verticals; enter
new verticals selectively over time, organically and through
acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
Build a world class organization, with
best-in-class
capabilities for delivering measurable marketing results to
clients and high yields or returns on media costs.
|
|
|
|
Develop and evolve the best technologies and platform for
managing vertical marketing and media on the Internet; focus on
technologies that enhance media yield, improve client results
and achieve scale efficiencies.
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Build, buy and partner with vertical content websites that
provide the most relevant and highest quality visitor
experiences in the client and media verticals we serve.
|
|
|
|
Be a client-driven organization; develop a broad set of media
sources and capabilities to reliably meet client needs.
|
Risks
Associated with Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties,
including those highlighted in the section entitled Risk
Factors immediately following this prospectus summary,
that primarily represent challenges we face in connection with
the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of
our business. We operate in an immature industry and have a
rapidly-evolving business model, which make it difficult to
predict our future operating results. In addition, we expect a
number of factors to cause our operating results to fluctuate on
a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to
predict our future performance.
Corporate
Information
We incorporated in California in April 1999. We intend to
reincorporate in Delaware prior to the completion of this
offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 1051
East Hillsdale Blvd., Suite 800, Foster City, California
94404, and our telephone number is
(650) 578-7700.
Our website address is www.quinstreet.com. We do not incorporate
the information on or accessible through our website into this
prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or
that can be accessed through, our website as part of this
prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such
information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.
QuinStreet®,
the QuinStreet logo design and other trademarks or service marks
of QuinStreet appearing in this prospectus are the property of
QuinStreet. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade
names of other businesses that are the property of their
respective holders.
3
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by QuinStreet |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
Over-allotment option |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering, after
deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, to be approximately
$ million at an assumed
initial public offering price of $
per share. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of
this offering, or approximately $26.3 million, to repay the
outstanding balance of our five-year term loan, and the
remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital,
capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We
may also use a portion of the net proceeds to repay additional
debt or to acquire other businesses, products or technologies.
See Use of Proceeds. |
|
Dividend policy |
|
We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for
the foreseeable future. |
|
Risk factors |
|
See Risk Factors beginning on page 9 and the
other information included in this prospectus for a discussion
of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether
to purchase shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed symbol |
|
QNST |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on 34,631,876 shares of common stock
outstanding as of September 30, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 10,654,296 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of
September 30, 2009 pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $8.1717 per
share;
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 1,726,814 additional shares of common stock
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan as of September 30, 2009; provided, however, that
immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for
this offering, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so
that no further awards may be granted under our 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan and the shares then remaining and reserved for
future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan shall
become reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan; and
|
|
|
|
the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan and up to 300,000 additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under each of these benefit plans, which will
become effective immediately upon the signing of the
underwriting agreement for this offering.
|
Unless we specifically state otherwise, the share information in
this prospectus is as of September 30, 2009 and reflects or
assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
that our reincorporation in Delaware has been completed;
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of
21,176,533 shares of common stock effective immediately
prior to the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
which we will file in connection with the completion of this
offering, is in effect; and
|
|
|
|
no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option to
purchase up to an
additional shares
of common stock.
|
4
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data.
We have derived the following summary of our consolidated
statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The
consolidated statements of operations data for the three months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and consolidated balance
sheet data as of September 30, 2009 have been derived from
our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not
necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in
the future and our interim results are not necessarily
indicative of the results that should be expected for the full
fiscal year. The summary of our consolidated financial data set
forth below should be read together with our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes to those statements,
as well as the sections titled Selected Consolidated
Financial Data and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
34,021
|
|
|
|
39,831
|
|
|
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
11,752
|
|
|
|
11,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
(3,538
|
)
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: 8% non-cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(7,690
|
)
|
|
|
(5,925
|
)
|
|
|
(8,599
|
)
|
|
|
(1,527
|
)
|
|
|
(3,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stock
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
diluted
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income per
share
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted net income per
share
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma diluted net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
19,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
110,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
66,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives
effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock
effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the
repayment of the outstanding balance of our five-year term loan
using a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and to the
sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of
this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed
initial public offering price of $
per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash
equivalents, working capital, total assets and total
shareholders equity by $ ,
assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also
increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each
increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of
shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and
cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total
shareholders equity by $ ,
assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains
the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed
above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual
initial public offering price and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing. |
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
24,751
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
|
$
|
(261
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,808
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
2,177
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
36,112
|
|
|
$
|
36,279
|
|
|
$
|
56,872
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
(1) |
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less interest income
plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation
expense, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense
and foreign-exchange (loss) gain. Please see
Adjusted EBITDA for more information and
for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income
calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP.
|
Adjusted
EBITDA
We include Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because
(i) we seek to manage our business to a consistent level of
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue, (ii) it is
a key basis upon which our management assesses our operating
performance, (iii) it is one of the primary metrics
investors use in evaluating Internet marketing companies,
(iv) it is a factor in the evaluation of the performance of
our management in determining compensation, and (v) it is
an element of certain maintenance covenants under our debt
agreements. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less
interest income plus interest expense, provision for taxes,
depreciation expense, amortization expense, stock-based
compensation expense and foreign-exchange (loss) gain.
Restructuring charges have not been expensed and have not been
adjusted for in our Adjusted EBITDA.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance measure because we
believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from
period to period by excluding potential differences caused by
variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense),
tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of
changes in effective tax rates or fluctuations in permanent
differences or discrete quarterly items) and the impact of
depreciation and amortization expense on definite-lived
intangible assets. Because Adjusted EBITDA facilitates internal
comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more
consistent basis, we also use Adjusted EBITDA for business
planning purposes, to incentivize and compensate our management
personnel and in evaluating acquisition opportunities.
In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are
widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies
and other interested parties in our industry as a measure of
financial performance and debt-service capabilities. Our use of
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you
should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures for
capital equipment or other contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced
in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital
expenditure requirements for such replacements;
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive
impact of issuing equity-based compensation to our management
team and employees;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest
expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest
or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain tax payments that may
represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
|
|
|
|
other companies, including companies in our industry, may
calculate Adjusted EBITDA measures differently, which reduces
their usefulness as a comparative measure.
|
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to
invest in the growth of our business. When evaluating our
performance, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other
financial performance measures, including various cash flow
metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(1,034
|
)
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
9,828
|
|
|
|
8,876
|
|
|
|
13,909
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
4,837
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
36,112
|
|
|
$
|
36,279
|
|
|
$
|
56,872
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that
our business faces numerous financial and market risks,
including those described below, as well as general economic and
business risks. The following discussion provides information
concerning the material risks and uncertainties that we have
identified and believe may adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Before you decide
whether to invest in our common stock, you should carefully
consider these risks and uncertainties, together with all of the
other information included in this prospectus.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Industry
We
operate in an immature industry and have a relatively new
business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our
business and prospects.
We derive nearly all of our revenue from the sale of online
marketing and media services, which is an immature industry that
has undergone rapid and dramatic changes in its short history.
The industry in which we operate is characterized by
rapidly-changing Internet media, evolving industry standards,
and changing user and client demands. Our business model is also
evolving and is distinct from many other companies in our
industry, and it may not be successful. As a result of these
factors, the future revenue and income potential of our business
is uncertain. Although we have experienced significant revenue
growth in recent periods, we may not be able to sustain current
revenue levels or growth rates. Any evaluation of our business
and our prospects must be considered in light of these factors
and the risks and uncertainties often encountered by companies
in an immature industry with an evolving business model such as
ours. Some of these risks and uncertainties relate to our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
maintain and expand client relationships;
|
|
|
|
sustain and increase the number of visitors to our websites;
|
|
|
|
sustain and grow relationships with third-party website
publishers and other sources of web visitors;
|
|
|
|
manage our expanding operations and implement and improve our
operational, financial and management controls;
|
|
|
|
raise capital at attractive costs, or at all;
|
|
|
|
acquire and integrate websites and other businesses;
|
|
|
|
successfully expand our footprint in our existing client
verticals and enter new client verticals;
|
|
|
|
respond effectively to competition and potential negative
effects of competition on profit margins;
|
|
|
|
attract and retain qualified management, employees and
independent service providers;
|
|
|
|
successfully introduce new processes and technologies and
upgrade our existing technologies and services;
|
|
|
|
protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property
rights; and
|
|
|
|
respond to government regulations relating to the Internet,
personal data protection, email, software technologies and other
aspects of our business.
|
If we are unable to address these risks, our business, results
of operations and prospects could suffer.
If we
do not effectively manage our growth, our operating performance
will suffer and we may lose clients.
We have experienced rapid growth in our operations and operating
locations, and we expect to experience continued growth in our
business, both through acquisitions and internal growth. This
growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant
demands on our management and our operational and financial
9
infrastructure. In particular, continued rapid growth and
acquisitions may make it more difficult for us to accomplish the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
successfully scale our technology to accommodate a larger
business and integrate acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
maintain our standing with key vendors, including Internet
search companies and third-party website publishers;
|
|
|
|
maintain our client service standards; and
|
|
|
|
develop and improve our operational, financial and management
controls and maintain adequate reporting systems and procedures.
|
In addition, our personnel, systems, procedures and controls may
be inadequate to support our future operations. The improvements
required to manage our growth will require us to make
significant expenditures, expand, train and manage our employee
base and allocate valuable management resources. If we fail to
effectively manage our growth, our operating performance will
suffer and we may lose clients, third-party website publishers
and key personnel.
We
depend upon Internet search companies to attract a significant
portion of the visitors to our websites, and any change in the
search companies search algorithms or perception of us or
our industry could result in our websites being listed less
prominently in either paid or algorithmic search result
listings, in which case the number of visitors to our websites
and our revenue could decline.
We depend in significant part on various Internet search
companies, such as Google, Microsoft and Yahoo!, and other
search websites to direct a significant number of visitors to
our websites to provide our online marketing services to our
clients. Search websites typically provide two types of search
results, algorithmic and paid listings. Algorithmic, or organic,
listings are determined and displayed solely by a set of
formulas designed by search companies. Paid listings can be
purchased and then are displayed if particular words are
included in a users Internet search. Placement in paid
listings is generally not determined solely on the bid price,
but also takes into account the search engines assessment
of the quality of website featured in the paid listing and other
factors. We rely on both algorithmic and paid search results, as
well as advertising on other websites, to direct a substantial
share of the visitors to our websites.
Our ability to maintain the number of visitors to our websites
from search websites and other websites is not entirely within
our control. For example, Internet search websites frequently
revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search
result listings or to maintain their internal standards and
strategies. Changes in the algorithms could cause our websites
to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the
number of users who visit our websites. We have experienced
fluctuations in the search result rankings for a number of our
websites. We may make decisions that are suboptimal regarding
the purchase of paid listings, which could also reduce the
number of visitors to our websites, or the placement of
advertisements on other websites and pricing, which could
increase our costs to attract such visitors. Our approaches may
be deemed similar to those of our competitors and others in our
industry that Internet search websites may consider to be
unsuitable or unattractive. Internet search websites could deem
our content to be unsuitable or below standards or less
attractive or worthy than those of other or competing websites.
In either such case, our websites may receive less favorable
placement. Any reduction in the number of visitors to our
websites would negatively affect our ability to earn revenue. If
visits to our websites decrease, we may need to resort to more
costly sources to replace lost visitors, and such increased
expense could adversely affect our business and profitability.
Our
future growth depends in part on our ability to identify and
complete acquisitions.
Our growth over the past several years is in significant part
due to the large number of acquisitions we have completed. Since
the beginning of fiscal year 2007, we have completed over 100
acquisitions of third-party website publishing businesses and
other businesses that are complementary to our own for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $189.5 million.
We intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and
technologies to expand our capabilities, client base and media.
We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide
array of potential strategic transactions. However, we may not
be successful in
10
identifying suitable acquisition candidates or be able to
complete acquisitions of such candidates. In addition, we may
not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms, or at all,
to fund acquisitions that we may wish to pursue.
Any
acquisitions that we complete will involve a number of risks. If
we are unable to address and resolve these risks successfully,
such acquisitions could harm our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
The anticipated benefit of any acquisitions that we complete may
not materialize. In addition, the process of integrating
acquired businesses or technologies may create unforeseen
operating difficulties and expenditures. Some of the areas where
we may face acquisition-related risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of management time and potential business disruptions;
|
|
|
|
expenses, distractions and potential claims resulting from
acquisitions, whether or not they are completed;
|
|
|
|
retaining and integrating employees from any businesses we may
acquire;
|
|
|
|
issuance of dilutive equity securities, incurrence of debt or
reduction in cash balances;
|
|
|
|
integrating various accounting, management, information, human
resource and other systems to permit effective management;
|
|
|
|
incurring possible impairment charges, contingent liabilities,
amortization expense or write-offs of goodwill;
|
|
|
|
difficulties integrating and supporting acquired products or
technologies;
|
|
|
|
unexpected capital expenditure requirements;
|
|
|
|
insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated
with acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
underperformance problems associated with acquisitions; and
|
|
|
|
becoming involved in acquisition-related litigation.
|
Foreign acquisitions would involve risks in addition to those
mentioned above, including those related to integration of
operations across different cultures and languages, currency
risks and the particular economic, political, administrative and
management, and regulatory risks associated with specific
countries. We may not be able to address these risks
successfully, or at all, without incurring significant costs,
delay or other operating problems. Our inability to resolve such
risks could harm our business and results of operations.
A
substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited
number of clients and, if we lose a major client, our revenue
will decrease and our business and prospects would be adversely
impacted.
A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited
number of clients. Our top three clients accounted for 32% and
28% of our net revenue for the fiscal year 2009 and the first
three months of fiscal year 2010, respectively. Our clients can
generally terminate their contracts with us at any time, with
limited prior notice or penalty. DeVry Inc., our largest client,
accounted for approximately 19% and 13% of our net revenue for
fiscal year 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year 2010,
respectively. DeVry has recently retained an advertising agency
and has reduced its purchases of leads from us. DeVry and other
clients may reduce their current level of business with us,
leading to lower revenue. We expect that a limited number of
clients will continue to account for a significant percentage of
our revenue, and the loss of, or material reduction in, their
marketing spending with us could decrease our revenue and harm
our business.
We are
dependent on two market verticals for a majority of our
revenue.
To date, we have generated a majority of our revenue from
clients in our education vertical. We expect that a majority of
our revenue in fiscal year 2010 will be generated from clients
in our education and financial
11
services verticals. A downturn in economic or market conditions
adversely affecting the education industry or the financial
services industry would negatively impact our business and
financial condition. Over the past year, education marketing
spending has remained relatively stable, but this stability may
not continue. Marketing budgets for clients in our education
vertical are impacted by a number of factors, including the
availability of student financial aid, the regulation of
for-profit financial institutions and economic conditions. Over
the past year, some segments of the financial services industry,
particularly mortgages, credit cards and deposits, have seen
declines in marketing budgets given the difficult market
conditions. These declines may continue or worsen. In addition,
the education and financial services industries are highly
regulated. Changes in regulations or government actions may
negatively impact our clients marketing practices and
budgets and, therefore, adversely affect our financial results.
If we
are unable to retain the members of our management team or
attract and retain qualified management team members in the
future, our business and growth could suffer.
Our success and future growth depend, to a significant degree,
on the continued contributions of the members of our management
team. Each member of our management team is an at-will employee
and may voluntarily terminate his or her employment with us at
any time with minimal notice. We also may need to hire
additional management team members to adequately manage our
growing business. We may not be able to retain or identify and
attract additional qualified management team members.
Competition for experienced management-level personnel in our
industry is intense. Qualified individuals are in high demand,
particularly in the Internet marketing industry, and we may
incur significant costs to attract and retain them. If we lose
the services of any of our senior managers or if we are unable
to attract and retain additional qualified senior managers, our
business and growth could suffer.
We
need to hire and retain additional qualified personnel to grow
and manage our business. If we are unable to attract and retain
qualified personnel, our business and growth could be seriously
harmed.
Our performance depends on the talents and efforts of our
employees. Our future success will depend on our ability to
attract, retain and motivate highly skilled personnel in all
areas of our organization and, in particular, in our
engineering/technology, sales and marketing, media, finance and
legal/regulatory teams. We plan to continue to grow our business
and will need to hire additional personnel to support this
growth. We have found it difficult from time to time to locate
and hire suitable personnel. If we experience similar
difficulties in the future, our growth may be hindered.
Qualified individuals are in high demand, particularly in the
Internet marketing industry, and we may incur significant costs
to attract and retain them. Many of our employees have also
become, or will soon become, substantially vested in their stock
option grants. Employees may be more likely to leave us
following our initial public offering as a result of the
establishment of a public market for our common stock. If we are
unable to attract and retain the personnel we need to succeed,
our business and growth could be harmed.
We
depend on third-party website publishers for a significant
portion of our visitors, and any decline in the supply of media
available through these websites or increase in the price of
this media could cause our revenue to decline or our cost to
reach visitors to increase.
A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to visitors
originating from advertising placements that we purchase on
third-party websites. In many instances, website publishers can
change the advertising inventory they make available to us at
any time and, therefore, impact our revenue. In addition,
website publishers may place significant restrictions on our
offerings. These restrictions may prohibit advertisements from
specific clients or specific industries, or restrict the use of
certain creative content or formats. If a website publisher
decides not to make advertising inventory available to us, or
decides to demand a higher revenue share or places significant
restrictions on the use of such inventory, we may not be able to
find advertising inventory from other websites that satisfy our
requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition,
the number of competing online marketing service providers and
advertisers that acquire inventory from websites continues to
increase. Consolidation of Internet advertising networks and
website publishers could eventually lead to a concentration of
desirable inventory on a small number of websites or networks,
12
which could limit the supply of inventory available to us or
increase the price of inventory to us. We cannot assure you that
we will be able to acquire advertising inventory that meets our
clients performance, price and quality requirements. If
any of these things occur, our revenue could decline or our
operating costs may increase.
We
have incurred a significant amount of debt, which may limit our
ability to fund general corporate requirements and obtain
additional financing, limit our flexibility in responding to
business opportunities and competitive developments and increase
our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry
conditions.
We have an outstanding term loan with a principal balance of
approximately $27.8 million as of September 30, 2009
and a revolving credit facility pursuant to which we can borrow
up to an additional $100.0 million. As of
September 30, 2009, we had drawn $14.8 million from
our revolving credit facility. We also had outstanding notes to
sellers arising from numerous acquisitions in the total
principal amount of $26.4 million. As a result of our debt:
|
|
|
|
|
we may not have sufficient liquidity to respond to business
opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic
conditions;
|
|
|
|
we may not have sufficient liquidity to fund all of these costs
if our revenue declines or costs increase; and
|
|
|
|
we may not have sufficient funds to repay the principal balance
of our debt when due.
|
Our debt obligations may also impair our ability to obtain
additional financing, if needed. Our indebtedness is secured by
substantially all of our assets, leaving us with limited
collateral for additional financing. Moreover, the terms of our
indebtedness restrict our ability to take certain actions,
including the incurrence of additional indebtedness, mergers and
acquisitions, investments and asset sales. In addition, even if
we are able to raise needed equity financing, we are required to
use a portion of the net proceeds of any equity financing to
repay the outstanding balance of our term loan. A failure to pay
interest or indebtedness when due could result in a variety of
adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our
indebtedness. In such a situation, it is unlikely that we would
be able to fulfill our obligations under our credit facilities
or repay the accelerated indebtedness or otherwise cover our
costs.
The
severe economic downturn in the United States poses additional
risks to our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
The United States has experienced, and is continuing to
experience, a severe economic downturn. The credit crisis,
deterioration of global economies, rising unemployment and
reduced equity valuations all create risks that could harm our
business. If macroeconomic conditions worsen, we are not able to
predict the impact such worsening conditions will have on the
online marketing industry in general, and our results of
operations specifically. Clients in particular verticals such as
financial services, particularly mortgage, credit cards and
deposits, small- to medium-sized business customers and home
services are facing very difficult conditions and their
marketing spend has been negatively affected. These conditions
could also damage our business opportunities in existing
markets, and reduce our revenue and profitability. While the
effect of these and related conditions poses widespread risk
across our business, we believe that it may particularly affect
our efforts in the mortgage, credit cards and deposits, small-
to medium-sized business and home services verticals, due to
reduced availability of credit for households and business and
reduced household disposable income. Economic conditions may not
improve or may worsen.
Our
operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in
the future, which makes our results of operations difficult to
predict and could cause our operating results to fall short of
analysts and investors expectations.
While we have experienced continued revenue growth, our prior
quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated due to
changes in our business, our industry and the general economic
climate. Similarly, our future operating results may vary
significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of
factors, many of
13
which are beyond our control. Our fluctuating results could
cause our performance to be below the expectations of securities
analysts and investors, causing the price of our common stock to
fall. Because our business is changing and evolving, our
historical operating results may not be useful to you in
predicting our future operating results. Factors that may
increase the volatility of our operating results include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in demand and pricing for our services;
|
|
|
|
changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our
competitors, or the pricing of Internet advertising or media;
|
|
|
|
the addition of new clients or the loss of existing clients;
|
|
|
|
changes in our clients advertising agencies or the
marketing strategies our clients or their advertising agencies
employ;
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic prospects of our clients or the economy
generally, which could alter current or prospective
clients spending priorities, or could increase the time or
costs required to complete sales with clients;
|
|
|
|
changes in the availability of Internet advertising or the cost
to reach Internet visitors;
|
|
|
|
changes in the placement of our websites on search engines;
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new product or service offerings by our
competitors; and
|
|
|
|
costs related to acquisitions of businesses or technologies.
|
Our
quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate
significantly from quarter to quarter due to seasonal
fluctuations in advertising spending.
The timing of our revenue, particularly from our education
client vertical, is affected by seasonal factors. For example,
the first quarter of each fiscal year typically demonstrates
seasonal strength and our second fiscal quarter typically
demonstrates seasonal weakness. In our second fiscal quarter,
our education clients often take fewer leads due to holiday
staffing and lower availability of lead supply caused by higher
media pricing for some forms of media during the holiday period,
causing our revenue to be sequentially lower. Our fluctuating
results could cause our performance to be below the expectations
of securities analysts and investors, causing the price of our
common stock to fall. To the extent our rate of growth slows, we
expect that the seasonality in our business may become more
apparent and may in the future cause our operating results to
fluctuate to a greater extent.
We may
need additional capital in the future to meet our financial
obligations and to pursue our business objectives. Additional
capital may not be available or may not be available on
favorable terms and our business and financial condition could
therefore be adversely affected.
While we anticipate the net proceeds of this offering, together
with availability under our existing credit facility, cash
balances and cash from operations, will be sufficient to fund
our operations for at least the next 12 months, we may need
to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future or
to finance acquisitions. If we seek to raise additional capital
in order to meet various objectives, including developing future
technologies and services, increasing working capital, acquiring
businesses and responding to competitive pressures, capital may
not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at
all. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our credit facility,
we are required to use a portion of the net proceeds of any
equity financing, including this offering, to repay the
outstanding balance of our term loan. Lack of sufficient capital
resources could significantly limit our ability to take
advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any
additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt
securities with an equity component would dilute our stock
ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available, we
may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate
material parts of our business strategy, including potential
additional acquisitions or development of new technologies.
14
If we
fail to compete effectively against other online marketing and
media companies and other competitors, we could lose clients and
our revenue may decline.
The market for online marketing is intensely competitive. We
expect this competition to continue to increase in the future.
We perceive only limited barriers to entry to the online
marketing industry. We compete both for clients and for limited
high quality advertising inventory. We compete for clients on
the basis of a number of factors, including return on marketing
expenditures, price, and client service.
We compete with Internet and traditional media companies for a
share of clients overall marketing budgets, including:
|
|
|
|
|
online marketing or media services providers such as Monster
Worldwide in the education vertical and Bankrate in financial
services;
|
|
|
|
offline and online advertising agencies;
|
|
|
|
major Internet portals and search engine companies with
advertising networks such as Google, Yahoo!, MSN, and AOL;
|
|
|
|
other online marketing service providers, including online
affiliate advertising networks and industry-specific portals or
lead generation companies;
|
|
|
|
website publishers with their own sales forces that sell their
online marketing services directly to clients;
|
|
|
|
in-house marketing groups at current or potential clients;
|
|
|
|
offline direct marketing agencies; and
|
|
|
|
television, radio and print companies.
|
Competition for web traffic among websites and search engines,
as well as competition with traditional media companies, could
result in significant price pressure, declining margins,
reductions in revenue and loss of market share. In addition, as
we continue to expand the scope of our services, we may compete
with a greater number of websites, clients and traditional media
companies across an increasing range of different services,
including in vertical markets where competitors may have
advantages in expertise, brand recognition and other areas.
Large Internet companies with brand recognition, such as Google,
Yahoo!, MSN, and AOL, have significant numbers of direct sales
personnel and substantial proprietary advertising inventory and
web traffic that provide a significant competitive advantage and
have significant impact on pricing for Internet advertising and
web traffic. The trend toward consolidation in the Internet
advertising arena may also affect pricing and availability of
advertising inventory and web traffic. Many of our current and
potential competitors also enjoy other competitive advantages
over us, such as longer operating histories, greater brand
recognition, larger client bases, greater access to advertising
inventory on high-traffic websites, and significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources. As a result, we
may not be able to compete successfully. If we fail to deliver
results that are superior to those that other online marketing
service providers achieve, we could lose clients and our revenue
may decline.
If the
market for online marketing services fails to continue to
develop, our future growth may be limited and our revenue may
decrease.
The online marketing services market is relatively new and
rapidly evolving, and it uses different measurements than
traditional media to gauge its effectiveness. Some of our
current or potential clients have little or no experience using
the Internet for advertising and marketing purposes and have
allocated only limited portions of their advertising and
marketing budgets to the Internet. The adoption of Internet
advertising, particularly by those entities that have
historically relied upon traditional media for advertising,
requires the acceptance of a new way of conducting business,
exchanging information and evaluating new advertising and
marketing technologies and services. In particular, we are
dependent on our clients adoption of new metrics to
measure the success of online marketing campaigns. We may also
experience resistance from traditional advertising agencies who
may be advising our clients. We cannot assure you that the
market
15
for online marketing services will continue to grow. If the
market for online marketing services fails to continue to
develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, our ability
to grow our business may be limited and our revenue may decrease.
Third-party
website publishers can engage in unauthorized or unlawful acts
that could subject us to significant liability or cause us to
lose clients.
We generate a significant portion of our web visitors from media
advertising that we purchase from third-party website
publishers. Some of these publishers are authorized to display
our clients brands, subject to contractual restrictions.
In the past, some of our third-party website publishers have
engaged in activities that certain of our clients have viewed as
harmful to their brands, such as displaying outdated
descriptions of a clients offerings or outdated logos. Any
activity by publishers that clients view as potentially damaging
to their brands can harm our relationship with the client and
cause the client to terminate its relationship with us,
resulting in a loss of revenue. In addition, the law is
unsettled on the extent of liability that an advertiser in our
position has for the activities of third-party website
publishers. We could be subject to costly litigation and, if we
are unsuccessful in defending ourselves, damages for the
unauthorized or unlawful acts of third-party website publishers.
Poor
perception of our business or industry as a result of the
actions of third parties could harm our reputation and adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our business is dependent on attracting a large number of
visitors to our websites and providing leads and clicks to our
clients, which depends in part on our reputation within the
industry and with our clients. There are companies within our
industry that regularly engage in activities that our
clients customers may view as unlawful or inappropriate.
These activities, such as spyware or deceptive promotions, by
third parties may be seen by clients as characteristic of
participants in our industry and, therefore, may have an adverse
effect on the reputation of all participants in our industry,
including us. Any damage to our reputation, including from
publicity from legal proceedings against us or companies that
work within our industry, governmental proceedings, consumer
class action litigation, or the disclosure of information
security breaches or private information misuse, could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Because
many of our client contracts can be cancelled by the client with
little prior notice or penalty, the cancellation of one or more
contracts could result in an immediate decline in our
revenue.
We derive our revenue from contracts with our Internet marketing
clients, most of which are cancelable with little or no prior
notice. In addition, these contracts do not contain penalty
provisions for cancellation before the end of the contract term.
The non-renewal, renegotiation, cancellation, or deferral of
large contracts, or a number of contracts that in the aggregate
account for a significant amount of our revenue, is difficult to
anticipate and could result in an immediate decline in our
revenue.
Unauthorized
access to or accidental disclosure of consumer
personally-identifiable information that we collect may cause us
to incur significant expenses and may negatively impact our
credibility and business.
There is growing concern over the security of personal
information transmitted over the Internet, consumer identity
theft and user privacy. Despite our implementation of security
measures, our computer systems may be susceptible to electronic
or physical computer break-ins, viruses and other disruptions
and security breaches. Any perceived or actual unauthorized
disclosure of personally-identifiable information regarding
website visitors, whether through breach of our network by an
unauthorized party, employee theft, misuse or error or
otherwise, could harm our reputation, impair our ability to
attract website visitors and attract and retain our clients, or
subject us to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered
by consumers, and thereby harm our business and operating
results. In addition, we could incur significant costs in
complying with the multitude of state, federal and foreign laws
regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information.
16
If we
do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our
competitive position and business may suffer.
Our ability to compete effectively depends upon our proprietary
systems and technology. We rely on trade secret, trademark and
copyright law, confidentiality agreements, technical measures
and patents to protect our proprietary rights. We currently have
one patent application pending in the United States and no
issued patents. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark and
patent protection may not be available in all countries where we
currently operate or in which we may operate in the future. Some
of our systems and technologies are not covered by any
copyright, patent or patent application. We cannot guarantee
that: (i) our intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us; (ii) our ability to assert
our intellectual property rights against potential competitors
or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by
our agreements with third parties; (iii) our intellectual
property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where
competition may be intense or where legal protection may be
weak; (iv) any of the patents, trademarks, copyrights,
trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we
presently employ in our business will not lapse or be
invalidated, circumvented, challenged, or abandoned;
(v) competitors will not design around our protected
systems and technology; or (vi) that we will not lose the
ability to assert our intellectual property rights against
others.
We are a party to a number of third-party intellectual property
license agreements and in the future, may need to obtain
additional licenses or renew existing license agreements. We are
unable to predict with certainty whether these license
agreements can be obtained or renewed on commercially reasonable
terms, or at all.
We have from time to time become aware of third parties who we
believe may have infringed on our intellectual property rights.
The use of our intellectual property rights by others could
reduce any competitive advantage we have developed and cause us
to lose clients, third-party website publishers or otherwise
harm our business. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary
rights can be difficult and costly. In addition, litigation,
while it may be necessary to enforce or protect our intellectual
property rights or to defend litigation brought against us,
could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and
management attention and could adversely affect our business,
even if we are successful on the merits.
Confidentiality
agreements with employees, consultants and others may not
adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other
proprietary information.
We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our
proprietary systems and technology. In order to protect our
proprietary systems and technology, we enter into
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants,
independent contractors and other advisors. These agreements may
not effectively prevent unauthorized disclosure of confidential
information or unauthorized parties from copying aspects of our
services or obtaining and using information that we regard as
proprietary. Moreover, these agreements may not provide an
adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized disclosures of
confidential information and we cannot assure you that our
rights under such agreements will be enforceable. In addition,
others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary
information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade
secret rights against such parties. Costly and time-consuming
litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope
of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain
trade secret protection could reduce any competitive advantage
we have and cause us to lose clients, publishers or otherwise
harm our business.
Third
parties may sue us for intellectual property infringement which,
if successful, could require us to pay significant damages or
curtail our offerings.
We cannot be certain that our internally-developed or acquired
systems and technologies do not and will not infringe the
intellectual property rights of others. In addition, we license
content, software and other intellectual property rights from
third parties and may be subject to claims of infringement if
such parties do not possess the necessary intellectual property
rights to the products they license to us. We have in the past
and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and claims
that we have infringed the patent or other intellectual property
rights of a third-party. These claims sometimes involve patent
holding companies or other adverse patent owners
17
who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own
patents, if any, may therefore provide little or no deterrence.
In addition, third parties have asserted and may in the future
assert intellectual property infringement claims against our
clients, which we have agreed in certain circumstances to
indemnify and defend against such claims. Any intellectual
property related infringement claims, whether or not
meritorious, could result in costly litigation and could divert
management resources and attention. Moreover, should we be found
liable for infringement, we may be required to enter into
licensing agreements, if available on acceptable terms or at
all, pay substantial damages, or limit or curtail our systems
and technologies. Moreover, we may need to redesign some of our
systems and technologies to avoid future infringement liability.
Any of the foregoing could prevent us from competing effectively
and increase our costs.
Additionally, the laws relating to use of trademarks on the
Internet are currently unsettled, particularly as they apply to
search engine functionality. For example, other Internet
marketing and search companies have been sued in the past for
trademark infringement and other intellectual property-related
claims for the display of ads or search results in response to
user queries that include trademarked terms. The outcomes of
these lawsuits have differed from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
For this reason, it is conceivable that certain of our
activities could expose us to trademark infringement, unfair
competition, misappropriation or other intellectual property
related claims which could be costly to defend and result in
substantial damages or otherwise limit or curtail our
activities, and adversely affect our business or prospects.
Our
proprietary technologies may include design or performance
defects and may not achieve their intended results, either of
which could impair our future revenue growth.
Our proprietary technologies are relatively new, and they may
contain design or performance defects that are not yet apparent.
The use of our proprietary technologies may not achieve the
intended results as effectively as other technologies that exist
now or may be introduced by our competitors, in which case our
business could be harmed.
If we
are unable to price our services appropriately, our margins and
revenue may decline.
Our clients purchase our services according to a variety of
pricing formulae, the vast majority of which are based on pay
for performance, meaning clients pay only after we have
delivered the desired result to them. Regardless of how a given
client pays us, we ordinarily pay the vast majority of the costs
associated with delivering our services to our clients according
to contracts and other arrangements that do not always condition
payment to vendors upon receipt of payments from our clients.
This means we typically pay for the costs of providing our
marketing services before we receive payment from clients.
Additionally, certain of our marketing services costs are highly
variable and may fluctuate significantly during each calendar
month. Accordingly, we run the risk of not being able to recover
the entire cost of our services from clients if pricing or other
terms negotiated prior to the performance of services prove less
than the cost of performing such services. We have experienced
situations in the past where we incurred losses in the delivery
of our services to specific clients. If we are unable to avoid
recurrence of similar situations in the future through
negotiation of profitable pricing and other terms, our results
of operations will suffer.
If we
fail to keep pace with rapidly-changing technologies and
industry standards, we could lose clients or advertising
inventory and our results of operations may
suffer.
The business lines in which we currently compete are
characterized by rapidly-changing Internet media and marketing
standards, changing technologies, frequent new product and
service introductions, and changing user and client demands. The
introduction of new technologies and services embodying new
technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and
practices could render our existing technologies and services
obsolete and unmarketable or require unanticipated investments
in technology. Our future success will depend in part on our
ability to adapt to these rapidly-changing Internet media
formats and other technologies. We will need to enhance our
existing technologies and services and develop and introduce new
technologies and services to address our clients changing
demands. If we fail to adapt successfully to such developments
or timely introduce new technologies and services, we could lose
clients, our expenses could increase and we could lose
advertising inventory.
18
Changes
in government regulation and industry standards applicable to
the Internet and our business could decrease demand for our
technologies and services or increase our costs.
Laws and regulations that apply to Internet communications,
commerce and advertising are becoming more prevalent. These
regulations could increase the costs of conducting business on
the Internet and could decrease demand for our technologies and
services.
In the United States, federal and state laws have been enacted
regarding copyrights, sending of unsolicited commercial email,
user privacy, search engines, Internet tracking technologies,
direct marketing, data security, childrens privacy,
pricing, sweepstakes, promotions, intellectual property
ownership and infringement, trade secrets, export of encryption
technology, taxation and acceptable content and quality of
goods. Other laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
Laws and regulations, including those related to privacy and use
of personal information, are changing rapidly outside the United
States as well which may make compliance with such laws and
regulations difficult and which may negatively affect our
ability to expand internationally. This legislation could:
(i) hinder growth in the use of the Internet generally;
(ii) decrease the acceptance of the Internet as a
communications, commercial and advertising medium;
(iii) reduce our revenue; (iv) increase our operating
expenses; or (v) expose us to significant liabilities.
The laws governing the Internet remain largely unsettled, even
in areas where there has been some legislative action. While we
actively monitor this changing legal and regulatory landscape to
stay abreast of changes in the laws and regulations applicable
to our business, we are not certain how our business might be
affected by the application of existing laws governing issues
such as property ownership, copyrights, encryption and other
intellectual property issues, libel, obscenity and export or
import matters to the Internet advertising industry. The vast
majority of such laws were adopted prior to the advent of the
Internet. As a result, they do not contemplate or address the
unique issues of the Internet and related technologies. Changes
in laws intended to address such issues could create uncertainty
in the Internet market. It may take years to determine how
existing laws apply to the Internet and Internet marketing. Such
uncertainty makes it difficult to predict costs and could reduce
demand for our services or increase the cost of doing business
as a result of litigation costs or increased service delivery
costs.
In particular, a number of U.S. federal laws impact our
business. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, is
intended, in part, to limit the liability of eligible online
service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites
that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights.
Portions of the Communications Decency Act, or CDA, are intended
to provide statutory protections to online service providers who
distribute third-party content. We rely on the protections
provided by both the DMCA and CDA in conducting our business.
Any changes in these laws or judicial interpretations narrowing
their protections will subject us to greater risk of liability
and may increase our costs of compliance with these regulations
or limit our ability to operate certain lines of business.
The financial services, education and medical industries are
highly regulated and our marketing activities on behalf of our
clients in those industries are also regulated. For example, our
mortgage websites and marketing services we offer are subject to
various federal, state and local laws, including state mortgage
broker licensing laws, federal and state laws prohibiting unfair
acts and practices, and federal and state advertising laws. Any
failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject
us to revocation of required licenses, civil, criminal or
administrative liability, damage to our reputation or changes to
or limitations on the conduct of our business. Any of the
foregoing could cause our business, operations and financial
condition to suffer.
New
tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce may
adversely affect the commercial use of our marketing services
and our financial results.
Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that,
although our services and the Internet transmissions related to
them originate in California and Nevada, and in some cases,
England, governments of other states or foreign countries might
attempt to regulate our transmissions or levy sales, income or
other taxes relating to our activities. We have experienced
certain states taking expansive positions with regard to their
taxation of our services. Tax authorities at the international,
federal, state and local levels are currently
19
reviewing the appropriate tax treatment of companies engaged in
Internet commerce. New or revised state tax regulations may
subject us or our affiliates to additional state sales, income
and other taxes. We cannot predict the effect of current
attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on commerce over
the Internet. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales
taxes, would likely increase the cost of doing business online
and decrease the attractiveness of advertising and selling goods
and services over the Internet. New taxes could also create
significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture
data, and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could
have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Limitations
on our ability to collect and use data derived from user
activities could significantly diminish the value of our
services and cause us to lose clients and revenue.
When a user visits our websites, we use technologies, including
cookies, to collect information such as the
users Internet Protocol, or IP, address, offerings
delivered by us that have been previously viewed by the user and
responses by the user to those offerings. In order to determine
the effectiveness of a marketing campaign and to determine how
to modify the campaign, we need to access and analyze this
information. The use of cookies has been the subject of
regulatory scrutiny and users are able to block or delete
cookies from their browser. Periodically, certain of our clients
and publishers seek to prohibit or limit our collection or use
of this data. Interruptions, failures or defects in our data
collection systems, as well as privacy concerns regarding the
collection of user data, could also limit our ability to analyze
data from our clients marketing campaigns. This risk is
heightened when we deliver marketing services to clients in the
financial and medical services client verticals. If our access
to data is limited in the future, we may be unable to provide
effective technologies and services to clients and we may lose
clients and revenue.
As a
creator and a distributor of Internet content, we face potential
liability and expenses for legal claims based on the nature and
content of the materials that we create or distribute. If we are
required to pay damages or expenses in connection with these
legal claims, our operating results and business may be
harmed.
We create original content for our websites and marketing
messages and distribute third-party content on our websites and
in our marketing messages. As a creator and distributor of
original content and third-party provided content, we face
potential liability based on a variety of theories, including
defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or
other legal theories based on the nature, creation or
distribution of this information. It is also possible that our
website visitors could make claims against us for losses
incurred in reliance upon information provided on our websites.
In addition, as the number of users of forums and social media
features on our websites increases, we could be exposed to
liability in connection with material posted to our websites by
users and other third parties. These claims, whether brought in
the United States or abroad, could divert management time and
attention away from our business and result in significant costs
to investigate and defend, regardless of the merit of these
claims. In addition, if we become subject to these types of
claims and are not successful in our defense, we may be forced
to pay substantial damages.
Wireless
devices and mobile phones are increasingly being used to access
the Internet, and our online marketing services may not be as
effective when accessed through these devices, which could cause
harm to our business.
The number of people who access the Internet through devices
other than personal computers has increased substantially in the
last few years. Our online marketing services were designed for
persons accessing the Internet on a desktop or laptop computer.
The smaller screens, lower resolution graphics and less
convenient typing capabilities of these devices may make it more
difficult for visitors to respond to our offerings. In addition,
the cost of mobile advertising is relatively high and may not be
cost-effective for our services. If our services continue to be
less effective or economically attractive for clients seeking to
engage in marketing through these devices and this segment of
web traffic grows at the expense of traditional computer
Internet access, we will experience difficulty attracting
website visitors and attracting and retaining clients and our
operating results and business will be harmed.
20
We may
not succeed in expanding our businesses outside the United
States, which may limit our future growth.
One potential area of growth for us is in the international
markets. However, we have limited experience in marketing,
selling and supporting our services outside of the United States
and we may not be successful in introducing or marketing our
services abroad. There are risks inherent in conducting business
in international markets, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
the adaptation of technologies and services to foreign
clients preferences and customs;
|
|
|
|
application of foreign laws and regulations to us, including
marketing and privacy regulations;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign political and economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
tariffs and other trade barriers, fluctuations in currency
exchange rates and potentially adverse tax consequences;
|
|
|
|
language barriers or cultural differences;
|
|
|
|
reduced or limited protection for intellectual property rights
in foreign jurisdictions;
|
|
|
|
difficulties and costs in staffing and managing or overseeing
foreign operations; and
|
|
|
|
education of potential clients who may not be familiar with
online marketing.
|
If we are unable to successfully expand and market our services
abroad, our business and future growth may be harmed and we may
incur costs that may not lead to future revenue.
We
rely on Internet bandwidth and data center providers and other
third parties for key aspects of the process of providing
services to our clients, and any failure or interruption in the
services and products provided by these third parties could harm
our business.
We rely on third-party vendors, including data center and
Internet bandwidth providers. Any disruption in the network
access or co-location services provided by these third-party
providers or any failure of these third-party providers to
handle current or higher volumes of use could significantly harm
our business. Any financial or other difficulties our providers
face may have negative effects on our business, the nature and
extent of which we cannot predict. We exercise little control
over these third-party vendors, which increases our
vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. We
license technology and related databases from third parties to
facilitate analysis and storage of data and delivery of
offerings. We have experienced interruptions and delays in
service and availability for data centers, bandwidth and other
technologies in the past. Any errors, failures, interruptions or
delays experienced in connection with these third-party
technologies and services could adversely affect our business
and could expose us to liabilities to third parties.
Our systems also heavily depend on the availability of
electricity, which also comes from third-party providers. If we
or third-party data centers which we utilize were to experience
a major power outage, we would have to rely on
back-up
generators. These
back-up
generators may not operate properly through a major power outage
and their fuel supply could also be inadequate during a major
power outage or disruptive event. Furthermore, we do not
currently have backup generators at our Foster City, California
headquarters. Information systems such as ours may be disrupted
by even brief power outages, or by the fluctuations in power
resulting from switches to and from
back-up
generators. This could give rise to obligations to certain of
our clients which could have an adverse effect on our results
for the period of time in which any disruption of utility
services to us occurs.
Interruption
or failure of our information technology and communications
systems could impair our ability to effectively deliver our
services, which could cause us to lose clients and harm our
operating results.
Our delivery of marketing and media services depends on the
continuing operation of our technology infrastructure and
systems. Any damage to or failure of our systems could result in
interruptions in our ability to deliver offerings quickly and
accurately
and/or
process visitors responses emanating from our various web
21
presences. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenue
and profits, and our reputation could be damaged if people
believe our systems are unreliable. Our systems and operations
are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes,
terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, break-ins,
hardware or software failures, telecommunications failures,
computer viruses or other attempts to harm our systems, and
similar events.
We lease or maintain server space in various locations,
including in San Francisco, California. Our California
facilities are located in areas with a high risk of major
earthquakes. Our facilities are also subject to break-ins,
sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism, and to potential
disruptions if the operators of these facilities have financial
difficulties. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and
our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all
eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision
to close a facility we are using without adequate notice for
financial reasons or other unanticipated problems at our
facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service.
Any unscheduled interruption in our service would result in an
immediate loss of revenue. If we experience frequent or
persistent system failures, the attractiveness of our
technologies and services to clients and website publishers
could be permanently harmed. The steps we have taken to increase
the reliability and redundancy of our systems are expensive,
reduce our operating margin, and may not be successful in
reducing the frequency or duration of unscheduled interruptions.
Any
constraints on the capacity of our technology infrastructure
could delay the effectiveness of our operations or result in
system failures, which would result in the loss of clients and
harm our business and results of operations.
Our future success depends in part on the efficient performance
of our software and technology infrastructure. As the numbers of
websites and Internet users increase, our technology
infrastructure may not be able to meet the increased demand. A
sudden and unexpected increase in the volume of user responses
could strain the capacity of our technology infrastructure. Any
capacity constraints we experience could lead to slower response
times or system failures and adversely affect the availability
of websites and the level of user responses received, which
could result in the loss of clients or revenue or harm to our
business and results of operations.
We
could lose clients if we fail to detect click-through or other
fraud on advertisements in a manner that is acceptable to our
clients.
We are exposed to the risk of fraudulent clicks or actions on
our websites or our third-party publishers websites. We
may in the future have to refund revenue that our clients have
paid to us and that was later attributed to, or suspected to be
caused by, fraud. Click-through fraud occurs when an individual
clicks on an ad displayed on a website or an automated system is
used to create such clicks with the intent of generating the
revenue share payment to the publisher rather than to view the
underlying content. Action fraud occurs when on-line forms are
completed with false or fictitious information in an effort to
increase the compensable actions in respect of which a web
publisher is to be compensated. From time to time we have
experienced fraudulent clicks or actions and we do not charge
our clients for such fraudulent clicks or actions when they are
detected. It is conceivable that this activity could negatively
affect our profitability, and this type of fraudulent act could
hurt our reputation. If fraudulent clicks or actions are not
detected, the affected clients may experience a reduced return
on their investment in our marketing programs, which could lead
the clients to become dissatisfied with our campaigns, and in
turn, lead to loss of clients and the related revenue.
Additionally, we have from time to time had to terminate
relationships with web publishers who we believed to have
engaged in fraud and we may have to do so in future. Termination
of such relationships entails a loss of revenue associated with
the legitimate actions or clicks generated by such web
publishers.
We
will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating
as a public company, which may adversely affect our operating
results and financial condition.
As a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
We will incur costs associated with our public company reporting
requirements. We also
22
anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate
governance requirements, including requirements under the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as
rules implemented by the SEC and the securities exchange on
which our stock trades. We expect these rules and regulations to
increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make
some activities more time-consuming and costly. Our management
and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of
time to these compliance initiatives. Furthermore, these laws
and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for
us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and
officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept
reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher
costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of
these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to
attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of
directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We
cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional
costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. We are
currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to
these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of
additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other
things, that we maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In
particular, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, we
must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our
internal control over financial reporting to allow management
and our independent registered public accounting firm to report
on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act, or Section 404. Our compliance with Section 404
will require that we incur substantial expense and expend
significant management time on compliance-related issues.
If we
fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our
ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely
basis could be impaired, which would adversely affect our
ability to operate our business.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. We may in the future discover
areas of our internal financial and accounting controls and
procedures that need improvement. Our internal control over
financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all
fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance
that the control systems objectives will be met. Because
of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all
control issues and instances of fraud will be detected. If we
are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls,
we may not be able to produce accurate financial statements on a
timely basis, which could adversely affect our ability to
operate our business and could result in regulatory action.
Risks
Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common
Stock
Our
stock price may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell
shares of our common stock at or above the price you
paid.
Prior to this offering there has been no public market for
shares of our common stock, and an active public market for our
shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We
and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the
offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This
price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors
in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares
following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our
common stock following this offering could be highly volatile
and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various
factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors
include those discussed in this Risk Factors section
of this prospectus and others such as:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities
analysts;
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of new services,
significant contracts, commercial relationships, acquisitions or
capital commitments;
|
|
|
|
developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a
timely basis;
|
|
|
|
our commencement of, or involvement in, litigation;
|
|
|
|
changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our
regulatory approvals; and
|
|
|
|
a slowdown in our industry or the general economy.
|
In recent years, the stock market in general, and the market for
technology and Internet-based companies in particular, has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have
often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of those companies. Broad market and industry
factors may seriously affect the market price of our common
stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These
fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market
for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in
the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market
and the market price of a particular companys securities,
securities class action litigation has often been instituted
against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against
us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our
managements attention and resources.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or
reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or
misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and
trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and
may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry
analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence
coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would
be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or
industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us
issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock, our stock price
would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us
regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets,
which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to
decline.
Our
directors, executive officers and principal stockholders and
their respective affiliates will continue to have substantial
control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a
change in corporate control.
After this offering, our directors, executive officers and
holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their
affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,
approximately % of our outstanding
common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this
offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will
continue to have substantial control over the outcome of matters
submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the
election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these
stockholders, acting together, will continue to have significant
influence over the management and affairs of our company.
Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may have the effect
of:
|
|
|
|
|
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;
|
|
|
|
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business
combination involving us; or
|
|
|
|
discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
|
Future
sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock
price to decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to
sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market after the
180-day
contractual
lock-up,
which period may be extended in certain limited
24
circumstances, and other legal restrictions on resale discussed
in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock
could decline significantly and could decline below the initial
public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, upon the completion of this offering,
we will have outstanding
approximately shares
of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of
these shares, shares of common stock, plus any shares sold upon
exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, will
be immediately freely tradable, without restriction, in the
public market. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion,
permit our officers, directors, employees and current
stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements.
After the
lock-up
agreements pertaining to this offering expire and based on
shares outstanding as of September 30, 2009, an additional
34,631,876 shares will be eligible for sale in the public
market. In addition, (i) the 10,654,296 shares subject
to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans as of
September 30, 2009, and (ii) the shares reserved for
future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become
eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to
certain legal and contractual limitations. If these additional
shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold,
in the public market, the price of our common stock could
decline substantially.
Purchasers
of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and
substantial dilution in the book value of their
investment.
The initial offering price of our common stock is substantially
higher than the expected net tangible book value per share of
our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if
you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur
an immediate dilution of $ in net
tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In
addition, following this offering, purchasers in the offering
will have contributed
approximately % of the total
consideration paid by stockholders to us to purchase shares of
our common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares or if outstanding
options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. For
a further description of the dilution that you will experience
immediately after this offering, see the section of this
prospectus entitled Dilution.
We
have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised
in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance
our operating results or the price of our common
stock.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of
proceeds from this offering, and we could spend the proceeds
from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with
or that do not yield a favorable return. We are required to use
a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay the
outstanding balance of our term loan. We intend to use the
remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital,
capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We
may also use a portion of the net proceeds to make additional
repayments on our credit facility or acquire other businesses,
products or technologies. If we do not invest or apply the
proceeds of this offering in ways that improve our operating
results, we may fail to achieve expected financial results,
which could cause our stock price to decline.
Provisions
in our charter documents following this offering, under Delaware
law and in contractual obligations, could discourage a takeover
that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to
entrenchment of management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
that will be in effect as of the closing of this offering will
contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or
preventing changes in control or changes in our management
without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions
will include:
|
|
|
|
|
a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms,
which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the
membership of a majority of our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits
the ability of minority stockholders to elect director
candidates;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a
director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board
of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director,
which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on
our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our board of directors to determine to issue
shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other
terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights,
without stockholder approval, which could be used to
significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
|
|
|
|
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which
forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special
meeting of our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be
called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief
executive officer or the board of directors, which may delay the
ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal
or to take action, including the removal of directors; and
|
|
|
|
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in
order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to
propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders
meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from
conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the
acquirors own slate of directors or otherwise attempting
to obtain control of us.
|
We are in the process of reincorporating in Delaware and will be
subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law
following this offering. Under Delaware law, a corporation may
not, in general, engage in a business combination with any
holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has
held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board
of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of
our capital stock, see Description of Capital Stock.
We do
not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and,
consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your
investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our
common stock.
We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our capital
stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest
our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Additionally,
the terms of certain of our credit facilities restrict our
ability to pay dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to
receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable
future.
26
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, particularly in the sections titled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, contains forward-looking statements that
involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements
other than statements of historical facts contained in this
prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial
condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of
management for future operations, are forward-looking
statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as believe,
may, might, objective,
estimate, continue,
anticipate, intend, should,
plan, expect, predict,
potential, or the negative of these terms or other
similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking
statements largely on our current expectations and projections
about future events and financial trends that we believe may
affect our financial condition, results of operations, business
strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements
are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions
described under the section titled Risk Factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
our immature industry and relatively new business model;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage our growth effectively;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on Internet search companies to attract Internet
visitors;
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully manage any future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on a small number of large clients and our
dependence on a small number of client verticals for a majority
of our revenue;
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key
personnel;
|
|
|
|
our ability to accurately forecast our operating results and
appropriately plan our expenses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete in our industry;
|
|
|
|
our ability to enhance and maintain our client and vendor
relationships;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop new services and enhancements and
features to meet new demands from our clients;
|
|
|
|
our ability to raise additional capital in the future, if needed;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions in our domestic and potential future
international markets;
|
|
|
|
our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; and
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this
offering.
|
These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this
prospectus may include additional factors that could adversely
impact our business and financial performance. These statements
reflect our current views with respect to future events and are
based on assumptions and subject to risk and uncertainties.
Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly-changing
environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is
not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor
can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the
extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as
predictions of future events. The events and circumstances
reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved
or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in
the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot
guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the
forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we
undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking
statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to
conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our
expectations.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we
reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the
registration statement on
Form S-1,
of which this prospectus is a part, that we have filed with the
SEC with the understanding that our actual future results,
levels of activity, performance and achievements may be
materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our
forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
27
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our
common stock in this offering will be approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ million if the underwriters
exercise their right to purchase additional shares of common
stock to cover over-allotments in full, based upon an assumed
initial public offering price of $
per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00
increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price
of $ per share would increase
(decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by
approximately $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also
increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each
increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of
shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds
to us from this offering by approximately
$ million, assuming that the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do
not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of
shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses
of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact
the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional
capital.
We currently intend to use our net proceeds from this offering
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $26.3 million of the net proceeds from this
offering to repay the outstanding balance of our term loan. The
interest rate under our term loan varies dependent upon the
ratio of funded debt to adjusted EBITDA and ranges from LIBOR
+ 2.25% to 3.0% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25%. The term
loan expires in September 2013.
|
|
|
|
the remaining net proceeds from this offering for working
capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate
purposes.
|
We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to make additional
repayments on our credit facility or acquire other businesses,
products or technologies.
The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our
current intentions based upon our present plans and business
conditions. The amounts we actually expend in these areas may
vary significantly from our current intentions and will depend
upon a number of factors, including future sales growth, success
of our engineering efforts, cash generated from future
operations, if any, and actual expenses to operate our business.
As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with
certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be
received upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, our
management will have broad discretion in the application of the
net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of
our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of
this offering.
The amount and timing of our expenditures will depend on several
factors, including the amount and timing of our spending on
sales and marketing activities and research and development
activities, as well as our use of cash for other corporate
activities. Pending the uses described above, we intend to
invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation
instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing, investment
grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or
guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth
and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash
dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any
future determination related to dividend policy will be made at
the discretion of our board of directors. The loan agreement for
our credit facility contains a prohibition on the payout of cash
dividends.
28
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents,
current debt and capitalization as of September 30, 2009
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion of
all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into
21,176,533 shares of common stock effective immediately
prior to the closing of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect, in addition, the
application of the estimated net proceeds, as set forth in
Use of Proceeds, of
$ million from our sale
of shares
of common stock that we are offering at an assumed public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of
this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
|
You should read the information in this table together with our
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, current
|
|
$
|
13,182
|
|
|
$
|
10,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, noncurrent
|
|
$
|
52,995
|
|
|
$
|
28,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred shares, no par value,
30,000,000 shares authorized, 15,808,777 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; 30,000,000 shares authorized, no
shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized,
no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized,
issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, no par value, 45,000,000 shares authorized,
13,455,343 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
55,000,000 shares authorized, 34,631,876 shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
15,627
|
|
|
|
59,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
125,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
178,121
|
|
|
$
|
153,371
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share, the midpoint
of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus,
would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents,
additional paid-in capital, total stockholders equity and
total capitalization by approximately |
29
|
|
|
|
|
$ , assuming that the number of
shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the
number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of
1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us
would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents,
additional paid-in capital, total shareholders equity and
total capitalization by approximately
$ , assuming that the assumed
initial public offering price remains the same, and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted
information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust
based on the actual initial public offering price and other
terms of this offering determined at pricing. |
The outstanding share information in the table above is based on
34,631,876 shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 10,654,296 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of
September 30, 2009 pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $8.1717 per
share;
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 1,726,814 additional shares of common stock
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan as of September 30, 2009; provided, however, that
immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for
this offering, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so
that no further awards may be granted under our 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan, and the shares then remaining and reserved for
future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan shall
become available for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan; and
|
|
|
|
the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan and up to 300,000 additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under each of these benefit plans, which will
become effective immediately upon the signing of the
underwriting agreement for this offering.
|
30
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your
interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between
the initial public offering price per share of our common stock
and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
of our common stock after this offering. As of
September 30, 2009, our pro forma net tangible book value
was $ , or
$ per share of common stock. Our
pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our
total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of
our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009,
after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all
outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock
into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of
this offering. After giving effect to our sale in this offering
of shares
of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009
would have been approximately $ ,
or $ per share. This represents an
immediate increase of net tangible book value of
$ per share to our existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to investors
purchasing common stock in this offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of
September 30, 2009, before giving effect to this offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share attributed to new investors purchasing shares in this
offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible
book value by $ , or
$ per share, and the pro forma as
adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering by
$ per share, assuming that the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or
decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of
1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us
would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
by approximately $ , or
$ per share, and the pro forma as
adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering would
be $ per share, assuming that the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Similarly, a decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of
shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value by approximately
$ , or
$ per share, and the pro forma as
adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering would
be $ per share, assuming that the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The
pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is
illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial
public offering price and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the
offering would be $ per share, the
increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share to existing stockholders would be
$ per share and the dilution to
new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be
$ per share.
The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis
as of September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by
our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares
in this offering;
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders
and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share (before deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us in connection with this
offering); and
|
|
|
|
the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by
new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
34,631,876
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
59,030,000
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
1.70
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full in this offering, our
existing stockholders would own %
and our new investors would own %
of the total number of common stock outstanding upon completion
of this offering. The total consideration paid by our existing
stockholders would be $ ,
or %, and the total consideration
paid by our new investors would be
$ ,
or %.
The above discussion and tables are based on
34,631,876 shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 10,654,296 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of
September 30, 2009 pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $8.1717 per
share;
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 1,726,814 additional shares of common stock
reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan as of September 30, 2009; provided, however, that
immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for
this offering, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so
that no further awards may be granted under our 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan, and the shares then remaining and reserved for
future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan shall
become available for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan; and
|
|
|
|
the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan and up to 300,000 additional shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Award Plan, as well as any automatic
increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for
future issuance under each of these benefit plans, which will
become effective immediately upon the signing of the
underwriting agreement for this offering.
|
If all outstanding options were exercised, then our existing
stockholders, including the holders of these options, would
own % and our new investors would
own % of the total number of our
common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. The
total consideration paid by our existing stockholders would be
$ ,
or %, and the total consideration
paid by our new investors would be
$ ,
or %. The average price per share
paid by our existing stockholders would be
$ and the average price per share
paid by our new investors would be
$ .
32
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be
read together with our consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to
replace our consolidated financial statements and the related
notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of
our future results and our interim results are not necessarily
indicative of the results that should be expected for the full
fiscal year.
We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for
the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
consolidated balance sheets data as of June 30, 2008 and
2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated
statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheets
data as of June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not
included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of
operations data for the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
September 30, 2009 are derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
109,556
|
|
|
$
|
142,408
|
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
65,653
|
|
|
|
85,820
|
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
43,903
|
|
|
|
56,588
|
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
12,644
|
|
|
|
17,265
|
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
5,734
|
|
|
|
7,166
|
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,842
|
|
|
|
6,835
|
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
23,220
|
|
|
|
31,266
|
|
|
|
34,021
|
|
|
|
39,831
|
|
|
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
11,752
|
|
|
|
11,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
20,683
|
|
|
|
25,322
|
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
1,341
|
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(427
|
)
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(874
|
)
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
(3,538
|
)
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
21,196
|
|
|
|
25,362
|
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(8,136
|
)
|
|
|
(9,773
|
)
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
13,060
|
|
|
|
15,589
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
|
|
3,304
|
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,820
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
13,060
|
|
|
$
|
13,769
|
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: 8% non-cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,218
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(6,240
|
)
|
|
|
(6,591
|
)
|
|
|
(7,690
|
)
|
|
|
(5,925
|
)
|
|
|
(8,599
|
)
|
|
|
(1,527
|
)
|
|
|
(3,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders basic
|
|
$
|
3,602
|
|
|
$
|
3,902
|
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders basic
|
|
$
|
3,602
|
|
|
$
|
3,902
|
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stock
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income applicable to common shareholders diluted
|
|
$
|
4,038
|
|
|
$
|
4,427
|
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income per
share
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
12,411
|
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted net income per
share
|
|
|
14,543
|
|
|
|
15,295
|
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma diluted net
income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus for an explanation of the method
used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share and pro
forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock. |
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
19,418
|
|
|
$
|
30,593
|
|
|
$
|
26,765
|
|
|
$
|
24,953
|
|
|
$
|
25,182
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
39,859
|
|
|
|
36,294
|
|
|
|
42,769
|
|
|
|
17,022
|
|
|
|
16,426
|
|
|
|
19,942
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
71,350
|
|
|
|
101,203
|
|
|
|
118,536
|
|
|
|
179,746
|
|
|
|
212,878
|
|
|
|
235,410
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
26,657
|
|
|
|
39,567
|
|
|
|
37,831
|
|
|
|
86,032
|
|
|
|
96,289
|
|
|
|
110,284
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,216
|
|
|
|
10,250
|
|
|
|
51,654
|
|
|
|
57,240
|
|
|
|
66,177
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
4,246
|
|
|
|
18,350
|
|
|
|
37,312
|
|
|
|
50,311
|
|
|
|
73,186
|
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
23,200
|
|
|
$
|
21,659
|
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
24,751
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
|
$
|
(261
|
)
|
|
$
|
11,808
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,466
|
|
|
|
7,208
|
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
5,671
|
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
2,177
|
|
|
|
1,347
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
24,290
|
|
|
$
|
32,619
|
|
|
$
|
36,112
|
|
|
$
|
36,279
|
|
|
$
|
56,872
|
|
|
$
|
12,157
|
|
|
$
|
18,150
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income less interest income
plus interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation
expense, amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense
and foreign-exchange (loss) gain. Please see Summary
Consolidated Financial Data Adjusted EBITDA
for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to our net income calculated in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. |
35
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our financial
condition and results of operations in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the
sections titled Risk Factors and Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Overview
QuinStreet is a leader in vertical marketing and media on the
Internet. We have built a strong set of capabilities to engage
Internet visitors with targeted media and to connect our
marketing clients with their potential customers online. We
focus on serving clients in large, information-intensive
industry verticals where relevant, targeted media and offerings
help visitors make informed choices, find the products that
match their needs, and thus become qualified customer prospects
for our clients.
We deliver cost-effective marketing results to our clients,
predictably and scalably, most typically in the form of a
qualified lead or click. These leads or clicks can then convert
into a customer or sale for the client at a rate that results in
an acceptable marketing cost to them. We get paid by clients
primarily when we deliver qualified leads or clicks as defined
by our agreements with them. Because we bear the costs of media,
our programs must deliver a value to our clients and a media
yield, or our ability to generate an acceptable margin on our
media costs, that provides a sound financial outcome for us. Our
general process is:
|
|
|
|
|
We own or access targeted media;
|
|
|
|
We run advertisements or other forms of marketing messages and
programs in that media to create visitor responses or clicks
through to client offerings;
|
|
|
|
We match these responses or clicks to client offerings or brands
that meet visitor interests or needs, converting visitors into
qualified leads or clicks; and
|
|
|
|
We optimize client matches and media yield such that we achieve
desired results for clients and a sound financial outcome for us.
|
Our Direct Marketing Services, or DMS, business accounted for
95%, 98%, 99% and 99% of our net revenue in fiscal years 2007,
2008 and 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year 2010,
respectively. Our DMS business derives substantially all of its
net revenue from fees earned through the delivery of qualified
leads and clicks to our clients. Through a deep vertical focus,
targeted media presence and our technology platform, we are able
to reliably deliver targeted, measurable marketing results to
our clients.
Our two largest client verticals are education and financial
services. Our education vertical has historically been our
largest vertical, representing 78%, 74%, 58% and 51% of net
revenue in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three
months of fiscal year 2010, respectively. DeVry Inc., a
for-profit education company and our largest client, accounted
for 22%, 23%, 19%, and 13% of total net revenue for fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year
2010, respectively. Our financial services vertical, which we
have grown both organically and through acquisitions,
represented 7%, 11%, 31% and 39% of net revenue in fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of fiscal year
2010, respectively. Other DMS verticals, consisting primarily of
home services,
business-to-business,
or B2B, and healthcare, represented 10%, 13%, 10% and 9% of net
revenue in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three
months of fiscal year 2010, respectively.
In addition, we derived 5%, 2%, 1% and 1% of our net revenue in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the first three months of
fiscal year 2010, respectively, from the provision of a hosted
solution and related services for clients in the direct selling
industry, also referred to as our Direct Selling Services, or
DSS, business.
36
We have generated substantially all of our revenue from sales to
clients in the United States.
We utilize multiple online media channels to identify and
attract Internet visitors searching for the types of products
and services offered by our clients. These media channels
include our websites, search engine and other
pay-per-click,
or PPC, advertising channels, third-party website publishers,
opt-in newsletters and email lists. By using a broad array of
online media channels, we seek to maximize our media presence
within our various verticals on a cost-effective basis.
Our online lead and click generation process is supported by
internally-developed proprietary technologies. These
technologies allow us to increase the amount of revenue that we
derive from our media, which we refer to as our media yield, and
improve lead quality and volume. Our proprietary technologies
allow us to effectively convert Internet visitors
interests into qualified prospects for our clients
offerings, track the placement and performance of content,
creative messaging, and offerings on our websites and on those
of publishers with whom we work, measure and manage the
performance of millions of PPC search engine keywords, help
ensure adherence to client branding guidelines and to regulatory
requirements and manage clients opt-out lists on
third-party email distributions.
Trends
Affecting our Business
Seasonality
Our results from our education client vertical are subject to
significant fluctuation as a result of seasonality. In
particular, our quarters ending December 31 (our second fiscal
quarter) typically demonstrate seasonal weakness. In those
quarters, there is lower availability of lead supply from some
forms of media during the holiday period and our education
clients often request fewer leads due to holiday staffing. In
our quarters ending March 31, this trend generally reverses
with better lead availability and often new budgets at the
beginning of the year for our clients with financial years
ending December 31. For example, in the quarters ended
December 31, 2007 and 2008 net revenue from our
education clients declined 6% and 13%, respectively, from the
previous quarter.
Acquisitions
Beginning in fiscal year 2008, we executed on our strategy to
increase the depth within our existing verticals and diversify
our business among these verticals by substantially increasing
our spending on acquisitions of businesses and technologies. For
example, in February 2008, we acquired ReliableRemodeler.com,
Inc., or ReliableRemodeler, an Oregon-based company specializing
in online home renovation and contractor referrals for
$17.5 million in cash and $8.0 million in
non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory notes, in an effort
to increase our presence within our home services vertical. In
April 2008, we acquired Cyberspace Communication Corporation, an
Oklahoma-based online marketing company doing business as
SureHits, for $27.5 million in cash and $18.0 million
in potential earn-out payments, in an effort to increase our
presence within the financial services vertical. During fiscal
years 2008 and 2009, in addition to the acquisitions mentioned
above, we acquired an aggregate of 21 and 34 online publishing
businesses, respectively.
In October 2009, we acquired the website business Insure.com
from Life Quote, Inc. for $15.0 million in cash and a
$1.0 million non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory
note. In August 2009, we signed a definitive agreement to buy
the website assets of the Internet.com division of
WebMediaBrands, Inc. for $16.0 million in cash and a $2.0
million non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory note. We
believe that the transaction will close by the end of November
2009.
Our acquisition strategy may result in significant fluctuations
in our available working capital from period to period and over
the years. We may use cash, stock or promissory notes to acquire
various businesses or technologies, and we cannot accurately
predict the timing of those acquisitions or the impact on our
cash flows and balance sheet. Large acquisitions or multiple
acquisitions within a particular period may significantly impact
our financial results for that period. We may utilize debt
financing to make acquisitions,
37
which could give rise to higher interest expense and more
restrictive operating covenants. We may also utilize our stock
as consideration, which could result in substantial dilution.
Client
Verticals
To date, we have generated the majority of our revenue from
clients in our educational vertical. We expect that a majority
of our revenue in fiscal year 2010 will be generated from
clients in our education and financial services client
verticals. A downturn in economic or market conditions adversely
affecting the education industry or the financial services
industry would negatively impact our business and financial
condition. Over the past year, education marketing spending has
remained relatively stable, but we cannot assure you that this
stability will continue. Marketing budgets for clients in our
education vertical are impacted by a number of factors,
including the availability of student financial aid, the
regulation of for-profit financial institutions and economic
conditions. Over the past year, some segments of the financial
services industry, particularly mortgages, credit cards and
deposits, have seen declines in marketing budgets given the
difficult market conditions. These declines may continue or
worsen. In addition, the education and financial services
industries are highly regulated. Changes in regulations or
government actions may negatively impact our clients
marketing practices and budgets and, therefore, adversely affect
our financial results.
Basis of
Presentation
General
We operate in two segments: DMS and DSS. For further discussion
or financial information about our reporting segments, see
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in
this prospectus.
Net
Revenue
DMS. We derive substantially all of our
revenue from fees earned through the delivery of qualified leads
or paid clicks. We deliver targeted and measurable results
through a vertical focus that we classify into the following key
client verticals: education, financial services, home services,
B2B and healthcare.
DSS. We derived approximately 5%, 2%, 1% and
1% of our net revenue in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
the first three months of fiscal year 2010, respectively. We
expect DSS to continue to represent an immaterial portion of our
business.
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of media costs, personnel
costs, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets,
depreciation expense and amortization of internal software
development costs on revenue-producing technologies. Media costs
consist primarily of fees paid to website publishers that are
directly related to a revenue-generating event and PPC ad
purchases from Internet search companies. We pay these Internet
search companies and website publishers on a revenue-share,
cost-per-lead,
or CPL,
cost-per-click,
or CPC, and
cost-per-thousand-impressions,
or CPM, basis. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses,
stock-based compensation expense and employee benefit costs.
Compensation expense is primarily related to individuals
associated with maintaining our servers and websites, our
editorial staff, client management, creative team, compliance
group and media purchasing analysts. We capitalize costs
associated with software developed or obtained for internal use.
Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and
amortized in cost of revenue over the products estimated
useful life. We anticipate that our cost of revenue will
increase in absolute dollars.
Operating
Expenses
We classify our operating expenses into three categories:
product development, sales and marketing and general and
administrative. Our operating expenses consist primarily of
personnel costs and, to a lesser extent, professional fees, rent
and allocated costs. Personnel costs for each category of
operating expenses generally include salaries, bonuses and
commissions, stock-based compensation expense and employee
benefit costs.
38
Product Development. Product development
expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and professional
services fees associated with the development and maintenance of
our technology platforms, development and launching of our
websites, product-based quality assurance and testing. We
believe that continued investment in technology is critical to
attaining our strategic objectives and, as a result, we expect
technology development and enhancement expenses to increase in
absolute dollars in future periods.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses consist primarily of personnel costs (including
commissions) and, to a lesser extent, allocated overhead,
professional services, advertising, travel and marketing
materials. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in
absolute dollars as we hire additional personnel in sales and
marketing to support our increasing revenue base and product
offerings.
General and Administrative. General and
administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of
our executive, finance, legal, employee benefits and compliance
and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and
legal professional services fees and other corporate expenses.
We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in
absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to invest in
corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses
associated with being a public company, including increased
legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher
insurance premiums and compliance costs associated with
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Interest
and Other Income (Expense), Net
Interest and other income (expense), net, consists primarily of
interest income and interest expense. Interest expense is
related to our credit facilities and the promissory notes issued
in connection with our acquisitions. The outstanding balance of
our credit facilities and acquisition-related promissory notes
was $40.5 million and $26.3 million, respectively, as
of September 30, 2009. We expect interest expense to
decline in the near future as we intend to repay the outstanding
balance of our term loan from the net proceeds of this offering;
however, borrowings could subsequently increase as we continue
to implement our acquisition strategy. Interest income
represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents,
which we expect will increase in the near term with the
investment of the net proceeds of this offering.
Income
Tax Expense
We are subject to tax in the United States as well as other tax
jurisdictions or countries in which we conduct business.
Earnings from our limited
non-U.S. activities
are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to
current U.S. income tax.
As of September 30, 2009, we did not have net operating
loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and had
approximately $2.8 million in California net operating loss
carryforwards that begin to expire in March 2011, and that we
expect to utilize in an amended return. The California net
operating loss carryforwards will not offset future taxable
income, but may instead result in a refund of historical taxes
paid. As of September 30, 2009, our Japanese subsidiary had
net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $370,000 that
will begin to expire in 2011. These net operating loss
carryforwards were fully reserved as of September 30, 2009.
As of September 30, 2009, we had net deferred tax assets of
$5.5 million. Our net deferred tax assets consist primarily
of accruals, reserves and stock-based compensation expense not
currently deductible for tax purposes. We assess the need for a
valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets by evaluating
both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any
adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would
be recorded in the income statement of the periods that the
adjustment is determined to be required.
On July 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative accounting
guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for
the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The
guidance also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits,
classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The
guidance utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain
tax positions. Step one, Recognition, requires a company to
determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a
tax position
39
is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including
resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any.
If a tax position is not considered more likely than
not to be sustained then no benefits of the position are
to be recognized. Step two, Measurement, is based on the largest
amount of benefit, which is more likely than not to be realized
on ultimate settlement.
Effective July 1, 2007, we adopted the accounting guidance
on uncertainties in income tax. The cumulative effect of
adoption to the opening balance of the retained earnings account
was $1,705.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
In presenting our consolidated financial statements in
conformity with U.S. generally accepting accounting
principals, or GAAP, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures.
Some of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make
relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain
to future events. We base these estimates and assumptions on
historical experience or on various other factors that we
believe to be reasonable and appropriate under the
circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate
our estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ
significantly from these estimates.
We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below
involve our more significant judgments, assumptions and
estimates and, therefore, could have the greatest potential
impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we
believe that a discussion of these policies is necessary to
understand and evaluate the consolidated financial statements
contained in this prospectus.
For further information on our critical and other significant
accounting policies, see Note 2 of our consolidated
financial statements included in this prospectus.
Revenue
Recognition
We derive revenue from two segments: DMS and DSS. DMS revenue,
which constituted 95%, 98% and 99% of our net revenue for fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, is derived primarily
from fees that are earned through the delivery of qualified
leads or paid clicks. We recognize revenue when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the
fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably
assured. Delivery is deemed to have occurred at the time a lead
or click is delivered to the client, provided that no
significant obligations remain.
From time to time, we may agree to credit clients for certain
leads or clicks if they fail to meet the contractual or other
guidelines of a particular client. We have established a sales
reserve based on historical experience. To date, our reserve has
been adequate for these credits. The adequacy of this reserve
depends on our ability to estimate the number of credits that we
will grant to our clients. If we were to change any of the
assumptions or judgments made in calculating the amount of the
reserve, it could cause a material change in the net revenue
that we report in a particular period. Our assessment of the
likelihood of collection is also a critical element in
determining the timing of revenue recognition. If we do not
believe that collection is reasonably assured, revenue will be
recognized on the earlier of the date that the collection is
reasonably assured or collection is made.
For a portion of our revenue, we have agreements with publishers
of online media used in the generation of leads or clicks. We
receive a fee from our clients and pay a fee to our publishers
either on a revenue-share, CPL, CPC or CPM basis. We are the
primary obligor in the transaction. As a result, the fees paid
by our clients are recognized as revenue and the fees paid to
our publishers are included in cost of revenue.
DSS revenue consists of
(i) set-up
and professional services fees and (ii) usage and hosting
fees. Set-up
and professional service fees that do not provide stand-alone
value to our clients are recognized over the contractual term of
the agreement or the expected client relationship period,
whichever is longer, effective when the application reaches the
go-live date. We define the go-live date
as the date when the application enters into a production
environment or all essential functionalities have been
delivered. We recognize usage
40
and hosting fees on a monthly basis as earned. Deferred revenue
consists of billings or payments in advance of reaching all the
above revenue recognition criteria, primarily comprising
deferred DSS revenue.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Through June 30, 2006, we accounted for our stock-based
employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the
intrinsic value provisions of Accounting Principles Board, or
APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, or APB 25, and related interpretations and complied
with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure. Under
the intrinsic value method, compensation expense is measured on
the date of the grants as the difference between the fair value
of our common stock and the exercise or purchase price
multiplied by the number of stock options granted.
Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R), which
requires non-public companies that used the minimum value method
under SFAS 123 for either recognition or pro forma
disclosures to apply SFAS 123(R) using the
prospective-transition method. As such, we continue to apply the
intrinsic value method to equity awards outstanding at the date
of adoption of SFAS 123(R) that were measured using the
minimum value method. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we
recognize the compensation cost of employee stock-based awards
granted subsequent to June 30, 2006 in the statement of
operations using the straight-line method over the vesting
period of the award.
The following table sets forth the total stock-based
compensation expense included in the related financial statement
line items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,071
|
|
|
$
|
3,222
|
|
|
$
|
6,173
|
|
|
$
|
1,398
|
|
|
$
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimated the fair value of each option granted using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing method using the following
assumptions for the periods presented in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Weighted average stock price volatility
|
|
48%
|
|
52%
|
|
62%
|
|
61%
|
|
73%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
4.6 - 6.1
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
4.6% - 4.9%
|
|
2.8% - 4.5%
|
|
1.8% - 3.1%
|
|
3.1%
|
|
2.5%
|
As of each stock option grant date, we considered the fair value
of the underlying common stock, determined as described below,
in order to establish the options exercise price.
As there has been no public market for our common stock prior to
this offering, and therefore a lack of company-specific
historical and implied volatility data, we have determined the
share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis
of reported data for a peer group of companies that granted
options with substantially similar terms. The expected
volatility of options granted has been determined using an
average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group
of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the
option. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process
using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of
historical information regarding the volatility of our own share
price becomes available,
41
or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities
are no longer similar to us. In this latter case, more suitable
entities whose share prices are publicly available would be
utilized in the calculation.
The expected life of options granted has been determined
utilizing the simplified method as prescribed by the
SECs Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107,
Share-Based Payment, or SAB 107. The risk-free
interest rate is based on a daily treasury yield curve rate
whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock
options. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends on our shares of common stock; therefore, the expected
dividend yield is assumed to be zero.
In addition, SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated
at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates,
whereas SFAS 123 permitted companies to record forfeitures
based on actual forfeitures. We apply an estimated forfeiture
rate based on our historical forfeiture experience.
Since the beginning of fiscal year 2007, we granted stock
options with exercise prices as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock Fair
|
|
Intrinsic Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value per Share
|
|
Value per Share
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
|
for Financial
|
|
for Financial
|
|
|
Underlying Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Reporting Purposes at
|
|
Reporting Purposes at
|
Grant Dates
|
|
Granted
|
|
per Share
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
July 1, 2006
|
|
|
88,100
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
September 28, 2006
|
|
|
133,794
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 1, 2006
|
|
|
713,000
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31, 2007
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31, 2007(1)
|
|
|
81,500
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 23, 2007
|
|
|
35,100
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,161,400
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 27, 2007
|
|
|
116,700
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 30, 2008
|
|
|
729,200
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 25, 2008
|
|
|
469,500
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
1,695,600
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 25, 2008(1)
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
11.31
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 2, 2008
|
|
|
277,900
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 28, 2009
|
|
|
331,800
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 29, 2009
|
|
|
184,800
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 7, 2009
|
|
|
1,875,050
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
|
13.93
|
|
|
|
4.92
|
|
August 7, 2009(1)
|
|
|
87,705
|
|
|
|
9.91
|
|
|
|
13.93
|
|
|
|
4.02
|
|
October 6, 2009
|
|
|
220,600
|
|
|
|
11.08
|
|
|
|
16.88
|
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
November 17, 2009
|
|
|
1,080,500
|
|
|
|
19.00
|
|
|
|
19.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Options granted with an exercise price per share equal to 110%
of the fair market value of one share of our common stock, as
determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. |
We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices no
less than the fair market value as determined by our board of
directors, with input from management. Because our common stock
is not publicly traded, our board of directors exercised
judgment in determining the estimated fair value of our common
stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and
subjective factors. Factors considered by our board of directors
included:
|
|
|
|
|
company performance, our growth rate and financial condition at
the approximate time of the option grant;
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number
of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with
respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, financial
risk or other factors;
|
|
|
|
changes in the company and our prospects since the last option
grants and determination of fair value;
|
|
|
|
amounts recently paid by investors in arms-length
transactions for our common stock and convertible preferred
stock;
|
|
|
|
the rights, preference and privileges of preferred stock
relative to those of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
future financial projections; and
|
|
|
|
valuations completed in conjunction with, and at the time of,
each option grant.
|
We prepared contemporaneous valuations at each of the grant
dates. The methodology we used derived equity values utilizing a
probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, that
weighs various potential liquidity outcomes with each outcome
assigned a probability to arrive at the weighted equity value.
For each of the possible events, a range of future equity values
is estimated, based on the market, income or cost approaches and
over a range of possible event dates, all plus or minus a
standard deviation for value and timing. The timing of these
events is based on discussion with our management. For each
future equity value scenario, the rights and preferences of each
stockholder class are considered in order to determine the
appropriate allocation of value to common shares. The value of
each common share is then multiplied by a discount factor
derived from the calculated discount rate and the expected
timing of the event (plus or minus a standard deviation of
time). The value per common share, taking into account
sensitivities to the timing of the event, is then multiplied by
an estimated probability for each of the possible events based
on discussion with our management. The calculated value per
common share under a private company scenario (i.e., no
liquidity outcome in the form of an initial public offering or
strategic merger or sale) is then discounted for a lack of
marketability. A probability-weighted value per share of common
stock is then determined. Under the PWERM, the value of our
common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of values for
our common stock assuming the following various possible future
events for the company:
|
|
|
|
|
initial public offering;
|
|
|
|
strategic merger or sale;
|
|
|
|
dissolution/no value to common stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
remaining a private company.
|
While, consistent with our previous practice, we performed a
contemporaneous valuation at the time of the August 7, 2009
grant, we decided to reassess that valuation for financial
reporting purposes in light of the new facts and circumstances
of which we became aware in November 2009, prior to the issuance
of the September 30, 2009 quarterly results of operations,
namely, a significant acceleration of our plans for a proposed
initial public offering and additional data on expected
valuation ranges for the proposed initial public offering. Based
on the reassessment, we concluded that the fair value of one
share of our common stock for financial reporting purposes on
August 7, 2009 (the date of grant for options to purchase
1,875,050 shares of common stock with exercise prices of
$9.01 per share and an option to purchase 87,705 shares with an
exercise price of $9.91 per share) was $13.93. In addition,
on October 6, 2009, we issued options to purchase
220,600 shares of common stock with exercise prices of
$11.08 per share based on a contemporaneous management
valuation. In light of these new or subsequently discovered
facts and circumstances, we reassessed the fair market value of
our common stock for financial reporting purposes at
October 6, 2009 to be $16.88 and we will recognize stock
compensation expense accordingly. On November 17, 2009, we
issued options to purchase 1,080,500 shares of common stock
with exercise prices of $19.00 per share.
Recoverability
of Intangible Assets, Including Goodwill
Intangible assets consist primarily of content, domain names,
customer and publisher relationships, non-compete agreements,
and other intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in a
business combination are
43
measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. We amortize
all intangible assets on a straight line basis over their
expected lives. As of June 30, 2009 and September 30,
2009, we had $106.7 million and $119.5 million of
goodwill, respectively, and $34.0 million and
$36.6 million of other intangible assets, respectively,
with estimable useful lives on our consolidated balance sheets.
We review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment
at least annually or as indicators of impairment exist based on
comparing the fair value of the asset to the carrying value of
the asset. Goodwill is currently our only indefinite-lived
intangible asset. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test
in the fourth quarter for each of our DMS and DSS reporting
units. Our goodwill impairment test requires the use of
fair-value techniques, which are inherently subjective.
We performed our goodwill impairment test on our DMS reporting
unit by comparing the fair value of the business enterprise as
adjusted for the value of the DSS reporting unit to its carrying
value. The business enterprise value as a whole calculated on
April 20, 2009 for our goodwill impairment test in the
fourth quarter of 2009 differs from the implied market
capitalization based on the fair value of an individual share of
our common stock used for granting stock options as
March 31, 2009, as described below under
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Estimates Stock-Based Compensation,
because the business enterprise value is the estimated value
that would be received for the sale of the company as a whole in
an orderly transaction between market participants, whereas the
estimated value used to determine the fair value of an
individual share of common stock was determined on the basis of
a non-marketable minority share of a non-public company. The
calculation of the non-marketable minority interest of an
individual share takes into consideration interest bearing debt,
the fair value of stock options issued, shares outstanding and a
marketability discount on common stock that is not freely
tradable in a public market. Fair value of our DSS reporting
unit was estimated in April 2009 using the income approach.
Under the income approach, we calculated the fair value of our
DSS reporting unit based on the present value of estimated
future cash flows.
The valuation of goodwill could be affected if actual results
differ substantially from our estimates. Circumstances that
could affect the valuation of goodwill include, among other
things, a significant change in our business climate and buying
habits of our subscriber base along with increased costs to
provide systems and technologies required to support our content
and search capabilities. Based on our analysis in the fourth
quarter of 2009, no impairment of goodwill was indicated. We
have determined that a 10% change in our cash flow assumptions
or a marginal change in our discount rate as of the date of our
most recent goodwill impairment test would not have changed the
outcome of the test.
We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets in
accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment
or Disposal of Long-lived Assets, or SFAS 144.
SFAS 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived
assets in the event that the net book value of such assets
exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to
such assets. In accordance with SFAS 144, we recognize
impairment, if any, in the period of identification to the
extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of
such asset. Based on our analysis, no impairment was recorded in
fiscal year 2009.
44
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of
operations for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
68.2
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
69.7
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
71.1
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
70.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
|
|
29.9
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Three
Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
Net
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
Net revenue increased $14.9 million, or 23%, from the three
months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009. Substantially all of this increase was
attributable to an increase in our financial services vertical.
Financial services net revenue increased from $15.2 million
in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to
$31.0 million in the corresponding 2009 period, an increase
of $15.8 million, or 104%. The increase in financial
services revenue was driven primarily by lead and click volume
increases at relatively steady prices.
45
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue increased $9.8 million, or 22%, from the
three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months
ended September 30, 2009. The increase in cost of revenue
was driven by increased media costs due to lead and click volume
increases. Gross margin, which is the difference between net
revenue and cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue,
increased from 28.9% for the three months ended
September 30, 2008 to 29.9% for the three months ended
September 30, 2009. The increase in gross margin is
primarily attributable to a reduction in workforce in the third
quarter of fiscal year 2009.
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008-2009%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
$
|
3,757
|
|
|
$
|
4,470
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
11,752
|
|
|
$
|
11,536
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
Development Expenses
Product development expenses increased $713,000, or 19%, from
the three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three
months ended September 30, 2009. The increase is
attributable primarily to increased management performance
bonuses and, to a lesser extent, increased professional services
fees associated with the development of our technology platforms
and an increase in allocated overhead costs.
Sales and
Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses declined $634,000, or 15%, from the
three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three months
ended September 30, 2009. The decline is due to a 23%
decrease in our sales and marketing headcount and related
compensation expenses due to a reduction in workforce in the
third quarter of fiscal year 2009.
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased $295,000, or 8%,
from the three months ended September 30, 2008 to the three
months ended September 30, 2009. The decline is due to a
decrease in our legal expenses attributable to the settlement of
an ongoing legal matter in the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2009.
Interest
and Other Income (Expense), Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008-2009%
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
135
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(622
|
)
|
|
$
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net was flat from the three
months ended September 30, 2008, to the three months ended
September 2009. The decrease in interest income is due to a
decline in our invested cash balances. Other income (expense),
net increased $69,000, or 135%, from the three months ended
46
September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009 due to the weakening of the
U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar.
Provision
for Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
|
$
|
4,837
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
45.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.6
|
%
|
The decline in our effective tax rate from the three months
ended September 30, 2008 to the three months ended
September 30, 2009 was impacted primarily by decreased
state income tax expense in jurisdictions in which we no longer
had a physical presence, the unavailability of research and
development tax credits during the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and, to a lesser extent, increased tax
deductions associated with employee stock option disqualifying
dispositions. The decline was offset by increased non-deductible
stock-based compensation expense.
Comparison
of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and
2009
Net
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
2007-2008
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
% Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
Net revenue increased $68.5 million, or 36%, from fiscal
year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, attributable primarily to an
increase in our financial services and education verticals,
offset in part by a decline in our DSS business. Financial
services net revenue increased from $21.9 million in fiscal
year 2008 to $79.7 million in fiscal year 2009, an increase
of $57.8 million, or 264%. Revenue growth in our financial
services client vertical was driven by lead and click volume
increases at relatively steady prices and the full effect of the
acquisition of SureHits in the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2008. Our education client vertical net revenue increased from
$142.2 million in fiscal year 2008 to $151.4 million
in fiscal year 2009, an increase of $9.1 million, or 6%,
half due to lead volume increases and half due to pricing
increases. Our other client verticals net revenue
increased from $24.3 million in fiscal year 2008 to
$26.3 million in fiscal year 2009, an increase of
$2.0 million, or 8%, due primarily to the full effect of
the acquisition of the assets of Vendorseek L.L.C., within our
B2B vertical in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. The
revenue increase in our other verticals was partially offset by
declines in our home services vertical due to both a challenging
economic environment and lack of available consumer credit.
Net revenue increased $24.7 million, or 15%, from fiscal
year 2007 to fiscal year 2008, attributable primarily to
increases in our education, financial services and other
verticals, partially offset by declines in our DSS business.
Education client vertical net revenue increased from
$131.0 million to $142.2 million, an increase of
$11.2 million, or 9%, due primarily to lead volume
increases at relatively steady prices. Financial services client
vertical net revenue increased from $12.2 million to
$21.9 million, an increase of $9.7 million, or 80%.
Revenue growth in our financial services client vertical was
driven primarily by the acquisition of SureHits in the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2008. Net revenue from our other client
verticals increased from $16.6 million in fiscal year 2007
to $24.3 million in fiscal year 2008, an increase of
$7.7 million, or 46%, due primarily to increases in our
home services client vertical primarily as a result of the
acquisition of ReliableRemodeler in the third quarter of fiscal
year 2008.
47
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue increased $50.7 million, or 39%, from
fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, driven by increased media
costs due to lead and click volume increases and, to a lesser
extent, increased amortization of acquisition-related intangible
assets driven primarily by the large number of acquisitions in
fiscal years 2008 and 2009. Our gross margin declined from 31.8%
in fiscal year 2008 to 30.3% in fiscal year 2009 due primarily
to the acquisition of SureHits, which is characterized by lower
gross margins.
Cost of revenue increased $21.9 million, or 20%, from
fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008, driven by increased media
costs due to lead volume increases and, to a lesser extent,
increased amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets
driven by acquisitions in fiscal year 2008, as well as increased
personnel costs due to an 11% increase in average headcount and
related compensation expense increases. Gross margin declined
from 34.9% in fiscal year 2007 to 31.8% in fiscal year 2008 due
primarily to the acquisition of SureHits, which is characterized
by lower gross margins, as well as increased amortization of
acquired intangible assets associated with acquisitions during
fiscal year 2008.
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007-2008
|
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
$
|
14,094
|
|
|
$
|
14,051
|
|
|
$
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
34,021
|
|
|
$
|
39,831
|
|
|
$
|
44,213
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
Development Expenses
Product development expenses increased $836,000, or 6%, from
fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, due primarily to increased
management performance bonuses and increased stock-based
compensation expense. The increased management performance
bonuses were paid in connection with our achievement of
specified financial metrics during fiscal year 2009 that were
not achieved in the corresponding prior year period, as well as
an increase in the number of individuals eligible for such
bonuses. The increase in product development expenses was
partially offset by a reduction in workforce in the third
quarter of fiscal year 2009. Product development expenses
remained flat from fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008.
Sales and
Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.7 million, or
30%, from fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009, due primarily to
increased personnel costs and, to a lesser extent, increased
stock-based compensation expense, advertising and marketing
expenses. The increase in personnel costs was due to an 18%
increase in average headcount and related compensation expenses
driven primarily by the acquisition of ReliableRemodeler in the
third quarter of fiscal year 2008. Increased advertising and
marketing expenses were due to overall increases in sales and
marketing activities associated with the increased volume of
business in fiscal year 2009 as compared to the prior year
period. The increase was partially offset by a reduction in
workforce in the third quarter of fiscal year 2009.
Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.9 million, or
46%, from fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008, due primarily to
a one-time payout of a management retention bonus in the second
quarter of fiscal year 2008, increased personnel costs due to a
47% increase in average headcount and, to a lesser extent,
increased stock-based compensation expense. The increase in
personnel costs was driven primarily by the acquisition of
ReliableRemodeler in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008.
48
General
and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses remained relatively flat in
fiscal year 2009 compared to fiscal year 2008. The slight
decline consisted of a decrease in legal expenses, partially
offset by an increase in stock-based compensation expense. The
decline in legal expenses is attributable to a decrease in
expenses related to an ongoing legal matter which was settled
prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. In connection
with the settlement, we paid a one-time, non-refundable fee of
$850,000. We recognized an intangible asset of $226,000 related
to the estimated fair value of the license and expensed the
remaining $624,000 as a settlement expense.
General and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million,
or 17%, from fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008. The increase
was driven by increased legal fees associated with the legal
matter discussed above, increased personnel costs due to a 6%
increase in average headcount and a one-time payout of
management retention bonuses in the second quarter of fiscal
year 2008, as well as increased stock-based compensation expense.
Interest
and Other Income (Expense), Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007-2008
|
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
1,905
|
|
|
$
|
1,482
|
|
|
$
|
245
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)%
|
|
|
(83
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
192
|
%
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
(204
|
)%
|
|
|
(265
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
1,034
|
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
$
|
(3,538
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)%
|
|
|
(957
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income (expense), net declined
$4.0 million from fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year 2009 due
to increased interest expense, lowered interest income and
foreign currency losses. The increase in interest expense is due
to an increase in non-cash imputed interest on
acquisition-related notes payable and a draw down on our credit
facilities. Decreased interest income is due to a decline in our
invested cash balances. The decline in other income (expense),
net was due to foreign currency losses driven by weakening of
the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar.
Interest and other income (expense), net declined $621,000 from
fiscal year 2007 to fiscal year 2008 due primarily to increased
non-cash imputed interest expense associated with an increase in
acquisition-related notes payable and the draw down on our
credit facilities, reduced interest income due to lower average
investment balances and declining average interest rates. The
increase in other income (expense), net relates to a change in
the functional currency of one of our subsidiaries and the
resulting reclassification of an unrealized currency translation
gain from other comprehensive income to other income (expense),
net.
Provision
for Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
$
|
9,828
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
$
|
13,909
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
40.8
|
%
|
|
|
44.6
|
%
|
The increase in our effective tax rate from fiscal year 2008 to
fiscal year 2009 was impacted by increased state income tax
expense in connection with our acquisitions of businesses in
various jurisdictions within the U.S. in which we did not
previously have a presence and, to a lesser extent, increased
foreign income taxes and non-deductible stock-based compensation
expense. The increase in our effective tax rate was partially
offset by increased research and development tax credits
recorded in connection with the Emergency Economic
Stabilization Act of 2008, or the Act. On October 3,
2008, the Act, which contains the Tax Extenders and
Alternative Minimum Tax Relief Act of 2008 was signed into
law. Under the Act, the research credit was retroactively
extended for amounts paid or incurred after December 31,
2007 and before January 1, 2010.
49
The increase in our effective tax rate from fiscal year 2007 to
fiscal year 2008 was due primarily to increased non-deductible
stock-based compensation expense and a decline in federal
research and development tax credits in fiscal year 2008 due to
the expiration of research and development credit laws in
December 31, 2007.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of
media costs, personnel costs, costs of information technology
systems and office facilities.
Since our inception, we have financed our operations and
acquisitions primarily through cash flow from operations,
private placements of our convertible preferred stock and
borrowing under our bank credit facilities and seller notes. We
have generated approximately $138.3 million in cash flows
from operations and have received a total of approximately
$37.4 million from private share placements and an
additional $5.4 million from the exercise of stock options
to purchase shares of our common stock. Our principal sources of
liquidity as of September 30, 2009, consisted of cash and
cash equivalents of $28.1 million and our revolving credit
facility which had $57.3 million available for borrowing as
of such date.
Net
Cash Provided by or Used in Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $0.3 million in
the three months ended September 30, 2008 and net cash
provided by operating activities was $11.8 million in the
three months ended September 30, 2009 and
$25.2 million, $24.8 million and $32.6 million in
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our net cash
provided by or used in operating activities is primarily a
result of our net income adjusted by non-cash expenses such as
depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense,
provision for sales returns and changes in working capital
components, and is influenced by the timing of cash collections
from our clients and cash payments for purchases of media and
other expenses.
Net
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Our investing activities primarily include acquisitions of media
websites and businesses; purchases, sales and maturities of
marketable securities; capital expenditures; and capitalized
internal development costs. Net cash used in investing
activities was $11.2 million and $12.5 million in the
three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, and was $26.4 million, $49.2 million and
$27.3 million in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively. Capital expenditures and internal software
development costs totaled $0.9 million and
$0.8 million in the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009, respectively, and $3.5 million,
$3.6 million and $2.4 million in fiscal years 2007,
2008 and 2009, respectively.
Cash used in investing activities in the three months ended
September 30, 2009 was impacted by the acquisition of
Payler Corp. D/B/A HSH Associates Financial Publishers, or HSH,
a New Jersey-based online company providing comprehensive
mortgage rate information for an initial $6.0 million cash
payment, as well as by purchases of the operations of 12 other
website publishing businesses for an aggregate of approximately
$4.6 million in cash payments.
Cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2009 was
impacted by the acquisition of U.S. Citizens for Fair Credit
Card Terms, Inc, or CardRatings, for an initial cash payment of
$10.4 million, as well as purchases of the operations of 33
other website publishing businesses for an aggregate of
approximately $14.6 million in cash payments. Cash used in
investing activities in fiscal year 2008 was driven by the
acquisitions of SureHits, ReliableRemodeler and Vendorseek
amounting to total cash payments of $54.7 million, as well
as purchases of the operations of 20 website publishing
businesses for an aggregate of approximately $9.5 million
in cash payments. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal
year 2008 was partially offset by proceeds from sales and
maturities of marketable securities, net of purchases of
marketable securities, of $17.5 million. Cash used in
investing activities in fiscal year 2007 was driven by purchases
of the operations of 32 website publishing businesses for an
aggregate of approximately $11.8 million in cash payments,
as well as purchases of marketable securities, net of proceeds
from sales and maturities or marketable securities, of
$11.0 million.
50
Net
Cash Provided by or Used in Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities was $3.6 million and
$6.9 million in the three months ended September 30,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Cash provided by financing
activities in the three months ended September 30, 2009 was
due to proceeds from a draw down of our revolving credit
facility of $6.5 million, partially offset by
$3.3 million in principal payments on acquisition-related
notes payable and our term loan, as well as repurchases of our
common stock.
Cash used in financing activities was $5.0 million and
$2.8 million in fiscal years 2009 and 2007, respectively,
and cash provided by financing activities was $22.8 million
in fiscal year 2008. Cash used in financing activities in fiscal
year 2009 was due to principal payments on acquisition-related
notes payable and our term loan of $13.1 million and stock
repurchases of $1.3 million, partially offset by proceeds
from a draw down of our revolving credit facility of
$8.6 million. Cash provided by financing activities in
fiscal year 2008 was driven by proceeds from our term loan of
$29.0 million and proceeds from issuance of common stock as
a result of stock option exercises of $2.6 million,
partially offset by $5.6 million in stock repurchases and
principal payments on acquisition-related notes payable of
$4.9 million. Cash used in financing activities in fiscal
year 2007 was driven by principal payments on
acquisition-related notes payable of $3.9 million,
partially offset by proceeds from issuance of common stock as a
result of stock option exercises of $0.7 million.
Capital
Resources
We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, funds generated
from our operations and available amounts under our credit
facilities, together with the net proceeds of this offering,
will be sufficient to meet our working capital and
non-acquisition related capital expenditure requirements for at
least the next 12 months. In order to expand our business
or acquire additional complementary businesses or technologies,
we may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt
financings. If required, additional financing may not be
available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. If we
raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or
convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our
stockholders will be reduced and these securities might have
rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our
current stockholders. No assurance can be given that additional
financing will be available or that, if available, such
financing can be obtained on terms favorable to our stockholders
and us.
During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have
not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect
that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our
business in the foreseeable future.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships
with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as
entities often referred to as structured finance or special
purpose entities, which would have been established for the
purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
contractually narrow or limited purpose.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at
June 30, 2009 and the effect such obligations are expected
to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less Than 1 Year
|
|
|
1 to 3 Years
|
|
|
3 to 5 Years
|
|
|
More Than 5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
$
|
34,757
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
11,250
|
|
|
$
|
20,507
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
25,069
|
|
|
|
10,214
|
|
|
|
12,005
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,194
|
|
|
$
|
14,318
|
|
|
$
|
23,519
|
|
|
$
|
23,357
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
In connection with the acquisition of SureHits, we also may be
required to make certain earn-out payments in the aggregate
amount of $13.5 million, payable in increments in the
amount of $4.5 million annually on January 1 of 2010, 2011
and 2012, contingent upon the achievement of specified financial
targets. In August 2009, we signed a definitive agreement to buy
the website assets of the Internet.com division of
WebMediaBrands, Inc. for $16.0 million in cash and a $2.0
million non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note. We
believe that the transaction will close by the end of November
2009.
In August 2006, we entered into a loan and security agreement
which makes available a $30 million revolving credit
facility from a financial institution. In January 2008, we
signed an amendment to this loan and security agreement,
expanding the revolving credit availability to $60 million.
In September 2008, we replaced our existing revolving credit
facility of $60 million with credit facilities totaling
$100 million and in November 2009, we extended that
capacity to $130 million. The facilities consist of a
$30 million five-year term loan, with principal
amortization of 10%, 10%, 20%, 25% and 35% annually, and a
$100 million revolving credit facility. Pursuant to the
terms of the credit facility, we are required to use a portion
of the net cash proceeds from this offering to repay the
outstanding balance of our term loan. We may also repay the
remaining balance of the term loan and some or all of our
revolving credit facility from the proceeds of this offering.
Borrowings under the credit facilities are collateralized by our
assets and interest is payable quarterly at specified margins
above either LIBOR or the Prime Rate. The interest rate varies
dependent upon the ratio of funded debt to adjusted EBITDA and
ranges from LIBOR + 1.875% to 2.625% or Prime + 0.75% to
1.25% for the revolving credit facility and from LIBOR + 2.25%
to 3.0% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the term loan. Adjusted
EBITDA, as defined in our bank credit facility, is substantially
similar to our measure of Adjusted EBITDA set forth under
Prospectus Summary Summary Consolidated
Financial Data. As of September 30, 2009,
$27.8 million was outstanding under the term loan and
$12.8 million was outstanding under the revolving credit
facility. The credit facilities expire in September 2013. Under
the loan and revolving credit facility agreement, we are
required to maintain certain minimum financial ratios computed
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Quick ratio: ratio of (a) the sum of unrestricted cash and
cash equivalents and trade receivables less than 90 days
from invoice date to (b) current liabilities and face
amount of any letters of credit less the current portion of
deferred revenue.
|
|
|
|
Fixed charge coverage: ratio of (a) trailing 12 months
of adjusted EBITDA to (b) the sum of capital expenditures,
net cash interest expense, cash taxes, cash dividends and
trailing 12 months payments of indebtedness. Payment of
unsecured indebtedness is excluded to the degree that sufficient
unused revolving credit facility exists such that the relevant
debt payment could have been made from the credit facility.
|
|
|
|
Funded debt to adjusted EBITDA: ratio of (a) the sum of all
obligations owing to lending institutions, the face amount of
any letters of credit, indebtedness owing in connection with
seller notes and indebtedness owing in connection with capital
lease obligations to (b) trailing 12-month adjusted EBITDA.
|
We were in compliance with these minimum financial ratios as of
June 30, 2008 and 2009 and as of September 30, 2009.
The operating lease obligations reflected in the table above
primarily include our corporate office leases.
The notes payable reflected in the table above consist of
non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory notes issued in
connection with acquisitions.
Guarantees
We have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers and
directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or
director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity.
The term of the indemnification period is for the officer or
directors lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future
payments we could be required to make under these
indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have a
director and officer
52
insurance policy that limits our exposure and enables us to
recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of our
insurance policy coverage, we believe the estimated fair value
of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we
have not recorded any liabilities for these agreements.
In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into standard
indemnification provisions in our agreements with our clients.
Pursuant to these provisions, we indemnify our clients for
losses suffered or incurred in connection with certain
third-party claims that our product infringed any United States
patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights. Where
applicable, we generally limit such infringement indemnities to
those claims directed solely to our products and not in
combination with other software or products. With respect to our
DSS products, we also generally reserve the right to resolve
such claims by designing a non-infringing alternative or by
obtaining a license on reasonable terms, and failing that, to
terminate our relationship with the client. Subject to these
limitations, the term of such indemnity provisions are generally
coterminous with the corresponding agreements.
The potential amount of future payments to defend lawsuits or
settle indemnified claims under these indemnification provisions
may be unlimited; however, we believe the estimated fair value
of these indemnity provisions is minimal, and accordingly, we
have not recorded any liabilities for these agreements.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued a new accounting standard that changes the
accounting for business combinations, including the measurement
of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business
combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the
accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies, the
recognition of capitalized in-process research and development,
the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost
accruals, the treatment of acquisition-related transaction costs
and the recognition of changes in the acquirers income tax
valuation allowance. The new standard applies prospectively to
business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or
after the beginning of the first annual reporting period
beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of
the new standard did not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements, but is likely to have a
material impact on how we account for any future business
combinations into which we may enter.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued. In particular, the new standard
sets forth (1) the period after the balance sheet date
during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate
events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition
or disclosure in the financial statements; (2) the
circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or
transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements; and (3) the disclosures that an
entity should make about events or transactions that occurred
after the balance sheet date. We applied the requirement of this
standard effective June 30, 2009 and included additional
disclosures in the notes to our consolidated financial
statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
provides for a codification of accounting standards to be the
authoritative source of generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC
under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative
GAAP for SEC registrants. We adopted the provisions of the
authoritative accounting guidance for the interim reporting
period ended September 30, 2009. The adoption did not have
a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or
financial condition.
In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple
deliverables. Specifically, the new standard requires an entity
to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an
arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative
selling prices. In addition, the new standard eliminates the use
of the residual method of allocation and requires the
relative-selling-price method in all circumstances in which an
entity recognizes revenue for an arrangement with multiple
deliverables. In October 2009, the FASB also issued a new
accounting standard that changes revenue recognition for
tangible products containing software and hardware elements.
Specifically, if certain requirements are met, revenue
arrangements that contain tangible products with software
elements that
53
are essential to the functionality of the products are scoped
out of the existing software revenue recognition accounting
guidance and will be accounted for under the multiple-element
arrangements revenue recognition guidance discussed above. Both
standards will be effective for us in the first quarter of
fiscal year 2011. Early adoption is permitted. We do not
anticipate the adoption of these standards to have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Foreign
Currency Exchange Risk
To date, our international client agreements have been
denominated solely in U.S. dollars, and accordingly, we
have not been exposed to foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations related to client agreements, and do not currently
engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. However, as the
local accounts for our India and Canada operations are
maintained in the local currency of India and Canada, we are
subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations
associated with remeasurement to U.S. dollars. A
hypothetical change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates
would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
condition or results of operations.
Interest
Rate Risk
We had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
totaling $28.1 million, $25.2 million and
$27.3 million at September 30, 2009, June 30,
2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively. These amounts were
invested primarily in money market funds, short-term deposits
and marketable securities with original maturities of less than
three months. The unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments are held for working capital purposes and
short-term acquisitions financing. We do not enter into
investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that
we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair
value as a result of changes in interest rates due to the
short-term nature of our cash equivalents and short-term
investments. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce
future investment income.
We have outstanding a credit facility consisting of term loan,
with principal amortization of 10%, 10%, 20%, 25% and 35%
annually, and a $100 million revolving credit facility. As
of September 30, 2009, we had $27.8 million
outstanding on our term loan and $12.8 million outstanding
on our revolving credit facility. Interest on the credit
facility is payable quarterly at specified margins above either
LIBOR or the Prime Rate. The interest rate varies dependent upon
the ratio of funded debt to adjusted EBITDA and ranges from
LIBOR + 1.875% to 2.625% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the
revolving credit facility and from LIBOR + 2.25% to 3.0% or
Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the term loan. A hypothetical change
of 1% in the interest rate on our credit facility would lead to
higher interest expense, but we do not believe it would
materially affect our overall consolidated financial condition
or results of operations.
54
BUSINESS
Our
Company
QuinStreet is a leader in vertical marketing and media on the
Internet. We have built a strong set of capabilities to engage
Internet visitors with targeted media and to connect our
marketing clients with their potential customers online. We
focus on serving clients in large, information-intensive
industry verticals where relevant, targeted media and offerings
help visitors make informed choices, find the products that
match their needs, and thus become qualified customer prospects
for our clients. Our current primary client verticals are the
education and financial services industries. We also have a
presence in the home services,
business-to-business,
or B2B, and healthcare industries.
We generate revenue by delivering measurable online marketing
results to our clients. These results are typically in the form
of qualified leads or clicks, the outcomes of customer prospects
submitting requests for information on, or to be contacted
regarding, client products, or their clicking on or through to
specific client offers. These qualified leads or clicks are
generated from our marketing activities on our websites or on
third-party websites with whom we have relationships. Clients
primarily pay us for leads that they can convert into customers,
typically in a call center or through other offline customer
acquisition processes, or for clicks from our websites that they
can convert into applications or customers on their websites. We
are predominantly paid on a negotiated or market-driven
per lead or per click basis. Media costs
to generate qualified leads or clicks are borne by us as a cost
of providing our services.
Founded in 1999, we have been a pioneer in the development and
application of measurable marketing on the Internet. Clients pay
us for the actual opt-in actions by prospects or customers that
result from our marketing activities on their behalf, versus
traditional impression-based advertising and marketing models in
which an advertiser pays for more general exposure to an
advertisement. We have been particularly focused on developing
and delivering measurable marketing results in the search engine
ecosystem, the entry point of the Internet for most
of the visitors we convert into qualified leads or clicks for
our clients. We own or partner with vertical content websites
that attract Internet visitors from organic search engine
rankings due to the quality and relevancy of their content to
search engine users. We also acquire targeted visitors for our
websites through the purchase of
pay-per-click,
or PPC, advertisements on search engines. We complement search
engine companies by building websites with content and offerings
that are relevant and responsive to their searchers, and by
increasing the value of the PPC search advertising they sell by
matching visitors with offerings and converting them into
customer prospects for our clients.
Market
Opportunity
Our clients are shifting more of their marketing budgets from
traditional media channels such as direct mail, television,
radio, and newspapers to the Internet because of increasing
usage of the Internet by their potential customers. We believe
that direct marketing is the most applicable and relevant
marketing segment to us because it is targeted and measurable.
According to the July 2009 research report, Consumer
Behavior Online: A 2009 Deep Dive, by Forrester Research,
Americans spend 33% of their time with media on the Internet,
but online direct marketing represented only 16% of the
$149 billion in total annual U.S. direct marketing
spending in 2009, as reported by the Direct Marketing
Association. The Internet is an effective direct marketing
medium due to its targeting and measurability characteristics.
If direct marketing budgets shift to the Internet in proportion
to Americans share of time spent with media on the
Internet from 16% to 33% of the $149 billion in
total spending that could represent an increased
market opportunity of $25 billion. In addition, as
traditional media categories such as television and radio shift
from analog to digital formats, they can become channels for the
targeted and measurable marketing techniques and capabilities we
have developed for the Internet, thus expanding our addressable
market opportunity. Further future market potential will also
come from international markets.
55
Change
in marketing strategy and approach
We believe that marketing approaches are changing as budgets
shift from offline, analog advertising media to digital
advertising media such as Internet marketing. These changing
approaches are fundamental, and require a shift to fundamentally
new competencies, including:
From
qualitative, impression-driven marketing to analytic,
data-driven marketing
We believe that the growth in Internet marketing is enabling a
more data-driven approach to advertising. The measurability of
online marketing allows marketers to collect a significant
amount of detailed data on the performance of their marketing
campaigns, including the effectiveness of ad format and
placement and user responses. This data can then be analyzed and
used to improve marketing campaign performance and
cost-effectiveness on substantially shorter cycle times than
with traditional offline media.
From
account management-based client relationships to results-based
client relationships
We believe that marketers are becoming increasingly focused on
strategies that deliver specific, measurable results. For
example, marketers are attempting to better understand how their
marketing spending produces measurable objectives such as
meeting their target marketing cost per new customer. As
marketers adopt more results-based approaches, the basis of
client relationships with their marketing services providers is
shifting from being more account management-based to being more
results-oriented.
From
marketing messages pushed on audiences to marketing messages
pulled by self-directed audiences
Traditional marketing messages such as television and radio
advertisements are broadcast to a broad audience. The Internet
is enabling more self-directed and targeted marketing. For
example, when Internet visitors click on PPC search
advertisements, they are expressing an interest in and
proactively engaging with information about a product or service
related to that advertisement. The growth of self-directed
marketing, primarily through online channels, allows marketers
to present more targeted and potentially more relevant marketing
messages to potential customers who have taken the first step in
the buying process, which can in turn increase the effectiveness
of marketers spending.
From
marketing spending focused on large media buys to marketing
spending optimized for fragmented media
We believe that media is becoming increasingly fragmented and
that marketing strategies are changing to adapt to this trend.
There are millions of Internet websites, tens of thousands of
which have significant numbers of visitors. While this
fragmentation can create challenges for marketers, it also
allows for improved audience segmentation and the delivery of
highly targeted marketing messages, but new technologies and
approaches are necessary to effectively manage marketing given
the increasing complexity resulting from more media
fragmentation.
Increasing
complexity of online marketing
Online marketing is a dynamic and increasingly complex
advertising medium. There are numerous online channels for
marketers to reach potential customers, including search
engines, Internet portals, vertical content websites, affiliate
networks, display and contextual ad networks, email, video
advertising, and social media. We refer to these and other
marketing channels as media. Each of these channels may involve
multiple ad formats and different pricing models, amplifying the
complexity of online marketing. We believe that this complexity
increases the demand for our vertical marketing and media
services due to our capabilities and to our experience managing
and optimizing online marketing programs across multiple
channels. Also marketers and agencies often lack our ability to
aggregate offerings from multiple clients in the same industry
vertical, an approach that allows us to cover a wide selection
of visitor segments and provide more potential matches to
Internet visitor needs. This approach can allow us to convert
more Internet visitors into qualified leads or clicks from
targeted media sources, giving us an advantage when buying or
monetizing that media.
56
Our
Business Model
We deliver cost-effective marketing results to our clients,
predictably and scalably, most typically in the form of a
qualified lead or click. These leads or clicks can then convert
into a customer or sale for the client at a rate that results in
an acceptable marketing cost to them. We get paid by clients
primarily when we deliver qualified leads or clicks as defined
in our agreements. Because we bear the costs of media, our
programs must deliver a value to our clients and a media yield,
or our ability to generate an acceptable margin on our media
costs, that provides a sound financial outcome for us. Our
general process is:
|
|
|
|
|
We own or access targeted media.
|
|
|
|
We run advertisements or other forms of marketing messages and
programs in that media to create visitor responses or clicks
through to client offerings.
|
|
|
|
We match these responses or clicks to client offerings or brands
that meet visitor interests or needs, converting visitors into
qualified leads or clicks.
|
|
|
|
We optimize client matches and media yield such that we achieve
desired results for clients and a sound financial outcome for us.
|
Media cost, or the cost to attract targeted Internet visitors,
is the largest cost input to producing the measurable marketing
results we deliver to clients. Balancing our clients cost
and conversion objectives, or the rate at which the leads or
clicks that we deliver to them convert into customers, with our
media costs and yield objectives, represents the primary
challenge in our business model. We have been able to
effectively balance these competing demands by focusing on our
media sources and capabilities, conversion optimization, and our
mix of offerings and client coverage. We also seek to mitigate
media cost risk by working with third-party website publishers
predominantly on a revenue-share basis; media purchased on a
non-revenue-share basis has represented a small minority of our
media costs and of the Internet visitors we convert into
qualified leads or clicks for clients.
Media
and Internet visitor mix
We are a client-driven organization. We seek to be one of the
largest providers of measurable marketing results on the
Internet in the client industry verticals we serve by meeting
the needs of clients for results, reliability and volume.
Meeting those client needs requires that we maintain a
diversified and flexible mix of Internet visitor sources due to
the dynamic nature of online media. Our media mix changes with
changes in Internet visitor usage patterns. We adapt to those
changes on an ongoing basis, and also proactively adjust our mix
of vertical media sources to respond to client or
vertical-specific circumstances and to achieve our financial
objectives. Our financial objectives are to achieve consistent,
sustainable financial performance, but can differ by client or
industry vertical, depending on factors such as our need to
invest in the development of media sources, marketing programs,
or client relationships. Generally, our Internet visitor sources
include:
|
|
|
|
|
websites owned and operated by us, with content and offerings
that are relevant to our clients target customers;
|
|
|
|
visitors acquired from PPC advertisements purchased on major
search engines and sent to our websites;
|
|
|
|
revenue sharing agreements with third-party websites with whom
we have a relationship and whose content is relevant to our
clients target customers;
|
|
|
|
email lists owned by third parties and warranted to us by their
owners to comply with the CAN-SPAM Act;
|
|
|
|
email lists owned by us, and generated on an
opt-in basis
from Internet visitors to our websites; and
|
|
|
|
display ads run through online advertising networks or directly
with major websites or portals.
|
57
Conversion
optimization
Once we acquire targeted Internet visitors from any of our
numerous online media sources, we seek to convert that media
into qualified leads or clicks at a rate that balances client
results with our media costs or yield objectives. We start by
defining the segments and interests of Internet visitors in our
verticals, and by providing them with the information and
product offerings on our websites and in our marketing programs
that best meet their needs. Achieving acceptable client results
and media yield then requires ongoing testing, measuring,
analysis, feedback, and adaptation of the key components of our
Internet marketing programs. These components include the
marketing or advertising messaging, content mix, visitor
navigation path, mix and coverage of client offerings presented,
and point-of-sale conversion messaging the content
that is presented to an Internet visitor immediately prior to
converting that individual into a lead or click for our clients.
This data complexity is managed by us with technology, data
reporting, marketing processes, and personnel. We believe that
our scale and ten-year track record give us an advantage, as
managing this complexity often implies a steep experience-based
learning curve.
Offerings
and client coverage
The Internet is a self-directed medium. Internet visitors choose
the websites they visit and their online navigation paths, and
always have the option of clicking away to a different website
or web page. Having offerings or clients that match the
interests or needs of website visitors is key to providing
results and adequate media yield. Our vertical focus allows us
to continuously revise and improve this matching process, to
better understand the various segments of visitors and client
offerings available to be matched, and to ensure that we enable
Internet visitors to find what they seek.
Our
Competitive Advantages
Vertical
focus and expertise
We focus our efforts on large, attractive market verticals, and
on building our depth of media and coverage of clients and
client offerings within them. We have been a pioneer in
developing vertical marketing and media on the Internet, and in
providing measureable marketing results to clients. We focus on
clients who are moving their marketing spending to measurable
online formats and on information-intensive verticals with large
underlying market opportunities and high product or customer
lifetime values. This focus allows us to utilize targeted media,
in-depth industry and client knowledge, and customer
segmentation and breadth of client offerings, or coverage, to
deliver results for our clients and greater media yield.
Measurable
marketing experience and expertise
We have substantial experience at designing and deploying
marketing programs that allow Internet visitors to find the
information or product offerings they seek, and that can deliver
economically attractive, measurable results to our clients,
cost-effectively for us. Such results require frequent testing
and balancing of numerous variables, including Internet visitor
sources, mix of content and of client and product offerings,
visitor navigation paths, prospect qualification, and
advertising creative design, among others. The complexity of
executing these marketing campaigns is challenging. Due to our
scale and ten-year track record, we have successfully executed
thousands of Internet marketing programs, and we have gained
significant experience managing and optimizing this complexity
to meet our clients volume, quality and cost objectives.
Targeted
media
Targeted media attracts Internet visitors who are relatively
narrowly focused demographically or in their interests. Targeted
media can deliver better measurable marketing results for our
clients, at lower media costs for us, due to higher rates of
conversion of Internet visitors into leads or clicks for
targeted offerings and, often, due to less competition from
display advertisers. We have significant experience at creating,
identifying, monetizing, and managing targeted media on the
Internet. Many of the targeted media sources for our marketing
programs are proprietary or more defensible because of our
direct ownership of websites in our verticals, our acquisition
of targeted Internet visitors directly from search engines to
our websites, and our exclusive or long-term relationships
58
with media properties or sources owned by others. Examples of
websites that we own and operate include WorldWideLearn.com,
ArmyStudyGuide.com and Chef2Chef.com in our education client
vertical; CardRatings.com, MoneyRates.com and Insure.com in our
financial services client vertical; AllAboutLawns.com and
OldHouseWeb.com in our home services client vertical; and
ElderCarelink.com in our healthcare client vertical.
Proprietary
technology
We have developed a core technology platform and a common set of
applications for managing and optimizing measurable marketing
programs across multiple verticals at scale. The primary
objectives and effects of our technologies are to achieve higher
media yield, deliver better results for our clients, and more
efficiently and effectively manage our scale and complexity. We
continuously strive to develop technologies that allow us to
better match Internet visitors in our verticals to the
information, clients or product offerings they seek at scale. In
so doing, our technologies can allow us to simultaneously
improve visitor satisfaction, increase our media yield, and
achieve higher rates of conversions of leads or clicks for our
clients a virtuous cycle of increased value for
Internet visitors and our clients and competitive advantage for
us. Some of the key applications in our technology platform are:
|
|
|
|
|
an ad server for tracking the placement and performance of
content, creative messaging, and offerings on our websites and
on those of publishers with whom we work;
|
|
|
|
database-driven applications for dynamically matching content,
offers or brands to Internet visitors expressed needs or
interests;
|
|
|
|
a platform for measuring and managing the performance of tens of
thousands of PPC search engine advertising campaigns;
|
|
|
|
dashboards or reporting tools for displaying operating and
financial metrics for thousands of ongoing marketing campaigns;
and,
|
|
|
|
a compliance tool capable of cataloging and filtering content
from the thousands of websites on which our marketing programs
appear to ensure adherence to client branding guidelines and to
regulatory requirements.
|
Approximately one-third of our employees are engineers, focused
on building, maintaining and operating our technology platform.
Client
relationships
We believe we are a reliable source of measurably effective
marketing results for our clients. We endeavor to work
collaboratively and in a data-driven way with clients to improve
our results for them. Our client retention rate is high. We
experienced no attrition among clients that individually
accounted for over $100,000 in monthly revenue to us for the
one-year period ended September 30, 2009. Those clients
represented 75% of our revenue over that time period. In
addition, most of our revenue growth comes from existing
clients; 88% of our
year-over-year
revenue growth in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 came
from incremental revenue from existing clients, defined as
clients we had worked with for at least one year. We believe our
high client retention and per client growth rates are due to:
|
|
|
|
|
our close, often direct, relationships with most of our large
clients;
|
|
|
|
our ability to deliver measurable and attractive return on
investment, or ROI, on clients marketing spending;
|
|
|
|
our ownership of, or exclusive access to large amounts of,
targeted media inventory and associated Internet visitors in the
industry verticals on which we focus; and,
|
|
|
|
our ability to consistently and reliably deliver large
quantities of qualified leads or clicks.
|
59
We believe that our high client retention rates, combined with
our depth and breadth of online media in our primary client
verticals, indicate that we are becoming an important marketing
channel partner for our clients to reach their prospective
customers.
Client-driven
online marketing approach
We focus on providing measurable Internet marketing and media
services to our clients in a way that protects and enhances
their brands and their relationships with prospective customers.
The Internet marketing programs we execute are designed to
adhere to strict client branding and regulatory guidelines, and
are designed to match our clients brands and offers with
expressed customer interest. We have contractual arrangements
with third-party website publishers to ensure that they follow
our clients brand guidelines, and we utilize our
proprietary technologies and trained personnel to help ensure
compliance. In addition, we believe that providing relevant,
helpful content and client offers that match an Internet
visitors self-selected interest in a product or service,
such as requesting information about an education program or
financial product, makes that visitor more likely to convert
into a customer for our clients.
We do not engage in online marketing practices such as spyware
or deceptive promotions that do not provide value to Internet
visitors and that can undermine our clients brands. A
small minority of our Internet visitors reach our websites or
client offerings through advertisements in emails. We employ
practices to ensure that we comply with the CAN-SPAM Act
governing unsolicited commercial email.
Acquisition
strategy and success
We have successfully acquired vertical marketing and media
companies on the Internet, including vertical website
businesses, marketing services companies, and technologies. We
believe we can integrate and generate value from acquisitions
due to our scale, breadth of capabilities, and common technology
platform.
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to monetize Internet media, coupled with client
demand for our services, provides us with a particular advantage
in acquiring targeted online media properties in the verticals
on which we focus.
|
|
|
|
Our capabilities in online media can allow us to generate a
greater volume of leads or clicks, and therefore create more
value, than other owners of marketing services companies that
have aggregated client budgets or relationships.
|
|
|
|
We can often apply technologies across our business volume to
create more value than previous owners of the technology.
|
Scale
We are one of the largest Internet vertical marketing and media
companies in the world. Our scale allows us to better meet the
needs of large clients for reliability, volume and quality of
service. It allows us to invest more in technologies that
improve media yield, client results and our operating
efficiency. We are also able to invest more in other forms of
research and development, including determining and developing
new types of vertical media, new approaches to engaging website
visitors, and new segments of Internet visitors and client
budgets, all of which can lead to advantages in media costs,
effectiveness in delivering client results, and then to more
growth and greater scale.
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to be one of the largest and most successful
marketing and media companies on the Internet, and eventually in
other digitized media forms. We believe that we are in the early
stages of a very large and long-term business opportunity. Our
strategy for pursuing this opportunity includes the following
key components:
|
|
|
|
|
Focus on generating sustainable revenues by providing
measurable value to our clients.
|
|
|
|
Build QuinStreet and our industry sustainably by behaving
ethically in all we do and by providing quality content and
website experiences to Internet visitors.
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
Remain vertically focused, choosing to grow through depth,
expertise and coverage in our current industry verticals; enter
new verticals selectively over time, organically and through
acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
Build a world class organization, with
best-in-class
capabilities for delivering measurable marketing results to
clients and high yields or returns on media costs.
|
|
|
|
Develop and evolve the best technologies and platform for
managing vertical marketing and media on the Internet; focus on
technologies that enhance media yield, improve client results
and achieve scale efficiencies.
|
|
|
|
Build, buy and partner with vertical content websites that
provide the most relevant and highest quality visitor
experiences in the client and media verticals we serve.
|
|
|
|
Be a client-driven organization; develop a broad set of media
sources and capabilities to reliably meet client needs.
|
Our
Culture
Our values are the foundation of our successful business
culture. They represent the standards we strive to achieve and
the organization we continuously seek to become. These have been
our guiding principles since our founding in 1999. Our values
are:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Performance. We understand our business
objectives and apply a whatever it takes approach to
meeting them. We are driven to achieve. We are committed to our
own personal and professional development and to that of our
colleagues.
|
|
|
2.
|
High Standards. We hold each other and
ourselves to the highest standards of performance,
professionalism and personal behavior. We act with the highest
of ethical standards. We tolerate and forgive mistakes, but not
patterns.
|
|
|
3.
|
Teamwork. We deal with one another
openly, honestly and non-hierarchically in an atmosphere of
mutual trust and respect and in pursuit of common stretch goals.
We have an obligation to dissent in an effort to reach the best
answers. We smooth the way for effective, dynamic team
discussions by demonstrating care and concern for each
individual in all of our interactions. We support decisions,
once made.
|
|
|
4.
|
Customer Empathy. We strive every day
to better understand and anticipate the needs of our customers,
including clients and publishers. We leverage our unique
insights into higher customer loyalty and competitive advantage.
|
|
|
5.
|
Prioritization. We always work on what
is most important to achieving Company objectives first. If we
do not know, we ask or discuss competing demands.
|
|
|
6.
|
Urgency. We know our goals and measure
our progress toward them daily.
|
|
|
7.
|
Progress. We are pioneers. We make
decisions based on facts and analysis, as well as intuition, but
we expect to make mistakes in the pursuit of rapid progress. We
learn from mistakes on short cycle times and iterate our way to
success.
|
|
|
8.
|
Innovation and Flexibility. We prize
creativity. We embrace new ideas and approaches as opportunities
to improve our performance or work environment. We resist pride
of authorship; it limits progress. We actively benchmark and
work to understand and employ best practices.
|
|
|
9.
|
Recognition. We are a meritocracy.
Advancement and recognition are earned through contribution and
performance. Period. We celebrate each others victories
and efforts.
|
|
|
10.
|
Fun. We believe that work, done well,
can and should be fun. We strive to create an upbeat, supportive
environment and try not to take ourselves too seriously. We do
not tolerate negativism, pessimism or nay saying...we dont
have time.
|
61
Clients
In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009, our top 20 clients accounted for 76%,
70%, 68% and 70% of net revenue, respectively. Our largest
client, DeVry Inc., accounted for 22%, 23%, 19% and 13% of net
revenue in these periods, respectively. Since our service was
first offered in 2001, we have developed a broad client base
with many multi-year relationships. We enter into Internet
marketing contracts with our clients, most of which are
cancelable with little or no prior notice. In addition, these
contracts do not contain penalty provisions for cancellation
before the end of the contract term.
Sales and
Marketing
We have an internal sales team that consists of employees
focused on signing new clients and account managers who maintain
and seek to increase our business with existing clients. Our
sales people and account managers are each focused on a
particular client business vertical so that they develop an
expertise in the marketing needs of our clients in that
particular vertical.
Our marketing programs include attendance at trade shows and
conferences and limited advertising.
Technology
and Infrastructure
We have developed a suite of technologies to manage, improve and
measure the results of the marketing programs we offer our
clients. We use a combination of proprietary and third-party
software as well as hardware from established technology
vendors. We use specialized software for client management,
building and managing websites, acquiring and managing media,
managing our third-party publishers, and the matching of
Internet visitors to our marketing clients. We have invested
significantly in these technologies and plan to continue to do
so to meet the demands of our clients and Internet visitors, to
increase the scalability of our operations, and enhance
management information systems and analytics in our operations.
Our development teams work closely with our marketing and
operating teams to develop applications and systems that can be
used across our business. For the fiscal years 2007, 2008 and
2009 and the three months ended September 30, 2009, we
spent $14.1 million, $14.1 million, $14.9 million
and $4.5 million, respectively, on product development.
Our primary data center is at a third-party co-location center
in San Francisco, California. All of the critical
components of the system are redundant and we have a backup data
center in Las Vegas, Nevada. We have implemented these backup
systems and redundancies to minimize the risk associated with
earthquakes, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, and
other events beyond our control.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of trade secret, trademark, copyright
and patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions
together with confidentiality agreements and technical measures
to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary rights. We
currently have one patent application pending in the United
States and no issued patents. We rely much more heavily on trade
secret protection than patent protection. To protect our trade
secrets, we control access to our proprietary systems and
technology and enter into confidentiality and invention
assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and
confidentiality agreements with other third parties. QuinStreet
is a registered trademark in the United States and other
jurisdictions. We also have registered and unregistered
trademarks for the names of many of our websites and we own the
domain registrations for our many website domains.
We cannot guarantee that our intellectual property rights will
provide competitive advantages to us; our ability to assert our
intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to
settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our
agreements with third parties; our intellectual property rights
will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be
intense or where legal protection may be weak; any of the trade
secrets, trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual
property rights that we presently employ in our business will
not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, or
abandoned; competitors will not
62
design around our protected systems and technology; or that we
will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property
rights against others.
Our
Competitors
Our primary competition falls into two categories: advertising
and direct marketing services agencies and online marketing and
media companies. We compete for business on the basis of a
number of factors including return on marketing expenditures,
price, access to targeted media, ability to deliver large
volumes or precise types of customer prospects, and reliability.
Advertising
and direct marketing services agencies
Online and offline advertising and direct marketing services
agencies control the majority of the large client marketing
spending for which we primarily compete. So, while they are
sometimes our competitors, agencies are also often our clients.
We compete with agencies to attract marketing budget or spending
from offline forms to the Internet or, once designated to be
spent online, to be spent with us versus the agency or by the
agency with others. When spending online, agencies spend with
QuinStreet and with portals, other websites and ad networks.
Online
marketing and media companies
We compete with other Internet marketing and media companies, in
many forms, for online marketing budgets. Most of these
competitors compete with us in one vertical. Examples include
BankRate in the financial services vertical and Monster
Worldwide in the education vertical. Some of our competition
also comes from agencies or clients spending directly with
larger websites or portals, including Google, Yahoo!, MSN, and
AOL.
Government
Regulation
Advertising and promotional information presented to visitors on
our websites and our other marketing activities are subject to
federal and state consumer protection laws that regulate unfair
and deceptive practices. There are a variety of state and
federal restrictions on the marketing activities conducted by
telephone, the mail or by email, or over the internet, including
the Telemarketing Sales Rule, state telemarketing laws, federal
and state privacy laws, the CAN-SPAM Act, and the Federal Trade
Commission Act and its accompanying regulations and guidelines.
In addition, some of our clients operate in regulated
industries, particularly in our financial services, education
and medical verticals. For example, the U.S. Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, regulates the payments that
may be made to mortgage brokers. While we do not engage in the
activities of a traditional mortgage broker, we are licensed as
a mortgage broker in 25 states for our online marketing
activities. In our education vertical, our clients are subject
to the U.S. Higher Education Act, which, among other
things, prohibits incentive compensation in recruiting students.
In our medical vertical, our medical device and supplies clients
are subject to state and federal anti-kickback statutes that
prohibit payment for referrals. While we believe our matching of
prospective customers with our clients and the manner in which
we are paid for these activities complies with these and other
applicable regulations, these rules and regulations in many
cases were not developed with online marketing in mind and their
applicability is not always clear. The rules and regulations are
complex and may be subject to different interpretations by
courts or other governmental authorities. We might
unintentionally violate such laws, such laws may be modified and
new laws may be enacted in the future. Any such developments (or
developments stemming from enactment or modification of other
laws) or the failure to anticipate accurately the application or
interpretation of these laws could create liability to us,
result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our businesses.
63
Employees
As of September 30, 2009, we had 477 employees, which
included 152 employees in product development and
engineering, 62 in sales and marketing, 52 in general and
administration and 211 in operations. None of our employees is
represented by a labor union.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located in a leased facility
in Foster City, California, consisting of approximately
53,877 square feet of office space under a lease that
expires in October 2010. This facility accommodates our
principal engineering, sales, marketing, operations and finance
and administrative activities. As of September 30, 2009, we
also lease buildings in Arkansas, Colorado, Massachusetts,
Nevada, New Jersey, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon, India, and
the United Kingdom. These facilities total approximately
45,222 square feet. We believe that our current facilities
are sufficient for our current needs. We intend to add new
facilities and expand our existing facilities as we add
employees and expand our markets, and we believe that suitable
additional or substitute space will be available as needed to
accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings
and claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We
are not currently a party to any material litigation.
64
MANAGEMENT
Officers
and Directors
Our officers and directors and their respective ages and
positions as of October 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
Nina Bhanap
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Chief Technology Officer
|
Daniel Caul
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
General Counsel
|
Christopher Mancini
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
Patrick Quigley
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
Timothy Stevens
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
William Bradley(1)
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Director
|
John G. McDonald(2)
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
Director
|
Gregory Sands(1)(2)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Director
|
James Simons(1)(3)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Director
|
Glenn Solomon(3)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Director
|
Dana Stalder(2)(3)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee. |
|
(2) |
|
Member of the compensation committee. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of the audit committee. |
Officers
Douglas Valenti has served as our Chief Executive Officer
since July 1999 and as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
since March 2004. Prior to QuinStreet, Mr. Valenti served
as a partner at Rosewood Capital, a venture capital firm, for
five years; at McKinsey & Company as a strategy
consultant and engagement manager for three years; at
Procter & Gamble in various management roles for three
years; and for the U.S. Navy as a nuclear submarine officer
for five years. He holds a Bachelors degree in Industrial
Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology, where he
graduated with highest honors and was named the Georgia Tech
Outstanding Senior in 1982, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford
Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller
Scholar.
Bronwyn Syiek has served as our President and Chief
Operating Officer since February 2007, as our Chief Operating
Officer from April 2004 to February 2007, as Senior Vice
President from September 2000 to April 2004, as Vice President
from her start date in March 2000 to September 2000 and as a
consultant to us from July 1999 to March 2000. Prior to joining
us, Ms. Syiek served as Director of Business Development
and member of the Executive Committee at De La Rue Plc, a
banknote printing and security product company, for three years.
She previously served as a strategy consultant and engagement
manager at McKinsey & Company for four years and held
various investment management and banking positions with Lloyds
Bank and Charterhouse Bank. She holds an M.A. in Natural
Sciences from Cambridge University in the United Kingdom.
Kenneth Hahn has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since September 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hahn served
as Chief Financial Officer of Borland Software Corporation, a
public software company, from September 2002 to July 2006.
Previously, Mr. Hahn served in various roles, including
Chief Financial
65
Officer, of Extensity, Inc., a public software company, for five
years; as a strategy consultant at the Boston Consulting Group
for three years; and as an audit manager at Price Waterhouse, a
public accounting firm, for five years. He holds a B.A. in
Business from California State University Fullerton, summa cum
laude, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of
Business, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar. Mr. Hahn is
also a Certified Public Accountant, licensed in the state of
California.
Tom Cheli has served as our Executive Vice President
since February 2007, as Senior Vice President from December 2004
to February 2007, as Vice President of Sales from January 2001
to December 2004 and as Director of Sales from February 2000 to
January 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cheli served as
Director of Inside Sales and Sales Operations at Collagen
Aesthetics Corporation, an aesthetic biomedical device company,
and as Regional Sales Manager at Akorn Ophthalmics, Inc., a
specialty pharmaceutical company. He holds a B.A. in Sports
Medicine from the University of the Pacific.
Scott Mackley has served as our Executive Vice President
since February 2007, as Senior Vice President from December 2004
to February 2007, as Vice President from June 2003 to December
2004, as Senior Director from February 2002 to June 2003, as
Director from October 2000 to February 2002 and as Senior
Manager, Network Management from May 2000 to October 2000. Prior
to joining us, Mr. Mackley served at Salomon Brothers and
Salomon Smith Barney, in various roles in their Equity Trading
unit and Investment Banking and Equity Capital Markets divisions
over four years. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Washington
and Lee University.
Nina Bhanap has served as our Chief Technology Officer
since July 2009, as our Senior Vice President of Engineering
from November 2006 to July 2009, as Vice President of Product
Development from January 2004 to November 2006, as Senior
Director from January 2003 to January 2004 and as Director of
Product Management from October 2001 to January 2003. Prior to
joining us, Ms. Bhanap served as Head of Fixed Income Sales
Technology for Europe at Morgan Stanley for five years and as a
senior associate at Booz Allen Hamilton for one year. She holds
a B.S. in Computer Science with Honors from Imperial College,
University of London, and an M.B.A. from the London Business
School.
Daniel Caul has served as our General Counsel since
January 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Caul served as
General Counsel for the Search and Media division of
IAC/InterActiveCorp, an Internet search and advertising company,
from September 2006 to January 2008, and prior to the
acquisition by IAC/InterActiveCorp, he was Assistant General
Counsel of Ask Jeeves, Inc. from February 2003 to September
2006. Previously, Mr. Caul was an attorney with Howard,
Rice, Nemerovsky, Canady, Falk and Rabkin, a corporate law firm,
for four years and served as a U.S. District Court clerk. He
holds a B.A. in Political Science from Vanderbilt University,
summa cum laude, and a J.D. from the Harvard Law School, magna
cum laude. Mr. Caul was also a Fulbright Scholar.
Christopher Mancini has served as our Senior Vice
President since October 2007, as Vice President from January
2006 to October 2007, as Senior Director from July 2004 to
January 2006, as Director from December 2003 to July 2004 and as
Senior Sales Manager from November 2000 to February 2003. Prior
to joining us, Mr. Mancini served in various sales and
operational roles at Eli Lilly & Company, NeuroScience
Division, for six years. He holds a B.S. from the Duquesne
University School of Pharmacy.
Patrick Quigley has served as our Senior Vice President
since November 2007. Prior to rejoining us, Mr. Quigley
served at BEA systems, a software company, from June 2002 to
November 2007, as Vice President of Strategic Sales and
Operations from February 2007 to November 2007, Vice President
of Sales Operations from February 2005 to February 2007, and
Director of Solutions Marketing from October 2003 to February of
2005. Mr. Quigley initially joined QuinStreet in July 1999
and served in various positions for two years; previously, he
served as a consultant at McKinsey & Company for two
years. He holds a B.S. in Engineering, summa cum laude, from
Duke University. He holds an M.B.A. with Honors from The Wharton
School at the University of Pennsylvania.
Timothy Stevens has served as our Senior Vice President
since October 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stevens served
as President and CEO of Doppelganger, Inc., an online social
entertainment studio, from January 2007 to October 2008. Prior
to Doppelganger, Mr. Stevens served as General Counsel for
Borland
66
Software Corporation, a software company, from October 2003 to
June 2006. Previously, he served in various executive management
roles, including most recently as Senior Vice President of
Corporate Development, at Inktomi Corporation, an Internet
infrastructure company, during his six year tenure. Previously,
Mr. Stevens was an attorney with Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, a corporate law firm, for six
years. He holds a B.S. in both Finance and Management from
University of Oregon, summa cum laude, and a J.D. from
University California at Davis, Order of the Coif.
Board
of Directors
William Bradley has served as a member of our board of
directors since August 2004. Former Senator Bradley is a
Managing Director of Allen & Company LLC, an
investment bank, which he joined in November 2000. From
April 2001 to June 2004, Former Senator Bradley also served as
chief outside advisor to the nonprofit practice of
McKinsey & Company. Former Senator Bradley served in
the U.S. Senate from 1979 to 1997, representing the state
of New Jersey, and previously was a professional basketball
player with the New York Knicks from 1967 to 1977. Former
Senator Bradley also serves on the boards of directors of
Seagate Technology, Starbucks Coffee Company and Willis Group
Holdings. Former Senator Bradley received a B.A. in American
History from Princeton University and an M.A. in American
History from Oxford University, where he was a Rhodes Scholar.
John G. (Jack) McDonald has served as a member of our
board of directors since September 2004. Professor McDonald is
the Stanford Investors Professor in the Stanford Graduate School
of Business, where he has been a faculty member since 1968,
specializing in investment management, entrepreneurial finance,
principal investing, venture capital, and private equity
investing. Professor McDonald also serves on the boards of
directors of Varian, Inc., Plum Creek Timber Company, Scholastic
Corporation, iStar Financial, Inc., and nine mutual funds
managed by Capital Research and Management Company. He holds a
B.A. in Engineering, an M.B.A., and a Ph.D. in Business and
Finance from Stanford University. He is a retired officer in the
U.S. Army and was a Fulbright Scholar.
Gregory Sands has served as a member of our board of
directors since July 1999. Since September 1998, Mr. Sands
has been a Managing Director at Sutter Hill Ventures, a venture
capital firm. Previously, Mr. Sands held various
operational roles at Netscape Communications Corporation and was
a management consultant with Mercer Management Consulting.
Mr. Sands also serves on the boards of several
privately-held companies. He holds a B.A. in Government from
Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School
of Business.
James Simons has served as a member of our board of
directors since July 1999. Mr. Simons is a Managing
Director of Split Rock Partners, a venture capital firm, which
he founded in June 2004. Prior to founding Split Rock Partners,
Mr. Simons served as General Partner of St. Paul Venture
Capital, a venture capital firm, from November 1996 to June
2004. Previously, Mr. Simons was a partner at Marquette
Venture Partners and held banking positions at Trammell Crow
Company and First Boston Corporation. Mr. Simons also
serves on the boards of several privately-held companies. He
holds a B.A. in Economics and History from Stanford University
and an M.S. in Management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School
of Management, Northwestern University.
Glenn Solomon has served as a member of our board of
directors since May 2007. Since March 2006, Mr. Solomon has
been a Managing Director of GGV Capital (formerly Granite Global
Ventures), a venture capital firm. Prior to joining GGV Capital,
Mr. Solomon served as a General Partner at Partech
International, a venture capital firm, from September 1997.
Previously, Mr. Solomon served in various financial roles
at Goldman Sachs and at SPO Partners. Mr. Solomon also
serves on the board of a privately-held company. He earned a
B.A. in Public Policy from Stanford University, where he
graduated with Distinction, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford
Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller
Scholar.
Dana Stalder has served as a member of our board of
directors since May 2003. Since August 2008, Mr. Stalder
has been a General Partner of Matrix Partners, a venture capital
firm. Prior to joining Matrix Partners, Mr. Stalder served
in various executive roles, including Senior Vice President at
eBay, Inc., an online marketplace company, from December 2001 to
August 2008. Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer
67
and Vice President of Business Development of Respond.com, Vice
President of Finance and Operations at Netscape Communication
Corporation and an associate and manager at Ernst &
Young LLP. Mr. Stalder also serves on the boards of several
privately-held companies. He holds a B.A. in Commerce from
Santa Clara University.
Board
Composition
Independent
Directors
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will consist of seven members. In November 2009, our board of
directors undertook a review of the independence of each
director and considered whether any director has a material
relationship with us that could compromise his ability to
exercise independent judgment in carrying out his
responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of
directors determined that all of our directors, other than
Mr. Valenti, qualify as independent directors
in accordance with the listing requirements and rules and
regulations
of ,
constituting a majority of independent directors of our board of
directors. Mr. Valenti is not considered independent
because he is an employee of QuinStreet.
Classified
Board
Immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be
divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At
each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors
whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time
of election and qualification until the third annual meeting
following election. Our directors will be divided among the
three classes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Class I directors will be Messrs. Simons and Stalder,
and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2011;
|
|
|
|
Class II directors will be Professor McDonald and
Mr. Sands, and their terms will expire at the annual
general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and
|
|
|
|
Class III directors will be Former Senator Bradley and
Messrs. Solomon and Valenti, and their terms will expire at
the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.
|
The authorized number of directors may be changed only by
resolution of the board of directors. This classification of the
board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year
terms may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in
our control or management.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance
committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees
to facilitate the management of our business. The composition
and functions of each committee are described below.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Simons,
Solomon and Stalder. Messrs. Solomon and Stalder each
satisfy the independence requirements under
the
listing standards and
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. We
anticipate that, following the completion of this offering,
Mr. Simons will resign from our audit committee and
Professor McDonald will replace Mr. Simons on the
committee. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Stalder,
whom our board of directors has determined is an audit
committee financial expert within the meaning of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, regulations. Each
member of our audit committee can read and understand
fundamental financial statements in accordance with audit
committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the
board has examined each audit committee members scope of
experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate
finance sector. The functions of this committee include:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent
registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and
any permissible non-audit services;
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
evaluating the performance of our independent registered public
accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services;
|
|
|
|
reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and
reports and discussing the statements and reports with our
independent registered public accounting firm and management,
including a review of disclosures under Management
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations;
|
|
|
|
providing oversight with respect to related party transactions;
|
|
|
|
reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting
firm and management, significant issues that may arise regarding
accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as
well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness
of our financial controls;
|
|
|
|
reviewing reports from management and auditors regarding our
procedures to monitor and ensure compliance with our legal and
regulatory responsibilities, our code of business conduct and
ethics and our compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements; and
|
|
|
|
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment
of complaints received by us regarding financial controls,
accounting or auditing matters.
|
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Professor McDonald and
Messrs. Sands and Stalder, each of whom our board of
directors has determined to be independent under
the
listing standards, to be a non-employee director as
defined in
Rule 16b-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act and to be an outside
director as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
Section 162(m). The chair of our compensation committee is
Professor McDonald. The functions of this committee include:
|
|
|
|
|
determining the compensation and other terms of employment of
our chief executive officer and our other executive officers and
reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and
objectives relevant to such compensation;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors;
|
|
|
|
evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the equity
incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs
advisable for us, as well as modification or termination of
existing plans and programs;
|
|
|
|
establishing policies with respect to equity compensation
arrangements; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing with management our disclosures under the caption
Compensation Discussion and Analysis and
recommending to the full board its inclusion in our periodic
reports to be filed with the SEC.
|
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of
Former Senator Bradley and Messrs. Sands and Simons, each
of whom our board of directors has determined is independent
under
the listing
standards. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance
committee is Former Senator Bradley. The functions of this
committee include:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing periodically director performance on our board of
directors and its committees and performance of management, and
recommending to our board of directors and management areas of
improvement;
|
|
|
|
interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending
individuals for membership on our board of directors;
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for
election to our board of directors and establishing policies and
procedures for such nominations;
|
|
|
|
reviewing with our chief executive officer plans for succession
to the offices of chief executive officer or any other executive
officer, as it sees fit; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing and recommending to our board of directors changes
with respect to corporate governance practices and policies.
|
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
Our board of directors intends to adopt a Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will
apply to all of our employees, officers (including our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar
functions), agents and representatives, including directors and
consultants. Upon the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text
of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our
website at www.quinstreet.com. We intend to disclose future
amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct
and Ethics, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any
principal executive officer, principal financial officer,
principal accounting officer or controller, or persons
performing similar functions or our directors on our website
identified above. The inclusion of our website address in this
prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the
information on our website into this prospectus.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee is currently
or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None
of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during
the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one
or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of
directors or compensation committee.
Summary
of Non-Employee Director Compensation
In ,
our board of directors adopted a compensation policy that,
effective upon the closing of this offering, will be applicable
to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy
provides that each such non-employee director will receive the
following compensation for board services:
|
|
|
|
|
$ per year for service as a board
member;
|
|
|
|
$ per year for service as a member
of the audit committee, compensation committee or nominating and
corporate governance committee;
|
|
|
|
$ per year for service as a
chairperson of the audit committee, compensation committee or
nominating or corporate governance committee;
|
|
|
|
$ for each in-person board meeting
and $ for each telephonic board
meeting; and
|
|
|
|
$ for each in-person or telephonic
committee meeting.
|
We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse our
non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other
reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board
of directors and committees of the board of directors.
Additionally, certain of our non-employee directors were granted
an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock
under our stock option plans in connection with their initial
election to serve on our board of directors. We also award
certain existing non-employee directors an option to purchase
25,000 shares of our common stock annually.
70
The following table sets forth information regarding
compensation earned by or paid to certain of our non-employee
directors during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.
Messrs. Sands, Simons and Solomon were not compensated for
their services as directors in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
Awards
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
Cash
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
William Bradley
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
|
$
|
129,528
|
|
|
$
|
187,528
|
|
John G. McDonald
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
|
$
|
129,528
|
|
|
$
|
187,528
|
|
Dana Stalder
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
|
$
|
129,528
|
|
|
$
|
187,528
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amount reflects the total compensation expense for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2009 calculated in accordance with
stock-based compensation expense guidance. The valuation
assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in
Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included
in this prospectus. |
71
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the policies and decisions with respect
to the compensation of our executive officers who are named in
the Fiscal Year 2009 Summary Compensation Table and
the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these
policies and decisions. These named executive
officers for fiscal year 2009 are:
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti, Chief Executive Officer, or CEO;
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek, President and Chief Operating Officer;
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn, Chief Financial Officer, or CFO;
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli, Executive Vice President; and
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley, Executive Vice President.
|
Overview
of Program Objectives
We recognize that our success is in large part dependent on our
ability to attract and retain talented employees. We endeavor to
create and maintain compensation programs based on performance,
teamwork and rapid progress and to align the interests of our
executives and stockholders. The principles and objectives of
our compensation and benefits programs for our employees
generally, and for our executive officers specifically, are to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract, motivate and retain highly-talented individuals who are
incented to achieve our strategic goals;
|
|
|
|
closely align compensation with our business and financial
objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
motivate and reward individuals whose skills and performance
promote our continued success; and
|
|
|
|
offer total compensation that is competitive and fair.
|
The compensation of our executives consists of the following
principal components:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
performance-based cash bonuses;
|
|
|
|
equity incentive awards;
|
|
|
|
employee benefits and perquisites; and
|
|
|
|
change in control benefits.
|
Each component has a role in meeting the above objectives. While
we offer competitive base salaries and performance-based cash
bonuses, we believe that equity incentive awards are a critical
compensation component for Internet and other emerging
companies. We believe that stock options and other stock-based
compensation provide long-term incentives that align the
interests of employees and executives alike with the long-term
interests of stockholders.
We strive to achieve an appropriate mix between cash
compensation and equity incentive awards to meet our objectives.
We do not apply any formal or informal policies or guidelines
for allocating compensation between current and long-term
compensation, between cash and equity compensation or among
different forms of equity compensation. As a result, the
allocation between cash and equity varies between executive
officers and does not control compensation decisions. The mix of
compensation components is designed to reward short-term results
and motivate long-term performance through a combination of cash
and awards. We believe the most important indicator of whether
our compensation objectives are being met is our ability to
motivate
72
our executive officers to deliver superior performance and
retain them to continue their careers with us on a
cost-effective basis.
The compensation levels of the executive officers reflect to a
significant degree the varying roles and responsibilities of
such executives, as well as the length of time those executives
have been with us.
Our compensation committee determines the appropriate level for
overall executive officer compensation and the separate
components based on (i) a review of publicly available
compensation data at a limited number of publicly-traded
companies in the Internet marketing and media sector,
(ii) compensation survey data for Internet companies with
comparable revenues, (iii) our understanding of the market
based on the experience of our executives and members of our
compensation committee and (iv) internal equity, length of
service, skill level and other factors we may deem appropriate.
Our compensation-setting process and each of the principal
components of our executive compensation program is discussed in
more detail below.
Compensation-Setting
Process
Historically, the compensation of our executive officers was
largely determined on an individual basis, as the result of
arms-length negotiations between the company and an
individual upon joining us and has been based on a variety of
factors including, in addition to the factors described above,
our financial condition and available resources, our need for
that particular position to be filled, our CEOs and the
compensation committees evaluation of the competitive
market based on the experience of the members of our
compensation committee with other companies, the length of
service of an individual and the compensation levels of our
other executive officers, each as of the time of the applicable
compensation decision. In subsequent years, our CEO, and, with
respect to our CEO, our compensation committee, reviewed the
performance of each executive officer, on an annual basis, and
based on this review and the factors described above, set the
executive compensation package for him or her for the coming
year. This review has generally occurred near the end of each of
our fiscal years.
Role
of Compensation Committee and CEO
The compensation committee of our board of directors is
responsible for the executive compensation programs for our
executive officers and reports to the full board of directors on
its discussions, decisions and other actions. Our CEO makes
recommendations to the compensation committee, attends committee
meetings (except for sessions discussing his compensation) and
has been and will continue to be heavily involved in the
determination of compensation for our executive officers.
Typically, our CEO makes recommendations to the compensation
committee regarding short- and long-term compensation for our
executives based on company results, an individual
executives contribution toward these results, performance
toward goal achievement, a review of market data as described
below and input from our Employee Benefits and Compliance
department. Our CEO does not make a recommendation as to his
short- and long-term compensation.
The compensation committee then reviews the CEOs
recommendations and other data and approves each executive
officers total compensation, as well as each individual
compensation component. The compensation committees
decisions regarding executive compensation are based on the
compensation committees assessment of the performance of
our company and each individual executive, a review of market
data as described below and other factors, such as prevailing
industry trends.
73
Competitive
Positioning
We believe it is important when making compensation-related
decisions to be informed as to current practices of similarly
situated companies. Our CEO, with assistance from our CFO, has
historically selected a group of companies that provide Internet
media and marketing services that are broadly similar to our
company, or peer group, as a reference point for market practice
with respect to executive base salary and bonuses in formulating
his recommendation and to assist the compensation committee in
its consideration of executive compensation. The companies
included in this reference group for fiscal year 2009 were
TechTarget, Bankrate, Internet Brands, TheStreet.com, ValueClick
and Marchex.
In addition, in fiscal year 2009 the CEO and the compensation
committee reviewed summary cash compensation data from
Salary.com for positions comparable to those of the executive
officers at Internet companies with revenues between
$200,000,000 and $500,000,000 in the San Francisco Bay Area
because such companies are in our industry, in our geographic
location and have comparable revenues.
While the compensation committee does not believe that
compensation peer group benchmarking is appropriate as a
stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique
aspects of our business, the compensation committee finds that
evaluating this information is an important part of its
decision-making process and exercises its discretion in
determining the nature and extent of its use.
Compensation
Advisors
In November 2009, we engaged Compensia, a national consulting
firm providing executive compensation advisory services, as a
compensation consultant to help evaluate our compensation
philosophy and provide guidance in administering our executive
compensation program in the future. We expect that Compensia
will assist our compensation committee in developing a revised
peer group to reference for compensation purposes, though it has
not yet done so. Our compensation committee plans to direct
Compensia to provide market data on a peer group of companies in
the Internet marketing and media sector and other sectors, as
appropriate, on an annual basis, and management and the
compensation committee intends to review this information and
other information obtained by the members of our compensation
committee in light of the compensation we offer to help ensure
that our compensation program is competitive and fair. The
compensation committee will conduct an annual review process of
all compensation components to ensure consistency with
compensation philosophy and as part of its responsibilities in
administering our executive compensation program.
The compensation committee is authorized to retain the services
of third-party executive compensation specialists from time to
time, as the committee sees fit, in connection with the
establishment of cash and equity compensation and related
policies.
Compensation
Components
Base
Salaries
In general, base salaries for our executive officers are
initially established through arms-length negotiation at
the time of hire, taking into account such executives
qualifications, experience and prior salary and prevailing
market compensation for similar roles in comparable companies.
The initial base salaries of our executive officers have then
been reviewed annually by our compensation committee, with
significant input from our CEO, to determine whether any
adjustment is warranted. Base salaries are also reviewed in the
case of promotions or other significant changes in
responsibility.
In considering a base salary adjustment, the compensation
committee considers the companys overall performance, the
scope of an executives sustained performance, individual
contribution, responsibilities and prior experience. The
compensation committee may also take into account the executive
officers current salary, equity ownership and the amounts
paid to an executive officers peers inside our company. In
the past, we have also drawn upon the experience of members of
our compensation committee with other companies and a review of
the competitive market.
74
In May 2008, the compensation committee reviewed the base
salaries of our executives, including our named executive
officers, for fiscal year 2009. Consistent with its prior
practice, the committee reviewed salary data for a reference
group of publicly-traded vertical Internet marketing and media
companies. The reference group consisted of TechTarget,
Bankrate, Internet Brands, TheStreet.com, ValueClick and
Marchex. In addition, the compensation committee reviewed
summary cash compensation data from Salary.com for positions
comparable to those of the executive officers at Internet
companies with revenues between $200,000,000 and $500,000,000 in
the San Francisco Bay Area. The committee determined, based
upon our CEOs recommendation, that base salaries for our
executive officers be increased by five percent, on average.
In May 2009, the compensation committee reviewed the base
salaries of our executive officers, including our named
executive officers, for fiscal year 2010. Consistent with its
prior practice, the committee reviewed salary data for a
reference group of publicly-traded vertical Internet marketing
and media companies. The reference group consisted of
TechTarget, eHealth, Bankrate, Omniture, WebMD, ValueClick and
comScore. In addition, the compensation committee reviewed
summary cash compensation data from Salary.com for positions
comparable to those of the executive officers at Internet
companies with revenues between $200,000,000 and $500,000,000 in
the San Francisco Bay Area. The committee determined, based
upon our CEOs recommendation, that base salaries for our
executive officers be increased by five percent, on average.
The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in
fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009
Summary Compensation Table.
Performance-Based
Cash Bonuses
Annual performance-based cash bonuses are intended to motivate
our executives, including our named executive officers, to
achieve short-term goals while making rapid progress towards our
longer-term objectives. These bonuses are designed to reward
both company and individual performance. In July 2008, the
compensation committee approved our 2009 Bonus Plan, including
target bonus opportunities, performance criteria and target
goals. The compensation committee determined the actual bonus
awards for fiscal year 2009 performance in July 2009.
Each executive officers target bonus opportunity under the
2009 Bonus Plan was expressed as a percentage of his or her base
salary, with individual target award opportunities ranging from
34% to 67% of base salary. The revenue targets for payout under
the 2009 Bonus Plan were 21% higher than fiscal year 2008 and
were set at an amount the compensation committee reasonably
believed to be attainable. An actual bonus award could be less
than or greater than the target bonus opportunity, depending on
an individual executive officers actual performance, as
determined through performance reviews and approved by the
compensation committee.
To determine actual bonus awards under the 2009 Bonus Plan, the
compensation committee first reviewed overall company financial
results for fiscal year 2009 and our CEOs recommendations
for bonuses based on both company and individual performance. In
the case of the CEOs bonus award, the compensation
committee evaluated CEO performance and determined his bonus.
Payout of the bonuses was dependent on achievement against our
plan for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA and, where
applicable, the individual executives achievement against
that plan for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA and against
strategic objectives.
In addition to the 2009 Bonus Plan, in July 2008 the
compensation committee also approved the 2009 Incremental Bonus
Plan for our executive officers, including our named executive
officers. The 2009 Incremental Bonus Plan paid out to the senior
management team 15% of any Adjusted EBITDA in excess of our
target of 20% Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year. The
incremental bonus plan allocated differing amounts to executive
officers based on their role and tenure at the company and
ranged between 1% of any Adjusted EBITDA over the 20% margin
target and 2.25% of such excess. As we exceeded our Adjusted
EBITDA margin target, the compensation committee approved the
payout of incremental bonuses for fiscal year 2009 consistent
with these criteria.
75
In July 2009, the compensation committee approved the 2010
Incremental Bonus Plan with modifications from prior years. The
2010 Incremental Bonus Plan will pay out to the senior
management team 15% of any Adjusted EBITDA in excess of our
target of 20% Adjusted EBITDA margin performance for fiscal year
2010 in the event we achieve 20% revenue growth over fiscal year
2009 net revenue. The incremental bonus plan allocates
differing amounts to executives based on their role and tenure
at the company and range between 1% of any Adjusted EBITDA over
the 20% margin target and 2.15% of such excess. In the event we
achieve the targeted Adjusted EBITDA in actual dollar amount but
such amount is less than 20% of net revenue, the compensation
committee retains the discretion to award bonuses based on the
amount by which Adjusted EBITDA exceeded the target in absolute
dollars.
The actual cash bonuses paid to our named executive officers in
fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009
Summary Compensation Table.
Long-Term
Equity Incentive Awards
The objective of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards is
to align the interests of our executives, including our named
executive officers, with the interests of our stockholders.
Because vesting is based on continued employment, our
equity-based incentive awards also encourage the retention of
our executive officers through the vesting period of the awards.
To reward and retain our executive officers in a manner that
best aligns employees interests with stockholders
interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive
vehicles for long-term compensation. We believe that stock
options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal
of increasing long-term stockholder value because the value of
stock options is closely tied to our future performance. Because
our executive officers are able to profit from stock options
only if our stock price increases relative to the stock
options exercise price, we believe stock options provide
meaningful incentives to them to achieve increases in the value
of our stock over time. Following the completion of this
offering, we expect our compensation committee to continue to
oversee our long-term equity incentive program.
We grant stock options both at the time of initial hire and then
through annual additional or refresher grants for
key employees and employees approaching full vesting of prior
grants. To date, there has been no set program for the award of
refresher grants, and our board of directors retains discretion
to make stock option awards to employees at any time, including
in connection with the promotion of an employee, to reward an
employee, for retention purposes or for other circumstances
recommended by management. Refresher grants have generally been
made shortly after the end of the fiscal year.
In determining the size of the long-term equity incentive awards
to be granted to our executive officers, management and our
board of directors take into account a number of factors, such
as an executive officers relative job scope, the value of
existing long-term equity incentive awards, individual
performance history, prior contributions to us and the size of
prior awards. Based upon these factors, our board of directors
determines the size of the long-term equity incentive awards at
levels it considers appropriate to create a meaningful
opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term
stockholder value.
The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market
value of our common stock on the grant date. For fiscal year
2009, the determination of the appropriate fair market value was
made by the board of directors. Our board of directors approves
option grants at its regular quarterly meetings and determines
the fair market value of our common stock at each of these
meetings. In the absence of a public trading market, the board
considered numerous objective and subjective factors to
determine its best estimate of the fair market value of our
common stock as of the date of each option grant, including but,
not limited to, the following: (i) our performance our
growth rate and financial condition at the approximate time of
the option grant; (ii) the stock price performance of a
peer group; (iii) future financial projections;
(iv) third party valuations of our common stock; and
(v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the
shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as
an initial public offering or sale of our company, given
prevailing market conditions. We do not have any security
ownership requirements for our executive officers.
76
We believe these vesting schedules appropriately encourage
long-term employment with our company while allowing our
executives to realize compensation in line with the value they
have created for our stockholders.
As a privately-held company, there has been no market for our
common stock. Accordingly, in fiscal year 2009, we had no
program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock
option grants to executive officers coinciding with the release
of material non-public information. The compensation committee
intends to adopt a formal policy regarding the timing of grants
in connection with this offering.
Consistent with the above criteria, in July 2008, our board
approved the grants of equity incentive awards to our executive
officers for our fiscal year 2009. With the exception of the
award to our CEO, these awards were recommended to the
compensation committee by our CEO. In the case of our CEO, the
equity incentive award was determined by the compensation
committee. In all cases, our CEO and compensation committee
considered each executive officers relative job scope, the
value of existing long-term equity incentive awards, individual
performance history, prior contributions to us and the size of
prior grants in determining the size of the award. The awards
were approved by the board of directors in July 2008.
For fiscal year 2010, the same procedure was followed. With the
exception of the award to our CEO, executive officers
equity incentive awards were recommended to the compensation
committee by our CEO. In the case of our CEO, the equity
incentive award was determined by the compensation committee. In
all cases, our CEO and compensation committee considered the
executives relative job scope, the value of existing
long-term equity incentive awards, individual performance
history, prior contributions to us and the size of prior grants
in determining the size of the award. The awards were approved
by the compensation committee and the board of directors at
their respective July 2009 meetings.
The actual equity awards granted to our named executive officers
in fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009
Summary Compensation Table.
Change in
Control Benefits
Our equity incentive plan typically provides for full
acceleration of vesting of outstanding stock options in the
event of a change in control of our company, if the options are
not assumed or substituted for by a successor. In the event
stock options are assumed or substituted for, then 25% of the
unvested shares subject to each option vest if the executive
officer is terminated under circumstances described under
Potential Payments Upon Termination Following
Change in Control following the change in control.
Perquisites
and Other Personal Benefits
We do not view perquisites as a significant element of our
executive compensation program currently, but do believe that
they can be useful in attracting, motivating and retaining the
executive talent for which we compete, and we may consider
providing additional perquisites in the future. All future
practices regarding perquisites will be approved and subject to
periodic review by our compensation committee.
We provide the following benefits to our executive officers,
generally on the same basis provided to all of our salaried
employees:
|
|
|
|
|
health, dental insurance and vision coverage;
|
|
|
|
life insurance;
|
|
|
|
an employee stock purchase plan;
|
|
|
|
a medical and dependent care flexible spending account;
|
|
|
|
short- and long-term disability, accidental death and
dismemberment insurance; and
|
|
|
|
a Section 401(k) plan.
|
We believe these benefits are consistent with those of companies
with which we compete for executive talent.
77
Tax
Considerations
We anticipate that our compensation committee will consider the
potential future effects of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code on the compensation paid to our executive officers.
Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly
held corporation for individual compensation exceeding
$1.0 million in any taxable year for our CEO and each of
the other named executive officers (other than our chief
financial officer), unless compensation is performance based. As
our common stock is not currently publicly-traded, our
compensation committee has not previously taken the
deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into
consideration in setting compensation. However, we expect that
our compensation committee will adopt a policy that, where
reasonably practicable, would qualify the variable compensation
paid to our executive officers for an exemption from the
deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). As such, in
approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive
officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider
all elements of the cost to our company of providing such
compensation, including the potential impact of
Section 162(m). However, our compensation committee may, in
its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply
with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that
such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive
talent.
Fiscal
Year 2009 Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes information regarding the
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our chief
executive officer, our chief financial officer and our other
three most highly compensated executive officers during the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. We refer to these
individuals as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary ($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
451,500
|
|
|
$
|
299,356
|
|
|
$
|
386,243
|
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
|
$
|
1,137,342
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
394,000
|
|
|
$
|
268,883
|
|
|
$
|
319,743
|
|
|
$
|
239
|
|
|
$
|
982,865
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
315,000
|
|
|
$
|
150,059
|
|
|
$
|
238,298
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
703,553
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
315,000
|
|
|
$
|
150,059
|
|
|
$
|
294,458
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
759,713
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
330,000
|
|
|
$
|
62,478
|
|
|
$
|
174,290
|
|
|
$
|
204
|
|
|
$
|
566,972
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts
actually received by our named executive officers. Instead,
these amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial
statement reporting purposes for the referenced fiscal year, in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).
Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are
included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial
statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC
rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated
forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our
named executive officers will only realize compensation to the
extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the
exercise price of such stock options. |
|
(2) |
|
All other compensation represents amounts we pay towards
employee life insurance. |
78
Grant of
Plan-Based Awards
The following table provides information regarding all grants of
plan-based awards that were made to or earned by our named
executive officers during fiscal year 2009. Disclosure on a
separate line item is provided for each grant of an award made
to a named executive officer. The information in this table
supplements the dollar value of stock options and other awards
set forth in the Fiscal Year 2009 Summary Compensation
Table by providing additional details about the awards.
The option grants to purchase our common stock set forth in the
following table were made under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
The exercise price of options granted under the 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan is equal to the fair market value of one share of
our common stock on the date of grant. Under the 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan, the exercise price may be paid in cash or, after
the completion of this offering, in our common stock valued at
fair market value on the exercise date or through a cashless
exercise procedure involving a
same-day
sale of the purchased shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payouts
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-
|
|
Awards:
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Number of
|
|
Base Price of
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Securities
|
|
Option
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Awards
|
|
Option
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Target ($)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
Awards ($)(2)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
375,258
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
304,500
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
578,163
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
238,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
346,898
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
187,200
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
346,898
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
187,200
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
$
|
231,563
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
113,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Option granted to Mr. Valenti had an exercise price per
share equal to 110% of the fair market value of one share of our
common stock on the date of grant. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts represent the total fair value of stock options granted
in fiscal year 2009, calculated in accordance with stock-based
compensation expense guidance. See Note 10 to our
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus
for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant
date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the executives target bonus under our 2009
Bonus Plan as of the date of grant. The plan provides for
individual bonus targets ranging from 34% of base salary to 67%
of base salary. Payout of the bonuses was dependent on
achievement against our plan for revenue growth and Adjusted
EBITDA and, where applicable, the individual executives
business units achievement against that units plan
for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA, as further described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Actual
payments for fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Fiscal
Year 2009 Summary Compensation Table above. |
79
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Represents the executives target bonus under our 2009
Incremental Bonus Plan as of the date of grant. The 2009
Incremental Bonus Plan paid out to the senior management team
was 15% of any Adjusted EBITDA in excess of our target of 20%
Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year. The incremental bonus plan
allocated differing amounts to executives based on their role
and tenure at the company and ranged between 1% of any Adjusted
EBITDA over the 20% margin target and 2.25% of such excess. |
Outstanding
Equity Awards at June 30, 2009
The following table presents information regarding outstanding
equity awards held by our named executive officers as of
June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Option Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
(#)
|
|
Unexercisable (#)(1)
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
Date(2)
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
11.31
|
|
|
July 24, 2013
|
|
|
January 31, 2007
|
|
|
99,687
|
|
|
|
65,313
|
|
|
$
|
10.34
|
|
|
January 30, 2014
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
52,083
|
|
|
|
47,917
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
May 30, 2014
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
77,083
|
|
|
|
22,917
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
September 23, 2005
|
|
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
September 22, 2015
|
|
|
May 20, 2005
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.38
|
|
|
May 19, 2015
|
|
|
July 28, 2004
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
July 27, 2014
|
|
|
November 19, 2003
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
November 18, 2013
|
|
|
September 11, 2001
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
September 10, 2011
|
|
|
June 28, 2000
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
June 27, 2010
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
26,041
|
|
|
|
23,959
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
May 30, 2014
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
38,540
|
|
|
|
11,460
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
September 23, 2005
|
|
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
September 22, 2015
|
|
|
May 20, 2005
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.38
|
|
|
May 19, 2015
|
|
|
July 28, 2004
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
July 27, 2014
|
|
|
September 26, 2002
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.50
|
|
|
September 25, 2012
|
|
|
September 19, 2000
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
September 18, 2010
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 31, 2007
|
|
|
26,041
|
|
|
|
23,959
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
May 30, 2014
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
38,540
|
|
|
|
11,460
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
|
|
September 23, 2005
|
|
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
$
|
7.74
|
|
|
September 22, 2015
|
|
|
May 20, 2005
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.38
|
|
|
May 19, 2015
|
|
|
July 28, 2004
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.60
|
|
|
July 27, 2014
|
|
|
July 22, 2003
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.00
|
|
|
July 21, 2013
|
|
|
April 4, 2002
|
|
|
42,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
April 3, 2012
|
|
|
March 15, 2001
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
March 14, 2011
|
|
|
June 28, 2000
|
|
|
8,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
June 27, 2010
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
July 25, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
|
July 24, 2015
|
|
|
May 17, 2006
|
|
|
289,062
|
|
|
|
85,938
|
|
|
$
|
9.01
|
|
|
May 16, 2016
|
80
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each stock option to our executive officers vests over a
four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the
option vest on the first anniversary of the date of the vesting
commencement date, which is the date of grant, and the remainder
of the shares underlying the option vest in equal monthly
installments over the remaining 36 months thereafter. Each
option also provides that 25% of the unvested shares subject to
such option will vest if the executive is terminated without
cause following a change in control. |
|
(2) |
|
In fiscal year 2007, our board of directors changed the default
term of option grants to seven years. |
Stock
Option Exercises During Fiscal Year 2009
The following table shows information regarding option exercises
by our named executive officers during fiscal year 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Realized on
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
Exercise
|
Name
|
|
Exercise (#)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
3,095
|
|
|
$
|
29,991
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate dollar value realized upon exercise of an option
represents the difference between the aggregate fair market
value of our common stock underlying the option on the date of
exercise, which was determined by our board of directors to be
approximately $10.28 per share, and the aggregate exercise price
of the option. |
Pension
Benefits
We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans.
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination Following Change in Control
The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the
option acceleration benefits (25% of the unvested portion) that
would have been received by the named executive officers
pursuant to their option agreements if, within six months
following a change in control, their employment had been
terminated by us without cause or resigns for good reason (which
includes actions by us to materially reduce the officers
duties, salary or benefits, or relocate the officers
business office to more than 50 miles away). These
estimates assume the change in control transaction and
termination both occurred on June 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Awards ($)
|
|
Name
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti
|
|
$
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
Kenneth Hahn
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate dollar value realized in connection the
acceleration of the equity awards represents the difference
between the aggregate fair market value of our common stock
underlying the accelerated options as of June 30, 2009,
which was determined by our board of directors to be
approximately $9.01 per share, and the aggregate exercise price
of the accelerated options. |
81
Offer
Letter Agreements
We have also entered into offer letter agreements with each of
our named executive officers, other than our CEO, in connection
with their commencement of employment with us. These offer
letter agreements typically include the executive officers
initial base salary and stock option grant along with vesting
provisions with respect to that initial stock option grant. The
offer letters do not provide for severance. The offer letters
require arbitration of certain disputes between the executive
and us. With the exception of the arbitration provisions, we
have no outstanding obligations under these agreements.
Proprietary
Information and Inventions Agreements
Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard
form agreement with respect to proprietary information and
inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each
named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our
proprietary information received during the course of employment
and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions
conceived or developed during the course of employment.
Employee
Benefit Plans
2008
Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the
2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or 2008 Plan, in January
2008, as a restatement and replacement of our prior 1999 Equity
Incentive Plan originally adopted on July 1, 1999. The 2008
Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock purchase awards.
As of September 30, 2009, 3,093,690 shares of common
stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under
the 2008 Plan, options to purchase 10,654,296 shares of
common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise
price of $8.17 per share and 1,726,814 shares remained
available for future grant under the 2008 Plan. Upon the
effective date of this offering, no further option or other
stock award grants will be made under the 2008 Plan.
Administration. Our board of directors
administers the 2008 Plan. Our board of directors, however, may
delegate this authority to a committee of one or more board
members. The board of directors or a committee of the board of
directors has the authority to construe, interpret, amend and
modify the 2008 Plan, as well as to determine the terms of an
option and a restricted stock purchase award. Our board of
directors may amend or modify the 2008 Plan at any time.
However, no amendment or modification shall adversely affect the
rights and obligations with respect to outstanding stock awards
unless the holder consents to that amendment or modification.
Eligibility. The 2008 Plan permits us to grant
stock options and restricted stock purchase awards to our
employees, directors and consultants. A stock option may be an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of
the Code or a nonstatutory stock option.
Stock Option Provisions Generally. In general,
the duration of a stock option granted under the 2008 Plan
cannot exceed 10 years. The exercise price of an incentive
stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value
of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of
a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of grant. An
incentive stock option may be transferred only on death, but a
nonstatutory stock option may be transferred as permitted in an
individual stock option agreement. Stock option agreements may
provide that the stock options may be early exercised subject to
our right of repurchase of unvested shares. In addition, our
board of directors may reprice any outstanding option or, with
the permission of the optionholder, may cancel any outstanding
option and grant a substitute option.
Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees.
The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of
grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to which
incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an
optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock
plans may not exceed $100,000. An incentive stock option granted
to a person who at the time of grant owns or is deemed to own
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of our outstanding stock or
82
any of our affiliates must have a term of no more than five
years and an exercise price that is at least 110% of fair market
value at the time of grant.
Restricted Stock Purchase Awards
Generally. Restricted stock purchase awards may
be granted in consideration for cash, check or past or future
services actually rendered to us or our affiliates. Common stock
acquired under such awards may, but need not, be subject to
forfeiture in accordance with a vesting schedule. The purchase
price for restricted stock purchase awards may not be less than
85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant (or 110% of the fair market value in the case of awards
granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is
deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or
any of our affiliates).
Effect on Stock Awards of Certain Corporate
Transactions. If we dissolve or liquidate, then
outstanding stock options and restricted stock purchase awards
under the 2008 Plan will terminate immediately prior to such
dissolution or liquidation. In the event of an asset sale or
merger, the surviving or acquiring corporation may assume
outstanding stock awards, or may substitute substantially
equivalent awards that preserve the spread existing at the time
of the transaction for outstanding stock options. If the
surviving or acquiring corporation elects not to assume or
substitute for outstanding stock awards, then the stock awards
will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction. The
plan administrator may provide for additional vesting of
outstanding awards, either at the time of grant or at any time
while the award remains outstanding.
Other Provisions. If there is a transaction or
event which changes our stock that does not involve our receipt
of consideration, such as a merger, consolidation,
reorganization, stock dividend or stock split, our board of
directors will appropriately adjust the class and the maximum
number of shares subject to the 2008 Plan and to outstanding
stock awards to prevent the dilution or endangerment of benefits
thereunder.
2010
Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan,
or 2010 Incentive Plan, in November 2009 and we expect our
stockholders will approve the 2010 Incentive Plan prior to the
closing of this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will become
effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting
agreement for this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will
terminate on November 16, 2019, unless sooner terminated by
our board of directors.
Stock Awards. The 2010 Incentive Plan provides
for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock
options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards,
stock appreciation rights, performance-based stock awards, and
other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock
awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including
officers, non-employee directors and consultants. In addition,
the 2010 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of performance
cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to
employees. All other awards may be granted to employees,
including officers, non-employee directors and consultants.
Share Reserve. Following this offering, the
aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be
issued initially pursuant to stock awards under the 2010
Incentive Plan
is shares,
plus any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted
under the 2008 Plan that expire or terminate for any reason
prior to their exercise or settlement. The number of shares of
our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically
increase on July 1st of each year, from July 1, 2010
through July 1, 2019, by five percent of the total number
of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the
preceding fiscal year, unless our board of directors determines
that the share increase shall be a lesser number. The maximum
number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of
incentive stock options under the 2010 Incentive Plan is equal
to shares,
as increased from time to time pursuant to annual increases.
If a stock award granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan expires
or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is
settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired
pursuant to the stock award again become available for
subsequent issuance under the 2010 Incentive Plan. In addition,
the following types of shares under the 2010 Incentive Plan may
become available for the grant of new stock awards under the
2010 Incentive Plan (a) shares that are forfeited to or
repurchased by us prior to becoming
83
fully vested, (b) shares withheld to satisfy income or
employment withholding taxes, (c) shares used to pay the
exercise price of an option in a net exercise arrangement and
(d) shares tendered to us to pay the exercise price of an
option. Shares issued under the 2010 Incentive Plan may be
previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought on the
open market. As of the date hereof, none of our common stock
have been issued under the 2010 Incentive Plan.
Administration. Our board of directors has
delegated its authority to administer the 2010 Incentive Plan to
our compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the 2010
Incentive Plan, our board of directors or an authorized
committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines
recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock
awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock
awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting
and the fair market value applicable to a stock award. Subject
to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will
also determine the exercise price of options granted, the
consideration to be paid for restricted stock awards and the
strike price of stock appreciation rights.
The compensation committee has the authority to reprice any
outstanding stock award under the 2010 Incentive Plan. The
compensation committee may also cancel and re-grant any
outstanding stock award with the consent of any affected
participant.
Stock Options. Incentive and nonstatutory
stock options are granted pursuant to incentive and nonstatutory
stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The
plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock
option, within the terms and conditions of the 2010 Incentive
Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option
generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the
2010 Incentive Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan
administrator.
The plan administrator determines the term of stock options
granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of
10 years, except in the case of certain incentive stock
options, as described below. Unless the terms of an
optionees stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an
optionees relationship with us, or any of our affiliates,
ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the
optionee may exercise any vested options for a period of three
months following the cessation of service. If an optionees
service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases
due to disability or death, or an optionee dies within a certain
period following cessation of service, the optionee or a
beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a
period of 12 months in the event of disability and
18 months in the event of death. The option term may be
extended in the event that exercise of the option following
termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities
laws. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond
the expiration of its term.
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued
upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the
plan administrator and may include (a) cash, check, bank
draft or money order, (b) a broker-assisted cashless
exercise, (c) the tender of shares of common stock
previously owned by the optionee, (d) a net exercise of the
option and (e) other legal consideration approved by the
plan administrator.
Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options
generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of
descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations
order. An optionee may designate a beneficiary, however, who may
exercise the option following the optionees death.
Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock
Options. Incentive stock options may be granted
only to our employees. The aggregate fair market value,
determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with
respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the
first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of
our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. No incentive stock
option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the
grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10%
of our total combined voting power or that of any of our
affiliates unless (a) the option exercise price is at least
110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option
on the date of grant, and (b) the term of the incentive
stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.
Currently, only Mr. Valenti has an option with these terms.
Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock
awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements
adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may
be granted in consideration for
84
(a) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (b) past
or future services rendered to us or our affiliates, or
(c) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock
acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be
subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance
with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan
administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock
award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as
set by the plan administrator.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock
unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award
agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock
unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of
legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be
settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and
stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any
other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock
unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be
credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit
award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award
agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be
forfeited upon the participants cessation of continuous
service for any reason.
Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation
rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation rights
agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan
administrator determines the strike price for a stock
appreciation right which generally cannot be less than 100% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the
participant an amount equal to the product of (a) the
excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on
the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by
(b) the number of common stock with respect to which the
stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation
right granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan vests at the rate
specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as
determined by the plan administrator.
The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation
rights granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of
10 years. If a participants service relationship
ceases with us, or any of our affiliates, then the participant,
or the participants beneficiary, may exercise any vested
stock appreciation right for three months (or such longer or
shorter period specified in the stock appreciation right
agreement) after the date such service relationship ends or the
expiration of the term set forth in the award agreement. In no
event, however, may a stock appreciation right be exercised
beyond the expiration of its term.
Performance Awards. The 2010 Incentive Plan
permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards
that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not
subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax
deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer
imposed by Section 162(m). To assure that the compensation
attributable to performance-based stock awards will so qualify,
our compensation committee can structure such awards so that
stock will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only upon
the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals
during a designated performance period.
Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may
grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our
common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of
shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of
such awards.
Grants to Non-Employee Directors. Under the
2010 Incentive Plan, our compensation committee may grant
nonstatutory stock options to non-employee members of our board
of directors over their period of service on our board of
directors.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event
that there is a specified type of change in our capital
structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will
be made to (a) the number of shares reserved under the 2010
Incentive Plan, (b) the maximum number of shares by which
the share reserve may increase automatically each year,
(c) the class and maximum number of shares that may be
issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options and
(d) the number of shares and exercise price or strike
price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.
85
Corporate Transactions. In the event of
certain significant corporate transactions, then our board of
directors has the discretion to take any of the following
actions with respect to stock awards:
|
|
|
|
|
arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a
stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;
|
|
|
|
arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition right held by us
to the surviving or acquiring entity;
|
|
|
|
accelerate the vesting of a stock award and provide for its
termination prior to the effective time of the corporate
transaction;
|
|
|
|
arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights
held by us;
|
|
|
|
cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in
exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board may
deem appropriate; or
|
|
|
|
provide for the surrender of a stock award in exchange for a
payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the
property that the optionee would have received upon exercise of
the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise
payable in connection with the stock award.
|
Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all stock
awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.
Changes in Control. Our board of directors has
the discretion to provide that a stock award under the 2010
Incentive Plan will immediately vest as to all or any portion of
the shares subject to the stock award (a) immediately upon
the occurrence of certain specified change in control
transactions, whether or not such stock award is assumed,
continued or substituted by a surviving or acquiring entity in
the transaction or (b) in the event a participants
service with us or a successor entity is terminated actually or
constructively within a designated period following the
occurrence of certain specified change in control transactions.
Stock awards held by participants under the 2010 Incentive Plan
will not vest automatically on such an accelerated basis unless
specifically provided by the participants applicable award
agreement.
2010
Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan
Our board of directors adopted the Non-Employee Directors
Stock Award Plan, or Directors Plan, in November 2009 and
we expect our stockholders will approve our Directors Plan
prior to the completion of this offering. The Directors
Plan will become effective immediately upon the signing of the
underwriting agreement for this offering. The Directors
Plan will terminate at the discretion of our board of directors.
The Directors Plan provides for the automatic grant of
nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our common
stock to our non-employee directors. The Directors Plan
also provides for the discretionary grant of restricted stock
units.
Share Reserve. An aggregate of
300,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for
issuance under the Directors Plan. This amount will be
increased annually on July 1, from 2010 until 2019, by the
sum of 200,000 shares and the aggregate number of shares of our
common stock subject to awards granted under the Directors
Plan during the immediately preceding fiscal year. However, our
board of directors will have the authority to designate a lesser
number of shares by which the share reserve will be increased.
Shares of our common stock subject to stock awards that have
expired or otherwise terminated under the Directors Plan
without having been exercised in full shall again become
available for grant under the Directors Plan. Shares of
our common stock issued under the Directors Plan may be
previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought on the
market or otherwise. If the exercise of any stock option granted
under the Directors Plan is satisfied by tendering shares
of our common stock held by the participant, then the number of
shares tendered shall again become available for the grant of
awards under the Directors Plan. In addition, any shares
reacquired to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes
shall again become available for the grant of awards under the
Directors Plan.
Administration. Our board of directors has
delegated its authority to administer the Directors Plan
to our compensation committee.
86
Stock Options. Stock options will be granted
pursuant to stock option agreements. The exercise price of the
options granted under the Directors Plan will be equal to
100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant. Initial grants vest in equal monthly installments over
three years after the date of grant and annual grants vest in
equal monthly installments over 12 months after the date of
grant.
In general, the term of stock options granted under the
Directors Plan may not exceed seven years. Unless the
terms of an option holders stock option agreement provides
otherwise, if an optionholders service relationship with
us, or any affiliate of ours, ceases due to death or disability,
then the optionholder or his or her beneficiary may exercise any
vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of
disability and 18 months in the event of death. If an
optionholders service with us, or any affiliate, ceases
for any other reason, the optionholder may exercise the vested
options for up to six months following cessation of service.
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of our common stock
issued under the Directors Plan may include cash, a
net exercise, common stock previously owned by the
optionholder or a program developed under Regulation T as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.
Generally, an optionholder may not transfer a stock option other
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. However,
an optionholder may transfer an option under certain
circumstances with our written consent if a
Form S-8
registration statement is available for the exercise of the
option and the subsequent resale of the shares. In addition, an
optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the
option following the optionholders death.
Non-discretionary
Grants
|
|
|
|
|
Initial Grant. Any person who becomes a
non-employee director after the completion of this offering will
automatically receive an initial grant of an option to purchase
shares of our common stock upon his or her election or
appointment, subject to adjustment by our board of directors
from time to time. These options will vest in equal monthly
installments over three years. These initial grants may also be
issued in the form of restricted stock awards if so determined
by our board of directors.
|
|
|
|
Annual Grant. In addition, any person who is a
non-employee director on the date of each annual meeting of our
stockholders automatically will be granted, on the annual
meeting date, beginning with our 2010 annual meeting, an option
to purchase shares of our common stock, or the annual grant,
subject to adjustment by our board of directors from time to
time. However, the size of an annual grant made to a
non-employee director who is elected after the completion of
this offering and who has served for less than 12 months at
the time of the annual meeting will be reduced pro rata for each
full month prior to the date of grant during which such person
did not serve as a non-employee director. These options will
vest in equal monthly installments over 12 months. These
annual grants may also be issued in the form of restricted stock
unit awards if so determined by our board of directors.
|
Discretionary
Grants
In addition to the non-discretionary grants noted above, our
board of directors may grant stock awards to one or more
non-employee directors in such numbers and subject to such other
provisions as it shall determine. These awards may be in the
form of stock options or restricted stock awards and shall vest
pursuant to vesting schedules to be determined by our board of
directors in its sole discretion.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event
there is a specified type of change in our capital structure not
involving the receipt of consideration by us, such as a stock
split or stock dividend, the number of shares reserved under the
Directors Plan the maximum number of shares by which the
share reserve may increase automatically each year, the number
of shares subject to the initial and annual grants and the
number of shares and exercise price of all outstanding stock
options will be appropriately adjusted.
Change in Control Transactions. In the event
of certain change in control transactions, the vesting of
options held by non-employee directors whose service is
terminated generally will be accelerated in full.
87
Plan Amendments. Our board of directors will
have the authority to amend or terminate the Directors
Plan. However, no amendment or termination of the
directors plan will adversely affect any rights under
awards already granted to a participant unless agreed to by the
affected participant. We will obtain stockholder approval of any
amendment to the Directors Plan that is required by
applicable law.
401(k)
Plan
We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or
401(k) plan, for our employees. Our executive officers are also
eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as
our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a
tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. The
plan provides that each participant may contribute up to the
statutory limit, which is $16,500 for calendar year 2009.
Participants that are 50 years or older can also make
catch-up
contributions, which in calendar year 2009 may be up to an
additional $5,500 above the statutory limit. The plan permits us
to make discretionary contributions and matching contributions,
subject to established limits and a vesting schedule. In fiscal
year 2009, we did not make any discretionary or matching
contributions on behalf of our named executive officers.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which
will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains
provisions that limit the liability of our directors for
monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be
personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages
for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except
liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
Our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion
of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and
executive officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the
Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law and
allow us to indemnify other officers, employees and other agents
as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law or any
other applicable law.
We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate
indemnification agreements with our directors and executive
officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our
amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other
things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive
officers for certain expenses, including attorneys fees,
judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts actually and
reasonably incurred by a director or executive officer in any
action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our
directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or
any other company or enterprise to which the person provides
services at our request, including liability arising out of
negligence or active or passive wrongdoing by the officer or
director. We believe that these charter provisions and
indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain
directors and officers liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from
bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach
of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of
derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even
though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other
stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be
adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of
settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as
required by these indemnification provisions.
88
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which
indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware
of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a
claim for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers
or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the
opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.
89
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions, during our last
three fiscal years, to which we have been a party in which the
amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our
executive officers, directors or beneficial holders of more than
5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest, other than compensation arrangements which
are described under the section of this prospectus entitled
Management Compensation Discussion and
Analysis.
Repurchases
of Securities
The following table summarizes shares of our common stock we
repurchased from certain of our executive officers since
July 1, 2006. We have not repurchased shares of common
stock from any of our directors or holders of more than 5% of
our capital stock since July 1, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
Shares Repurchased
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
198,480
|
|
Tom Cheli
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Scott Mackley
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Price per share
|
|
$
|
10.28
|
|
Date of repurchase
|
|
|
10/18/07
|
|
We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or
received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions
were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be
paid or received, as applicable, in arms-length
transactions.
Second
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
We have entered into an investor rights agreement with the
purchasers of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred
stock, including entities with which certain of our directors
are affiliated. As of September 30, 2009, the holders of
21,176,533 shares of our common stock, including the common
stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, are
entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their
shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a
description of these registration rights, see Description
of Capital Stock Registration Rights.
In addition, the election of the members of our board of
directors is governed by certain provisions contained in our
investor rights agreement. The holders of a majority of our
Series A preferred stock, voting as a separate series, have
designated Gregory Sands and James Simons for election to our
board of directors. The holders of a majority of our
Series B preferred stock, voting as a separate series, have
designated Glenn Solomon for election to our board of directors.
The holders of a majority of our common stock and preferred
stock, voting together as a class on as-converted basis, have
designated Douglas Valenti, William Bradley, John McDonald and
Dana Stalder. Upon the closing of this offering, the board
election voting provisions contained in the investor rights
agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have
any special rights regarding the election or designation of
members of our board of directors.
Offer
Letters and Proprietary Information and Inventions
Agreements
We have entered into at-will offer letters and proprietary
information and inventions agreements with our executive
officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see
Executive Compensation Offer Letter
Agreements and Executive Compensation
Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements.
Other
Transactions
Katrina Boydon serves as our Vice President of Content and
Compliance and is the sister of Bronwyn Syiek, our President and
Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Boydons fiscal year 2010
base salary is $192,938 per year, and she has a fiscal year 2010
target bonus of $67,170. In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009,
Ms. Boydon received a base salary of $149,000 (later
increased to $158,000), $169,000 (later increased to $175,000)
and
90
$183,750 per year, respectively, and a bonus payout of $46,000,
$45,000 and $51,381, respectively. In fiscal years 2007, 2008,
2009 and 2010, Ms. Boydon was granted options to purchase
an aggregate of 64,000, 20,000, 30,000 and 45,000 shares of
our common stock, respectively.
Rian Valenti serves as a client sales and development associate
and is the son of Doug Valenti, our Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman. Mr. Rian Valentis fiscal year 2010 base
salary is $54,000 per year, and he has a fiscal year 2010
commission opportunity of $45,000. Mr. Rian Valenti joined
us in fiscal year 2009 with a base salary of $52,000. In fiscal
year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti received an aggregate of $2,000
in commissions. In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti was
granted an option to purchase an aggregate of 1,500 shares
of our common stock.
We had a preferred publisher agreement with Remilon LLC, an
online publishing entity, one of whose primary owners is the
brother-in-law
of Tom Cheli, our Executive Vice President. Under the preferred
publisher agreement, we paid commissions for qualified leads
generated from links on Remilons website. We paid
commissions to Remilon for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
the three months ended September 30, 2009 of $3,109,000,
$3,070,000, $4,204,000 and $1,366,000, respectively. This
contract expired in October 2009.
We have granted stock options to our executive officers and
certain of our directors. For a description of these options,
see Executive Compensation Outstanding Equity
Awards at June 30, 2009. Each stock option issued to
our executive officers provides that 25% of the unvested shares
subject to such option will vest if the executive is terminated
without cause following a change in control.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and executive officers. These indemnification
agreements require us to indemnify each of our directors and
executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware
law. See Management Limitation of Liability
and Indemnification.
Policies
and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons
Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person
transaction policy, effective upon the completion of this
offering, which sets forth the policies and procedures for the
review and approval or ratification of related person
transactions. This policy will cover any transaction,
arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar
transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or
are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $60,000 and
a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material
interest. While the policy will cover related party transactions
in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000, the policy will
state that related party transactions in which the amount
involved exceeds $120,000 are required to be disclosed in
applicable filings as required by the Securities Act, Exchange
Act and related rules. Our board of directors intends to set the
$60,000 threshold for approval of related party transactions in
the policy at an amount lower than that which is required to be
disclosed under the Securities Act, Exchange Act and related
rules because we believe it is appropriate for our audit
committee to review transactions or potential transactions in
which the amount involved exceeds $60,000, as opposed to
$120,000. Pursuant to this policy, our audit committee will
(i) review the relevant facts and circumstances of each
related party transaction, including if the transaction is on
terms comparable to those that could be obtained in
arms-length dealings with an unrelated third-party and the
extent of the related partys interest in the transaction,
and (ii) take into account the conflicts of interest and
corporate opportunity provisions of our code of business conduct
and ethics. Management will present to our audit committee each
proposed related party transaction, including all relevant facts
and circumstances relating thereto, and will update the audit
committee as to any material changes to any related party
transaction.
All related party transactions may only be consummated if our
audit committee has approved or ratified such transaction in
accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Certain
types of transactions have been pre-approved by our audit
committee under the policy. These pre-approved transactions
include: (i) certain compensation arrangements;
(ii) transactions in the ordinary course of business where
the related partys interest arises only (a) from his
or her position as a director of another entity that is party to
the transaction
and/or
(b) from an equity interest of less than 5% in another
entity that is party to the transaction or (c) from a
limited partnership interest of less than 5%, subject to certain
limitations; (iii) transactions in the
91
ordinary course of business where the interest of the related
party arises solely from the ownership of a class of equity
securities in our company where all holders of such class of
equity securities will receive the same benefit on a pro rata
basis; and (iv) charitable contributions in amounts that
would not require disclosure in our annual proxy statement or
annual report under the listing standards of the securities
exchange on which our securities are listed. No director may
participate in the approval of a related party transaction for
which he or she is a related party.
92
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 31,
2009, and as adjusted to reflect the sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
all of our current officers and directors as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to
beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.
|
The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based
upon 34,648,492 shares of common stock outstanding as of
October 31, 2009, assuming the conversion of all
outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of October 31,
2009 and the issuance
of shares
of common stock in this offering. The percentage ownership
information assumes no exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These rules
generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to
persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment
power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules
include common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock
options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable
on or before December 30, 2009, which is 60 days after
October 31, 2009. These shares are deemed to be outstanding
and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for
the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that
person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose
of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified
in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect
to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to
applicable community property laws.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner
listed in the table below is
c/o QuinStreet,
Inc., 1051 East Hillsdale Blvd., Foster City, California 94404.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Before the
|
|
|
After the
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti(1)
|
|
|
6,379,622
|
|
|
|
18.33
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Split Rock Partners(2)
|
|
|
5,682,951
|
|
|
|
16.40
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
10400 Viking Drive. Suite 550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures(3)
|
|
|
3,655,681
|
|
|
|
10.55
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
755 Page Mill Road,
Suite A-200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Palo Alto, CA
94304-1005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with GGV Capital(4)
|
|
|
2,441,975
|
|
|
|
7.05
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Menlo Park, CA 94025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W Capital Partners II, L.P.(5)
|
|
|
2,376,228
|
|
|
|
6.86
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
One East 52nd Street, 5th Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, NY 10022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Catterton Partners(6)
|
|
|
2,033,899
|
|
|
|
5.87
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
599 West Putnam Avenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greenwich, CT 06830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Before the
|
|
|
After the
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Partech International(7)
|
|
|
1,913,620
|
|
|
|
5.52
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
50 California Street, #3200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Valenti(1)
|
|
|
6,379,622
|
|
|
|
18.33
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek(8)
|
|
|
942,878
|
|
|
|
2.65
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Hahn(9)
|
|
|
353,645
|
|
|
|
1.01
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Cheli(10)
|
|
|
545,936
|
|
|
|
1.55
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Scott Mackley(11)
|
|
|
602,602
|
|
|
|
1.71
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
William Bradley(12)
|
|
|
179,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
John McDonald(13)
|
|
|
191,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory Sands(14)
|
|
|
3,754,990
|
|
|
|
10.84
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
James Simons(15)
|
|
|
5,682,951
|
|
|
|
16.41
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Glenn Solomon(16)
|
|
|
2,441,975
|
|
|
|
7.05
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Dana Stalder(17)
|
|
|
203,900
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
All officers and directors as a group (16 persons)
(18)
|
|
|
21,958,680
|
|
|
|
57.30
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of
the outstanding common stock. |
|
(1) |
|
Includes 3,985,738 shares held by the Valenti Living Trust
of which Mr. Valenti is a co-trustee, 2,240,000 shares
held by DJ & TL Valenti Investments, LP, of which
Mr. Valenti is the general partner, and 6,905 shares
held by Mr. Valenti and his immediate family members. Also
includes stock options exercisable for 146,979 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of 5,561,627 shares held by SPVC V, LLC and
121,324 shares held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC.
Split Rock Partners, LLC, together with Vestbridge Partners,
LLC, is the manager of SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates
Fund I, LLC, however, voting and investment power are
delegated solely to Split Rock Partners, LLC. Michael Gorman,
James Simons, David Stassen and Allan Will, as managing
directors of Split Rock Partners, LLC, share voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held by SPVC V,
LLC and SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC and disclaim beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary
interest therein. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of 3,509,543 shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures,
LP, 104,764 shares held by Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund
(QP), LP and 41,374 shares held by Sutter Hill
Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), LP. Gregory Sands, David L. Anderson,
G. Leonard Baker, Jr., Jeffrey W. Bird, Tench Coxe,
James C. Gaither, Andrew T. Sheehan, Michael L. Speiser, David
E. Sweet, James N. White and William H. Younger, Jr. share
voting and investment power over these shares and disclaim
beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any
pecuniary interest therein. |
|
(4) |
|
Consists of 1,367,105 shares held by Granite Global
Ventures III L.P., 1,020,188 shares held by Granite
Global Ventures II L.P., 33,330 shares held by
GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. and 21,352 shares held
by GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Granite Global
Ventures III L.L.C. is the General Partner of Granite
Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III Entrepreneurs
Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng, Mr. Nada,
Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo, Ms. Lee, Mr. Zhan and
Ms. Jin share voting and investment authority over the
shares held by Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III
Entrepreneurs Fund L.P., and disclaim beneficial ownership
of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest
therein. Granite Global Ventures II L.L.C. is the General
Partner of Granite Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV II
Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng, Mr.
Nada, Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo and Ms. Lee share
voting and investement power over the shares held by Granite
Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV Entrepreneurs |
94
|
|
|
|
|
Fund L.P., and disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares
except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
The sole general partner of W Capital Partners II, L.P. is WCP
GP II, L.P. and the sole general partner of WCP GP II, L.P. is
WCP GP II, LLC. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC exercise
voting and investment power over securities held by W Capital
Partners II, L.P. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC are
Stephen Wertheimer, David Wachter and Robert Migliorino, each of
whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by W
Capital Partners II, L.P., except to the extent of any pecuniary
interest therein. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of 904,937 shares held by Catterton Partners IV,
L.P., 762,885 shares held by Catterton Partners IV
Offshore, L.P., 317,263 shares held by Catterton Partners
IV-A, L.P., 26,695 shares held by Catterton
Partners IV Special Purpose, L.P. and 22,119 shares
held by Catterton Partners IV-B, L.P. Catterton Managing Partner
IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of Catterton Partners IV,
L.P., Catterton Partners IV-A, L.P. and Catterton Partners IV-B,
L.P. and the managing general partner of Catterton Partners IV
Special Purpose, L.P. and Catterton Partners IV Offshore, L.P.
CP4 Principals, L.L.C. is the Managing Member of Catterton
Managing Partner IV, L.L.C. CP4 Principals is managed by a
managing board. The members of the managing board are J. Michael
Chu and Scott A. Dahnke. These individuals disclaim beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary
interest therein. |
|
(7) |
|
Consists of 642,226 shares held by Partech International
Growth II LLC, 513,783 shares held by Partech
International Growth III LLC, 385,866 shares held by
Partech U.S. Partners IV LLC, 128,446 shares held by
Partech International Growth I LLC, 205,513 shares
held by AXA Growth Capital II L.P., 25,689 shares held
by Double Black Diamond II LLC and 12,097 shares held
by PAR SF II LLC. Vincent Worms has sole voting and
investment authority over all such shares. Mr. Worms
disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares except to the
extent of any pecuniary interest therein. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes 4,760 shares held in a trust for the benefit of
Ms. Syieks stepdaughter for which Ms. Syiek is
the custodian. Also includes stock options exercisable for
926,352 shares of our common stock within 60 days of
October 31, 2009. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents stock options exercisable for shares of our common
stock within 60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for 534,507 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for 559,895 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for 175,000 shares of
our common stock within 60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(13) |
|
Includes 16,000 shares held in a family trust of which
Mr. Donald is a trustee. Also, includes stock options
exercisable for 175,000 shares of our common stock within
60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(14) |
|
Includes 77,612 shares held in family trusts for which
Mr. Sands and his spouse are trustees, 6,785 shares
held in a charitable remainder unitrust for which Mr. Sands
is the trustee and 14,912 shares held in irrevocable trusts for
the benefit of Mr. Sands minor children. Also
includes 3,509,543 shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures, LP,
104,764 shares held by Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (QP),
LP and 41,374 shares held by Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund
(AI), LP. Mr. Sands is a Managing Director of Sutter Hill
Ventures. Mr. Sands disclaims beneficial ownership of the
shares held by Sutter Hill Ventures except to the extent of his
proportionate pecuniary interest therein. |
|
(15) |
|
Includes 5,561,627 shares held by SPVC V, LLC and
121,324 shares held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC.
Mr. Simons is a Managing Director of Split Rock Partners
LLC, the manager of SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates
Fund I, LLC. Mr. Simons, together with
Mr. Gorman, Mr. Stassen and Mr. Will share voting
and investment power with respect to the shares held by
SPVC V, LLC and SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC.
Mr. Simons disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares
except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest
therein. |
95
|
|
|
(16) |
|
Includes 1,367,105 shares held by Granite Global
Ventures III L.P., 1,020,188 shares held by Granite
Global Ventures II L.P., 33,330 shares held by
GGV III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. and 21,352 shares held
by GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon is a
Managing Director of Granite Global Ventures III L.L.C., the
General Partner of Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV
III Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. He is also a Managing Director of
Granite Global Ventures II, L.L.C., the General Partner of
Granite Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund
L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng, Mr. Nada,
Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo, Ms. Lee, Mr. Zhuo and
Ms. Jin share voting and investment authority over the
shares held by Granite Global Ventures III L.P. and GGV III
Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. Mr. Solomon, Mr. Ng,
Mr. Nada, Mr. Bonham, Mr. Foo and Ms. Lee
share voting and investment authority over the shares held by
Granite Global Ventures II L.P. and GGV II Entrepreneurs Fund
L.P. Mr. Solomon disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary
interest therein. Does not include a maximum of 34,257 shares
held by entities affiliated with Partech International.
Mr. Solomon was associated with Partech International prior
to joining GGV Capital. These shares represent Mr.
Solomons maximum pecuniary interest in the shares held by
entities affiliated with Partech International. Mr. Solomon
has no voting or investment authority over these shares. |
|
(17) |
|
Includes 3,900 shares held in a family trust for which
Mr. Stalder is the trustee. Also includes stock options
exercisable for 200,000 shares of our common stock within
60 days of October 31, 2009. |
|
(18) |
|
Includes stock options exercisable for an aggregate for shares
of our common stock within 60 days of October 31, 2009
that are held by our directors and officers as a group. |
96
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to
100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value
per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.001 par value per share. The following information
reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of
our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately
prior to the completion of this offering.
As of September 30, 2009, there were outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
34,631,876 shares of common stock held by approximately 304
stockholders of record; and
|
|
|
|
10,654,296 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to our 2008
Equity Incentive Plan and having a weighted average exercise
price of $8.1717 per share.
|
All of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and
redeemable convertible preferred stock are duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of
common stock are not redeemable and, following the closing of
this offering, will not have preemptive rights.
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by
reference to the amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be
in effect upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these
documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our
registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect
changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the
closing of this offering.
Common
Stock
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that
may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock,
holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends,
if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of
directors out of legally available funds.
Voting Rights. Each holder of our common stock
is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted
to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of
directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights
in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority
of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.
Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be
entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available
for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our
debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any
liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then
outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Rights and Preferences. Holders of our common
stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other
rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and
privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and
may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of
shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may
designate in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will have the authority, without further action by our
stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences
and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights,
voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences,
sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any
series or the designation of such series, any or all of which
may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of
our preferred stock could adversely affect
97
the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood
that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments
upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock
could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon
the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock
will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any
shares of preferred stock.
Registration
Rights
Demand Registration Rights. After
180 days following the completion of this offering (subject
to extension under certain circumstances), the holders of
approximately 21,176,533 shares of our common stock will be
entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time, the
holders of a majority of such shares can, on not more than one
occasion in any
12-month
period, request that we register all or a portion of their
shares. If we are eligible to register such demand registration
on
Form S-3,
the request for registration must cover that at least that
number of shares with an anticipated gross aggregate offering
price of at least $1,000,000. If we are able to register the
sale of shares pursuant to these demand rights on
Form S-1
but not
Form S-3,
the request for registration must either cover at least 20% of
the unregistered common shares issued upon conversion of or
otherwise in exchange for former preferred shares or cover at
least that number of shares with an anticipated gross aggregate
offering price of at least $5,000,000. If we determine that it
would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect
such a demand registration and it is essential to defer such
registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not
more than once in any one-year period, for a period of up to
120 days.
Piggyback Registration Rights. After the
completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to
register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either
for our own account or for the account of other security
holders, the holders of approximately 21,176,533 shares of
our common stock will be entitled to certain
piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to
include their shares in such registration, subject to certain
marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we
propose to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act, other than with respect to a registration related to
employee benefit plans or corporate reorganizations, the holders
of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and
have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may
impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to
include their shares in the registration.
Other Terms. We will pay the registration
expenses of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the
demand and piggyback registrations described above. In an
underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the
right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of
shares such holders may include.
The demand and piggyback registration rights described above
will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, the
earlier of three years after our initial public offering or when
that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144
of the Securities Act during any three-month period and such
stockholder owns less than two percent of our outstanding stock.
None of the demand or piggyback registration rights described
above are applicable to this offering.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon
the Completion of this Offering. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the
completion of this offering will provide for our board of
directors to be divided into three classes with staggered
three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at
each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes
continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year
terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting
rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common
stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion
of this offering will also provide that all stockholder actions
must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and
not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of
directors,
98
chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of
directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting
of stockholders.
The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our
existing stockholders to replace our board of directors, as well
as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our
board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power
to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could
also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another
party to effect a change in management. In addition, the
authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible
for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting
or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of
any attempt to change our control.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continued stability in the composition of our board of directors
and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions
that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us.
These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability
to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain
tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such
provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from
making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of
deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control
or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may
inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could
result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Upon the completion of this offering, we
will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such
stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following
exceptions:
|
|
|
|
|
before such date, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the
interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons
who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock
plans in which employee participants do not have the right to
determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan
will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
on or after such date, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the
affirmative vote of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
In general, Section 203 defines business combination to
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation involving the interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested
stockholder as an entity or person who, together with the
persons affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or
within three years prior to the time of determination of
interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
99
Contractual
Obligations
Under our credit facility, most change of control transactions
will require repayment of all indebtedness under the credit
facility.
Limitations
of Liability and Indemnification
See Executive Compensation Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification.
Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing
on
under the symbol QNST.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock
is .
100
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts
of shares of our common stock in the public market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since
only a limited number of shares will be available for sale
shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal
restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial
amounts of common stock in the public market after the
restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market
price for our common stock, as well as our ability to raise
equity capital in the future.
Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, upon the completion of this
offering, shares
of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of
the underwriters over-allotment option and no exercise of
options. Of
the shares
of common stock sold in this
offering, will
be freely tradable unless held by one of our affiliates, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and
may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described
below.
The remaining 34,631,876 shares of our common stock
outstanding after this offering are restricted securities as
such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or are subject to
lock-up
agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the
lock-up
period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market
only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the
Securities Act, described in greater detail below. The
34,631,876 shares will generally become available for sale
in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
no restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon
the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
up
to
restricted shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144
or Rule 701 upon expiration of
lock-up
agreements at least 180 days after the date of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the remainder of the restricted shares will be eligible for sale
from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective
one-year holding periods under Rule 144, but could be sold
earlier if the holders exercise any available registration
rights.
|
Rule 144
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted
shares of our common stock for at least six months would be
entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such
person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the
time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a
sale and (ii) we are subject to and compliant with the
Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least
90 days before the sale. In addition, under Rule 144,
any person who is not an affiliate of ours, has not been an
affiliate of ours during the preceding three months and has held
their shares for at least one year, including the holding period
of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be
entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon
the closing of this offering without regard to whether current
public information about us is available. Persons who have
beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at
least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or
any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be
subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would
be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number
of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will
equal approximately
shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of
the underwriters overallotment option, based on the number
of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30,
2009; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock
on during
the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to the sale;
|
provided, in each case, that we are subject to the
Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least
90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and
by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale,
current public information and notice provisions of
Rule 144.
101
Rule 701
Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date
of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon
Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions
of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most
of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants
who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or
contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of
Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are
required to wait until 90 days after the date of this
prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially
all Rule 701 shares are subject to
lock-up
agreements as described below and under Underwriting
and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those
agreements.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, along with our officers and directors and substantially all
of our other stockholders and optionholders, have agreed that,
subject to certain exceptions we will not offer, sell, contract
to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock,
enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers,
in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of
ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions
are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the
intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to
enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement,
without, in each case, the prior written consent of each of
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus. However, in the event that either
(1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or announce material news or
a material event relating to us or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then, in either case, the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the announcement of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. waives, in writing, such an
extension.
Registration
Rights
After 180 days following the completion of this offering
(subject to extension in certain circumstances), the holders of
21,176,533 shares of common stock will be entitled to
rights with respect to the registration of their shares under
the Securities Act, subject to the
lock-up
arrangement described above. Registration of these shares under
the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act (except
for shares held by affiliates) immediately upon the
effectiveness of this registration. Any sales of securities by
these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the
trading price of our common stock. See Description of
Capital Stock Registration Rights. None of the
registration rights described above are applicable to this
offering.
Equity
Incentive Plans
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under
the Securities Act covering the shares of our common stock
reserved for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and
our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The registration statement is
expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable
after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares
registered under the registration statement will be available
for sale in the open market following its effective date,
subject to the
180-day
lock-up
arrangement described above, if applicable.
102
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of our common stock to a
non-U.S. holder
that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. For
the purpose of this discussion, a
non-U.S. holder
is any beneficial owner of our common stock that, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a partnership or
U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, the term
U.S. person means:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created
or organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political
subdivision thereof;
|
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income
tax regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary
supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more
U.S. persons who have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has in
effect a valid election to be treated a U.S. person.
|
If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our
common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally
depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of
the partnership. Accordingly, we urge partnerships that hold our
common stock and partners in such partnerships to consult their
tax advisors.
This discussion assumes that a
non-U.S. holder
will hold our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as a
capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal
income taxation that may be relevant in light of a
non-U.S. holders
special tax status or special tax situations. Certain former
citizens or residents of the U.S., life insurance companies,
tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currency,
banks or other financial institutions and investors that hold
common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion
transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment
are among those categories of potential investors that are
subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This
discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under
the laws of any state, local or
non-U.S. taxing
jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on
current provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations and
administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in
effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, we urge
each
non-U.S. holder
to consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state,
local and
non-U.S. income
and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing
of shares of our common stock.
Dividends
We have not paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not
plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if
we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will
constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent
paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as
determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the
extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated
earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of
capital and will first reduce a holders adjusted tax basis
in the common stock, but not below zero, and then will be
treated as gain from the sale of the common stock.
Dividends paid (out of earnings and profits) to a
non-U.S. holder
of common stock generally will be subject to
U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross
amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by
an applicable tax treaty. To receive a reduced rate of
withholding under a tax treaty, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide us with an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or other appropriate version of
Form W-8
certifying qualification for the reduced rate.
103
Dividends received by a
non-U.S. holder
that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business conducted by the
non-U.S. holder
(and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, that are
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) generally
are not subject to withholding tax, provided certain
certifications are met. Such effectively connected dividends,
net of certain deductions and credits, are taxed at the
graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to
U.S. persons. To claim an exemption from withholding
because the dividends are effectively connected within a
U.S. trade or business of the
non-U.S. holder,
the
non-U.S. holder
must provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI,
or such successor form as the IRS designates prior to the
payment of dividends. In addition to the graduated tax described
above, dividends that are effectively connected with a
U.S. trade or business of a corporate
non-U.S. holder
may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or
such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
A
non-U.S. holder
of common stock may obtain a refund or credit of any excess
amounts withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is timely
filed with the IRS.
Gain on
Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under Backup Withholding
and Information Reporting, a
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or
withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other
disposition of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business of the
non-U.S. holder,
and, if an applicable tax treaty so requires, is attributable to
a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such
non-U.S. holder;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or
periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar
year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other
conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest
by reason of our status as a U.S. real property
holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period
preceding the disposition or the holders holding period
for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and
that we will not become, a U.S. real property holding
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, gain
described in the first bullet point above will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the graduated
U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to
U.S. persons and, in the case of
non-U.S. corporate
holders, a branch profits tax may also apply. Gain
described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset
by certain U.S. source capital losses) will be subject to a
flat 30% U.S. federal income tax or such lower rate as may
be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
If we were to become a U.S. real property holding
corporation at any time during the applicable period described
in the third bullet point above, any gain recognized on a
disposition of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the
graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to
U.S. persons if either (i) the
non-U.S. holder
owned (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of
our common stock during such applicable period or (ii) our
common stock were not regularly traded on an established
securities market (within the meaning of
Section 897(c)(3) of the Code) at any time during the
calendar year of the disposition. We believe that our stock will
be treated as so traded.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the
non-U.S. holder.
Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make
its reports available to tax authorities in the recipients
country of residence.
Payments of dividends made to a
non-U.S. holder
may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of
28%), and the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock
may be subject to backup
104
withholding and information reporting, unless the
non-U.S. holder
establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying
its
non-U.S. status
on a
Form W-8BEN
or another appropriate version of
Form W-8.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if
either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to
know, that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the
U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup
withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained, provided that the required information is timely
furnished to the IRS.
105
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement
dated ,
2010, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below,
for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives,
the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
We have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase on a pro rata basis up
to
additional shares at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be
exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of $ per share.
The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount
of $ per share on sales to other
broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the
representatives may change the public offering price and
concession and discount to broker/dealers.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share(1)
|
|
Total(1)
|
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Underwriting discounts and other commissions paid by us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes fees payable to Qatalyst Partners LP for services as
our financial advisor. |
Qatalyst Partners LP is acting as our financial advisor in
connection with the offering. We have agreed to pay Qalalyst a
fee of
$
for its services. Qatalyst in not acting as an underwriter of
this offering and is not selling any of the shares offered
hereby.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales
to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We, along with our officers and directors and substantially all
of our other stockholders and optionholders, have agreed that,
subject to certain exceptions we will not offer, sell, contract
to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock,
enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers,
in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of
ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions
are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the
intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to
enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement,
without, in each case, the prior written consent of each of the
representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus. However, in the event that either
(1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period,
106
we release earnings results or announce material news or a
material event relating to us or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the announcement of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless each of the representatives waives, in
writing, such an extension.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities
under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the
underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We intend to apply to list the shares of common stock
on
under the symbol QNST.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may
have from time to time performed and may in the future perform
various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment
banking services for us in the ordinary course of business, for
which they received or will receive customary fees. In addition,
an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated is a lender under our bank credit facility. A
portion of the net proceeds of this offering will be used to
repay the outstanding balance of our five-year term loan.
Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not
necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock
following the offering. The principal factors that will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
compete;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management;
|
|
|
|
the prospects for our future earnings;
|
|
|
|
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
the offering.
|
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which our common stock will
trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an
active trading market for the common stock will develop and
continue after the offering.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in
accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be
created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be
downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
|
|
|
In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who
are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to
limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock
until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected
on
or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering,
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
Selling
Restrictions
Notice
to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area / United
Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to
as a Relevant Member State, from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State (the Relevant Implementation Date), an offer to the public
of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated
by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member
State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant
Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the
following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they
have been implemented in that Relevant Member State with effect
from and including the Relevant Implementation Date:
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal
persons (other than qualified investors as defined
in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior
consent of the underwriter representatives for any such
offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances falling within
Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no
such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the
publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
Any person making or intending to make any offer within the
European Economic Area of the shares which are the subject of
the offering contemplated in this prospectus should only do so
in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of
the book-running managers to produce a prospectus for such
offer. Neither we nor the book-running managers have authorised,
nor do we or they authorize, the making of any offer of shares
through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by
the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares
contemplated in this prospectus.
108
For the purposes of this provision, and the buyers
representation below, the expression an offer to the
public in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member
State means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares
to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase
any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member
State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in
that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus
Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Buyers
Representation
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any
communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares which
are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus
under, the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed
to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each
underwriter and us that:
(a) it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the
law in that Relevant Member State implementing
Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and
(b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial
intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the
Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the
offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been
acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any
Relevant Member State other than qualified investors
as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in
which the prior consent of the underwriter representatives has
been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares
have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant
Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those
shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as
having been made to such persons.
Notice
to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
This document, as well as any other material relating to the
shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by
this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant
to Article 652a
and/or 1156
of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed
on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating
to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do
not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing
rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes
annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.
The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private
placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only,
without any public offer and only to investors who do not
purchase shares with the intention to distribute them to the
public. The investors will be individually approached by us from
time to time. This document, as well as any other material
relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and does
not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may
only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out
in connection with the offering described herein and may neither
directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to
other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in
connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be
copied
and/or
distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.
Notice
to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial
Centre
This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the
Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services
Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to
persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be
delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai
Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing
or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The
Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this
document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in
it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the
subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be
illiquid
and/or
subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers
of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on
the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this
document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.
109
LEGAL
MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the
issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us by this
prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley Godward Kronish
LLP, San Francisco, California. GC&H Investments LLC,
an investment fund affiliated with Cooley Godward Kronish LLP,
owns shares of our convertible preferred stock, which will
convert into an aggregate of 36,671 shares of our common
stock upon the completion of this offering. The underwriters are
being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo
Park, California, in connection with the offering.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2008
and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 2009, included in this prospectus have been so
included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to
this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration
statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the
registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations
of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our
common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the
registration statement, including the exhibits and the
consolidated financial statements and notes filed as a part of
the registration statement. Statements contained in this
prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other
document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each
instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each
of these statements is qualified in all respects by this
reference.
The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced
for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You
may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public
reference rooms by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains
reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers,
like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of
that website is www.sec.gov.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Securities Act and we
will file reports, proxy statements and other information with
the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information
will be available for inspection and copying at the public
reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also
maintain a website at www.quinstreet.com, at which you may
access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably
practicable after they are electronically filed with, or
furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can
be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
110
QUINSTREET,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
of QuinStreet, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of operations, of
convertible preferred shares, shareholders equity and
comprehensive income, and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of QuinStreet, Inc.
and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2008 and 2009, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended June 30, 2009 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the accompanying
financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related financial statements. These
financial statements and financial statements schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements and financial statement schedule are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial
statements included in this prospectus, the Company changed the
manner in which it accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in
2007.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
San Jose, California
November 19, 2009
F-1
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity at
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
24,953
|
|
|
$
|
25,182
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
25,281
|
|
|
|
33,283
|
|
|
|
39,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2,738
|
|
|
|
5,543
|
|
|
|
5,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
1,713
|
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
56,987
|
|
|
|
65,236
|
|
|
|
74,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
|
|
4,741
|
|
|
|
4,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
80,468
|
|
|
|
106,744
|
|
|
|
119,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
34,826
|
|
|
|
33,990
|
|
|
|
36,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, noncurrent
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
1,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, noncurrent
|
|
|
1,493
|
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
179,746
|
|
|
$
|
212,878
|
|
|
$
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
10,042
|
|
|
$
|
13,408
|
|
|
$
|
14,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
19,571
|
|
|
|
21,794
|
|
|
|
26,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
9,489
|
|
|
|
12,890
|
|
|
|
13,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
39,965
|
|
|
|
48,810
|
|
|
|
54,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, noncurrent
|
|
|
1,394
|
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, noncurrent
|
|
|
42,165
|
|
|
|
44,350
|
|
|
|
52,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities, noncurrent
|
|
|
2,508
|
|
|
|
2,309
|
|
|
|
2,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
86,032
|
|
|
|
96,289
|
|
|
|
110,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred shares: no par value;
30,000,000 shares authorized; 15,808,777 shares issued
and outstanding at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and
September 30, 2009; liquidation value of $69,564 and
$70,333 at June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009,
respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
43,403
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares and additional paid-in capital: no par value;
45,000,000 shares authorized; 13,308,907, 13,315,348 and
13,455,343 shares issued and outstanding at June 30,
2008 and 2009 and at September 30, 2009, respectively;
34,631,876 shares issued and outstanding pro forma
|
|
|
7,971
|
|
|
|
13,585
|
|
|
|
15,627
|
|
|
|
59,030
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
42,306
|
|
|
|
59,580
|
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
66,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
50,311
|
|
|
|
73,186
|
|
|
|
81,723
|
|
|
$
|
125,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible preferred shares and
shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
179,746
|
|
|
$
|
212,878
|
|
|
$
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-2
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
108,945
|
|
|
|
130,869
|
|
|
|
181,593
|
|
|
|
45,281
|
|
|
|
55,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
|
|
18,397
|
|
|
|
23,505
|
|
Operating expenses:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
14,051
|
|
|
|
14,887
|
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
4,470
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
8,487
|
|
|
|
12,409
|
|
|
|
16,154
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
3,625
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
13,371
|
|
|
|
13,172
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
11,969
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
(1,214
|
)
|
|
|
(3,544
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(748
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,438
|
|
|
|
21,743
|
|
|
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
6,023
|
|
|
|
11,350
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
(9,828
|
)
|
|
|
(8,876
|
)
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
|
|
(2,719
|
)
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share attributable to common shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in computing net income per share
attributable to common shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common
shareholders (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares used in computing net income
per share attributable to common shareholders (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses for the
years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the three
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited),
include stock-based compensation expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
728
|
|
Product development
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,827
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2006
|
|
|
15,808,777
|
|
|
$
|
43,286
|
|
|
|
12,593,410
|
|
|
$
|
2,748
|
|
|
$
|
(49
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,651
|
|
|
$
|
18,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381,030
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options issued in connection with business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
15,808,777
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
12,974,440
|
|
|
$
|
6,073
|
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
31,144
|
|
|
$
|
37,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
893,197
|
|
|
|
2,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(558,730
|
)
|
|
|
(5,606
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,606
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,705
|
)
|
|
|
(1,705
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
|
15,808,777
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
13,308,907
|
|
|
$
|
7,971
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
42,306
|
|
|
$
|
50,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169,716
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(163,275
|
)
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
15,808,777
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
13,315,348
|
|
|
$
|
13,585
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
59,580
|
|
|
$
|
73,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,890
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71,895
|
)
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
|
15,808,777
|
|
|
$
|
43,403
|
|
|
|
13,455,343
|
|
|
$
|
15,627
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
66,093
|
|
|
$
|
81,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,637
|
|
|
|
11,727
|
|
|
|
15,978
|
|
|
|
4,114
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
Net realized (gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Provision for sales returns
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
1,463
|
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2,071
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
(415
|
)
|
|
|
(1,707
|
)
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(559
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
Accretion of acquisition-related notes payable
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
(921
|
)
|
|
|
(9,042
|
)
|
|
|
(8,577
|
)
|
|
|
(5,849
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
(925
|
)
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
Other assets, noncurrent
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
(3,772
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
(4,977
|
)
|
|
|
3,359
|
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
843
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(831
|
)
|
|
|
8,020
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
|
|
(1,864
|
)
|
|
|
4,229
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(2,893
|
)
|
|
|
(954
|
)
|
|
|
(720
|
)
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(1,497
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities, noncurrent
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
25,197
|
|
|
|
24,751
|
|
|
|
32,570
|
|
|
|
(261
|
)
|
|
|
11,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(2,030
|
)
|
|
|
(2,177
|
)
|
|
|
(1,347
|
)
|
|
|
(504
|
)
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
Business acquisitions, net of notes payable and cash acquired
|
|
|
(11,856
|
)
|
|
|
(63,244
|
)
|
|
|
(27,932
|
)
|
|
|
(12,430
|
)
|
|
|
(11,763
|
)
|
Internal software development costs
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
(1,378
|
)
|
|
|
(1,060
|
)
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
Purchases of marketable securities
|
|
|
(40,860
|
)
|
|
|
(11,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable securities
|
|
|
29,905
|
|
|
|
29,172
|
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(26,365
|
)
|
|
|
(49,248
|
)
|
|
|
(27,326
|
)
|
|
|
(11,182
|
)
|
|
|
(12,475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from bank debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,000
|
|
|
|
8,607
|
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
|
6,500
|
|
Principal payments on bank debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(750
|
)
|
Principal payments on acquisition-related notes payable
|
|
|
(3,932
|
)
|
|
|
(4,920
|
)
|
|
|
(9,560
|
)
|
|
|
(1,362
|
)
|
|
|
(1,963
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Repurchases of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,606
|
)
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
|
|
(982
|
)
|
|
|
(577
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
|
2,575
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
22,756
|
|
|
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
|
3,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(3,828
|
)
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
(4,554
|
)
|
|
|
2,913
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
30,593
|
|
|
|
26,765
|
|
|
|
24,953
|
|
|
|
24,953
|
|
|
|
25,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
26,765
|
|
|
$
|
24,953
|
|
|
$
|
25,182
|
|
|
$
|
20,399
|
|
|
$
|
28,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
1,193
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
770
|
|
Cash paid for taxes
|
|
|
10,376
|
|
|
|
8,473
|
|
|
|
20,354
|
|
|
|
2,873
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options issued in connection with business acquisitions
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable issued in connection with business acquisitions
|
|
|
4,047
|
|
|
|
16,910
|
|
|
|
8,151
|
|
|
|
4,705
|
|
|
|
6,347
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
QUINSTREET,
INC.
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company) is an online media
and marketing company incorporated in California on
April 16, 1999. The Company provides vertically oriented
customer acquisition programs for its clients. The Company also
provides hosted solutions for direct selling companies. The
corporate headquarters are located in Foster City, California,
with offices in Arkansas, Colorado, Massachusetts, Nevada, New
Jersey, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon, India and the United
Kingdom.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of
September 30, 2009, the consolidated statements of
operations and of cash flows for the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 and of convertible preferred
shares, shareholders equity and comprehensive income for
the three months ended September 30, 2009 are unaudited.
The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on
the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the
opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly
the Companys financial condition and results of operations
and cash flows for the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009. The financial data and other information
disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial
statements related to the three months ended September 30,
2008 and 2009 are unaudited. The results of operations for the
three months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for fiscal year 2010 or
for any other interim period or for any other future year.
Pro
Forma Statement of Shareholders Equity
(unaudited)
Upon the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering,
all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred shares
automatically convert into common shares. The September 30,
2009 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data has been prepared
assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred shares
outstanding into 21,176,533 common shares.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company derives its revenue from two sources: Direct
Marketing Services (DMS) and Direct Selling Services
(DSS). DMS revenue, which constituted 95%, 98% and
99% of fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 respectively, is derived
primarily from fees which are earned through the delivery of
qualified leads or clicks. The Company recognizes revenue when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured. Delivery is deemed to have
F-6
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
occurred at the time a qualified lead or click is delivered to
the customer provided that no significant obligations remain.
From time to time, the Company may agree to credit certain leads
or clicks if they fail to meet the contractual or other
guidelines of a particular client. The Company has established a
sales reserve based on historical experience. To date, such
credits have been immaterial and within managements
expectations.
For a portion of its revenue, the Company has agreements with
providers of online media or traffic (Publishers)
used in the generation of leads or clicks. The Company receives
a fee from its clients and pays a fee to Publishers either on a
cost per lead, cost per click or cost per thousand impressions
basis. The Company is the primary obligor in the transaction. As
a result, the fees paid by the Companys clients are
recognized as revenue and the fees paid to its Publishers are
included in cost of revenue.
DSS revenue, which constituted 5%, 2% and 1% of fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 revenue, respectively, is comprised of
(i) set-up
and professional services fees and (ii) usage and hosting
fees. Set-up
and professional service fees that do not provide stand-alone
value to a client are recognized over the contractual term of
the agreement or the expected client relationship period,
whichever is longer, effective when the application reaches the
go-live date. The Company defines the
go-live date as the date when the application enters
into a production environment or all essential functionalities
have been delivered. Usage and hosting fees are recognized on a
monthly basis as earned.
Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in
advance of reaching all the above revenue recognition criteria.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of
cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash
equivalents are deposited with financial institutions that
management believes are creditworthy. The deposits exceed
federally insured amounts. To date, the Company has not
experienced any losses of its deposits of cash and cash
equivalents.
The Companys accounts receivable are derived from clients
located principally in the United States, and to a lesser
extent, Europe and Canada. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluation of its clients, does not require collateral, and
maintains allowances for potential credit losses on client
accounts when deemed necessary. To date, such losses have been
within managements expectations.
Clients over 10% of total revenue, all of which were from our
DMS segment, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Client A
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
Client B
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Client C
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The Companys financial instruments consist principally of
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable, acquisition-related notes payable, term loan and
revolving credit facility. The fair value of the Companys
cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets. The recorded values of the
Companys accounts receivable and accounts payable
approximate their
F-7
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
current fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of
these accounts. The fair value of acquisition-related notes
payable approximates their recorded amounts at June 30,
2009 as the interest rates on similar financing arrangements
available to the Company at June 30, 2009 approximates the
interest rates implied when these acquisition-related notes
payable were originally issued and recorded. The Company
believes that the fair values of the term loan and revolving
credit facility, as of June 30, 2009, approximate their
recorded amounts as the interest rates on these instruments are
variable and are primarily based on market rate interest.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or
less at the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents.
Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds and
time deposits with original maturities of three months or less.
Cash equivalents amounted to $9,395 and $17,091 at June 30,
2008 and 2009, respectively, and $8,813 at September 30,
2009 (unaudited).
Marketable
Securities
Highly liquid investments with maturities greater than three
months at the date of purchase are classified as marketable
securities. The Companys marketable securities have been
classified and accounted for as
available-for-sale.
Management determines the appropriate classification of its
investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the
available-for-sale
designation as of each balance sheet date. These investments are
carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of
tax, and are reported as a component of shareholders
equity. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific
identification method. The Company did not have any marketable
securities at June 30, 2009 and at September 30, 2009
(unaudited). At June 30, 2008, marketable securities
consisted of corporate bonds from three issuers with a fair
value of $2,302.
Restricted
Cash
At June 30, 2008 and 2009, the Company had $731 and $20,
respectively, of cash restricted from withdrawal and held by a
bank in certificate of deposits as collateral for a credit
facility.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization, and are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the
assets.
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
3 years
|
Software
|
|
3 years
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of
the improvements
|
Internal
Software Development Costs
The Company incurs costs to develop software for internal use.
The Company expenses all costs that relate to the planning and
post-implementation phases of development as product development
expense. Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized
and amortized over the products estimated useful life if
the product is expected to have a useful life beyond six months.
Costs associated with repair or maintenance of existing sites or
the developments of website content are included in cost of
revenue in the accompanying statements of operations. The
Companys policy is to amortize capitalized internal
software development costs on a product-by-product basis using
the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the
application, which is generally two years. The company
capitalized $1,493, $1,378 and $1,060 in fiscal years
F-8
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of internal
software development costs is reflected in cost of revenue.
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on
an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.
Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment,
including the identification of reporting units, assigning
assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to
reporting units, and determining the fair value of each
reporting unit. Significant judgments required to estimate the
fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash
flows, and determining appropriate discount rates, growth rates
and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and
assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair
value for each reporting unit which could trigger impairment.
The Company determined that DMS and DSS constitute two separate
reporting units. The Company completed its annual goodwill
impairment reviews at June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
concluded that goodwill was not impaired.
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company evaluates long-lived assets, such as property and
equipment and purchased intangible assets with finite lives, for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The
Company assesses the fair value of the assets based on the
undiscounted future cash flow the assets are expected to
generate and recognizes an impairment loss when estimated
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the
asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset.
When the Company identifies an impairment, it reduces the
carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based
on a discounted cash flow approach or, when available and
appropriate, to comparable market values. There were no
impairments recorded in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 related
to the Companys long-lived assets.
Advertising
Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred.
Advertising expenses for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 were
$54, $67 and $185, respectively.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and
liability approach to record deferred taxes. The Companys
deferred income tax assets represent temporary differences
between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax
basis of existing assets and liabilities that will result in
deductible amounts in future years, including net operating loss
carry forwards. Based on estimates, the carrying value of the
Companys net deferred tax assets assumes that it is more
likely than not that the Company will be able to generate
sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions.
The Companys judgments regarding future profitability may
change due to future market conditions, changes in U.S. or
international tax laws and other factors.
On July 1, 2007, the Company adopted the authoritative
accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement
attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The
guidance also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits,
classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The
guidance utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain
tax positions. Step one, Recognition, requires a company
F-9
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that
a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon
audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation
processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered
more likely than not to be sustained then no
benefits of the position are to be recognized. Step two,
Measurement, is based on the largest amount of benefit, which is
more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The functional currency for the majority of the Companys
foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For those
subsidiaries, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current
exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and
historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and
liabilities. Net revenue, cost of revenue and expenses are
generally remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during
each period. Gains and losses from foreign currency
remeasurement are included in net earnings. Certain foreign
subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional
currency. For those subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities are
translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at
the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated
at average exchange rates for the period. The foreign currency
translation adjustments are included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of
shareholders equity.
Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recorded in
other income (expense), net. Foreign currency transaction losses
were $97 for fiscal year 2007. Foreign currency transaction
gains were $101 for fiscal year 2008. Foreign currency
transaction losses were $254 for fiscal year 2009.
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive income consists of two components, net income and
other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income
(loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains, and losses that under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles are recorded
as an element of shareholders equity but are excluded from
net income. The Companys other comprehensive income (loss)
consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those
subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional
currency and unrealized gains and losses on marketable
securities categorized as
available-for-sale.
The Company has disclosed comprehensive income as a component of
shareholders equity.
Loss
Contingencies
The Company is subject to the possibility of various loss
contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business.
Management considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an
asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability
to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss
contingencies. An estimated loss contingency is accrued when it
is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has
been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably
estimated. The Company regularly evaluates current information
available to its management to determine whether such accruals
should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required.
From time to time, the Company is involved in disputes,
litigation and other legal actions. The Company records a charge
equal to at least the minimum estimated liability for a loss
contingency only when both of the following conditions are met:
(i) information available prior to issuance of the
financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset
had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date
of the financial statements, and (ii) the range of loss can
be reasonably estimated. The actual liability in any such
matters may be materially different from the Companys
estimates, which could result in the need to adjust the
liability and record additional expenses.
F-10
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company records stock-based compensation expense for
employee stock options granted or modified on or after
July 1, 2006 based on estimated fair values for these stock
options. The Company continues to account for stock options
granted to employees prior to July 1, 2006 based on the
intrinsic value of those stock options.
Fair values of share-based payment awards are determined on the
date of grant using an option-pricing model. The Company has
selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the
fair value of its stock options awards to employees. In applying
the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Companys
determination of fair value of the share-based payment award on
the date of grant is affected by the Companys estimated
fair value of common shares, as well as assumptions regarding a
number of highly complex and subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, the Companys
expected stock price volatility over the term of the stock
options and the employees actual and projected stock
option exercise and pre-vesting employment termination behaviors.
For awards with graded vesting, the Company recognizes
stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service
period using the straight-line method, based on awards
ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates future
forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if
necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ
from those estimates.
See Note 10 for further information.
Segment
Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise
about which separate financial information is available that is
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or
decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and
in assessing performance. The Companys chief operating
decision maker is its chief executive officer. The
Companys chief executive officer reviews financial
information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by
information about operating segments, including net sales and
operating income before depreciation, amortization and
stock-based compensation expense.
The Company determined its operating segments to be DMS, which
derives substantially all of its revenue from fees earned
through the delivery of qualified leads and paid clicks, and
DSS, which derives substantially all of its revenue from the
sale of direct selling services through a hosted solution. The
Companys reportable operating segments consist of DMS and
DSS. The accounting policies of the two reportable operating
segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies.
The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments
based on net sales and operating income before depreciation,
amortization and stock-based compensation expense.
F-11
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The Company does not allocate most of its assets, as well as its
depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation
expense, interest income, interest expense and income tax
expense by segment. Accordingly, the Company does not report
such information.
Summarized information by segment was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net revenue by segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DMS
|
|
$
|
159,744
|
|
|
$
|
188,429
|
|
|
$
|
257,420
|
|
|
$
|
62,994
|
|
|
|
78,157
|
|
DSS
|
|
|
7,626
|
|
|
|
3,601
|
|
|
|
3,107
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income before depreciation, amortization and
stock-based compensation expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DMS
|
|
|
31,611
|
|
|
|
34,740
|
|
|
|
55,251
|
|
|
|
11,922
|
|
|
|
18,002
|
|
DSS
|
|
|
4,501
|
|
|
|
1,539
|
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segment operating income before depreciation, amortization
and stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
36,112
|
|
|
|
36,279
|
|
|
|
56,872
|
|
|
|
12,157
|
|
|
|
18,150
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(9,637
|
)
|
|
|
(11,727
|
)
|
|
|
(15,978
|
)
|
|
|
(4,114
|
)
|
|
|
(3,952
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
(2,071
|
)
|
|
|
(3,222
|
)
|
|
|
(6,173
|
)
|
|
|
(1,398
|
)
|
|
|
(2,229
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
24,404
|
|
|
$
|
21,330
|
|
|
$
|
34,721
|
|
|
$
|
6,645
|
|
|
$
|
11,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables set forth net revenue and long-lived assets
by geographic area:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
167,141
|
|
|
$
|
191,654
|
|
|
$
|
260,206
|
|
|
$
|
63,630
|
|
|
$
|
78,475
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
167,370
|
|
|
$
|
192,030
|
|
|
$
|
260,527
|
|
|
$
|
63,678
|
|
|
$
|
78,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
177,854
|
|
|
$
|
211,337
|
|
|
$
|
233,902
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
Asia/Pacific
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
179,746
|
|
|
$
|
212,878
|
|
|
$
|
235,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
120,745
|
|
|
$
|
145,219
|
|
|
$
|
160,438
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asia/Pacific
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-lived assets
|
|
$
|
121,019
|
|
|
$
|
145,475
|
|
|
$
|
160,692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued a new accounting standard that changes
the accounting for business combinations, including the
measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a
business combination, the recognition of contingent
consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss
contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process
research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related
restructuring cost accruals, the treatment of
acquisition-related transaction costs and the recognition of
changes in the acquirers income tax valuation allowance.
The new standard applies prospectively to business combinations
for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of
the first annual reporting period beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of the new standard did not
have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial statements, but is likely to have a material impact on
how the Company accounts for any future business combinations
into which the Company may enter.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure
of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued. In particular, the new standard
sets forth (i) the period after the balance sheet date
during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate
events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition
or disclosure in the financial statements; (ii) the
circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or
transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements; and (3) the disclosures that an
entity should make about events or transactions that occurred
after the balance sheet date. The Company applied the
requirement of this standard effective June 30, 2009 and
included additional disclosures in the notes to the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
provides for a codification of accounting standards to be the
authoritative source of generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC
under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative
GAAP for SEC registrants. The Company adopted the provisions of
the authoritative accounting guidance for the interim reporting
period ended September 30, 2009. The adoption did not have
a material effect on the Companys consolidated results of
operations or financial condition.
In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple
deliverables. Specifically, the new standard requires an entity
to allocate
F-13
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to
all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices.
In addition, the new standard eliminates the use of the residual
method of allocation and requires the relative-selling-price
method in all circumstances in which an entity recognizes
revenue for an arrangement with multiple deliverables. In
October 2009, the FASB also issued a new accounting standard
that changes revenue recognition for tangible products
containing software and hardware elements. Specifically, if
certain requirements are met, revenue arrangements that contain
tangible products with software elements that are essential to
the functionality of the products are scoped out of the existing
software revenue recognition accounting guidance and will be
accounted for under the multiple-element arrangements revenue
recognition guidance discussed above. Both standards will be
effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year
2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not
anticipate the adoption of these standards to have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
|
|
3.
|
Revision
of prior period financial statements
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company licenses software from a third-party to automate the
administration of its employee equity programs and calculate its
stock-based compensation expense. During the first quarter of
fiscal year 2010, the Company noted that the version of the
software it used incorrectly calculated stock-based compensation
expense by continuing to apply a weighted average forfeiture
rate to the vested portion of stock option awards until the
grants final vest date, rather than reflecting actual
forfeitures as awards vested. The net effect of the error was an
understatement of stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $133, $492 and $538 in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and
2009, respectively.
Cash Flow
Presentation
The Company determined in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010
that in its statement of cash flows for fiscal year 2008, it had
improperly reflected an increase in liabilities resulting from
the recording of a deferred tax liability in connection with an
acquisition in operating activities instead of investing
activities.
The Company assessed the materiality of these errors on prior
period financial statements in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 (SAB 99),
and concluded that the errors were not material to any prior
annual or interim periods but the cumulative error would be
material to the three months ended September 30, 2010, if
the entire correction was recorded in the current period.
Accordingly, the Company has revised certain prior amounts and
balances in its financial statements in fiscal years 2007, 2008
and 2009 to allow for the correct recording of these amounts in
accordance with the SECs Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year
Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year
Financial Statement.
F-14
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The following tables summarize the effect of the correction of
the immaterial errors on the Companys financial statements
for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Revised
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Revised
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
As Revised
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
117,905
|
|
|
$
|
108,945
|
|
|
$
|
130,610
|
|
|
$
|
130,869
|
|
|
$
|
181,370
|
|
|
$
|
181,593
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
49,465
|
|
|
|
58,425
|
|
|
|
61,420
|
|
|
|
61,161
|
|
|
|
79,157
|
|
|
|
78,934
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
24,537
|
|
|
|
24,404
|
|
|
|
21,822
|
|
|
|
21,330
|
|
|
|
35,259
|
|
|
|
34,721
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
15,733
|
|
|
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
13,228
|
|
|
|
12,867
|
|
|
|
17,914
|
|
|
|
17,274
|
|
Net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheets at year end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
$
|
31,267
|
|
|
$
|
31,144
|
|
|
$
|
44,495
|
|
|
$
|
42,306
|
|
|
$
|
62,409
|
|
|
$
|
59,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
25,197
|
|
|
$
|
28,599
|
|
|
$
|
24,751
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
|
$
|
32,570
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(26,365
|
)
|
|
|
(26,365
|
)
|
|
|
(53,096
|
)
|
|
|
(49,248
|
)
|
|
|
(27,326
|
)
|
|
|
(27,326
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
22,756
|
|
|
|
22,756
|
|
|
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
(5,012
|
)
|
|
|
4.
|
Net
income attributable to common shareholders and pro forma net
income per share
|
Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common
shareholders are presented in conformity with the two-class
method required for participating securities. Holders of
Series A, Series B and Series C convertible
preferred shares are each entitled to receive 8% per annum
non-cumulative dividends, payable prior and in preference to any
dividends on any other shares of the Companys capital
stock. In the event a dividend is paid on common shares,
Series A, Series B and Series C convertible
preferred shareholders are entitled to a proportionate share of
any such dividend as if they were holders of common shares (on
an as-if converted basis).
Under the two-class method, basic net income per share
attributable to common shareholders is computed by dividing the
net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the period.
Net income attributable to common shareholders is determined by
allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less
current period Series A, Series B and Series C
convertible preferred shares non-cumulative dividends, between
common shares and Series A, Series B and Series C
convertible preferred shareholders. Diluted net income per share
attributable to common shareholders is computed by using the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including
potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of
outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method.
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed
to give effect to the conversion of the Series A,
Series B and Series C convertible preferred shares
using the as-if converted method into common shares as though
the conversion had occurred as of July 1, 2008 or the
original date of issuance or later.
F-15
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The following table presents the calculation of basic and
diluted net income per share attributable to common shareholders
and pro forma basic and diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
$
|
12,867
|
|
|
$
|
17,274
|
|
|
$
|
3,304
|
|
|
$
|
6,513
|
|
8% non-cumulative dividends on convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,276
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
|
|
(819
|
)
|
Undistributed earnings allocated to convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
(7,690
|
)
|
|
|
(5,925
|
)
|
|
|
(8,599
|
)
|
|
|
(1,527
|
)
|
|
|
(3,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income applicable to common shareholders basic
|
|
$
|
4,644
|
|
|
$
|
3,666
|
|
|
$
|
5,399
|
|
|
$
|
958
|
|
|
$
|
2,207
|
|
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common shares
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
diluted
|
|
$
|
5,166
|
|
|
$
|
4,026
|
|
|
$
|
5,798
|
|
|
$
|
1,035
|
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net
income per share
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net
income per share
|
|
|
12,789
|
|
|
|
13,104
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
13,279
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Add weighted average effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
2,474
|
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
|
|
1,677
|
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares used in computing diluted net
income per share
|
|
|
15,263
|
|
|
|
15,325
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
15,131
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average common shares from above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,405
|
|
Add assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average common shares from above
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
Add conversion of Series A, Series B, and
Series C convertible preferred shares excluded under the
two class method
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share used in computing pro forma diluted net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
5.
|
Balance
Sheet Components
|
Marketable
Securities
The Companys investments in marketable securities
designated as
available-for-sale
consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gains
|
|
Losses
|
|
Value
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
$
|
2,296
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total marketable securities
|
|
$
|
2,296
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognized proceeds of $29,172 and $2,302 from the
sale and maturities of its investments in marketable securities
for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, respectively. The Company did
not realize any gains or losses from sales of its investments in
marketable securities for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009.
Fair
Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the
exit price) in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. A hierarchy for inputs
used in measuring fair value has been defined to minimize the
use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable
market data when available. Observable inputs are inputs that
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability
based on active market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that
reflect the Companys assumptions about the assumptions
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability
based on the best information available in the circumstances.
The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad
levels:
Level 1 Inputs are unadjusted quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Inputs are quoted prices for
similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that
are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the
full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 Inputs are unobservable inputs
based on the Companys assumptions.
All cash equivalents at June 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2009 (unaudited) are considered Level 1.
Accounts
Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net balances consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
27,443
|
|
|
$
|
36,792
|
|
|
$
|
42,736
|
|
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
|
|
(466
|
)
|
Less: Allowance for sales reserve
|
|
|
(1,540
|
)
|
|
|
(3,003
|
)
|
|
|
(3,255
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,281
|
|
|
$
|
33,283
|
|
|
$
|
39,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Property
and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net balances are comprised of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
$
|
9,670
|
|
|
$
|
10,295
|
|
|
$
|
10,414
|
|
Software
|
|
|
4,512
|
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
|
|
5,015
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
1,802
|
|
|
|
1,992
|
|
|
|
1,865
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
Internal software development costs
|
|
|
12,396
|
|
|
|
13,456
|
|
|
|
13,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,959
|
|
|
|
31,392
|
|
|
|
31,767
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(23,234
|
)
|
|
|
(26,651
|
)
|
|
|
(27,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,725
|
|
|
$
|
4,741
|
|
|
$
|
4,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $3,135, $2,400 and $2,742 for fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively; and $549 and $503 for
the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009
(unaudited), respectively. Amortization expense related to
internal software development costs was $1,965, $1,816 and
$1,500 for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and
$482 and $294 for the three months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009 (unaudited), respectively.
Intangible
Assets, Net
Intangible assets excluding goodwill, net balances consisted of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
June 30, 2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer/publisher relationships
|
|
$
|
18,789
|
|
|
$
|
(2,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,743
|
|
|
$
|
22,982
|
|
|
$
|
(6,299
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,683
|
|
|
$
|
24,311
|
|
|
$
|
(7,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,849
|
|
Content
|
|
|
15,467
|
|
|
|
(6,530
|
)
|
|
|
8,937
|
|
|
|
18,145
|
|
|
|
(10,546
|
)
|
|
|
7,599
|
|
|
|
21,250
|
|
|
|
(11,648
|
)
|
|
|
9,602
|
|
Website/trade/domain names
|
|
|
6,216
|
|
|
|
(2,446
|
)
|
|
|
3,770
|
|
|
|
9,187
|
|
|
|
(2,988
|
)
|
|
|
6,199
|
|
|
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
(3,366
|
)
|
|
|
7,041
|
|
Acquired technology and other
|
|
|
9,286
|
|
|
|
(3,910
|
)
|
|
|
5,376
|
|
|
|
10,034
|
|
|
|
(6,525
|
)
|
|
|
3,509
|
|
|
|
10,116
|
|
|
|
(7,037
|
)
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,758
|
|
|
$
|
(14,932
|
)
|
|
$
|
34,826
|
|
|
$
|
60,348
|
|
|
$
|
(26,358
|
)
|
|
$
|
33,990
|
|
|
$
|
66,084
|
|
|
$
|
(29,513
|
)
|
|
$
|
36,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets was $4,537, $7,511 and $11,736
for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively; and $3,083
and $3,155 for the three months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009 (unaudited), respectively.
F-18
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Amortization expense for the Companys acquisition-related
intangible assets as of June 30, 2009 for each of the next
five years is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
12,137
|
|
2011
|
|
|
9,402
|
|
2012
|
|
|
6,553
|
|
2013
|
|
|
4,057
|
|
2014
|
|
|
921
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for fiscal years
2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the three months ended
September 30, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DMS
|
|
|
DSS
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
23,320
|
|
|
$
|
1,231
|
|
|
$
|
24,551
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
55,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2008
|
|
|
79,237
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
80,468
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
26,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
105,513
|
|
|
|
1,231
|
|
|
|
106,744
|
|
Additions (unaudited)
|
|
|
12,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
118,224
|
|
|
$
|
1,231
|
|
|
$
|
119,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited), the additions to goodwill
relate to the Companys acquisitions as described in
Note 6, and primarily reflect the value of the synergies
expected to be generated from combining the Companys
technology and know-how with the acquired entities access
to online visitors.
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Accrued media costs
|
|
$
|
7,943
|
|
|
$
|
12,920
|
|
|
$
|
15,545
|
|
Accrued compensation and related expenses
|
|
|
5,286
|
|
|
|
6,457
|
|
|
|
3,431
|
|
Accrued taxes payable
|
|
|
3,090
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
4,708
|
|
Accrued professional service and other business expenses
|
|
|
3,252
|
|
|
|
1,987
|
|
|
|
2,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
19,571
|
|
|
$
|
21,794
|
|
|
$
|
26,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Acquisition
of Payler Corp D/B/A HSH Associates Financial Publishers
(HSH) (unaudited)
On September 14, 2009, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of HSH, a New Jersey-based online marketing
business, in exchange for $6,000 in cash paid upon closing of
the acquisition and the issuance of $4,000 in
non-interest-bearing promissory notes payable in five
installments over the next five years. The results of HSHs
acquired operations have been included in the consolidated
financial statements since the acquisition date. The Company
acquired HSH for its capacity to generate online visitors in the
financial services market. The total purchase price recorded was
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $241 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
3,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax
purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the
purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(1,684
|
)
|
|
|
Advertiser relationships
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
3 years
|
Trade name
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
6 years
|
Content
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
6 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,093
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of U.S. Citizens for Fair Credit Card Terms, Inc.
(CardRatings)
On August 5, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of CardRatings, an Arkansas-based online
marketing company, in exchange for $10,000 in cash paid upon
closing of the acquisition and the issuance of $5,000 in
non-interest-bearing promissory notes payable in five
installments over the next five years, secured by the assets
acquired. The Company paid $372 in working capital adjustment
following the closing of the acquisition. The results of
CardRatings acquired operations have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.
The Company acquired CardRatings for its
F-20
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
capacity to generate online visitors in the financial services
market. The total purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
10,372
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $722 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
4,278
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible
for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation
of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
834
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
Advertiser relationships
|
|
|
2,325
|
|
|
7 years
|
Trade name
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
3 years
|
Content
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
2 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
10,677
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of Cyberspace Communications Corporation
(SureHits)
On April 9, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of SureHits, an Oklahoma-based online
marketing company, in exchange for $26,519 in cash paid upon
closing of the acquisition and $1,913 payable in two equal
installments over the next year related to employee
change-in-control
provisions. Additionally, the sellers have the potential to earn
up to an additional $18,000 over the subsequent 45 months,
such earn-out amounts being contingent upon the achievement of
specified financial targets. The results of SureHits
operations have been included in the consolidated financial
statements since the acquisition date. The Company acquired
SureHits to broaden its media access and client base in the
financial services market. The total purchase price recorded was
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
26,519
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $72 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
1,841
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible
for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation
of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
4,006
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(2,998
|
)
|
|
|
Advertiser relationships
|
|
|
7,692
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
2,482
|
|
|
3 years
|
Publisher relationships
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
2 years
|
Trade name
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
16,624
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal year 2009, the Company paid $4,500 in earnout payments
upon the achievement of the specified financial targets. The
earnout payments were recorded as goodwill.
Acquisition
of ReliableRemodeler.com, Inc. (Reliable
Remodeler)
On February 7, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the
outstanding shares of Reliable Remodeler, an Oregon-based online
company specializing in home renovation and contractor
referrals, in exchange for $17,500 in cash paid upon closing of
the acquisition, $2,000 of which was placed in escrow, and the
issuance of $8,000 in non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory
notes payable in three installments over the next four years.
The results of Reliable Remodelers acquired operations
have been included in the consolidated financial statements
since the acquisition date. The Company acquired Reliable
Remodeler to broaden its media access and client base in the
home services market. The total purchase price recorded was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
17,500
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $1,277 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
6,723
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax
purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the
purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
859
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(3,849
|
)
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
7,476
|
|
|
5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
5 years
|
Trade name and domain name
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
5 years
|
Content
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
4 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
18,657
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
of Vendorseek L.L.C. (Vendorseek)
On May 15, 2008, the Company acquired the assets of
Vendorseek, a New Jersey-based provider of online matching
services for businesses that connect Internet visitors with
vendors, in exchange for $10,665 in cash paid upon closing of
the acquisition and the issuance of $3,750 in interest-bearing,
unsecured promissory notes payable in three installments over
the next three years at an annual interest rate of 1.64%. The
results of Vendorseeks operations have been included in
the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition
date. The Company acquired Vendorseek to broaden its media
access and client base in the
business-to-business
market. The total purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
10,665
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $346 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
3,404
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business
combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to
tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable
intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values.
The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values
was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible
for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation
of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the
identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Tangible assets acquired
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
2 years
|
Publisher relationships
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
3 years
|
Trade name and domain name
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,971
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Acquisitions
During the three months ended September 30, 2009
(unaudited), in addition to the acquisition of HSH, the Company
acquired operations from 12 other online publishing businesses
in exchange for $4,468 in cash paid upon closing of the
acquisitions and $2,680 payable in the form of
non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory notes payable over a
period of time ranging from one to five years. The aggregate
purchase price recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
4,468
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $92 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
2,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business
combinations. In each of the acquisitions, the Company allocated
the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed, if
any. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair
values of the identifiable intangible assets was recorded as
goodwill. Goodwill deductible for tax purposes is $3,734. The
following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase prices
of these other acquisitions during the three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited) and the estimated useful
life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the
respective dates of these acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Assets assumed
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
Content
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
|
1-6 years
|
Customer/publisher relationships
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
1-7 years
|
Domain names
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
2-3 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
4,618
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During fiscal year 2009, in addition to the acquisition of
CardRatings, the Company acquired operations from 33 other
online publishing businesses in exchange for $14,606 in cash
paid upon closing of the acquisitions and $4,268 payable
primarily in the form of non-interest-bearing, unsecured
promissory notes payable over a period of time ranging from one
to five years. The aggregate purchase price recorded was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
14,606
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $395 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
3,873
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business
combinations. In each of the acquisitions, the Company allocated
the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed, if
any. No tangible assets were acquired. The excess of the
purchase price over the aggregate fair values of the
identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The
goodwill is entirely deductible for tax purposes. The following
table summarizes the allocation of the purchase prices of
F-25
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
these other fiscal year 2009 acquisitions and the estimated
useful life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of
the respective dates of these acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
Content
|
|
|
2,538
|
|
|
1-6 years
|
Customer/publisher relationships
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
1-7 years
|
Domain names
|
|
|
2,418
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
5 years
|
Acquired technology
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
3 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,099
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the fiscal year 2008, in addition to the acquisitions of
SureHits, Reliable Remodeler and Vendorseek, the Company
acquired operations from 20 other online publishing entities in
exchange for $9,471 in cash paid upon closing of the
acquisitions and $5,354 payable primarily in the form of
non-interest-bearing promissory notes payable over a period of
time ranging from one to three years, the majority of which are
secured by the assets acquired. The aggregate purchase price
recorded was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
9,471
|
|
Fair value of debt (net of $412 of imputed interest)
|
|
|
4,942
|
|
Acquisition-related costs
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business
combinations. In each of the acquisitions, the Company allocated
the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed, if
any. No tangible assets were acquired nor were any liabilities
assumed. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate
fair values of the identifiable intangible assets was recorded
as goodwill. The goodwill is entirely deductible for tax
purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the
purchase prices of these other fiscal year 2008 acquisitions and
the estimated useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets
acquired as of the respective dates of these acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
Content
|
|
$
|
3,281
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
Customer/advertiser/publisher relationships
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
Domain names
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
5 years
|
Noncompete agreements
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
2-3.5 years
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,665
|
|
|
Indefinite
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Financial Information (unaudited)
The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below
summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company
and other companies that were acquired since the beginning of
fiscal year 2009
F-26
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
(which were collectively significant for purposes of unaudited
pro forma financial information disclosure) as though the
companies were combined as of the beginning of fiscal year 2008.
The pro forma financial information for all periods presented
also includes the business combination accounting effects
resulting from these acquisitions including amortization charges
from acquired intangible assets and the related tax effects as
though the aforementioned companies were combined as of the
beginning of fiscal year 2008. The pro forma financial
information as presented below is for informational purposes
only and is not indicative of the results of operations that
would have been achieved if the acquisitions had taken place at
the beginning of fiscal year 2008.
The unaudited pro forma financial information was as follows for
fiscal years 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
198,478
|
|
|
$
|
263,397
|
|
|
$
|
63,877
|
|
|
$
|
78,718
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10,232
|
|
|
|
15,111
|
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
6,220
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Promissory
Notes
During fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009 (unaudited), the Company issued total
promissory notes for the acquisition of businesses of $16,910,
$8,151 and $6,347, respectively, net of imputed interest amounts
of $2,107, $1,117 and $333, respectively. Other than for one
acquisition in fiscal year 2008 in which $3,750 in promissory
notes were issued at an annual interest rate of 1.64%, all of
the promissory notes are non-interest-bearing. Interest was
imputed such that the notes carry an interest rate commensurate
with that available to the Company in the market for similar
debt instruments. Accretion of notes payable of $421, $404 and
$563 was recorded during the fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively. Certain of the promissory notes are secured by the
assets acquired in respect to which the notes were issued.
Term
Loan and Revolving Credit Facility
In August 2006, the Company signed a loan and security agreement
that made available a $30,000 revolving credit facility from a
financial institution. In January 2008, the Company signed an
amendment to this loan and security agreement, expanding the
revolving credit availability to $60,000.
In September 2008, the Company replaced its existing revolving
credit facility of $60,000 with credit facilities totaling
$100,000. The new facilities consist of a $30,000 five-year term
loan, with principal amortization of 10%, 10%, 20%, 25% and 35%
annually, and a $70,000 revolving credit facility. Borrowings
under the credit facilities are collateralized by the
Companys assets and interest is payable quarterly at
specified margins above either LIBOR or the Prime Rate. The
interest rate varies dependent upon the ratio of funded debt to
adjusted EBITDA and ranges from LIBOR + 1.875% to 2.625% or
Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the revolving credit facility and
from LIBOR + 2.25% to 3.0% or Prime + 0.75% to 1.25% for the
term loan. The revolver also requires a quarterly facility fee
of $66. As of June 30, 2009, $28,500 was outstanding under
the term loan and $6,257 was outstanding under the revolving
credit facility. The credit facilities expire in September 2013.
The loan and revolving credit facility agreement restricts the
Companys ability to raise
F-27
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
additional debt financing and pay dividends. In addition, the
Company is required to maintain financial ratios computed as
follows:
1. Quick ratio: ratio of (i) the sum of unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables less than
90 days from invoice date to (ii) current liabilities
and face amount of any letters of credit less the current
portion of deferred revenue.
2. Fixed charge coverage: ratio of (i) trailing
12 months of adjusted EBITDA to (ii) the sum of
capital expenditures, net cash interest expense, cash taxes,
cash dividends and trailing twelve months payments of
indebtedness. Payment of unsecured indebtedness is excluded to
the degree that sufficient unused revolving credit facility
exists such that the relevant debt payment could have been made
from the credit facility.
3. Funded debt to adjusted EBITDA: ratio of (i) the
sum of all obligations owed to lending institutions, the face
amount of any letters of credit, indebtedness owed in connection
with acquisition-related notes and indebtedness owed in
connection with capital lease obligations to (ii) trailing
12-month adjusted EBITDA.
The Company was in compliance with the financial ratios as of
June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009 (unaudited).
Debt
Maturities
The maturities of debt at June 30, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Credit
|
|
Year Ending June 30,
|
|
Payable
|
|
|
Facility
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
10,214
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
2011
|
|
|
8,215
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,790
|
|
|
|
6,750
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
|
|
11,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,069
|
|
|
|
34,757
|
|
Less: imputed interest and unamortized discounts
|
|
|
(1,850
|
)
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(10,085
|
)
|
|
|
(2,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent portion of debt
|
|
$
|
13,134
|
|
|
$
|
31,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letters
of Credit
The Company has a $500 letter of credit agreement with a
financial institution that is used as collateral for fidelity
bonds placed with an insurance company. The letter of credit
automatically renews annually in September without amendment
unless cancelled by the financial institution within
30 days of the annual expiration date.
The Company also has a $223 letter of credit agreement with a
financial institution that is used as collateral for the
Companys corporate headquarters operating lease. The
letter of credit automatically renews annually in December
without amendment unless cancelled by the financial institution
within 30 days of the annual expiration date.
F-28
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
8.
|
Convertible
Preferred Shares
|
Convertible preferred shares at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and
at September 30, 2009 (unaudited) consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Net of
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Issuance Costs
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
5,500,000
|
|
|
|
5,367,756
|
|
|
$
|
16,577
|
|
|
$
|
9,047
|
|
B
|
|
|
10,200,000
|
|
|
|
9,941,021
|
|
|
|
51,256
|
|
|
|
28,563
|
|
C
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Undesignated
|
|
|
13,800,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000,000
|
|
|
|
15,808,777
|
|
|
$
|
70,333
|
|
|
$
|
38,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The holders of convertible preferred shares have various rights
and preferences as follows:
Voting
Each Series A and B convertible preferred share has voting
rights equal to the number of common shares into which it is
convertible and votes together as one class with the common
shares. The Series C convertible preferred shares are
non-voting.
Dividends
Holders of Series A, B and C convertible preferred shares
are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum
rate of 8% of original issue price or $0.136, $0.236 and $0.40
per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors. The holders of Series A, B and C convertible
preferred shares are also entitled to participate in dividends
on common shares, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors, based on the number of common shares held on an as-if
converted basis. No dividends on convertible preferred shares or
common shares have been declared by the Board from inception
through September 30, 2009.
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of
the convertible preferred shares then outstanding shall be
entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available
for distribution to its shareholders, before any payment shall
be made in respect to the common shares as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For Series A and B convertible preferred shares, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the original issue price of the
respective preferred shares plus (ii) an amount equal to 8%
per annum of the original issue price of the respective
preferred shares less (iii) any such dividends, if declared
and paid, to and through the date of full payment.
|
|
|
|
For Series C convertible preferred shares, an amount equal
to the sum of (i) the original issue price of the preferred
shares plus (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends.
|
Such liquidation payments shall be tendered to the holders of
the respective preferred shares with respect to such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and these respective
holders shall not be entitled to any further payment.
In the event of any merger, acquisition or consolidation of the
Company which results in the exchange of outstanding shares of
the Company for securities or other consideration (a
Merger Transaction), before any
F-29
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
payment of any amount shall be made in respect of the
Series A convertible preferred shares and the common
shares, the holders of Series B and Series C
convertible preferred shares then outstanding shall be entitled
to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for
distribution to its shareholders as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For Series B convertible preferred shares, an amount equal
to 1.75 times the original issue price of the preferred shares,
or $5.16 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends.
|
|
|
|
For Series C convertible preferred shares, an amount equal
to the original issue price of $5.00 per share plus any declared
and unpaid dividends.
|
The holders of Series A convertible preferred shares then
outstanding shall then be entitled to be paid out of the assets
of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders,
before any payment shall be made in respect of the common
shares, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Series A
original issue price of $1.70 per share plus (ii) an amount
equal to 8% of the Series A original issue price per annum
(iii) less any unpaid dividends, if declared and paid, to
and through the date of full payment. Such liquidation payments
shall be tendered to the holders of the respective preferred
shares, effective upon the closing of such Merger Transaction,
and these respective holders shall not be entitled to any
further payment.
If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or Merger Transaction
the assets to be distributed to the holders of any class of the
Series preferred shares shall be insufficient to permit the
payment to such shareholders of the full preferential amounts
aforesaid, then all of the assets of the Company shall be
distributed ratably to the holders of the Series preferred
shares on the basis of the full liquidation preference payable
with respect to such Series preferred shares as if such
liquidation preference was paid in full.
These liquidation features cause the convertible preferred
shares to be classified as mezzanine capital rather than as a
component of shareholders equity.
Conversion
Each Series A, B and C convertible preferred share is
convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of
fully paid and nonassessable shares of common shares that
results from dividing the conversion price per share in effect
for the preferred shares at the time of conversion into the per
share conversion value of such shares subject to adjustment for
dilution. Conversion is automatic if at any time the Company
completes a qualified initial public offering consisting of
gross proceeds to the Company in excess of $25 million and
a public offering price equal to or exceeding $5.90 per share or
if the holders of a majority of the Series A, B and C
shares give consent in writing to the conversion into common
shares.
At June 30, 2009, the effective conversion ratio was
two-to-one for Series A convertible preferred shares and
one-to-one for Series B and C convertible preferred shares.
Redemption
The redemption rights for the Series A, Series B and
Series C convertible preferred shares have expired. As a
result, the Company recorded no accretion for fiscal years 2008
or 2009 or the three months ended September 30, 2009.
F-30
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The Companys Articles of Incorporation, as amended,
authorize the Company to issue 45,000,000 common shares.
The Company had reserved common shares for the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Stock option plans
|
|
|
10,891,100
|
|
Conversion of Series A convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
10,735,512
|
|
Conversion of Series B convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
9,941,021
|
|
Conversion of Series C convertible preferred shares
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,067,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
For fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded
stock-based compensation expense of $2,071, $3,222 and $6,173,
respectively, resulting in the recognition of related excess tax
benefits $415, $1,707 and $474, respectively. For the three
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, the Company
recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1,398 and $2,229,
respectively (unaudited), resulting in the recognition of $559
and $94 in related excess tax benefits, respectively.
The Company includes as part of cash flows from financing
activities the gross benefit of tax deductions related to
stock-based compensation in excess of the grant date fair value
of the related stock-based awards for the options exercised
during fiscal years 2008 and 2009. These amounts are shown as a
reduction of cash flows from operating activities and
correspondingly an increase to cash flows from financing
activities.
Equity
Stock Incentive Plan
On January 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan (the 2008 Plan). The 2008 Plan amended and
restated the Companys 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the
1999 Plan). All outstanding stock awards granted
before the adoption of the amendment and restatement of the 1999
Plan continue to be governed by the terms of the 1999 Plan. All
stock awards granted after January 2008 are governed by the 2008
Plan.
The Companys 2008 Plan permits the grant of stock options
or restricted stock awards to its employees, non-employee
directors, and consultants. Under the 2008 Plan, the Company may
issue incentive stock options (ISOs) only to its
employees. Non-qualified stock options (NQSOs) and
restricted stock awards may be issued to employees, non-employee
directors, and consultants. ISOs and NQSOs are generally granted
to employees with an exercise price equal to the market price of
the Companys common stock at the date of grant, as
determined by the Companys Board of Directors.
The absence of an active market for the Companys common
shares required the Companys Board of Directors, with
input from management, to estimate the fair value of the common
shares for purposes of granting options and for determining
stock-based compensation expense for the periods presented. In
response to these requirements, the Companys Board of
Directors estimated the fair value of the common shares at each
meeting at which options were granted based on factors such as
the price of the most recent convertible preferred shares sales
to investors, the preferences held by the convertible preferred
shares classes in favor of common shares, the valuations of
comparable companies, the hiring of key personnel, the status of
the Companys development and sales efforts, revenue growth
and additional objectives, and subjective factors relating to
the Companys business. The Company has historically
granted options with an exercise price not
F-31
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
less than the fair value of the underlying common shares as
determined at the time of grant by the Companys Board of
Directors.
While, consistent with the previous practice, the Company had
performed a contemporaneous valuation at the time of the
August 7, 2009 grant, it decided to reassess that valuation
for financial reporting purposes in light of the new facts and
circumstances of which it became aware prior to the issuance of
the September 30, 2009 quarterly results of operation,
namely, the acceleration of the Companys IPO plans and
additional data on expected valuation ranges for the IPO. Based
on the reassessment, management concluded that the fair value of
common stock for financial reporting purposes on August 7,
2009 (the date of grant for options to purchase
1,875,050 shares with exercise prices of $9.01 per
share and an option to purchase 87,705 shares with an
exercise price of $9.91 per share) was $13.93.
To date, the Company has not granted any restricted stock
awards. Stock options generally have a contractual term of seven
years and generally vest over four years of continuous service,
with 25 percent of the stock options vesting on the first
anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining
75 percent vesting in equal monthly installments over the
36-month
period thereafter. NQSOs granted to non-employee directors
generally vest immediately on the date of grant. The vesting
periods, based on continuous service, for NQSOs granted to
consultants have varied.
The Companys 1999 Plan, which has expired, permitted the
grant of stock options or restricted stock awards to its
employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. Under the
1999 Plan, the Company issued ISOs only to its employees. NQSOs
were issued to employees, non-employee directors, and
consultants. ISOs were generally granted to employees with an
exercise price equal to the market price of the Companys
common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the
Companys Board of Directors. The Company had the ability,
if it chose, to grant NQSOs with an exercise price equal to
85 percent of the market price of the Companys common
stock at the date of grant but did not do so. Stock options
granted prior to May 31, 2007 generally have a contractual
term of ten years and stock options granted after May 31,
2007 generally expire seven years after the date of grant. Stock
options granted to employees generally vest over four years of
continuous service, with 25 percent of the stock options
vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the
remaining 75 percent vesting in equal monthly installments
over the
36-month
period thereafter. NQSOs granted to non-employee directors
vested immediately on the date of grant. The vesting period,
based on continuous service, for NQSOs granted to consultants
have varied.
The Company expects to satisfy the exercise of vested stock
options by issuing new shares that are available for issuance
under both the 1999 and 2008 Plans. As of June 30, 2009,
the Company has reserved a maximum of 16,654,100 common shares
for issuance under the 2008 and 1999 Plans, of which shares
available for issuance totaled 1,739,677.
F-32
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Valuation
Assumptions
For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and three
months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, the fair value of
each stock option award to employees was estimated on the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the
following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
4.6 - 6.1
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
|
4.6
|
Weighted-average stock price volatility
|
|
48%
|
|
52%
|
|
62%
|
|
61%
|
|
73%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
4.6% - 4.9%
|
|
2.8% - 4.5%
|
|
1.8% - 3.1%
|
|
3.1%
|
|
2.5%
|
As the Company has limited historical option exercise data, the
expected term of the stock options granted to employees under
the Plan was calculated based on the simplified method as
permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB)
No. 107, Share-Based Payment. Under the simplified method,
the expected term is equal to the average of an options
weighted-average vesting period and its contractual term.
Pursuant to SAB 110, the Company is permitted to continue
using the simplified method until sufficient information
regarding exercise behavior, such as historical exercise data or
exercise information from external sources, becomes available.
The Company estimates the expected volatility of its common
stock on the date of grant based on the average volatilities of
similar publicly-traded entities. The Company has no history or
expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
for a term consistent with the expected life of the options in
effect at the time of grant.
F-33
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock
Option Award Activity
A summary of stock option activity under the Plans for fiscal
years 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2009 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
8,279,468
|
|
|
$
|
6.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,315,400
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(893,197
|
)
|
|
|
2.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(784,959
|
)
|
|
|
9.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(122,301
|
)
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2008
|
|
|
7,794,411
|
|
|
$
|
7.24
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
2,575,100
|
|
|
|
10.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(169,716
|
)
|
|
|
1.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(656,610
|
)
|
|
|
9.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(391,762
|
)
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
9,151,423
|
|
|
$
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
5.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and
expected-to-vest
at June 30, 2009(1)
|
|
|
8,282,043
|
|
|
$
|
7.65
|
|
|
|
5.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
5,428,414
|
|
|
$
|
6.41
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2009
|
|
|
9,151,423
|
|
|
$
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,962,755
|
|
|
|
9.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(211,890
|
)
|
|
|
1.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(193,409
|
)
|
|
|
10.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(54,583
|
)
|
|
|
8.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
10,654,296
|
|
|
$
|
8.17
|
|
|
|
5.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The
expected-to-vest
options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture
assumption to total outstanding options. |
The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options
granted was $4.76, $4.76, $5.28, $5.37 and $5.30 during fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited), respectively. The
total intrinsic value of all options exercised during fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited) was $2,840, $6,606,
$1,365, $481 and $1,600, respectively. Cash received from stock
option exercises for fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited)
were $714, $2,575, $304, $173 and $296, respectively. The actual
tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during fiscal
years 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended
September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited) was $366, $1,734,
$544, $255 and $571, respectively.
As of June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009
(unaudited), there was $18,993 and $34,758 of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to unvested stock options which is
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
2.43 years and 2.76 years, respectively.
F-34
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock
Repurchases
In fiscal year 2008, the Company repurchased 558,730 of its
outstanding common shares at a total cost of $5,606 and an
average cost of $10.03 per share. In fiscal year 2009, the
Company repurchased, in aggregate, 163,275 of its outstanding
common shares at a total cost of $1,337 and an average cost of
$8.19 per share. In the three months ended September 30,
2009 (unaudited), the Company repurchased 71,895 of its
outstanding common shares at a total cost of $577, and an
average cost of $8.03 per share. Share repurchases were
accounted for as a reduction in additional paid-in capital.
401(k)
Savings Plan
The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering
all U.S. employees. Contributions made by the Company are
determined annually by the Board of Directors. There were no
employer contributions under this plan for the fiscal years
June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 or the three months ended
September 30, 2009.
The components of our income before income taxes were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
US
|
|
$
|
23,914
|
|
|
$
|
20,299
|
|
|
$
|
30,806
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
|
|
1,444
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,438
|
|
|
$
|
21,743
|
|
|
$
|
31,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
9,043
|
|
|
$
|
9,856
|
|
|
$
|
14,018
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
2,437
|
|
|
|
3,808
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,432
|
|
|
$
|
12,648
|
|
|
$
|
17,990
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(1,484
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,074
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,109
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(698
|
)
|
|
|
94
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,604
|
)
|
|
|
(3,772
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,828
|
|
|
$
|
8,876
|
|
|
$
|
13,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
A reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax and
the Companys effective tax rates as a percentage of income
before income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Federal tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
States taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
40.8
|
%
|
|
|
44.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the current and long-term deferred tax assets,
net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
|
1,362
|
|
|
|
3,155
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
Other
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
|
1,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2,738
|
|
|
$
|
5,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
(1,433
|
)
|
|
$
|
(460
|
)
|
Net operating loss
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
Stock options
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
1,681
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
|
$
|
1,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
2,985
|
|
|
$
|
7,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management periodically evaluates the realizability of the
deferred tax assets and recognizes the tax benefit only as
reassessment demonstrates that they are realizable. At such
time, if it is determined that it is more likely than not that
the deferred tax assets are realizable, the valuation allowance
will be adjusted. As of June 30, 2009, management believes
the U.S. deferred tax assets were realizable. Therefore, no
valuation allowance in the U.S. was deemed necessary. The
valuation allowance increased by $13 in fiscal year 2009 related
to higher foreign deferred tax assets.
The Companys Japanese subsidiary had net operating loss
carryforwards of $370 that will begin to expire in 2011.
Deferred tax assets related to those net operating loss
carryforwards were fully reserved as of June 30, 2009.
United States federal income taxes have not been provided for
the $377 of undistributed earnings of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries as of June 30, 2009. The Companys
present intention is to not permanently
F-36
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
reinvest the undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary
offshore. The Company would be subject to additional United
States taxes if these earnings were repatriated. Determination
of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability
related to these earnings is not material to the financial
statements.
Effective July 1, 2007, the Company adopted the accounting
guidance on uncertainties in income taxes. The cumulative effect
of adoption to the opening balance of retained earnings account
was $1,705. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts
of unrecognized tax benefits since the adoption of accounting
guidance on uncertainty in income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of July 1
|
|
$
|
2,383
|
|
|
$
|
2,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross increases current period tax positions
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross decreases current period tax positions
|
|
|
(328
|
)
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions as a result of lapsed statute of limitations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of June 30
|
|
$
|
2,248
|
|
|
$
|
2,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys policy is to include interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits within the Companys
provision for income taxes. Upon adoption, the Company had
accrued $75 for interest and penalties related to unrecognized
tax benefits. As of June 30, 2009, the Company has accrued
$442 for interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax
benefits. The balance of unrecognized tax benefits and the
related interest and penalties is recorded as a noncurrent
liability on the Companys consolidated balance sheet.
As of June 30, 2009, unrecognized tax benefits of $2,617,
if recognized, would affect the Companys effective tax
rate. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of
existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase
or decrease within the next 12 months.
With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to
U.S. federal, state and local, or
non-U.S., income
tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004. The
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an
examination of the Companys U.S. income tax return
for its fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 that is expected to
be completed during the second quarter of fiscal year 2010. In
addition, Reliable Remodeler, a wholly-owned subsidiary that was
acquired by the Company, is under audit by the IRS for tax year
2006. The audit is currently in progress with no estimated
completion date. The Company has also been contacted for a state
income tax audit for fiscal years 2007 and 2008. The audit is
expected to commence during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2010. The Company believes it is entitled to partial or full
indemnification for losses attributable to such audit under the
Reliable Remodeler acquisition agreement. The Company files
income tax returns in the United States, various U.S. states and
certain foreign jurisdictions. As of June 30, 2009, the tax
years 2005 through 2009 remain open in the U.S., the tax years
2004 through 2009 remain open in the various state
jurisdictions, and the tax years 2003 through 2009 remain open
in the various foreign jurisdictions.
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases office space and equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates
through September 2012. Rent expense for the fiscal years 2007,
2008 and 2009 was $1,691, $2,151 and $2,550, respectively, and
$614 and $663 for the three months ended September 30, 2008
and 2009
F-37
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
respectively. The terms of the facility leases generally provide
for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes
rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and
has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.
Future annual minimum lease payments under all noncancelable
operating leases as of June 30, 2009, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
Year Ending June 30,
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
2011
|
|
|
242
|
|
2012
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lease for the Companys corporate headquarters expires
in October 2010. The Company is presently considering renewing
this lease or seeking a lease for an alternate property.
Guarantor
Arrangements
The Company has agreements whereby it indemnifies its officers
and directors for certain events or occurrences while the
officer or director is, or was serving, at the Companys
request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period
is for the officer or directors lifetime. The maximum
potential amount of future payments the Company could be
required to make under these indemnification agreements is
unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer
insurance policy that limits its exposure and enables the
Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a
result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes
the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is
minimal. Accordingly, the Company had no liabilities recorded
for these agreements as of June 30, 2008 and 2009.
In the ordinary course of its business, the Company enters into
standard indemnification provisions in its agreements with its
customers. Pursuant to these provisions, the Company indemnifies
its customers for losses suffered or incurred in connection with
third-party claims that a Company product infringed upon any
United States patent, copyright or other intellectual property
rights. Where applicable, the Company generally limits such
infringement indemnities to those claims directed solely to its
products and not in combination with other software or products.
With respect to its DSS products, the Company also generally
reserves the right to resolve such claims by designing a
non-infringing alternative or by obtaining a license on
reasonable terms, and failing that, to terminate its
relationship with the customer. Subject to these limitations,
the term of such indemnity provisions is generally coterminous
with the corresponding agreements.
The potential amount of future payments to defend lawsuits or
settle indemnified claims under these indemnification provisions
is unlimited; however, the Company believes the estimated fair
value of these indemnity provisions is minimal, and accordingly,
the Company had no liabilities recorded for these agreements as
of June 30, 2008 and 2009.
During fiscal year 2009, the Company settled an indemnity
obligation with respect to one ongoing litigation matter. See
discussion below for further details.
Litigation
In August 2005, the Company was notified by one of its clients
that epicRealm Licensing, LLC (epicRealm LLC), a
non-operating patent holding company, had filed a lawsuit
against such client in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas alleging that certain web-based
services provided by the Company and others to such client
infringed patents held by epicRealm LLC.
F-38
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
In August 2006, the Company filed suit against epicRealm
Licensing LP (epicRealm LP) in the
United States District Court for the District of Delaware
seeking to invalidate certain patents owned by epicRealm LP. In
April 2007, epicRealm LP filed counterclaims against the Company
alleging patent infringement. Parallel Networks, LLC was later
substituted for epicRealm LP as the patent holder and
party-in-interest.
In April 2009, the Company entered into a settlement and license
agreement (Agreement) with Parallel Networks
pertaining to the patents in question (Licensed
Patents). Under the terms of the Agreement, Parallel
Networks granted the Company a perpetual, royalty-free,
non-sublicensable and generally non-transferable, worldwide
right and license under the Licensed Patents: (i) to use
any product technology or service covered by or which embodies
any one or more claims of the Licensed Patents (as defined in
the Agreement); and (ii) to practice any method covered by
any one or more claims of the Licensed Patents in connection
with the activities in clause (i). Additionally, Parallel
Networks covenants not to sue the Company.
The Company paid Parallel Networks a one-time, non-refundable
fee of $850. The Company recognized an intangible asset of $226
related to the estimated fair value of the license and expensed
the remaining $624 as a settlement expense.
|
|
13.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Katrina Boydon serves as the Companys Vice President of
Content and Compliance and is the sister of Bronwyn Syiek, the
Companys President and Chief Operating Officer.
Ms. Boydons fiscal year 2010 base salary is $193 per
year, and she has a fiscal year 2010 target bonus of $67. In
fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, Ms. Boydon received a
base salary of $149 (later increased to $158), $169 (later
increased to $175) and $184 per year, respectively, and a bonus
payout of $46, $45 and $51, respectively. In fiscal years 2007,
2008, 2009 and 2010, Ms. Boydon was granted options to
purchase an aggregate of 64,000, 20,000, 30,000 and
45,000 shares of the Companys common stock,
respectively.
Rian Valenti serves as a client sales and development associate
and is the son of Doug Valenti, the Companys Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman. Mr. Rian Valentis
fiscal year 2010 base salary is $54 per year, and he has a
fiscal year 2010 commission opportunity of $45. Mr. Rian
Valenti joined us in fiscal year 2009 with a base salary of $52.
In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti received an aggregate
of $2 in commissions. In fiscal year 2009, Mr. Rian Valenti
was granted an option to purchase an aggregate of
1,500 shares of the Companys common stock.
The Company has a preferred publisher agreement with Remilon, an
online publishing entity, one of whose primary owners is the
brother-in-law
of one of the Companys Executive Vice Presidents. Under
the preferred publisher agreement, the Company pays commissions
for qualified leads generated from links on Remilons
website. The Company paid commissions to Remilon for the fiscal
years June 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months
ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 of $3,109, $3,070,
$4,204, $997 and $1,366, respectively. Amounts payable to
Remilon at June 30, 2008 and 2009 and September 30,
2009 were $489, $721 and $811, respectively. This contract
expired in October 2009.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through
November 18, 2009.
Option
Grants
On October 6, 2009, the Company issued options to purchase
220,660 shares of common stock with an exercise price of
$11.08 per share. While, consistent with the previous practice,
the Company had performed a contemporaneous valuation at the
time of the grant, in November 2009, it decided to reassess that
valuation
F-39
QUINSTREET,
INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
for financial reporting purposes in light of the Companys
acceleration of its plans for a proposed IPO and additional data
on expected valuation ranges for the IPO. Based on the
reassessment, management concluded that the fair market value of
the Companys common stock at October 6, 2009 for
financial reporting purposes was $16.88. The Company will
recognize stock compensation expense for the October 2009 option
grants accordingly.
On November 17, 2009, the Company issued options to
purchase an additional 1,080,500 shares of common stock
with an exercise price of $19.00 per share, based on a
contemporaneous management valuation and the expected valuation
ranges for this offering.
Acquisitions
after September 30, 2009
In October 2009, the Company acquired the website business of
Insure.com, a Nebraska-based online marketing company, in
exchange for $15 million in cash paid upon closing of the
acquisition and a $1 million non-interest-bearing,
unsecured promissory note. The note is payable in one annual
installment. In August 2009, the Company signed a definitive
agreement to buy the website assets of the Internet.com division
of WebMediaBrands, Inc. for $16.0 million in cash and a $2.0
million non-interest-bearing, unsecured promissory note. The
Company believes that the transaction will close by the end of
November 2009.
2010
Equity Incentive Plan
In November 2009, the Companys board of directors adopted
the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2010 Incentive
Plan), and the Company expects that its shareholders will
approve the 2010 Incentive Plan prior to the closing of this
offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan will become effective
immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for
this offering. The 2010 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of
incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted
stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation
rights, performance-based stock awards and other forms of equity
compensation. In addition, the 2010 Incentive Plan provides for
the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options
may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be
granted to employees, including officers, nonemployee directors
and consultants.
2010
Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan
In November 2009, the Companys board of directors adopted
the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award Plan (the
Directors Plan) and the Company expects that
its shareholders will approve the Directors Plan prior to
the completion of this offering. The Directors Plan will
become effective immediately upon the signing of the
underwriting agreement for this offering. The Directors
Plan provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock
options to purchase shares of our common stock to our
non-employee directors. The Directors Plan also provides
for the discretionary grant of restricted stock units.
Debt
On November 18, 2009, the Company entered into an amendment
of its existing credit facility pursuant to which the
Companys lenders agreed to increase the maximum amount
available under the Companys revolving credit facility
from $70.0 million to $100.0 million.
F-40
Shares
QuinStreet,
Inc.
Common
Stock
PROSPECTUS
|
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
BofA Merrill Lynch |
J.P. Morgan |
Qatalyst
Partners LP
Financial
Advisor
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in
connection with the sale and distribution of the securities
being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC
registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and
the filing
fee. The fees payable to Qatalyst Partners LP are based on an
assumed public offering price of $
per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the
cover page of the prospectus which is a part of this
registration statement. Except as otherwise noted, all the
expenses below will be paid by QuinStreet.
|
|
|
|
|
Item
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
SEC Registration fee
|
|
$
|
13,950
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
25,500
|
|
Initial listing
fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Advisory fees payable to Qatalyst Partners LP
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue Sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms
sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain
circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for
expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
to be in effect upon the completion of this offering eliminates
the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the
fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon
completion of this offering require us to indemnify our
directors and executive officers to the maximum extent not
prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other
applicable law and allow us to indemnify other officers,
employees and other agents as set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law or any other applicable law.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with our
directors and executive officers, whereby we have agreed to
indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest
extent permitted by law, including indemnification against
expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which
the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a
party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of QuinStreet,
provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and
in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to
be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of QuinStreet. At
present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving
a director or officer of QuinStreet regarding which
indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened
litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and
officers against various liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her
capacity as such.
II-1
The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances,
pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers and
directors against liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
Since July 1, 2006, we have not sold any unregistered
securities other than the grant of stock options to purchase an
aggregate of 9,532,299 shares of common stock to employees,
consultants and directors pursuant to our 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan, having exercise prices ranging from $9.01 to $19.00 per
share. During such period, options to purchase
1,334,033 shares have been exercised for cash consideration
in the aggregate amount of $2,417,103.
The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in
this Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701
promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of
securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and
contracts relating to compensation in compliance with
Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(2) or 3(b) of the
Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any
public offering. The recipients of securities in the
transactions exempt under Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act represented their intention to acquire the securities for
investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection
with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were
affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such
transactions.
|
|
ITEM 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1*
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of QuinStreet,
Inc., as currently in effect.
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
QuinStreet, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the
offering.
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., as currently in
effect.
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., to be
in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Form of QuinStreet, Inc.s Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc., Douglas Valenti and the investors
listed on Schedule 1 thereto, dated May 28, 2003.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.2+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.4+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-employee directors).
|
|
10
|
.5*+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.6*+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.7*+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.8*+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.9*+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Initial
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
10
|
.10*+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Annual
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.11+
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between
QuinStreet, Inc. and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10
|
.12*+
|
|
2010 Management Bonus Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, by and between
QuinStreet, Inc., lenders thereto and Comerica Bank as
Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger, dated as of
September 29, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Acknowledgment and Agreement of Revolving Credit Commitment
Increase, dated as of November 18, 2009, from Comerica
Bank, Bank of America, N.A. and Union Bank N.A to QuinStreet,
Inc.
|
|
10
|
.15*
|
|
QuinStreet Merchant Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2001, as
amended, by and between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Office Lease Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2003, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and CA-Parkside Towers Limited
Partnership, as amended.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith. |
|
+ |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
The following schedule is filed as part of this registration
statement.
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Qualifying Accounts
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the
|
|
Expenses/
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Against the
|
|
Net of
|
|
the End of
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales credits
|
|
of the Year
|
|
Revenue
|
|
Receivables
|
|
the Year
|
Fiscal year 2007
|
|
$
|
474
|
|
|
$
|
781
|
|
|
$
|
(161
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,094
|
|
Fiscal year 2008
|
|
$
|
1,094
|
|
|
$
|
1,217
|
|
|
$
|
(150
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
Fiscal year 2009
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
|
$
|
1,463
|
|
|
$
|
(115
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,509
|
|
Note: Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are
charged to expense. Additions to the allowance for sales credits
are charged against revenues.
All other schedules are omitted because the information called
for is not required or is shown either in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting
Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful
II-3
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we
have duly caused this Registration Statement on
Form S-1
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Foster City, State of California, on
the 19th day of November, 2009.
QUINSTREET, INC.
Douglas Valenti
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Douglas Valenti and
Kenneth Hahn, and each of them, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of
substitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments),
and to sign any registration statement for the same offering
covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective
upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the
Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and
to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each
and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming
all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Douglas
Valenti
Douglas
Valenti
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Hahn
Kenneth
Hahn
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William
Bradley
William
Bradley
|
|
Director
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
G. McDonald
John
G. McDonald
|
|
Director
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gregory
Sands
Gregory
Sands
|
|
Director
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
Simons
James
Simons
|
|
Director
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Glenn
Solomon
Glenn
Solomon
|
|
Director
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dana
Stalder
Dana
Stalder
|
|
Director
|
|
November 19, 2009
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1*
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of QuinStreet,
Inc., as currently in effect.
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
QuinStreet, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the
offering.
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., as currently in
effect.
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of QuinStreet, Inc., to be
in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Form of QuinStreet, Inc.s Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc., Douglas Valenti and the investors
listed on Schedule 1 thereto, dated May 28, 2003.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.2+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.4+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-employee directors).
|
|
10
|
.5*+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.6*+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for non-executive officer employees).
|
|
10
|
.7*+
|
|
Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2010
Equity Incentive Plan (for executive officers).
|
|
10
|
.8*+
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.9*+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Initial
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.10*+
|
|
Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice for Annual
Grants under the 2010 Non-Employee Directors Stock Award
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.11+
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between
QuinStreet, Inc. and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10
|
.12*+
|
|
2010 Management Bonus Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, by and between
QuinStreet, Inc., the lenders thereto and Comerica Bank as
Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger, dated as of
September 29, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Acknowledgment and Agreement of Revolving Credit Commitment
Increase, dated as of November 18, 2009, from Comerica
Bank, Bank of America, N.A. and Union Bank N.A to QuinStreet,
Inc.
|
|
10
|
.15*
|
|
QuinStreet Merchant Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2001, by
and between QuinStreet, Inc. and DeVry, Inc., as amended.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Office Lease Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2003, by and
between QuinStreet, Inc. and CA-Parkside Towers Limited
Partnership, as amended.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith. |
|
+ |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
exv4w2
Exhibit 4.2
QUINSTREET, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
MAY 28, 2003
Table Of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
1. |
|
Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
Registration Rights |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Restrictions on Transfer |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Required Registration |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Incidental Registration |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Underwriting Arrangements
Applicable to Required and Incidental Registrations |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Registration Procedures |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Expenses |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Indemnification |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Exceptions to and Termination of Registration Obligations |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Cooperation |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
Market Standoff Agreement |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.11 |
|
Limitations on Additional Registration Rights |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
Covenants of the Company |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Corporate Existence |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Books of Account |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Furnishing of Financial Statements and Information |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
Inspection |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
Subsidiaries |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
Board Observation Rights |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
Key-Person Insurance |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
Stock Options Vesting |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
Equity Incentive Plan Share Reserve |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.10 |
|
Payment of Taxes |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.11 |
|
Negative Covenants |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
Rights Of First Refusal And Co-Sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Right of First Refusal |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Right of Co-Sale on Sales by Principal Shareholder |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Transfers in Violation Void |
|
|
20 |
|
Table Of Contents
(CONTINUED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Legend |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Removal of Legend |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
Voting; Board Composition, Etc. |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
Voting Obligations |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
Limitation |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Waiver of Right to Abstain or be Absent from a Meeting |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
Limitations on Transfer |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
|
Termination |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Termination of Certain Covenants |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Termination of Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Waivers, Amendments and Approvals |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Oral Changes, Waivers, Etc. |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Notices |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
Governing Law |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
Survival of Representations,
Warranties, Agreements, Etc. |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
Delays or Omissions |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
Other Remedies |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
Attorneys Fees |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Entire Agreement |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.10 |
|
Severability |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.11 |
|
Successors and Assigns |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.12 |
|
Counterparts |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.13 |
|
Aggregation of Series Preferred and Voting Preferred |
|
|
26 |
|
QUINSTREET, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (the Agreement) is made
and entered into as of May 28, 2003, by and among QuinStreet, Inc., a California Corporation (the
Company), Douglas J. Valenti (the Principal Shareholder), and the investors listed on Schedule
1 attached hereto and as amended from time to time (each, an Investor and collectively, the
Investors).
Recitals
Whereas, the Company, the Principal Shareholder and certain of the Investors (the
Investors) are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as
of October 29, 2001 (the Prior Agreement);
Whereas, the Company, the Principal Shareholder and certain of the Investors wish to
amend Section 5 of the Prior Agreement to provide that the Board of Directors of the Company will
consist of between five (5) and nine (9) directors and to provide procedures for the election of
the directors;
Whereas, pursuant to Section 7.1(d) of the Prior Agreement, the Principal Shareholder
and Investors holding sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Voting Preferred then
outstanding may amend Section 5 of the Prior Agreement;
Whereas, the Company, the Principal Shareholder and Investors holding sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Voting Preferred have executed this Agreement so as
to amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety.
Agreement
Now, Therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the
Holders hereby agree as follows.
1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined
elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the meanings as set forth herein
1.1 Affiliate means any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with any other Person or Persons. For the purposes of this definition, control has the meaning
specified as of the date of this Agreement for that word in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission
under the Securities Act.
1.1 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.2 Series B Closing Date shall mean May 20, 2000.
1.
1.3 Commission means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and any successor
thereto.
1.4 Common Stock means the Companys common stock.
1.5 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.
1.6 Holders means (a) holders as of the date of this Agreement of Registrable Securities,
each of whom is a party to this Agreement, and (b) any subsequent legal or beneficial owner of
Registrable Securities who has become a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.1 of
this Agreement.
1.7 Major Investor shall mean any Investor and its affiliates, if any, owning (individually
or collectively) at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate
adjustment to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and other capitalization
changes).
1.8 Person means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation, business
trust, limited liability company, an association, joint stock company, a trust, unincorporated
organization, joint venture, or other entity of whatever nature.
1.9 Principal Shareholder means Douglas J. Valenti.
1.10 Purchase Agreement has the meaning specified in the Recitals.
1.11 Qualified Public Offering means the closing of an underwritten public offering of
Common Stock by the Company at a price per share of $5.90 and gross proceeds to the Company of not
less than $25,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses).
1.12 Registrable Securities means (a) any shares of Common Stock which have been issued or
are issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred and (b) any shares of Common Stock issued
as a dividend, stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or other distribution with respect
to or in exchange for or replacement of any Registrable Securities, provided, however, that shares
of Common Stock shall no longer be Registrable Securities when they shall have been effectively
registered under the Securities Act and sold by the Holder thereof in accordance with such
registration or sold by the Holder pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 144, or
when registration under the Securities Act would no longer be required for the immediate public
distribution of such shares of Common Stock as a result of the provisions of Rule 144.
1.13 Register, registered and registration refer to a registration effected by preparing
and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or
ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.
2.
1.14 Registration Rights Agreement means that certain Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Company and purchasers of the Companys Series A Preferred Stock, dated as of July 15,
1999.
1.15 Right of Co-Sale Agreement means that certain Right of Co-Sale Agreement by and among
the Company, the Principal Shareholder and purchasers of the Companys Series A Preferred Stock,
dated as of July 15, 1999.
1.16 Rule 144 means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such
rule may be amended from time to time, or any successor rule thereto.
1.17 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.
1.18 Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement means that certain Series A Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and purchasers of the Companys Series A Preferred
Stock, dated as of July 15, 1999.
1.19 Series Preferred (a) the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the
Series C Preferred Stock of the Company purchased by or issued to the Investors (subject to
appropriate adjustment to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and other
capitalization changes effected after the Series B Closing Date), (b) any shares of Series
Preferred issued in payment of a dividend upon any share of Series Preferred and (c) any other
Registrable Securities issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in
replacement of, any Series Preferred.
1.20 Voting Agreement means that certain Voting Agreement by and among the Company and
purchasers of the Companys Series A Preferred Stock, dated as of July 15, 1999.
1.21 Voting Preferred (a) the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock of
the Company purchased by or issued to the Investors (subject to appropriate adjustment to reflect
stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and other capitalization changes effected after the
Series B Closing Date), (b) any shares of Voting Preferred issued in payment of a dividend upon any
share of Voting Preferred and (c) any other Registrable Securities issued as a dividend or other
distribution with respect to, or in replacement of, any Voting Preferred.
2. Registration Rights.
2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.
3.
(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Series
Preferred or Registrable Securities unless and until:
(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such
proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement;
or
(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B)
such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished
the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition,
and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with
an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not
require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will
not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual
circumstances.
(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, no such registration
statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by a Holder (A) which is (1) a
partnership to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (2) a
corporation to its stockholders in accordance with their interests in the corporation, or (3) a
limited liability company to its members or former members in accordance with their interests in
the limited liability company, or (B) to a member of the Holders member or to a trust for the
benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will be subject to the
terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.
(b) Each certificate representing Series Preferred or Registrable Securities shall (unless
otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a
legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable
state securities laws):
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE ACT) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED
UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
REQUIRED.
(c) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request
of any holder thereof if the holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be
counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities
proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or
legend.
4.
(d) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the
stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the
Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.
2.2 Required Registration.
(a) If, at any time after the closing of the Companys initial public offering of its Common
Stock, the Company shall receive a written request from the record Holder or Holders of an
aggregate of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities for registration under the
Securities Act of the then Registrable Securities not previously registered under the Securities
Act and sold (a Registration Request):
(i) the Company shall promptly give written notice to all other record Holders of Registrable
Securities that such registration is to be effected (Registration Notice).
(ii) subject to the limitations and requirements set forth in this Section 2.2, the Company
shall use its best efforts to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act,
covering the Registrable Securities that are the subject of the Registration Request and such
additional Registrable Securities for which it has received written requests to register by such
other record Holders within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Registration Notice, and
shall use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as is
practicable after receipt of the Registration Request.
(b) If the Company is required to use Form S-1 (or equivalent form), the Company shall be
obligated to (a) proceed with filing the Registration Statement only if (i) the Registration
Request demands registration of at least 20% of the then Registrable Securities not previously
registered under the Securities Act or (ii) the anticipated gross offering proceeds based upon the
public offering price per share proposed by the underwriters or based upon the current trading
price is at least $5,000,000 and (b) prepare, file and use its best efforts to cause to become
effective no more than one (1) registration statement on Form S-1 pursuant to Registration Requests
made under this Section 2.2. If the Company meets the requirements for using Form S-3 (or
equivalent form), the Company shall be obligated to (a) proceed with filing the Registration
Statement only if the anticipated gross offering proceeds based upon the public offering price per
share proposed by the underwriters or based upon the current trading price is at least $1,000,000
and (b) prepare, file and use its best efforts to cause to become effective no more than one (1)
registration statement on Form S-3 each twelve (12) months measured from the date of the
Registration Request.
(c) If the Company shall furnish to such Holder(s) within thirty (30) days of a Registration
Notice a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that (i) the
Company, pursuant to an action approved by the Board of Directors, has already a present plan to
commence preparation of a Registration Statement and to file the same within ninety (90) days, or
(ii) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously
detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed on or
before the date filing would be required under this Agreement and it is therefore essential to
defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have
5.
the right to defer such filing for a period ending not later than one hundred twenty (120)
days from the latest filing date of such offering as required herein (the Delay). The Company
may delay a request for registration not more than once in any one (1) year period.
(d) All shares of Series Preferred proposed to be included in the registration statement shall
be converted into Common Stock or such Holder(s) shall deliver a written commitment to the Company
to convert such Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock simultaneously with the effective date
of such registration statement.
(e) If the Holders submitting the Registration Request (the Initiating Holders) intend to
distribute the Registrable Securities covered by such request by means of an underwriting, the
Registration Request shall so indicate and the Company shall include such information in the
Registration Notice. The Company shall select the underwriter, with the approval of a majority in
interest of the Initiating Holders, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the managing underwriter advises the
Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require reducing the number of shares to be
underwritten, then the number of shares of Registrable Securities included in the underwriting
shall be reduced pro rata among all participating Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable)
to the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each participating Holder; provided, however that
such reduction shall be made only if all other securities to be included (other than the
Registrable Securities) already have been entirely excluded from the underwriting.
(f) In the event that the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities for which
registration has been requested pursuant to this Section 2.2 determine for any reason not to
proceed with a registration at any time before a registration statement has been declared effective
by the Commission, and such registration statement, if theretofore filed with the Commission, is
withdrawn with respect to the Registrable Securities covered thereby, and, unless the withdrawal is
based on a materially adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from
that known to the Holders at the time of their registration request, the Holders of such
Registrable Securities agree to bear their own expenses incurred in connection therewith and to
reimburse the Company for the expenses incurred by it attributable to the registration of such
Registrable Securities, and, if such Holders in fact so reimburse the Company, then the Holders of
such Registrable Securities shall not be deemed to have exercised their right to require the
Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2.
(g) If, at the time a Registration Request is received by the Company, the Company has already
determined (by the vote or written consent of the Board) to proceed with the actual preparation and
filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection with the Companys
proposed offer and sale for cash of its securities, the Registration Request shall be deemed to
have been given pursuant to Section 2.3 rather than this Section 2.2, and the rights and
obligations of the Holders and the Company with respect to the Registration Request shall be
governed by Section 2.3 hereof.
2.3 Incidental Registration.
6.
(a) Each time the Company shall determine to proceed with the actual preparation and filing of
a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection with the proposed offer and sale
for cash of any of its securities by it or any of its security holders (other than in response to a
Registration Request or a registration on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or their equivalents or the
Companys initial public offering), the Company shall give written notice of its determination to
all record Holders of Registrable Securities not theretofore registered under the Securities Act
and sold (a Participation Notice). Upon the written request of a record Holder of any
Registrable Securities given within twenty (20) days after receipt of a Participation Notice, the
Company will, except as herein provided, cause all such Registrable Securities, the record Holders
of which have so requested registration thereof, to be included in such registration statement,
provided that all shares of Series Preferred proposed to be included in such Registration Statement
shall be converted into Common Stock or such Holder shall deliver a written commitment to the
Company to convert such Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the
effective time of such registration statement, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or
other disposition by the prospective seller or sellers of the Registrable Securities to be so
registered. If any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be underwritten in whole or in
part, the Company may require that the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion pursuant to
this Section 2.3 be included in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities
otherwise being sold through the underwriters.
(b) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from, at any time,
abandoning or delaying any such registration initiated by it. If the Company determines not to
proceed with a registration after the registration statement has been filed with the Commission and
the Companys decision not to proceed is primarily based upon the anticipated public offering price
of the securities to be sold by the Company, the Company shall promptly complete the registration
for the benefit of those selling security Holders who wish to proceed with a public offering of
their securities and who bear all expenses incurred by the Company thereafter as the result of such
registration arising after the Company has decided not to proceed.
(c) If in the good faith judgment of the managing underwriter of such public offering, the
inclusion of all of the Registrable Securities originally covered by a request for registration
would interfere with the successful marketing of the shares of stock offered by the Company, the
number of Registrable Securities otherwise to be included in the underwritten public offering may
be excluded or reduced; provided that any reduction shall be pro rata (by number of shares) among
the Holders thereof requesting such registration; provided, further, that, if reduced, no security
holder shall sell shares of Registrable Securities in such registration other than the Company and
the Initiating Holders, if any, who invoked the registration under Section 2.3.
2.4 Underwriting Arrangements Applicable to Required and Incidental Registrations. The right
of any Holder to include Registrable Securities in any underwritten registration pursuant to this
Agreement shall be conditioned upon such Holders participation in such underwriting and the
inclusion of such Holders Registrable Securities in the underwriting. All Holders proposing to
distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into
an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected.
7.
2.5 Registration Procedures. When the Company is required by the terms of this Agreement to
effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company will do the
following:
(a) Filing. Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to
such securities, and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain
effective for such period as may be reasonably necessary to effect the sale of such securities,
provided, however, such period shall not exceed the earlier to occur of one hundred and twenty
(120) days (provided that such 120-day period shall be extended for the period of time equal to the
period the Holder is precluded from selling any securities included in such registration pursuant
to the provision of subsection (i) of this Section 2.5) or the completion of the distribution
pursuant to such registration statement.
(b) Period of Effectiveness. Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments to such
registration statement and supplements to the prospectus contained therein as may be necessary to
keep such registration statement effective for such period as may be reasonably necessary to effect
the sale of such securities, provided, however, such period shall not exceed the earlier to occur
of one hundred and twenty (120) days or the completion of the distribution pursuant to such
registration statement.
(c) Copies. Furnish to the Holders participating in such registration and to the underwriters
of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement,
preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents as such underwriters or Holders
may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such securities.
(d) Blue Sky. Use its best efforts to register or qualify the securities covered by such
registration statement under such state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as such
participating Holders may reasonably request in writing, except that the Company shall not for any
purpose be required to execute a general consent to service of process or to qualify to do business
as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified.
(e) Notification. Notify the Holders participating in such registration, promptly after it
shall receive notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has become effective or
a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.
(f) Amendment Notice. Notify such Holders promptly of any request by the Commission for the
amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional
information.
(g) Amendment. Prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the request of any such
Holders, any amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus which, in the
opinion of counsel for such Holders (and concurred in by counsel for the Company), is required
under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the
distribution of the Registrable Securities by such Holders.
8.
(h) Update. Prepare and promptly file with the Commission and promptly notify such Holders of
the filing of such amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus as may be
necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such
securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred as
the result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
(i) Stop Orders. Advise such Holders, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain
knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness
of such registration statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose
and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
withdrawal if such stop order should be issued.
(j) Compliance Issues. Not file any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or
prospectus to which a majority in interest of such Holders shall have reasonably objected on the
grounds that such amendment or supplement does not comply in all material respects with the
requirements of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, after
having been furnished with a copy thereof at least two (2) business days prior to the filing
thereof, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company the filing of such amendment or
supplement is reasonably necessary to protect the Company from any liabilities under any applicable
federal or state law and such filing will not violate applicable law.
(k) Opinion of Counsel, Conflict Letter. At the request of any such Holder, furnish: (i) an
opinion, dated as of the closing date of the offering, of the counsel representing the Company for
the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holder or
Holders making such request; and (ii) letters, dated as of the effective date of the registration
statement and as of the closing date of the offering, from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holder or Holders
making such request, in each case in form and substance as is customary in an underwritten public
offering.
(l) Underwriting Agreement. In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and
perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the
managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also
enter into and perform its obligations under such agreement.
(m) Listing. Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed
on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
(n) Transfer Agent and CUSIP Number. Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all
Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable
Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.
9.
2.6 Expenses. With respect to each registration requested pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof
(except as otherwise provided in such Section) and with respect to each inclusion of Registrable
Securities in a registration statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof (except as otherwise provided
in such Section), the Company shall bear the following fees, costs and expenses: all registration,
filing and NASD fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the
Company, fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters of such securities
(if the Company and or selling security Holders are required to bear such fees and disbursements),
all internal Company expenses, all legal fees and disbursements and other expenses of complying
with state securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions in which the securities to be offered
are to be registered or qualified, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for
the selling security Holders, not to exceed Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), and the premiums
and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against liability (if any) arising
out of such public offering. All other fees and disbursements of any accountants or advisors for
the selling security Holders, underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes relating to
the shares included in the offering by the selling security Holders, and any other expenses
incurred by the selling security Holders not expressly included above, shall be borne by the
selling security Holders.
2.7 Indemnification. In the event that any Registrable Securities are included in a
registration statement under Section 2.2 or 2.3 hereof:
(a) Indemnification by Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities that are included in a
registration statement pursuant to the provisions hereof, its directors and officers, and any
underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who
controls such Holder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and
against, and will reimburse such Holder and each such underwriter and controlling Person with
respect to, any and all loss, damage, liability (collectively, Losses) to which such Holder or
any such underwriter or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act, state
securities laws or otherwise, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or
controlling person any legal or other costs or expenses reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with investigating or defending any such Loss, insofar as such Losses are caused by any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in such registration
statement, any prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of
or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which
they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished
by such Holder, such underwriter or such controlling Person in writing specifically for use in the
preparation thereof, provided however, that the indemnity agreement in this Section 2.7(a) shall
not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such Loss if such settlement is effected without the
consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and that the foregoing
indemnity obligation with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of
any Holder on account of any Loss whatsoever arising from the sale of any Registrable Securities by
such Holder to any person if (A) a copy of the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented if such
amendments or
10.
supplements shall have been furnished to such Holder prior to the confirmation of the sale
involved) shall not have been sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder to such person, if
required by law, with or prior to the written confirmation of the sale involved, and (B) the untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact contained
in such preliminary prospectus from which such Loss arose was corrected in the final prospectus (as
amended or supplemented if such amendments or supplements thereto shall have been furnished as
aforesaid).
(b) Indemnification by Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder of
Registrable Securities that are included in a registration statement pursuant to the provisions
hereof will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers, each Person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any other Holder selling
securities pursuant to such registration statement, any controlling Person of any such selling
Holder, any underwriter and any controlling Person of any such underwriter (including any broker or
dealer through whom such of the shares may be sold) (each, an Indemnitee) from and against, and
will reimburse any Indemnitee with respect to, any and all Losses to which such Indemnitee may
become subject under the Securities Act, state securities laws or otherwise, and the Company will
pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person any legal or other costs or expenses
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss,
insofar as such Losses are caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in such registration statement, any prospectus contained therein or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent,
but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission was so made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
by such Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and provided, however, that the
indemnity agreement in this Section 2.7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any
such Loss if such settlement is effected without the consent of the indemnifying Holder, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and that the foregoing indemnity obligation with
respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of the Company on account of
any Loss whatsoever arising from the sale of any Registrable Securities by the Holder to any person
if (A) a copy of the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented if such amendments or supplements
shall have been furnished to such Holder prior to the confirmation of the sale involved) shall not
have been sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder to such person, if required by law, with or
prior to the written confirmation of the sale involved, and (B) the untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact contained in such preliminary
prospectus from which such Loss arose was corrected in the final prospectus (as amended or
supplemented if such amendments or supplements thereto shall have been furnished as aforesaid);
provided, further that the obligations of such Holders under this Section 2.7(b) shall be limited
to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as
contemplated herein, unless such claim, loss, damage, liability or action resulted from such
Holders fraudulent misconduct.
(c) Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by a party entitled to indemnification
pursuant to this Section 2.7 (each, an Indemnified Party) of notice of the
11.
commencement of any action involving the subject matter of the foregoing indemnity provisions
such Indemnified Party will, if a claim is to be made against the party obligated to provide
indemnification pursuant to this section (each, an Indemnifying Party), promptly notify the
Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof; but the omission to provide such notice will not
relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability hereunder, except to the extent that the delay in
giving, or failing to give, such notice has a material adverse effect upon the ability of the
indemnifying party to defend against the claim. In case such action is brought against an
Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in and, at the
Indemnifying Partys option, to assume the defense thereof, singly or jointly with any other
Indemnifying Party similarly notified, with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party;
provided, however, that if the defendants in any action include both the Indemnified Party and the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded based on advice of
counsel that there may be legal defenses available to any Indemnified Parties that are different
from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party, or if there is a conflict of
interest which would prevent counsel for the Indemnifying Party from also representing the
Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select counsel to participate in
the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party at the expense of the Indemnifying
Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible for the expense of only one such
special counsel selected jointly by the Indemnified Parties, if there is more than one Indemnified
Party. After notice from an Indemnifying Party to any Indemnified Party of such Indemnifying
Partys election to assume the defense of the action, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to
such Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 2.7 for any legal or other expense subsequently
incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation, unless (i) the Indemnified Party shall have employed counsel in accordance
with the proviso of the preceding sentence, or (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not have employed
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within
a reasonable time after the notice of the commencement of the action, or (iii) the Indemnifying
Party has authorized the employment of counsel for the Indemnified Party at the expense of the
Indemnifying Party.
2.8 Exceptions to and Termination of Registration Obligations. The Company shall not be
obligated to (a) honor a demand to register its Registrable Securities under this Agreement if all
such Registrable Securities that could be registered pursuant to such demand are otherwise eligible
for immediate sale by the Holder thereof under Rule 144(k) promulgated under the Securities Act or
(b) effect a registration if the Company delivers to the holders of the Registrable Securities
within thirty (30) days of any Registration Request notice permitted by Section 2.2(a) and so files
within such period described in the notice. The registration rights set forth herein, shall
terminate upon the earlier to occur of (a) the expiration of three (3) years following the
Companys initial public offering or (b) with respect to any Holder of the Companys Series
Preferred or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, that time following the Companys initial
public offering that such Holder is able to sell all of such Holders Registrable Securities issued
upon conversion thereof under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act during any 91-day
period, and such Holder owns less than two percent (2%) of the Companys outstanding capital stock.
2.9 Cooperation. Any Holder whose Registrable Securities are to be included in a Registration
Statement either filed pursuant to a demand or as part of a Company registration
12.
agrees to cooperate with all reasonable requests by the Company necessary to effectuate the
purposes of this Agreement, including by timely providing the Company with all information
necessary to file a registration statement.
2.10 Market Standoff Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that, following the effective
date of a registration of the Companys securities under the Securities Act, for the period of time
and to the extent reasonably requested by the underwriter(s) and the Company, such Holder shall not
sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any
option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities of the Company
held by such Holder, directly or indirectly, except securities covered by the registration
statement and transfers to donees who agree to be similarly bound, for the period; provided
however, that (i) the executive officers and directors of the Company, as well as any holder of at
least 1% of the Companys Common Stock (on an as-if-converted basis), shall have agreed to be bound
by substantially the same terms and conditions, (ii) such agreement shall be required only in
connection with the Companys initial public offering, (iii) the time period requested for such
market stand-off shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, (iv) the restriction shall not
apply to a registration relating solely to employee, consultant or advisor benefit plans on Form
S-1 or Form S-8 (or similar forms promulgated after the date hereof) or a registration relating
solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act on Form S-4 (or
similar forms promulgated after the date hereof) and (v) the restriction shall not apply to any
shares of capital stock of the Company offered or traded in the public market (including pursuant
to the initial public offering or any market that may develop pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated
under the Securities Act). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions during such stand-off
period with respect to the securities of each Holder subject to this restriction if necessary to
enforce such restrictions.
2.11 Limitations on Additional Registration Rights. From and after the date of this
Agreement, unless holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities have consented, the
Company shall not enter into any agreement granting any holder or prospective holder of any
securities of the Company registration rights with respect to such securities except for agreements
granting new registration rights which are subordinate to the registration rights granted to
Holders herein.
3. Covenants of the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.11, the Company
covenants and agrees as follows:
3.1 Corporate Existence. The Company will maintain its corporate existence in good standing
and comply with all applicable laws and regulations of the United States or of any state or
political subdivision thereof and of any government authority where failure to so comply would have
a Material Adverse Effect.
3.2 Books of Account. The Company will keep books of record and account in which full, true
and correct entries are made of all of its dealings, business and affairs, in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. The Company will employ certified public accountants
from one of the Big 5 firms as selected by the Board of Directors of the Company who are
independent within the meaning of the accounting regulations of the Commission (the
Accountants). Commencing with the year ending June 30, 2000, the
13.
Company will have annual audits made by such Accountants in the course of which such
Accountants shall make such examinations, in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
as will enable them to give such reports or opinions with respect to the financial statements of
the Company as will satisfy the requirements of the Commission in effect at such time with respect
to reports or opinions of accountants.
3.3 Furnishing of Financial Statements and Information. The Company will:
(a) Deliver to each Major Investor as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five
(45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company,
an unaudited balance sheet of the Company, together with the related statements of operations,
retained earnings and cash flow statements for such quarter (provided, however, that such
statements need not include footnotes, but otherwise shall comply with generally accepted
accounting principles (subject to normal year-end adjustments)) which financial statements shall
compare the financial information contained therein with the Companys operating plan and budget
for such period.
(b) Deliver to each Investor as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days
after the end of each fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company, as of the end of such fiscal
year, together with the related statements of operations, retained earnings and cash flow
statements for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified by the Accountants.
The engagement of the Accountants shall be unqualified as to the scope of their audit.
(c) Prepare and submit to the Board of Directors and each Major Investor at least thirty (30)
days before the beginning of each fiscal year, the operating plan and budget for the upcoming year
and within thirty (30) days after the end of each month and within forty-five (45) days after the
end of each fiscal quarter along with an update on the Companys actual performance against the
plan and budget.
(d) Deliver to each Major Investor, with reasonable promptness, such other financial
information and projections relating to the business, affairs and financial condition of the
Company as are reasonably available to the Company and as from time to time such Major Investors
may reasonably request.
(e) Deliver to each Major Investor, within ten (10) days after the Company learns of the
commencement or written threats of the commencement of any material lawsuit, legal or equitable, or
of any material administrative, arbitration or other proceeding against the Company or its
business, assets or properties, written notice of the nature and extent of such suit or proceeding.
(f) Deliver to each Major Investor, with reasonable promptness, notice of any default in any
agreement involving obligations of or payments to the Company in excess of One Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate.
(g) Deliver to each Major Investor, at the same time as they are released to the public,
copies of material press releases as well as notification of the filing of registration statements
and other major corporate events.
14.
3.4 Inspection. The Company will permit each Major Investor, or any other representatives
designated by each such Major Investor and reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to visit and
inspect, at such Major Investors expense, any of the properties of the Company, including its
books and records (and to make photocopies thereof or make extracts therefrom), and to discuss its
affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, lawyers and accountants, all to such reasonable
extent and at such reasonable times and intervals as such Major Investor may reasonably request;
provided, however, that the Major Investors foregoing rights are limited to exercising such rights
only for purposes related to such Major Investors stock ownership in the Company and nothing
herein will require the Company to take action or provide information (i) that would be subject to
attorney-client privilege, (ii) to a party with which the Company is at the time engaged in a
dispute or litigation or (iii) which would cause the Company to breach a confidentiality agreement
with a third party. The Major Investors shall maintain, and shall require their representatives to
maintain, all confidential information obtained from the Company on a confidential basis and shall
execute a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and approved
by the Board of Directors of the Company.
3.5 Subsidiaries. If the Company establishes or maintains any subsidiary corporations, it
shall cause each such subsidiary corporation to comply with the applicable covenants set forth in
this Section 3.
3.6 Board Observation Rights. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, or any
representative designated by each such Investor, to have usual and customary Board visitation
rights, subject to the reasonable approval of such individual designee by the Preferred Directors
so long as such Major Investor continues to own at least 1,300,000 shares of Registrable
Securities.
3.7 Key-Person Insurance. The Company shall us its best efforts to maintain key-person life
insurance, with the Company named as beneficiary, for Douglas J. Valenti in the amount of Two
Million Dollars ($2,000,000), naming the Company as beneficiary.
3.8 Stock Options Vesting. Unless otherwise determined by a vote of at least 80% of the
members of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote at least one of the Preferred
Directors, and except for shares issued pursuant to follow-on option grants to existing
optionholders, the Company will ensure that all stock and stock equivalents issued to employees and
directors will be subject to the following vesting requirements: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of
a holders stock options shall vest on the date twelve (12) months from the date of grant, and (b)
the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) shall vest in equal increments in the thirty-six month
(36) period following the initial 12-month cliff vesting date. The maximum size of the stock award
pool will be subject to Section 3.9.
3.9 Equity Incentive Plan Share Reserve. Immediately following the Series B Closing Date, the
share reserve available for issuance under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the Option Pool) shall
be increased to 6,706,164 shares.
3.10 Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income)
and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or
15.
delivery of Conversion Shares, other than any tax or other charge imposed in connection with
any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that
in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.
3.11 Negative Covenants. Without the consent of the Board of Directors and the affirmative
vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Voting Preferred, the Company will not
hereafter:
(a) issue any shares of its capital stock or grant any options, warrants or other conversion
rights other than pursuant to employee, consultant, advisor stock plans; provided however, that the
Company may issue the Conversion Shares;
(b) repurchase any capital stock of the Company (except for isolated repurchases from
employees approved in advance by a majority of the Board of Directors and required redemptions of
the Series Preferred pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation); or
(c) change the fundamental line of business or enter into a new line of business not currently
conducted by the Company.
4. Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale.
4.1 Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Company proposes to issue any additional
shares of its capital stock, other than through a registered public offering under the Securities
Act, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal on the terms and conditions specified
herein, provided that any shares held by a Major Investor shall be aggregated to determine
eligibility of a Major Investor to participate in this Right of First Refusal. Each Major Investor
shall have a right of first refusal, for a period of twenty (20) days after notice from the
Company, to purchase all or any portion of such additional shares of such capital stock to maintain
such Major Investors pro rata ownership in the Company. The purchase price for such additional
shares of capital stock under this right of first refusal shall be the price offered to or proposed
to be paid to the Company by any purchasers. Each Major Investor shall have ten (10) days
following such notice to agree, by giving written notice to the Company, to purchase up to its Pro
Rata Share of any additional shares of capital stock, subject to pro rata increase if any other
Major Investor of such right of first refusal elects not to participate. (Pro Rata Share shall
be determined by multiplying the total number of additional shares subject to this Section 4.1 by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock
owned by such Major Investor of the right of first refusal; and the denominator of which shall be
the total number of shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding and issuable upon exercise
of all outstanding options, warrants and conversion rights.) Such right of overallotment shall be
exercised by giving written notice to the Company agreeing to purchase up to the overallotment
amount within five (5) days after notice from the Company of the Major Investors Pro Rata Series
Preferred of the available overallotment. The Company may elect to sell to each Major Investor its
Pro Rata Share of such additional shares at any time up to ninety (90) days following the initial
closing of the sale of such additional shares. A majority in interest of the Major Investors,
voting together as a single class, may agree to waive this right of first refusal as to all Major
Investors. Failure to respond in writing to the Companys written notice
16.
of such sale, within the twenty (20) day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of this right
of first refusal.
The above rights of first refusal shall not apply to any additional shares of capital stock
(a) purchased under this Agreement or issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series Preferred or
any of the Companys outstanding convertible securities (including, without limitation, any class
or series of preferred stock), (b) issued to employees, consultants, advisors or management of the
Company, or issuable upon exercise of stock options granted to such employees, consultants,
advisors and management pursuant to stock-based compensation plans, all as approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company, (c) issued or issuable in a corporate partnering transaction on terms
approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least one of the Preferred
Directors, (d) issued or issuable by way of stock split or stock dividend or similar capital
modification, (e) issued in connection with any merger, acquisition or other reorganization, or (f)
issued upon authorization of the Board of Directors in connection with business conducted by the
Company with vendors, landlords, lessors or financial institutions in connection with financing
transactions, provided such shares came out of the Option Pool unless the Board of Directors by
majority vote, including the affirmative vote of at least one of the Preferred Directors, shall
otherwise agree. For purposes of such right of first refusal, the issuance by the Company of any
warrant or right to purchase or subscribe to another security, or the issuance of a security which
gives the holder a present or future right or privilege to convert the security into another
security, shall be deemed to include the issuance of the underlying security at the time of the
issuance of the warrant or right or convertible security, but the exercise of the right to purchase
or subscribe or to convert shall not be deemed an additional issuance subject to such right of
first refusal.
4.2 Right of Co-Sale on Sales by Principal Shareholder.
(a) Notice of Bona Fide Offer. If the Principal Shareholder receives a bona fide offer (the
Purchase Offer) from any person or entity (Offeror) to purchase from such Principal Shareholder
any shares of the Companys capital stock (the Offered Shares), including, without limitation,
shares of Common Stock and Series Preferred, and any right or option to acquire any of such capital
stock, held by such Principal Shareholder upon specific terms and conditions (including a specified
purchase price payable in cash or other property), and if such Principal Shareholder proposes to
accept such Purchase Offer, then such Principal Shareholder (the Selling Shareholder) shall
notify the Company and the other Shareholders within ten (10) calendar days, of the terms and
conditions of such Purchase Offer (the Offer Notice) pursuant to provisions of this Agreement and
the Bylaws of the Company.
(b) Right of First Refusal/Right of Participation.
(i) If the Company and the other shareholders of the Company do not intend to exercise the
Right of First Refusal contained in the Bylaws in full, the Selling Shareholder shall promptly
notify the Investors of their rights hereunder (the Expiration Notice).
(ii) Upon receipt of the Expiration Notice, the Investors shall have the right, exercisable
only upon written notice given to the Selling Shareholder within twenty (20)
17.
days after receipt of the Expiration Notice (the Participation Notice), to participate in
such Selling Shareholders sale of the Offered Shares, as provided herein, pursuant to the
specified terms and conditions of the Purchase Offer (the Right of Participation).
(iii) Each Participation Notice shall state that such Investor elects pursuant to Section
4.2(b)(ii), to participate in such sale either (a) to the maximum extent permitted by this
Agreement, or (b) up to a specified number of shares, but not to exceed the maximum extent
permitted by this Agreement to be sold by such Investor. A Participation Notice shall constitute a
binding agreement of such Investor to sell to the Offeror the number of Offered Shares so stated in
such notice (in accordance with the preceding sentence) upon the specified terms and conditions of
such Purchase Offer. To the extent an Investor exercises its Right of Participation in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.2(c), the number of Offered Shares which the
Selling Shareholder may sell pursuant to such Purchase Offer shall be reduced as provided in
Section 4.2(c). The exercise or non-exercise of the right of any Investor of the Investors Right
of Participation in one or more sales of the capital stock of the Company shall not adversely
affect such Investors rights hereunder in any subsequent sales of capital stock of the Company by
the Principal Shareholder relating to another offer.
(iv) For purposes of this Agreement, the shareholdings of a particular Investor may be
aggregated with the shareholdings of any Affiliate(s) who are also Investors hereunder, in
calculating any such Investors pro rata portion (as defined in Section 4.2(c) below). Such
Affiliates of the Investors may allocate the shareholdings (either bought or sold) by and among
themselves in any manner, whether or not pro-rated.
(c) Limitations on the Right of Participation. The Right of Participation of each Investor
shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) Each Investor may sell its pro rata portion (as defined below) of the number of Offered
Shares. An Investors pro rata portion for purposes of this Section 4.2(c)(i) shall be
determined by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Offered Shares (on an as-if-converted basis)
by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is (x) the number of shares of Common Stock and Common
Stock Equivalents owned by such Investor immediately prior to the Purchase Offer; and the
denominator of which is (y) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (or equivalents) owned
by all of the Shareholders immediately prior to the Purchase Offer.
(ii) After receipt of all Participation Notices, the Selling Shareholder named in the Offer
Notice may, not later than ninety (90) days following delivery of the Offer Notice, complete, along
with the participating Investors, the transfer of the remaining Offered Shares for the price
specified in such Offer Notice on terms and conditions not more favorable to the transferor, when
taken as a whole, than those described in the Offer Notice. Any other proposed transfer, including
transfers after such ninety (90) day period or on terms other than those specified, shall remain
subject to the terms of this Agreement, including the Investors rights of participation and the
procedures described in this Section 4.2.
(iii) The Investor may effect its participation in the sale by delivering to a closing agent
reasonably acceptable to such Investor and the Selling Shareholder (Agent) for
18.
transfer to the Offeror one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which
represent (i) the number of shares of Common Stock and/or Series Preferred which the Investor
elects and agrees to sell pursuant to this Section; or (ii) if the Purchase Offer relates to Common
Stock, that number of shares of Series Preferred that is at such time convertible into the number
of shares of Common Stock which the Investor elects and agrees to sell pursuant to this Section;
provided, however, that if the Offeror objects to the delivery of Series Preferred in lieu of
Common Stock, the participating Investor shall convert the Series Preferred and deliver Common
Stock as provided above. Additionally, the Investor electing to participate in the sale shall enter
into such agreements with the Offeror relating to the sale as the Selling Shareholder enters into
(it being agreed that the terms and conditions of the sale shall be equivalent with respect to both
the Selling Shareholder and the Investor), and the failure by the Investor to execute and deliver
to the Offeror any such agreements within ten (10) business days after such agreements are given to
the Investor shall, at the Offerors election, be deemed a revocation of such Investors election
to participate in such sale.
(d) Delivery of Stock Certificates. Any stock certificates which the Investors deliver to the
Agent pursuant to Section 4.2(c)(iii) shall be transferred by the Agent to the Offeror upon
consummation of the sale of the Common Stock and/or Series Preferred pursuant to the terms and
conditions specified in Section 4.2(b) and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 4.2(c).
The Selling Shareholder agrees to direct the Offeror to make payment to the Agent and the Agent
shall promptly thereafter remit to the Investors that portion of the sale proceeds to which the
Investors are entitled by reason of said participation in such sale.
(e) Transactions Excluded. The Investors Rights of Participation contained in this Agreement
shall not pertain or apply to (i) any pledge of Common Stock or Series Preferred made by the
Principal Shareholder which creates a mere security interest, provided the pledgee shall furnish
the Principal Shareholder with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of
this Agreement applicable to the Principal Shareholder, (ii) if applicable, any sales or transfers
of Common Stock or Series Preferred by the Principal Shareholder, either during such Principal
Shareholders lifetime or on death by will or intestacy, to such Principal Shareholders spouse,
family members, or (in the case of transfer only by will or intestacy) other beneficiary, or any
custodian or trustee for the account of such Principal Shareholder or such Principal Shareholders
spouse, family members, or (in the case of transfer only by will or intestacy) other beneficiary,
or to entities which are controlled, or the beneficial interests of which are owned, exclusively by
such Principal Shareholder or such Principal Shareholders family members, provided that in each
case, the transferee shall receive and hold such Common Stock or Series Preferred subject to the
provisions of this Agreement and shall furnish to the parties hereto a written agreement to be
bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Principal Shareholder
in respect of such Common Stock or Series Preferred so transferred, or (iii) any isolated sales by
the Principal Shareholder up to an aggregate of 1,929,995 shares (20% of the shares owned by the
Principal Shareholder as of the Series B Closing Date) as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and
the like and (iv) any other transfer approved by the Board, including the affirmative vote of the
Preferred Director(s). Unless approved by the Board of Directors, the Principal Shareholder shall
not sell, transfer or assign his shares to a direct competitor or a former employee of the Company.
19.
4.3 Transfers in Violation Void. Any sale, transfer or assignment or attempted sale, transfer
or assignment of Common Stock or Series Preferred by the Principal Shareholder (except as permitted
by Section 4.2, including the exceptions in Section 4.2(e)) shall be void or voidable, and the
Company agrees that it will not reissue any new stock certificates for those assigned in
contravention of the terms of this Agreement.
4.4 Legend.
(a) Each certificate representing shares of the capital stock of the Company (including any
options or other rights to acquire capital stock of the Company), now or hereafter owned by the
Principal Shareholder shall be endorsed with the following legend:
THE SALE OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS
SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT AMONG THE
COMPANY, THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND CERTAIN PURCHASERS OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST
MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT
THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.
(b) Submission of Existing Certificates. The Principal Shareholder shall promptly submit any
existing certificate(s) in his possession to the Company for placement of the legend on such
certificate(s).
(c) Removal of Legend. The legend shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement in
accordance with the provisions of Section 6.
5. Voting; Board Composition, Etc.
5.1 Voting Obligations. Each Investor and the Principal Shareholder hereby agree, on behalf
of itself and any of such Parties heirs, beneficiaries, successors or assigns, to vote all shares
of Common Stock and Voting Preferred of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired of record or
beneficially by each such Principal Shareholder and Investor and to take such other actions as are
reasonably necessary to ensure:
(a) that the membership of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) shall be
comprised of between five (5) persons and nine (9) persons, with the exact number of directors
within such range being determined from time to time by resolution approved by not less than
sixty-five percent (65%) of the then current members of the Board of Directors; provided, however,
that no reduction of the authorized number of directors shall remove any director prior to the
expiration of such directors term of office;
(b) that, with respect to any election or maintenance of the members of the Board and pursuant
to and subject to the provisions of the Companys Articles of Incorporation, (a) the holders of a
majority in interest of the Series B Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall elect to
the Board one person, who shall be nominated by Catterton Partners so long as it
20.
and its Affiliates continue to own at least 40% of the aggregate number of Series B Preferred purchased at the Series
B Closing Date, and who will initially be Michael Chu; (b) the holders of a majority in interest of
the Series A Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall elect to the Board two persons,
one of whom shall be nominated by St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC, as long as it and its affiliates
continue to own at least 40% of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred that they
purchased, and who will initially be James R. Simons, and one of whom shall be nominated by Sutter
Hill Ventures, a California Limited Partnership, as long as it and its affiliates continue to own
at least 40% of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred that they purchased, and who
will initially be Gregory P. Sands (the Preferred Directors); (c) the holders of a majority in
interest of the Voting Preferred and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an
as-if-converted basis, shall elect to the Board two persons, one of whom shall be the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, who will initially be Douglas J. Valenti, and the other of whom
will be an independent member designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to
the reasonable approval of the Preferred Directors; and (d) the holders of a majority in interest
of the Voting Preferred and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an
as-if-converted basis, shall elect to the Board such number of additional persons to any remaining
vacant positions on the Board, each of whom shall be nominated by not less than sixty-five percent
(65%) of the then current members of the Board; and
(c) that, any vote taken to remove any director elected pursuant to this Section 5.1, or to
fill any vacancy created by the resignation or removal of a director elected pursuant to this
Section 5.1., shall also be subject to the provisions of this Section 5.1.
5.2 Limitation. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Principal Shareholder and each
Investor shall retain at all times the right to vote its respective shares of the Companys capital
stock, in such Principal Shareholders or Investors sole discretion, on all matters which are, at
any time and from time to time, presented for a vote to the Companys holders of Common and
Preferred Stock generally.
5.3 Waiver of Right to Abstain or be Absent from a Meeting. The Principal Shareholder and
each Investor hereby expressly waive any right that such Principal Shareholder or Investor would
otherwise have to abstain, except as expressly provided herein, from any action taken at, or to be
absent from, a duly held meeting of the Companys common shareholders related to an election of the
members of the Board.
5.4 Limitations on Transfer. Neither the Principal Shareholder nor any Investor shall sell,
transfer, assign, distribute or otherwise dispose of such partys Series Preferred to any person or
entity, other than to the Company, unless and until such person or entity shall agree in writing to
take such Series Preferred subject to, and shall accept and agree to be bound in writing by, the
terms and conditions of this Agreement.
21.
6. Termination.
6.1 Termination of Certain Covenants. The obligations of the Company under Section 3 of this
Agreement, notwithstanding any provisions hereof to the contrary, shall terminate and shall be of
no further force or effect on the earlier to occur:
(a) the closing date of a Qualified Public Offering; or
(b) the date that the Investors or any of them sell, transfer or convert any Series Preferred,
if following such sale, transfer or conversion, the Investors, in the aggregate, own less than
twenty percent (20%) of the Series Preferred issued at their respective closings.
6.2 Termination of Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale. The rights enumerated in Section 4 of
this Agreement shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following events:
(a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(b) the execution by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the
appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of the Company;
(c) the registration of a class of the Companys securities under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 or immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (it being
agreed that the rights herein shall not apply to such offering);
(d) the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement;
(e) immediately prior to any merger, sale, exchange or other reorganization approved by the
Board, in which the shareholders of the Company do not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the
voting power of the surviving corporation; or
(f) upon the written approval of the Principal Shareholder and Investors holding sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Series Preferred then outstanding.
6.3 Termination of Voting Obligations. The rights enumerated in Section 5 of this Agreement
shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following events:
(a) the date that the Investors or any of them sell, transfer or convert any Series Preferred,
if following such sale, transfer or conversion, the Investors, in the aggregate, own less than 20%
of the Series Preferred originally issued at the respective closings;
(b) the closing date of a Qualified Public Offering;
(c) the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement;
(d) the date which is agreed to by the Principal Shareholder and Investors holding a majority
of the Series Preferred then outstanding; or
22.
(e) the sale, assignment or other transaction in which the shareholders of the Company prior
to the transaction do not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the
surviving corporation.
7. Miscellaneous.
7.1 Waivers, Amendments and Approvals.
(a) If the approval of the Holders is required by the terms of Section 2 of this Agreement,
such requirement shall be satisfied by a vote or the written action of the Holders of at least a
majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, however, that Section 2.10 may
not be amended as to any Holder that is an investment company within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 without the written consent of such Holder. Any term or provision
of Section 2 of this Agreement requiring performance by or binding upon the Company or the Holders
may be amended, and the observance of any term of Section 2 of this Agreement may be waived (either
generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the
approval of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then
outstanding.
(b) If the approval of the Major Investors is required by the terms of Section 3 of this
Agreement, such requirement shall be satisfied by a vote or the written action of the Major
Investors holding at least a majority of the Series Preferred then outstanding. Any term or
provision of Section 3 of this Agreement requiring performance by or binding upon the Company or
the Major Investors may be amended, and the observance of any term of Section 3 of this Agreement
may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), only by the approval of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of
the Series Preferred then outstanding.
(c) If the approval of the Major Investors is required by the terms of Section 4.1 of this
Agreement, such requirement shall be satisfied by a vote or the written action of the Major
Investors holding a majority of the Series Preferred then outstanding. If the approval of the
Principal Shareholder and the Investors is required by the terms of Section 4.2, such requirement
shall be satisfied by a vote or the written action of the Principal Shareholder and Investors
holding a majority of the Series Preferred then outstanding. Any term or provision of Section 4 of
this Agreement requiring performance by or binding upon the Company, the Principal Shareholder, the
Major Investors or the Investors, as the case may be, may be amended, and the observance of any
term of Section 4 of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and
either retroactively or prospectively), only by the approval of the Company and the Major Investors
holding a majority of the Series Preferred then outstanding (in the case of Section 4.1) or the
Company, the Principal Shareholder and the Investors holding a majority of the Series Preferred
then outstanding (in the case of Section 4.2). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to
terminate the rights under Section 4, the written approval of the Principal Shareholder and
Investors holding sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Series Preferred then
outstanding is required pursuant to the terms of Section 6.2(f).
(d) If the approval of the Principal Shareholder and the Investors is required by the terms of
Section 5, such requirement shall be satisfied by a vote or the written action of
23.
the Principal Shareholder and Investors holding sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Voting
Preferred then outstanding. Any term or provision of Section 5 of this Agreement requiring
performance by or binding upon the Company, the Principal Shareholder or the Investors may be
amended, and the observance of any term of Section 5 of this Agreement may be waived (either
generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the
approval of the Company, the Principal Shareholder and Investors holding sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66-2/3%) of the Voting Preferred then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
order to terminate the rights under Section 5, the written approval of the Principal Shareholder
and Investors holding a majority of the Voting Preferred then outstanding is required pursuant to
the terms of Section 6.3(d).
Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section shall be binding upon the
Company, the Principal Shareholder and the Investors (including permitted assigns pursuant to
Section 7.11 hereof). The waiver by a party of any breach hereof or default in payment of any
amount due hereunder or default in the performance hereof shall not be deemed to constitute a
waiver of any other default or succeeding breach or default. Written notice of any such waiver,
consent or agreement of amendment, modification or supplement shall be given to the Principal
Shareholder and the record Holders of Registrable Securities who did not give written consent
thereto.
7.2 Oral Changes, Waivers, Etc. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by a statement in writing signed by the
party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, except
to the extent provided in Section 6.
7.3 Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to
the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal
business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after
having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or
(iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day
delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of
record as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
If to a Holder: |
|
If to the Company: |
|
If to the Principal Shareholder: |
To the address listed
on Schedule 1 with a
copy to:
Clifford Chance Rogers
& Wells LLP Attn: Brian Lauck
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166-0153
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc.
[to be completed after Parkside Towers
lease is signed] Attn: Douglas J. Valenti
with a copy to:
Cooley Godward LLP
Attn: Christopher A. Westover
One Maritime Plaza, 20th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
|
|
Douglas J. Valenti
[to be completed after Parkside
Towers lease is signed] |
24.
7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents
entered into and to be performed entirely in California.
7.5 Survival of Representations, Warranties, Agreements, Etc. All representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein or in any certificate or document delivered
pursuant to this Agreement, including all statements contained in any certificate or document
prepared by or on behalf of the Company and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, (other than any
legal opinion) shall survive for a period of two (2) years after the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or such certificate or document, as the case may be and shall constitute representations
and warranties by the Company hereunder.
7.6 Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to
exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement shall impair any
such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such
breach or default, or an acquiescence thereto, or of a similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach
or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.
7.7 Other Remedies. Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party shall be
deemed cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any other remedy conferred hereby or by law on such
party, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other.
7.8 Attorneys Fees. Should suit be brought to enforce or interpret any part of this
Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, as an element of the costs of suit
and not as damages, reasonable attorneys fees to be fixed by the court (including, without
limitation, costs, expenses and fees on any appeal). The prevailing party shall be the party
entitled to recover its costs of suit, regardless of whether such suit proceeds to final judgment.
A party not entitled to recover its costs shall not be entitled to recover attorneys fees. No sum
for attorneys fees shall be counted in calculating the amount of a judgment for purposes of
determining if a party is entitled to recover costs or attorneys fees.
7.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the schedules hereto, the documents referenced herein
and the exhibits thereto, constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous
agreements or understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, written or oral,
between the parties with respect hereto and thereto, including without limitation the Prior
Agreement, the Term Sheet, Section 9 of the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Voting Agreement and the Right of Co-Sale Agreement. The
express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance or usage of the trade
inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.
7.10 Severability. Should any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or of any
agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, all
other provisions of this Agreement and of each other agreement entered into pursuant to this
Agreement, shall be given effect separately from the provision or provisions
25.
determined to be
illegal or unenforceable and shall not be affected thereby. The parties further agree to replace
such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision which
will relieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or
unenforceable provision.
7.11 Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon and be enforceable by the respective heirs, successors and assigns
of the parties hereto; provided, however, that with notice given to the Company within thirty (30)
days following any assignment, the rights of a Holder hereunder may be assigned only (i) to a
partner or member or retired partner or member of the assigning Holder if such assigning Holder is
a partnership or limited liability company, if such assignee is an accredited investor within the
meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) to any affiliate of the assigning Holder, if such assignee is
an accredited investor within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) to any family member of, or
trust for the benefit of, the assigning Holder or (iv) concurrent with the sale or transfer to such
assignee of at least 100,000 shares (subject to adjustment for any stock dividend, stock split, subdivision,
combination or other recapitalization of the Company effected after the Series B Closing Date) of
the Series Preferred (including, for such purpose, on a proportionate basis, any shares of Common
Stock into which any shares of the Series Preferred have been converted), then held by such Holder
or Registrable Securities then held by such holder; provided, however, that such assignee or
transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement, including.
Any Holder making an assignment in connection with the sale or transfer of only a portion of its
shares of Registrable Securities shall retain its rights under this Agreement for the shares not
sold or transferred.
7.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed concurrently in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instruments.
7.13 Aggregation of Series Preferred and Voting Preferred. All shares of Series Preferred or
Voting Preferred, as applicable, held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or held by
investment companies managed by the same investment advisor shall be aggregated together for the
purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
26.
In Witness Whereof, this Investor Rights Agreement is hereby executed as of
the date first written above.
|
|
|
Company:
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti |
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Valenti, President and CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Shareholder:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti |
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Valenti |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investors: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark W. Rhodes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seligman Investment Opportunities (Master)
Fund-NTV II Portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
J.&W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated,
its investment advisor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seligman New Technologies Fund, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
J.&W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated,
its investment advisor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Strategy Partners II LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Venture Strategy Management Company LLC, Its
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Joanna Rees Gallanter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joanna Rees Gallanter, Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Strategy Affiliate Fund LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Venture Strategy Management Company LLC, Its
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Joanna Rees Gallanter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joanna Rees Gallanter, Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ James Simons |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sutter Hill Ventures,
a California Limited Partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director of the General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director of the General Partner |
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sutter Hill Entrepreneurs Fund (QP), L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Gregory Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director of the General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Anderson Living Trust, U/A/D 1/22/98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L. Anderson, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Leonard Baker, Jr. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Younger Living Trust, U/A/D 1/20/95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Younger, Jr., Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tench Coxe, Trustee, The Tamerlane Charitable
Remainder Unitrust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tench Coxe, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. and Sarah J.D. Sands, Trustees,
the Gregory P. and Sarah J.D. Sands Trust
Agreement dated 2/24/99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gregory P. Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Sands, Trustee |
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence Ebringer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James C. Gaither |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
SHV S/P/T FBO Sherryl W. Hossack |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
SHV S/P/T FBO Michele Y. Phua |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rosewood Capital III, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Rosewood Capital Associates LLC, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kevin Reilly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Reilly, Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GC& H Investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Cardoza, Executive Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kirk P. Hobbs |
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catterton Partners IV, L.P. |
|
|
By:
|
|
Catterton Managing Partner IV, L.L.C. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CP4 Principals, L.L.C., its Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Managing Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catterton Partners IV-A, L.P. |
|
|
By:
|
|
Catterton Managing Partner IV, L.L.C.
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CP4 Principals, L.L.C., its Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Person |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catterton Partners IV-B, L.P. |
|
|
By:
|
|
Catterton Managing Partner IV, L.L.C.
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CP4 Principals, L.L.C., its Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Person |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catterton Partners Offshore, L.P. |
|
|
By:
|
|
Catterton Managing Partner IV, L.L.C.
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CP4 Principals, L.L.C., its Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Person |
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catterton Partners Special Purpose, L.P. |
|
|
By:
|
|
Catterton Managing Partner IV, L.L.C.
its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CP4 Principals, L.L.C., its Managing Member |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: J. Michael Chu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Person |
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. or Lisa C. Kelly, Trustees, |
|
|
Kelly Family Trust, DTD 1/24/90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. Kelly, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stanford University |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Murdock Venture Partners |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jane Carmena DiLena |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mohan Giridharadas |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott R. Gordon |
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard S. Gostyla |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philip D. Johnston |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reena Kapoor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David J. Kennedy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth J. Ostrowski |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick Quigley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mihir Shah |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory S. Smirin |
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen R. Strain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John H. Ware |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steve Wennerstrum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Lending & Leasing II |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anvest, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L. Anderson, General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saunders Holdings, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Leonard Baker, Jr., General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tench Coxe, Trustee, The Coxe/Otus |
|
|
Revocable Trust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tench Coxe, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gregory P. Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sherryl W. Hossack |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Strategy Partners |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Joanna Rees Gallanter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joanna Rees Gallanter, Managing Member |
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital Affiliates Fund I, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc., its Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ James Simons |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Signature Page
Schedule 1
List of Investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor Name and Address |
|
Series A Shares |
|
Series B Shares |
|
Series C Shares |
Seligman Investment Opportunities (Master)
|
|
0 |
|
3,223,729 |
|
0 |
Fund-NTV II Portfolio
c/o J. & W. Seligman & Co.
100 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seligman New Technologies Fund, Inc. |
|
0 |
|
166,102 |
|
0 |
c/o J. & W. Seligman & Co.
100 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catterton Partners IV, L.P.
|
|
0 |
|
2,033,899 |
|
0 |
Catterton Partners IV Offshore, L.P.
Catterton Partners IV Special Purpose, L.P.
Catterton Partners IV-A, L.P.
Catterton Partners IV-B, L.P.
c/o Catterton Partners
Attn: Michael Chu
9 Greenwich Office Park, 3rd Fl.
Greenwich, CT 06830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Strategy Partners (same address
|
|
58,824 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
for all related entities below)
Attn: Joanna Rees Gallanter
Venture Strategy Group LLC
655 Third Street
San Francisco, CA 94107
(415) 558-8600 phone
(415) 558-8686 fax
jgallanter@venturestrategy.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Strategy Partners II LP
|
|
0 |
|
1,280,000 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Strategy Affiliate Fund LP |
|
0 |
|
75,932 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC
|
|
2,145,220 |
|
1,271,187 |
|
0 |
c/o St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc.
Suite 550
10400 Viking Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
St. Paul
Venture Capital Affiliates Fund I, LLC |
|
60,662 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
c/o St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc.
Suite 550
10400 Viking Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Schedule 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor Name and Address |
|
Series A Shares |
|
Series B Shares |
|
Series C Shares |
Sutter Hill Ventures, a California Limited
|
|
1,598,569 |
|
921,210 |
|
0 |
Partnership (same address for all related
entities below)
Attn: Sherryl Hossack
755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 493-5600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sutter Hill
Entrepreneurs Fund (AI), L.P. |
|
15,810 |
|
9,111 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sutter Hill
Entrepreneurs Fund (QP), L.P. |
|
40,033 |
|
23,070 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L. Anderson, Trustee, The
|
|
54,486 |
|
44,926 |
|
0 |
Anderson Living Trust, U/A/D
1/22/98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Leonard Baker, Jr.
|
|
0 |
|
44,926 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Younger, Jr., |
|
108,971 |
|
37,469 |
|
0 |
Trustee, The Younger Living
Trust, U/A/D 1/20/95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Younger |
|
0 |
|
7,457 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James C. Gaither, Custodian |
|
0 |
|
7,457 |
|
0 |
FBO Julie A. Younger CUTMA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James C. Gaither, Custodian |
|
0 |
|
7,457 |
|
0 |
FBO Kelly Younger |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tamerlane Charitable Remainder |
|
0 |
|
101,729 |
|
0 |
Unitrust, Tench Coxe, Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Sands and Sarah J.D. |
|
0 |
|
1,528 |
|
0 |
Sands, Trustee, The Gregory P. and
Sarah J.D. Sands Trust Agreement
dated 2/24/99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Sands Custodian FBO |
|
0 |
|
3,728 |
|
0 |
Natalie O. Sands |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P.
Sands Custodian FBO Kate A. Sands |
|
0 |
|
3,728 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Sands FBO Jaspar D. Sands |
|
0 |
|
3,728 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence Ebringer |
|
0 |
|
12,712 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James C. Gaither |
|
10,896 |
|
6,356 |
|
0 |
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Schedule 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor Name and Address |
|
Series A Shares |
|
Series B Shares |
|
Series C Shares |
Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee, SHV |
|
0 |
|
3,178 |
|
0 |
M/P/T FBO Sherryl W. Hossack
Attn: Vicki Bandel
420 Montgomery Street,
2nd Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
Phone: (415) 396-3739
Fax: (415) 956-9362
vicki.bandel@wellsfargo.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Bank, Trustee, SHV |
|
2,205 |
|
1,589 |
|
0 |
M/P/T FBO Michele Y. Phua |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anvest, L.P. |
|
54,485 |
|
14,914 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saunders Holdings, L.P. |
|
108,971 |
|
14,914 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tench Coxe, Trustee, The Coxe/Otus |
|
185,250 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Revocable Trust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Sands |
|
21,794 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sherryl W. Hossack |
|
4,412 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rosewood Capital III, L.P. |
|
588,235 |
|
338,984 |
|
0 |
Attn: Kevin Reilly
One Maritime Plaza, 13th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GC&H Investments |
|
19,721 |
|
16,950 |
|
0 |
Attn: Jim Kindler
Cooley Godward LLP
One Maritime Plaza, 20th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
(415) 693-2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P. Kirk Hobbs |
|
0 |
|
16,950 |
|
0 |
3505 Scott St.
San Francisco, CA 94123
(415)674-8975
(510) 985-9733
khobbs@offi.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. Kelly |
|
58,824 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
241 N. El Camino Real, 402
San Mateo, CA 94401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisa C. Kelly |
|
58,823 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
2658 Belmont Canyon Road
Belmont, CA 94002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Schedule 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor Name and Address |
|
Series A Shares |
|
Series B Shares |
|
Series C Shares |
Stanford University |
|
29,412 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Attn: Carol Gilmer
Stanford Management Company
2770 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94305-0200
(650) 926-0273
cgilmer@stanford.edu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Murdock Venture Partners |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Attn: Mr. Leslie Murdock
2041 Mission College Blvd., Suite 159
Santa Clara, CA 95054
(408) 562-2082
lmurdock@murdocknet.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jane Carmena DiLena |
|
735 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Spencer Stuart
Attn: Christine Carlino
3000 Sand Hill Rd., Bldg. 2, Ste. 175
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 356-5500
ccarlino@spencerstuart.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mohan Giridharadas |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
McKinsey & Company, Inc.
Suite 4600, Georgia-Pacific Center
133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30303
(404) 525-9900 x3568
mohan_giridharadas@mckinsey.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott R. Gordon |
|
1,029 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Spencer Stuart
Attn: Christine Carlino
3000 Sand Hill Rd., Bldg. 2, Ste. 175
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 356-5500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard S. Gostyla |
|
1,029 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Spencer Stuart
Attn: Christine Carlino
3000 Sand Hill Rd., Bldg. 2, Ste. 175
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 356-5500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philip D. Johnston |
|
1,029 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Spencer Stuart
Attn: Christine Carlino
3000 Sand Hill Rd., Bldg. 2, Ste. 175
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 356-5500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Schedule 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor Name and Address |
|
Series A Shares |
|
Series B Shares |
|
Series C Shares |
Reena Kapoor |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
585 Keelson Circle
Redwood City, CA 94065
(650) 254-0565 (x212)
reena@chingari.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David J. Kennedy |
|
50,000 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
5910 N. Central Expressway, Ste. 760
Dallas, TX 75206
(214) 346-2561
dkennedy@dallasabacus.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth J. Ostrowski |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
McKinsey & Company, Inc.
Suite 4600, Georgia-Pacific Center
133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30303
(404) 525-9900
ken_ostrowski@mckinsey.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick Quigley |
|
2,941 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
c/o QuinStreet, Inc.
2750-A El Camino Real
Redwood City, CA 94061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mihir Shah |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
c/o QuinSteet, Inc.
2750-A El Camino Real
Redwood City, CA 94061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sherwin Faden,
Trustee, 2002 Faden Family Trust |
|
29,412 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
132-14th Ave.
San Mateo, CA 94402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen R. Strain |
|
1,029 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Spencer Stuart
Attn: Christine Carlino
3000 Sand Hill Rd., Bldg. 2, Ste. 175
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 356-5500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
c/o QuinStreet, Inc.
2750-A El Camino Real
Redwood City, CA 94061 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Schedule 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investor Name and Address |
|
Series A Shares |
|
Series B Shares |
|
Series C Shares |
John H. Ware |
|
1,029 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Spencer Stuart
Attn: Christine Carlino
3000 Sand Hill Rd., Bldg. 2, Ste. 175
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 356-5500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steve Wennerstrum |
|
5,882 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
4144 Grand Avenue
Western Springs, IL 60558
(312) 904-8897
steven.wennerstrum@abnamro.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Venture Lending & Leasing II |
|
Warrant for 14,706 shares |
|
0 |
|
0 |
Attn: Jay Cohan
2010 N. First Street, Suite 310
San Jose, CA 95131
(408) 436-8577 x11
jay@westerntech.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Rhodes |
|
|
|
|
|
500,000 |
Dodds Hall
Queenborough Lane
Braintree
Essex CM7 8QE
ENGLAND |
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet Investor Rights Agreement
Schedule 1
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
QuinStreet, Inc.
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 30, 2008
Approved by the Shareholders: January 30, 2008
Amended by the Board of Directors: July 25, 2008
Amendment approved by the Shareholders: July 25, 2008
Amended by the Board of Directors: August 7, 2009
Amendment Approved by the Shareholders: August 7, 2009
Termination Date: January 29, 2018
1. General.
(a) Amendment and Restatement. The Plan is adopted to amend and restate the Companys 1999
Equity Incentive Plan (the Original Plan). All outstanding stock awards granted before the
adoption of the amendment and restatement of the Original Plan by the Board shall continue to be
governed by the terms of the Original Plan, except as provided by Section 9(l). All Stock Awards
granted after the Effective Date shall be governed by the terms contained herein.
(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are
Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards:
(i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, and
(iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards.
(d) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of
the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(b), to provide
incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any
Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to
benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.
2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the
capitalized terms indicated below:
(a) Affiliate means, at the time of determination, any parent or majority-owned
subsidiary of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board
shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which parent or majority-owned
subsidiary status is determined within the foregoing definition.
(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.
(c) Capitalization Adjustment means any change that is made in, or other events that occur
with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the
Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than
cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in
corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the
Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the
Company shall not be treated as a transaction without the receipt of consideration by the
Company.
(d) Change in Control means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of
related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Companys
then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of
the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other
Exchange Act Person that acquires the Companys securities in a transaction or series of related
transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the
issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act
Person (the Subject Person) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting
securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company
reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but
for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the
Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional
voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases
the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the
designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;
(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly
or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or
similar transaction, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly
or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%)
of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or
similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power
of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each
case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities
of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a
sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets
2.
of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the
combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by shareholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the
Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or
(iv) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board
(the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of
the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of
any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent
Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a
member of the Incumbent Board.
Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change
in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for
the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control
(or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and
the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to
such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term
is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.
(e) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(f) Committee means a committee of two (2) or more Directors to whom authority has been
delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).
(g) Common Stock means the common stock of the Company.
(h) Company means QuinStreet, Inc., a California corporation.
(i) Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or
an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or
(ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such
services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not
cause a Director to be considered a Consultant for purposes of the Plan.
(j) Continuous Service means that the Participants service with the Company or an
Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A
change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as
an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders
such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participants service
with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participants Continuous Service; provided,
however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an
Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participants Continuous Service
shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate.
For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of
3.
an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To
the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that
partys sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted
in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or
any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as
Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided
in the Companys leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or
policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.
(k) Corporate Transaction means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of
related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined
by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries;
(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the
outstanding securities of the Company;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the
Company is not the surviving corporation; or
(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the
Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of
the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of
securities, cash or otherwise.
(l) Director means a member of the Board.
(m) Disability means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be
expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period
of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such
medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.
(n) Effective Date means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the
date that this Plan is first approved by the Companys shareholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is
adopted by the Board.
(o) Employee means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service
solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be
considered an Employee for purposes of the Plan.
(p) Entity means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.
4.
(q) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(r) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that Exchange Act Person shall not include
(i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an
employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter
temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned,
directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as
their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan
as set forth in Section 12, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Companys then
outstanding securities.
(s) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the
Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in
compliance with Section 422 of the Code.
(t) Incentive Stock Option means an Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(u) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock
Option.
(v) Officer means any person designated by the Company as an officer.
(w) Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares
of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.
(x) Option Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder
evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to
the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(y) Optionholder means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if
applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
(z) Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to Own, to have
Owned, to be the Owner of, or to have acquired Ownership of securities if such person or
Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or
otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting,
with respect to such securities.
(aa) Participant means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if
applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.
5.
(bb) Plan means this QuinStreet, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
(cc) Restricted Stock Award means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted
pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(a).
(dd) Restricted Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a
holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award.
Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(ee) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is
granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(b).
(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and
a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock
Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan.
(gg) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(hh) Stock Award means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including
an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, or a Restricted
Stock Unit Award.
(ii) Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant
evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(jj) Subsidiary means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than
fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock
of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company,
and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a
direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital
contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .
(kk) Ten Percent Shareholder means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to
Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.
3. Administration.
(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board
delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).
6.
(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations
of, the express provisions of the Plan:
(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be
granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or
combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award
granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted
to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock
with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market
Value applicable to a Stock Award.
(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish,
amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise
of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award
Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or
Stock Award fully effective.
(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.
(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during
which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the
provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time
during which it will vest.
(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall
not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except
with the written consent of the affected Participant.
(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including,
without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred
compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under
the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However,
except as provided in Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required
by applicable law, shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either
(i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the
Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the
Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially
reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv)
materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for
issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before
amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company
requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.
7.
(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for shareholder approval, including, but not limited
to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code
regarding Incentive Stock Options.
(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the
terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms
more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified
limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights
under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests
the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without
the affected Participants consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards
if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to
bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance
thereunder.
(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary
or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the
provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.
(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit
participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or
employed outside the United States.
(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected
Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2)
the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of
(A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a
different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) a Restricted Stock
Unit, (D) cash and/or (E) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole
discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted
accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if
it is determined, in the Companys sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would
result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code.
8.
(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the
Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the
Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore
possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate
to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to
exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or
subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the
Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to
concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some
or all of the powers previously delegated.
(d) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by
the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding
and conclusive on all persons.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan.
(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Stock
Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed eighteen million three hundred fifty-six thousand
(18,356,000) shares. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 4(a) is a limitation of the
number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this
Section 4(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 8(a).
(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant
to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or
condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited
shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares
reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 9(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an
Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i)
expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash
(i.e., the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination
or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may
be issued pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4(b), any such
shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.
(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
4(c), subject to the provisions of Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the
aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of
Incentive Stock Options shall be thirteen million one hundred forty-one thousand one hundred
sixty-four (13,141,164) shares of Common Stock.
(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but
unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open
market.
9.
5. Eligibility.
(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
employees of the Company or a parent corporation or subsidiary corporation thereof (as such
terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock
Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(b) Ten Percent Shareholders. A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted an Incentive
Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of
the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable
after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.
(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the
time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Companys securities to such Consultant is not
exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (Rule 701) because of the nature of the services that
the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or
because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not
comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities
Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
6. Option Provisions.
Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board
shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or
Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate
certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of
each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option,
then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not
be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of
provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the
following provisions:
(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no
Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or
such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.
(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Incentive Stock
Options granted to Ten Percent Shareholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less
than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option
on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an
exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for
another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or
not such options are Incentive Stock Options).
10.
(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an
Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in
its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall
have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or
otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the
consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment
are as follows:
(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;
(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve
Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt
of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate
exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;
(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of
Common Stock;
(iv) by a net exercise arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of
shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair
Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company
shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of
the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be
issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an
Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the
exercise price pursuant to the net exercise, (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a
result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;
(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided,
however, that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of
interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation
income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification
of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or
(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.
(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such
limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such
a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of
Options shall apply:
(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the
11.
Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole
discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities
Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and
securities laws upon the Optionholders request.
(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred
pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be
deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.
(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by
delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the
Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall
thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the
Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.
(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an
Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be
equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it
may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other
criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may
vary. The provisions of this Section 6(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the
minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.
(f) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option
Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an
Optionholders Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholders death or
Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder
was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only
within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the
termination of the Optionholders Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in
the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days), or (ii) the expiration
of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of
Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified
herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
(g) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option
Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the
Option following the termination of the Optionholders Continuous Service (other than upon the
Optionholders death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of
shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then
the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months
after the termination of the Optionholders Continuous Service during which the exercise of the
Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the
term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.
12.
(h) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option
Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an
Optionholders Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholders Disability, the
Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to
exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such
period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination
of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which
period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as
set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder
does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as
applicable), the Option shall terminate.
(i) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or
other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholders
Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholders death, or (ii) the Optionholder
dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the
Optionholders Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised
(to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by
the Optionholders estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholders
death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months
following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement,
which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such
Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholders death, the Option is not
exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option
shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in
accordance with Section 6(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated
beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other
consideration resulting from the Option exercise.
(j) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for
purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any
shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The
foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in
connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of
pay.
(k) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the
Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholders Continuous Service terminates to
exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior
to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the Repurchase Limitation in Section 9(k), any
unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the
Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the
Repurchase Limitation in Section 9(k) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to
exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or
13.
shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for
financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board
otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.
(l) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the Repurchase Limitation in Section 9(k), the Option
may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested
shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.
(m) Right of First Refusal. The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect
to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the
intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the
Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the Repurchase Limitation in Section
9(k). Except as expressly provided in this Section 6(m) or in the Option Agreement, such right of
first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.
7. Provisions of Stock Awards other than Options.
(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and
shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent
consistent with the Companys Bylaws, at the Boards election, shares of Common Stock may be (1)
held in book entry form subject to the Companys instructions until any restrictions relating to
the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (2) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be
held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted
Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate
Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted
Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in
the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past
services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal
consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under
applicable law.
(ii) Vesting. Subject to the Repurchase Limitation in Section 9(k), shares of Common Stock
awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in
accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.
(iii) Termination of Participants Continuous Service. In the event a Participants
Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of
the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of
termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
14.
(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock
Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are
set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole
discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains
subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such
form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms
and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the
terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical,
provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through
incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of
each of the following provisions:
(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will
determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of
Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by
the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid
in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and
permissible under applicable law.
(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose
such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its
sole discretion, deems appropriate.
(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of
Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration,
as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.
(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the
Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery
of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award
to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.
(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common
Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend
equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock
Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the
Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all
the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they
relate.
(vi) Termination of Participants Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the
applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the
15.
Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participants
termination of Continuous Service.
(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set
forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted
Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions,
if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without
limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year
in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed
pre-determined schedule.
8. Covenants of the Company.
(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep
available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such
Stock Awards.
(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory
commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant
Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards;
provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the
Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any
such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such
regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the
lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any
liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and
until such authority is obtained.
(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a
Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.
Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder
of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock
Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences
of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.
9. Miscellaneous.
(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common
Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.
(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a
grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date
of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board,
16.
regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is
communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.
(c) Shareholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of
the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award
unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award
pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of record until
the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and
records of the Company.
(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or
any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant
thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an
Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the
right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without
notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such
Consultants agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director
pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the
corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may
be.
(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market
Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock
Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all
plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the
Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were
granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of
the applicable Option Agreement(s).
(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of
exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances
satisfactory to the Company as to the Participants knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company
who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is
capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of
exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating
that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participants own
account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.
The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be
inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock
under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by
counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then
applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends
on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such
17.
counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws,
including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.
(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement,
the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding
obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Companys
right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination
of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of
Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in
connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld
with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower
amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial
accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the
Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method
as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.
(h) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a written agreement or document shall
include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Companys intranet.
(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion,
may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting
or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and
procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be
made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the
Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is
authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages,
Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participants
termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent
with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.
(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock
Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement
evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the
consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and
Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and
Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including
without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the
Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that
following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section
409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury
guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the
Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including
amendments, policies and
18.
procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are
necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or
preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or
(2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury
guidance.
(k) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock
Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market
Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested
shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common
Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall
not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period
of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial
accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock
Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.
(l) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f). If: (i) the aggregate of the number
of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock
options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the
assets of the Company at the end of the Companys most recently completed fiscal year exceeds $10
million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company
does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not
required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to
exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred
until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under
the Exchange Act (Rule 12h-1(f)), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the
Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor
upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the Permitted Transferees); provided, however,
the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii)
transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if
following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer
relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further, that any Permitted
Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above,
the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to
any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any put equivalent
position as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any call equivalent
position as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior
to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule
12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule
12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or
written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required
by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months,
including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old;
19.
provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the
Optionholders agreement to maintain its confidentiality.
10. Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall
proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities
subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities
that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 4(c),
and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to
outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be
final, binding and conclusive.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in
the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than
Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the
Companys right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such
dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Companys repurchase
option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock
Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole
discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer
subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or
terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.
(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event
of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award
or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock
Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.
(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in
the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the
surviving or acquiring corporations parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards
outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding
under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the
shareholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or
repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards
may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successors parent company,
if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring
corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or
substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption,
continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section
3.
20.
(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award
Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring
corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or
substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock
Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose
Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction
(referred to as the Current Participants), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable,
the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of
the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such
Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a
date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction),
and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective
time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company
with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate
Transaction).
(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise
stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving
corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such
outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then
with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held
by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable,
the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards
(other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject
to the Companys right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the
effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or
repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may
continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.
(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate
Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may
not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the
Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the
Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price
payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.
(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and
exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement
for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or
any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall
occur.
21.
11. Termination or Suspension of the Plan.
(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner
terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 3, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day
before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the
Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No Stock Awards
may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.
(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights
and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written
consent of the affected Participant.
12. Effective Date of Plan.
The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.
13. Choice of Law.
The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction,
validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that states conflict of laws rules.
22.
exv10w2
Exhibit
10.2
QuinStreet, Inc.
Stock Option Grant Notice
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan), hereby
grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Companys Common Stock set
forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in
the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto
and incorporated herein in their entirety.
Optionholder:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Total Exercise Price:
Expiration Date:
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Grant:
|
|
o Incentive Stock Option1
|
|
o Nonstatutory Stock Option |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Schedule:
|
|
o Same as Vesting Schedule
|
|
o Early Exercise Permitted |
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule: |
|
1/4th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date. |
|
|
1/36th of the remaining shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years. |
|
|
|
|
|
Payment: |
|
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o By cash or check |
|
|
o Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded |
|
|
o By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and
understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.
Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option
Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company
regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written
agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to
Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Agreements: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
Optionholder: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
Signature |
Title:
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attachments: Stock Option Agreement, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise
|
|
|
1 |
|
If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other
outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than
$100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any
excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option. |
Attachment I
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
QuinStreet, Inc.
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
Stock Option Agreement
(Incentive or Nonstatutory Stock Option)
Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (Grant Notice) and this Stock Option Agreement,
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company) has granted you an option under its 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan (the Plan) to purchase the number of shares of the Companys Common Stock indicated in your
Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly
defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as
in the Plan.
The details of your option are as follows:
1. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as
provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your
Continuous Service.
2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject
to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted
from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.
3. Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. In the event that you are an
Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended
(i.e., a Non-Exempt Employee), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least
six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant
Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.
4. Exercise prior to Vesting (Early Exercise). If permitted in your Grant Notice
(i.e., the Exercise Schedule indicates Early Exercise Permitted) and subject to the provisions
of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous
Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including
the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:
(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common
Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;
(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the
date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in
the Companys form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;
(c) you shall enter into the Companys form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a
vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and
(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair
Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which
your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by
you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit
(according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.
5. Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of
all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by
check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the
following:
(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in
either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to
pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.
(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or
attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens,
claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of
exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company
of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or
agreement restricting the redemption of the Companys stock.
(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:
(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued
interest, shall be due not later than four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Companys
election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.
(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate
of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the
Code, of any portion of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred
payment arrangement.
(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stocks
par value, as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by
deferred payment.
(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written
notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and, in order to secure
the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests,
you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a security agreement covering the purchased
shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance
satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may
request.
6. Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.
7. Securities Law Compliance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not
then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply
with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your
option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such
laws and regulations.
8. Term. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the
expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon
the earliest of the following:
(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other
than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your
option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating
to Securities Law Compliance, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration
Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the
termination of your Continuous Service;
(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your
Disability;
(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or
within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;
(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or
(e) the day before the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.
If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax
advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning
on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your
options exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of
your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option
under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily
be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an
Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise
your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an
Affiliate terminates.
9. Exercise.
(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your
option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a
form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company,
or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with
such additional documents as the Company may then require.
(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option,
the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the
Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of
your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common
Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock
acquired upon such exercise.
(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you
will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of
any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two
(2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common
Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.
(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make
any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar
transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities
of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective
date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer
period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar
rules and regulations (the Lock-Up Period); provided, however, that nothing contained in this
section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during
the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be
reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the
foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing
covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common
Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Companys stock are intended third
party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce
the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.
10. Transferability. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you
may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to
exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a
trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the
Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the
trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.
11. Right of First Refusal. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of
your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Companys bylaws
in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your
option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Companys
bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you
than the right of first refusal described in the Companys bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the
right of first refusal described in the Companys bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The
Companys right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the
Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities
exchange or quotation system.
12. Right of Repurchase. To the extent provided in the Companys bylaws in effect at
such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase
all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.
13. Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service
contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation
on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an
Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the
Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees
to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an
Affiliate.
14. Withholding Obligations.
(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as
requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts
payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a
cashless exercise pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the
federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if
any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.
(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and
compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from
fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a
number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of
the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or
such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for
financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is
deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to
the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under
Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon
such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the
determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option.
Notwithstanding the filing
of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of
Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to
you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share
withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.
(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company
and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when
desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a
certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow
provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.
15. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to
design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your
tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers,
Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your
other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of
the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to
the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other
impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not
traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board,
perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge
that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as
determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its
Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts
that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the fair market value as subsequently
determined by the Internal Revenue Service.
16. Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by
mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.
17. Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the
Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all
interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and
adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option
and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.
Attachment II
2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Attachment III
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
Notice of Exercise
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
Foster City, CA 94404
|
|
Date of Exercise:
_________________ |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares
for the price set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of option (check one): |
|
Incentive o |
|
Nonstatutory o |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares as
to which option is
exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificates to be
issued in name of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total exercise price: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payment delivered
herewith: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of ________ shares of
QuinStreet, Inc. common
stock delivered herewith2: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant
to the terms of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in
the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of
this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in
writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common
Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant
of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of
this option.
I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the Shares), which are being acquired by me
for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:
|
|
|
2 |
|
Shares must meet the public trading requirements set
forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the
option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims,
encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or
accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate. |
I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Securities Act), and are deemed to constitute restricted securities under Rule 701
and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I
have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the
Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.
I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days
(90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that
more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.
I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the
provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing
limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Companys Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.
I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in
connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of,
grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the
same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a
period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of
the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance
NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the Lock-Up Period). I
further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the
Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to
give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until
the end of such period.
Very truly yours,
___________________________
exv10w3
Exhibit 10.3
QUINSTREET, INC.
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE Senior Management Personnel
2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan), hereby
grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Companys Common Stock set
forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in
the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto
and incorporated herein in their entirety.
Optionholder:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Total Exercise Price:
Expiration Date:
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Grant:
|
|
o Incentive Stock Option1
|
|
o Nonstatutory Stock Option |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Schedule:
|
|
o Same as Vesting Schedule
|
|
o Early Exercise Permitted |
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule: |
|
1/4th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date. |
|
|
1/36th of the remaining shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years. |
|
|
The vesting schedule may accelerate upon a Change in Control (described in the Stock Option Agreement). |
|
|
|
|
|
Payment: |
|
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o By cash or check |
|
|
o Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded |
|
|
o By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and
understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.
Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option
Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company
regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written
agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to
Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
Optionholder: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attachments: Stock Option Agreement, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise |
|
|
|
1 |
|
If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other
outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than
$100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any
excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option. |
Attachment I
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
QUINSTREET, INC.
2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Stock Option Agreement for Senior Management
(Incentive or Nonstatutory Stock Option)
Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (Grant Notice) and this Stock Option Agreement,
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company) has granted you an option under its 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan (the Plan) to purchase the number of shares of the Companys Common Stock indicated in your
Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly
defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as
in the Plan.
The details of your option are as follows:
1. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as
provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your
Continuous Service.
2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject
to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted
from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.
3. Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. In the event that you are an
Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended
(i.e., a Non-Exempt Employee), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least
six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant
Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.
4. Exercise prior to Vesting (Early Exercise). If permitted in your Grant Notice
(i.e., the Exercise Schedule indicates Early Exercise Permitted) and subject to the provisions
of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous
Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including
the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:
(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common
Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;
(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the
date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in
the Companys form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;
(c) you shall enter into the Companys form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a
vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and
(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair
Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which
your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by
you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit
(according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.
5. Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of
all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by
check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the
following:
(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in
either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to
pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.
(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or
attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens,
claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of
exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company
of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or
agreement restricting the redemption of the Companys stock.
(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:
(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued
interest, shall be due not later than four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Companys
election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.
(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate
of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the
Code, of any portion of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred
payment arrangement.
(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stocks
par value, as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by
deferred payment.
(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written
notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and, in order to secure
the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests,
you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a security agreement covering the purchased
shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance
satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may
request.
6. Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.
7. Securities Law Compliance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not
then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply
with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your
option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such
laws and regulations.
8. Term. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the
expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon
the earliest of the following:
(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other
than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your
option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating
to Securities Law Compliance, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration
Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the
termination of your Continuous Service;
(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your
Disability;
(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or
within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;
(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or
(e) the day before the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.
If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax
advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning
on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your
options exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of
your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option
under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily
be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an
Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise
your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an
Affiliate terminates.
9. Exercise.
(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your
option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a
form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company,
or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with
such additional documents as the Company may then require.
(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option,
the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the
Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of
your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common
Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock
acquired upon such exercise.
(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you
will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of
any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two
(2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common
Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.
(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make
any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar
transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities
of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective
date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer
period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar
rules and regulations (the Lock-Up Period); provided, however, that nothing contained in this
section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during
the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be
reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the
foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing
covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common
Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Companys stock are intended third
party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce
the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.
10. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan),
the unvested portion of your option, if any, shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule
described your Stock Option Grant Notice. If your employment terminates due to an Involuntary
Termination Without Cause or a Resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) within six (6)
months, in either case, following the effective date of a Change in Control, twenty-five percent
(25%) of the portion of your option subject to vesting that is unvested on the effective date of
such termination will vest immediately upon such termination.
(a) Involuntary Termination Without Cause means your dismissal or discharge by the Company
for a reason other than for Cause. The termination of your
employment as a result of death or disability shall not be deemed to be an Involuntary
Termination Without Cause. Cause means that, in the determination of the Board, you:
(i) have been convicted (including a guilty plea or no contest) of any felony or any crime
involving dishonesty that is likely to inflict or has inflicted demonstrable and material injury on
the business of the Company;
(ii) have participated in any fraud against the Company;
(iii) have intentionally damaged any property of the Company thereby causing demonstrable and
material injury to the business of the Company; or
(iv) have willfully and habitually neglected your duties to the Company.
(b) Resignation for Good Reason means that you voluntarily terminate employment after any of
the following are undertaken without your express written consent:
(i) the assignment to you of any duties or responsibilities that results in a significant
diminution in your employment role in the Company as in effect immediately prior to the effective
date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that mere changes in your title or reporting
relationships alone shall not constitute a basis for Resignation for Good Reason;
(ii) a greater than five percent (5%) aggregate reduction by the Company in your annual base
salary, as in effect on the effective date of the Change in Control or as increased thereafter;
provided, however, that if there are across-the-board proportionate salary reductions for all
officers, management-level and other salaried employees due to the financial condition of the
Company, a greater than ten percent (10%) aggregate reduction by the Company in your annual base
salary will be required;
(iii) any failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit plan or program, including
fringe benefits, incentive plans and plans with respect to the receipt of securities of the
Company, in which you are participating immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in
Control (hereinafter referred to as Benefit Plans), or the taking of any action by the Company
that would adversely affect your participation in or reduce your benefits under the Benefit Plans;
provided, however, that a basis for Resignation for Good Reason shall not exist under this clause
(c) following a Change in Control if the Company offers a range of benefit plans and programs that,
taken as a whole, is comparable to the Benefit Plans; or
(iv) a non-temporary relocation of your business office to a location more than fifty (50)
miles from the location at which you perform duties as of the effective date of the Change in
Control, except for required travel by you on the Companys business to an extent substantially
consistent with your business travel obligations prior to the Change in Control.
11. Transferability. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company,
you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to
exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a
trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the
Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the
trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.
12. Right of First Refusal. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of
your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Companys bylaws
in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your
option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Companys
bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you
than the right of first refusal described in the Companys bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the
right of first refusal described in the Companys bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The
Companys right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the
Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities
exchange or quotation system.
13. Right of Repurchase. To the extent provided in the Companys bylaws in effect at
such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase
all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.
14. Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service
contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation
on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an
Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the
Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees
to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an
Affiliate.
15. Withholding Obligations.
(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as
requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts
payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a
cashless exercise pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the
federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if
any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.
(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and
compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from
fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a
number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of
the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or
such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid
classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date
of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of
exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be
permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering
the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which
such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding
obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election,
shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined
as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise.
Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall
be your sole responsibility.
(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company
and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when
desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a
certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow
provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.
16. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to
design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your
tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers,
Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your
other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of
the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to
the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other
impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not
traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board,
perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge
that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as
determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its
Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts
that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the fair market value as subsequently
determined by the Internal Revenue Service.
17. Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by
mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.
18. Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the
Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all
interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and
adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option
and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.
Attachment II
2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Attachment III
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
Notice of Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foster City, CA 94404
|
|
|
|
Date of Exercise: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares
for the price set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of option (check one):
|
|
|
|
Incentive o
|
|
|
|
Nonstatutory o |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares as
to which option is
exercised: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificates to be
issued in name of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total exercise price:
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payment delivered
herewith:
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of shares of
QuinStreet, Inc. common
stock delivered herewith2:
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant
to the terms of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in
the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of
this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in
writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common
Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant
of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of
this option.
I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the Shares), which are being acquired by me
for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:
|
|
|
2 |
|
Shares must meet the public trading requirements set
forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the
option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims,
encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or
accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate. |
I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Securities Act), and are deemed to constitute restricted securities under Rule 701
and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I
have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the
Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.
I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days
(90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that
more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.
I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the
provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing
limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Companys Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.
I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in
connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of,
grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the
same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a
period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of
the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance
NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the Lock-Up Period). I
further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the
Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to
give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until
the end of such period.
exv10w4
Exhibit 10.4
QUINSTREET, INC.
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan), hereby
grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Companys Common Stock set
forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in
the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto
and incorporated herein in their entirety.
Optionholder:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Total Exercise Price:
Expiration Date:
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Grant:
|
|
o Incentive Stock Option1
|
|
o Nonstatutory Stock Option |
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Schedule:
|
|
o Same as Vesting Schedule
|
|
o Early Exercise Permitted |
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule:
|
|
1/4th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date. |
|
|
1/36th of the remaining shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years. |
|
|
The vesting schedule may accelerate upon a Change in Control (described in the Stock Option Agreement). |
|
Payment:
|
|
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement): |
|
|
|
o By cash or check |
|
|
o Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded |
|
|
o By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and
understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan.
Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option
Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company
regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written
agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to
Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
Optionholder:
|
|
By: |
|
|
Signature |
|
Signature |
|
Title: |
|
Date: |
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
Attachments: Stock Option Agreement, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise
|
|
|
1 |
|
If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other
outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than
$100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any
excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option. |
Attachment I
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
QUINSTREET, INC.
2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors
(Nonstatutory Stock Options)
Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (Grant Notice) and this Stock Option Agreement,
QuinStreet, Inc. (the Company) has granted you an option under its 2008 Equity Incentive
Plan (the Plan) to purchase the number of shares of the Companys Common Stock indicated in your
Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly
defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as
in the Plan.
The details of your option are as follows:
1. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as
provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your
Continuous Service.
2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject
to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted
from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.
3. Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. In the event that you are an
Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended
(i.e., a Non-Exempt Employee), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least
six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant
Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.
4. Exercise prior to Vesting (Early Exercise). If permitted in your Grant Notice
(i.e., the Exercise Schedule indicates Early Exercise Permitted) and subject to the provisions
of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous
Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including
the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:
(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common
Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;
(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the
date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in
the Companys form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;
(c) you shall enter into the Companys form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a
vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and
(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair
Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which
your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by
you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit
(according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.
5. Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of
all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by
check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the
following:
(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in
either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to
pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.
(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted
regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or
attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens,
claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of
exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company
of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or
agreement restricting the redemption of the Companys stock.
(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:
(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued
interest, shall be due not later than four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Companys
election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.
(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate
of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the
Code, of any portion of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred
payment arrangement.
(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stocks
par value, as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by
deferred payment.
(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written
notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and, in order to secure
the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests,
you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a security agreement covering the purchased
shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance
satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may
request.
6. Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.
7. Securities Law Compliance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not
then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply
with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your
option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such
laws and regulations.
8. Term. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the
expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon
the earliest of the following:
(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other
than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your
option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating
to Securities Law Compliance, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration
Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the
termination of your Continuous Service;
(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your
Disability;
(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or
within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;
(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or
(e) the day before the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.
9. Exercise.
(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your
option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a
form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company,
or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with
such additional documents as the Company may then require.
(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option,
the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the
Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of
your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to
which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition
of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.
(c) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make
any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar
transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities
of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective
date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer
period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar
rules and regulations (the Lock-Up Period); provided, however, that nothing contained in this
section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during
the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be
reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the
foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing
covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common
Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Companys stock are intended third
party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce
the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.
10. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan),
the unvested portion of your option, if any, shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule
described your Stock Option Grant Notice. If your employment terminates due to an Involuntary
Termination Without Cause or a Resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) within six (6)
months, in either case, following the effective date of a Change in Control, twenty-five percent
(25%) of the portion of your option subject to vesting that is unvested on the effective date of
such termination will vest immediately upon such termination.
(a) Involuntary Termination Without Cause means your dismissal or discharge by the Company
for a reason other than for Cause. The termination of your employment as a result of death or
disability shall not be deemed to be an Involuntary Termination Without Cause. Cause means that,
in the determination of the Board, you:
(i) have been convicted (including a guilty plea or no contest) of any felony or any crime
involving dishonesty that is likely to inflict or has inflicted demonstrable and material injury on
the business of the Company;
(ii) have participated in any fraud against the Company;
(iii) have intentionally damaged any property of the Company thereby causing demonstrable and
material injury to the business of the Company; or
(iv) have willfully and habitually neglected your duties to the Company.
(b) Resignation for Good Reason means that you voluntarily terminate employment after any of
the following are undertaken without your express written consent:
(i) the assignment to you of any duties or responsibilities that results in a significant
diminution in your employment role in the Company as in effect immediately prior to the effective
date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that mere changes in your title or reporting
relationships alone shall not constitute a basis for Resignation for Good Reason;
(ii) a greater than five percent (5%) aggregate reduction by the Company in your annual base
salary, as in effect on the effective date of the Change in Control or as increased thereafter;
provided, however, that if there are across-the-board proportionate salary reductions for all
officers, management-level and other salaried employees due to the financial condition of the
Company, a greater than ten percent (10%) aggregate reduction by the Company in your annual base
salary will be required;
(iii) any failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit plan or program, including
fringe benefits, incentive plans and plans with respect to the receipt of securities of the
Company, in which you are participating immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in
Control (hereinafter referred to as Benefit Plans), or the taking of any action by the Company
that would adversely affect your participation in or reduce your benefits under the Benefit Plans;
provided, however, that a basis for Resignation for Good Reason shall not exist under this clause
(c) following a Change in Control if the Company offers a range of benefit plans and programs that,
taken as a whole, is comparable to the Benefit Plans; or
(iv) a non-temporary relocation of your business office to a location more than fifty (50)
miles from the location at which you perform duties as of the effective date of the Change in
Control, except for required travel by you on the Companys business to an extent substantially
consistent with your business travel obligations prior to the Change in Control.
11. Transferability. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you
may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to
exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a
trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the
Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the
trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.
12. Right of First Refusal. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of
your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Companys bylaws
in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your
option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Companys
bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you
than the right of first refusal described in the Companys bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the
right of first refusal described in the Companys bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The
Companys right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the
Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities
exchange or quotation system.
13. Right of Repurchase. To the extent provided in the Companys bylaws in effect at
such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase
all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.
14. Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service
contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation
on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an
Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the
Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees
to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an
Affiliate.
15. Withholding Obligations.
(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as
requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts
payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a
cashless exercise pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the
Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the
federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if
any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.
(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and
compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from
fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a
number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of
the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or
such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for
financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is
deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to
the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under
Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon
such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the
determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option.
Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from
fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are
otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in
connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.
(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company
and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when
desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a
certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow
provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.
16. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to
design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your
tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers,
Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your
other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of
the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to
the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other
impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not
traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board,
perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge
that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as
determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its
Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts
that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the fair market value as subsequently
determined by the Internal Revenue Service.
17. Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by
mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.
18. Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the
Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all
interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and
adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option
and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.
Attachment II
2008 Equity Incentive Plan
Attachment III
Notice of Exercise
Notice of Exercise
(NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION)
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
Foster City, CA 94404
|
|
Date of Exercise: |
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares
for the price set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
Type of option (check one):
|
|
Incentive o
|
|
Nonstatutory o |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares as
to which option is
exercised:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificates to be
issued in name of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total exercise price:
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payment delivered
herewith:
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of shares of
QuinStreet, Inc. common
stock delivered herewith2:
|
|
$
|
|
|
By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant
to the terms of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in
the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of
this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in
writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common
Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant
of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of
this option.
|
|
|
2 |
|
Shares must meet the public trading requirements set
forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the
option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims,
encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or
accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate. |
I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the Shares), which are being acquired by me
for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:
I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Securities Act), and are deemed to constitute restricted securities under Rule 701
and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I
have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the
Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.
I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days
(90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that
more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.
I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the
provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing
limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Companys Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.
I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in
connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of,
grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the
same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a
period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of
the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance
NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the Lock-Up Period). I
further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the
Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to
give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose
stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until
the end of such period.
exv10w11
Exhibit 10.11
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is made and entered into as of [_______],
2009 between QuinStreet, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and [name] (Indemnitee).
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as
directors or executive officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate
protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and
actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has determined that, in order to
attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis,
at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its
subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a
customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business
enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance
may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same
time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are
being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other
things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business
enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require
indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to
indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL). The
Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification
provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be
entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons
with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased
the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining
such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Companys stockholders and that the
Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection
in the future;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate
itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from
undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed
a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Companys Bylaws and
Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be
willing to serve as a director or executive officer without adequate protection, and the Company
desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve
and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she
be so indemnified; and
[For Fund Representatives on the Board only:] [WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to
indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] that Indemnitee and [Name of
Fund/Sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify
Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Companys acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing
being a material condition to Indemnitees willingness to serve on the Board.]
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitees agreement to serve as a director or executive
officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In
furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by
reason of his or her Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened
to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a
Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him of her, or on his or her behalf,
in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted
in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful.
(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to
the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his or her
Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any
Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b),
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitees behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee
acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no
indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in
such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless
and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such
indemnification may be made.
(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that
2
Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the
merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent
permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not
wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or
more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify
Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his or her behalf in
connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section
and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by
dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim,
issue or matter.
2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on,
the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and
hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his or her
behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a
party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the
Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or
passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Companys
obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any
payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the
presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
3. Contribution.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is
available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which
the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or
proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or
settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such
payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have
against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or
proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all
claims asserted against Indemnitee.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding
subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion
of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in
which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or
proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion
to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the
Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in
such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the
transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the
proportion determined on the basis of relative
3
benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to
the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other
than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit
or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events
that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other
equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the
Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are
jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the
one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or
advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which
their conduct is active or passive.
(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims
of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than
Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided
for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu
of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for
judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for
Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in
such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such
Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as
a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the
relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in
connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a
witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with
any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitees Corporate Status within 30 days after the receipt by the
Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time
to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or
statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be
preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any
Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this
Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.
6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity
4
that are as
favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.
Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the
event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a
written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon
receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that
Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee
to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall
not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent
that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of
Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto shall
be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election
of the board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a
quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the
disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested
directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if
so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof,
disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not
parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by
Indemnitee.
(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent
Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as
provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of
Directors. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been
given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such
objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet
the requirements of Independent Counsel as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and
the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a
proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written
objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent
Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection
is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for
indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been
selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection
which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Companys selection of Independent Counsel
and/or for the appointment as
Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court
shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person
so
5
appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall
pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent
Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall
pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c),
regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the
person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement.
(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitees action is based on
the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on
information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in
the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information
or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or
by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the
knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the
Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to
indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section
6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in
good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company.
(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to
determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination
within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of
entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled
to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission
of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees statement not materially misleading, in
connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification
under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable
time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such
determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional
time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided,
further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(g) shall not apply if the
determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to
Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within 15 days after receipt by the Company of
the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if
appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an
annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such receipt and such determination is made
thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within 15 days after such receipt for
the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days
after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.
(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination
with respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification,
including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any
documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and
6
which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any
Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act
reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitees entitlement to
indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys fees and
disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making
such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to
Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment
may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and
uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is
resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without
limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or
other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding.
(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment,
order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not
(except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of
Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and
in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to
believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
7. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this
Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement
of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no
determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this
Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv)
payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten days after receipt by
the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten
days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such
determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware,
or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitees entitlement to such
indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days
following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to
this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitees right to seek any such
adjudication.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of
this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial
proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as
a de novo
7
trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse
determination under Section 6(b).
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement
that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in
any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by
Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees
misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or
(ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial
adjudication of his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to
recover under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company,
the Company shall pay on his or her behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types
described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee
ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or
insurance recovery.
(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced
pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not
valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by
all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all
Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after receipt by the Company of a
written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to
Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee
for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any
directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of
whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of
Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to
entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final
disposition of the Proceeding.
8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification;
Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the
Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of
directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of
any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in
respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to
such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a
change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification
than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this
8
Agreement,
it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater
benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in
equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise,
shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing
liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by
such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage
available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.
If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has
director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the
commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause
such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such
proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(c) [For Fund Representatives on the Board only:] [The Company hereby acknowledges that
Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided
by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the Fund Indemnitors).
The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to
Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide
indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii)
that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall
be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in
settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company
and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors,
and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and
all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any
kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund
Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought
indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a
right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of
the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that
the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this
Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of
recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers
required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including
execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce
such rights.
9
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this
Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent
that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract,
agreement or otherwise.
(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Companys obligation to indemnify or
advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually
received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this
Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in
connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance
policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under
any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect
the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above; or
(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by
Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common
law; or
(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee,
including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the
Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of
Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its
initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to
the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained
herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is
or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), and for six years after the
termination of such period, and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to
any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his or her
Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time
any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this
Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of
the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and
legal representatives.
10
11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to
Indemnitee for the Companys obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit,
funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be
revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
12. Enforcement.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and
assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer
or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this
Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and
implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Corporate Status describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer,
employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the
express written request of the Company.
(b) Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to
the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(c) Enterprise shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express
written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(d) Expenses shall include all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs,
transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and
binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or
expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a
Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.
Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any
Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of
the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the
premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other
appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include
amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against
Indemnitee.
11
(e) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in
matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained
to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other
than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees
under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to
a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent
Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct
then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee
in an action to determine Indemnitees rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the
reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel
against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(f) Proceeding includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other
actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or
otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is
or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an
officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his
or her part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he
or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or
fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each
case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability
or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including
one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee
pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.
14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in
no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification
rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof
conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the
aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of
this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No
waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of
any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing
waiver.
16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing
upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation,
subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or
matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the
Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee
12
under this
Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially
prejudices the Company.
17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to
the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during
normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c)
five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying
next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:
(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.
(b) To the Company at:
QuinStreet, Inc.
1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, 8th Floor
Foster City, CA 94404
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company
by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof.
20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed
exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its
conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i)
agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or inconnection with this Agreement shall be
brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the Delaware Court), and not in any
other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country,
(ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any
action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection
to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware court, and (iv) waive, and
agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or
proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient
forum.
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW
13
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 29, 2008
COMERICA BANK
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEAD ARRANGER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
1. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
2 |
|
1.1 Certain Defined Terms |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. REVOLVING CREDIT |
|
|
25 |
|
2.1 Commitment |
|
|
25 |
|
2.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness |
|
|
25 |
|
2.3 Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances |
|
|
26 |
|
2.4 Disbursement of Advances |
|
|
28 |
|
2.5 Swing Line |
|
|
30 |
|
2.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest |
|
|
35 |
|
2.7 Optional Prepayments |
|
|
36 |
|
2.8 Prime-based Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default |
|
|
37 |
|
2.9 Revolving Credit Facility Fee |
|
|
37 |
|
2.10 Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances |
|
|
38 |
|
2.11 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
|
|
|
39 |
|
2.12 Use of Proceeds of Advances |
|
|
39 |
|
2.13 Optional Increase in Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. LETTERS OF CREDIT |
|
|
41 |
|
3.1 Letters of Credit |
|
|
41 |
|
3.2 Conditions to Issuance |
|
|
42 |
|
3.3 Notice |
|
|
43 |
|
3.4 Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs |
|
|
43 |
|
3.5 Other Fees |
|
|
45 |
|
3.6 Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under
Letters of Credit |
|
|
45 |
|
3.7 Obligations Irrevocable |
|
|
47 |
|
3.8 Risk Under Letters of Credit |
|
|
48 |
|
3.9 Indemnification |
|
|
49 |
|
3.10 Right of Reimbursement |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. TERM LOAN |
|
|
50 |
|
4.1 Term Loan |
|
|
50 |
|
4.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness |
|
|
50 |
|
4.3 Repayment of Principal |
|
|
51 |
|
4.4 Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term Loan
|
|
|
52 |
|
4.5 Prime-based Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default |
|
|
53 |
|
4.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest |
|
|
53 |
|
4.7 Optional Prepayment of Term Loan |
|
|
54 |
|
4.8 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan |
|
|
54 |
|
4.9 Use of Proceeds |
|
|
55 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
5. CONDITIONS |
|
|
56 |
|
5.1 Conditions of Initial Advances |
|
|
56 |
|
5.2 Continuing Conditions |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|
59 |
|
6.1 Corporate Authority |
|
|
59 |
|
6.2 Due Authorization |
|
|
59 |
|
6.3 Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens |
|
|
59 |
|
6.4 Taxes |
|
|
60 |
|
6.5 No Defaults |
|
|
60 |
|
6.6 Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents |
|
|
60 |
|
6.7 Compliance with Laws |
|
|
60 |
|
6.8 Non-contravention |
|
|
61 |
|
6.9 Litigation |
|
|
61 |
|
6.10 Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc. |
|
|
61 |
|
6.11 Agreements Affecting Financial Condition |
|
|
61 |
|
6.12 No Investment Company or Margin Stock |
|
|
61 |
|
6.13 ERISA |
|
|
62 |
|
6.14 Conditions Affecting Business or Properties |
|
|
62 |
|
6.15 Environmental and Safety Matters |
|
|
62 |
|
6.16 Subsidiaries |
|
|
63 |
|
6.17 Management Agreements |
|
|
63 |
|
6.18 [Intentionally Deleted |
|
|
63 |
|
6.19 Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc. |
|
|
63 |
|
6.20 Capital Structure |
|
|
63 |
|
6.21 Accuracy of Information |
|
|
63 |
|
6.22 Solvency |
|
|
64 |
|
6.23 Employee Matters |
|
|
64 |
|
6.24 No Misrepresentation |
|
|
64 |
|
6.25 Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
65 |
|
7.1 Financial Statements |
|
|
65 |
|
7.2 Certificates; Other Information |
|
|
65 |
|
7.3 Payment of Obligations |
|
|
67 |
|
7.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws |
|
|
67 |
|
7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
|
|
67 |
|
7.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions |
|
|
68 |
|
7.7 Notices |
|
|
68 |
|
7.8 Hazardous Material Laws |
|
|
69 |
|
7.9 Financial Covenants |
|
|
70 |
|
7.10 Governmental and Other Approvals |
|
|
70 |
|
7.11 Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices |
|
|
70 |
|
7.12 Defense of Collateral |
|
|
71 |
|
7.13 Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral |
|
|
71 |
|
7.14 Accounts |
|
|
72 |
|
7.15 Use of Proceeds |
|
|
72 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
7.17 Further Assurances and Information |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
73 |
|
8.1 Limitation on Debt |
|
|
73 |
|
8.2 Limitation on Liens |
|
|
75 |
|
8.3 Acquisitions |
|
|
76 |
|
8.4 Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets |
|
|
76 |
|
8.5 Restricted Payments |
|
|
78 |
|
8.6 [Intentionally Deleted |
|
|
79 |
|
8.7 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances |
|
|
79 |
|
8.8 Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
80 |
|
8.9 Sale-Leaseback Transactions |
|
|
81 |
|
8.10 Limitations on Other Restrictions |
|
|
81 |
|
8.11 Prepayment of Debt |
|
|
82 |
|
8.12 Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents |
|
|
82 |
|
8.13 Modification of Certain Agreements |
|
|
82 |
|
8.14 Management Fees |
|
|
82 |
|
8.15 Fiscal Year |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. DEFAULTS |
|
|
82 |
|
9.1 Events of Default |
|
|
82 |
|
9.2 Exercise of Remedies |
|
|
85 |
|
9.3 Rights Cumulative |
|
|
86 |
|
9.4 Waiver by Borrower of Certain Laws |
|
|
86 |
|
9.5 Waiver of Defaults |
|
|
86 |
|
9.6 Set Off |
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS |
|
|
87 |
|
10.1 Payment Procedure |
|
|
87 |
|
10.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral |
|
|
88 |
|
10.3 Pro-rata Recovery |
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS |
|
|
89 |
|
11.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs |
|
|
89 |
|
11.2 Eurodollar Lending Office |
|
|
90 |
|
11.3 Circumstances Affecting Eurodollar-based Rate Availability |
|
|
90 |
|
11.4 Laws Affecting Eurodollar-based Advance Availability |
|
|
90 |
|
11.5 Increased Cost of Eurodollar-based Advances |
|
|
91 |
|
11.6 Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs |
|
|
92 |
|
11.7 Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates |
|
|
93 |
|
11.8 Margin Adjustment |
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. AGENT |
|
|
94 |
|
12.1 Appointment of Agent |
|
|
94 |
|
12.2 Deposit Account with Agent or any Lender |
|
|
94 |
|
12.3 Scope of Agents Duties |
|
|
94 |
|
12.4 Successor Agent |
|
|
95 |
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
12.5 Credit Decisions |
|
|
95 |
|
12.6 Authority of Agent to Enforce This Agreement |
|
|
96 |
|
12.7 Indemnification of Agent |
|
|
96 |
|
12.8 Knowledge of Default |
|
|
96 |
|
12.9 Agents Authorization; Action by Lenders |
|
|
97 |
|
12.10 Enforcement Actions by the Agent |
|
|
97 |
|
12.11 Collateral Matters |
|
|
97 |
|
12.12 Agents in their Individual Capacities |
|
|
98 |
|
12.13 Agents Fees |
|
|
98 |
|
12.14 Documentation Agent or other Titles |
|
|
98 |
|
12.15 No Reliance on Agents Customer Identification Program |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
99 |
|
13.1 Accounting Principles |
|
|
99 |
|
13.2 Consent to Jurisdiction |
|
|
99 |
|
13.3 Law of California |
|
|
100 |
|
13.4 Interest |
|
|
100 |
|
13.5 Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification |
|
|
100 |
|
13.6 Notices |
|
|
101 |
|
13.7 Further Action |
|
|
102 |
|
13.8 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments |
|
|
102 |
|
13.9 Counterparts |
|
|
106 |
|
13.10 Amendment and Waiver |
|
|
106 |
|
13.11 Confidentiality |
|
|
107 |
|
13.12 Substitution of Lenders |
|
|
107 |
|
13.13 Withholding Taxes |
|
|
108 |
|
13.14 Taxes and Fees |
|
|
109 |
|
13.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
|
|
109 |
|
13.16 USA Patriot Act Notice |
|
|
112 |
|
13.17 Complete Agreement; Conflicts |
|
|
112 |
|
13.18 Severability |
|
|
112 |
|
13.19 Table of Contents and Headings; Section References |
|
|
112 |
|
13.20 Construction of Certain Provisions |
|
|
112 |
|
13.21 Independence of Covenants |
|
|
112 |
|
13.22 Electronic Transmissions |
|
|
113 |
|
13.23 Advertisements |
|
|
113 |
|
13.24 Reliance on and Survival of Provisions |
|
|
113 |
|
13.25 Amendment and Restatement; Assignment and Assumptions |
|
|
114 |
|
13.26 Individual Employee Liability to Lenders |
|
|
114 |
|
iv
EXHIBITS
A FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE
B FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
C FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE
D FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE
E FORM OF NOTICE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT
F FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
G [RESERVED]
H FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
I FORM OF GUARANTY
J FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT
K FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE
L FORM OF TERM LOAN RATE REQUEST
M FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE
N FORM OF NEW LENDER ADDENDUM
SCHEDULES
1
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
This Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the 29th day of
September, 2008 to be effective on the Effective Date, by and among the financial institutions from
time to time signatory hereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent), Arranger, Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent, and Quinstreet, Inc.
(Borrower).
RECITALS
A. Borrower and Comerica Bank entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as
of August 31, 2006 (as subsequently amended from time to time, the Prior Credit Agreement).
B. Borrower now desires to amend and replace the Prior Credit Agreement with an amended and
restated credit agreement evidenced by this Agreement.
C. Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend to it credit and letters of credit on the
terms and conditions set forth herein.
D. The Lenders are prepared to extend such credit as aforesaid, but only on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein, Borrower, the Lenders, and
the Agent agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS.
1.1 Certain Defined Terms. For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms will have the following meanings:
Account(s) shall mean any account or account receivable as defined under the UCC, including
without limitation, with respect to any Person, any right of such Person to payment for goods sold
or leased or for services rendered.
Account Control Agreement(s) shall mean those certain account control agreements, or similar
agreements that are delivered pursuant to Section 7.14 of this Agreement or otherwise, as the same
may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Account Debtor shall mean the party who is obligated on or under any Account.
Adjusted Quick Ratio shall mean as of any date of determination, a ratio the numerator of
which is Cash plus trade accounts less than ninety (90) days from invoice date and the denominator
of which is Current Liabilities plus the face amount of any Letters of Credit less the
current portion of Deferred Revenue, all as determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower
and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
2
Advance(s) shall mean, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by the Borrower,
and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 hereof, the Term Loan Lenders under
Section 4.1 hereof, or the Swing Line Lender under Section 2.5 hereof, including without limitation
any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.5 or 4.4
hereof, and any advance deemed to have been made in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section
3.6(a) hereof, and shall include, as applicable, a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Prime-based Advance
and a Quoted Rate Advance.
Affected Lender shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12 hereof.
Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled
by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to
control another Person for the purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or
indirectly, the power (i) to vote 30% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power
for the election of directors or managers of such other Person or (ii) to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Agent shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and include any successor agents
appointed in accordance with Section 12.4 hereof.
Agents Correspondent shall mean for Eurodollar-based Advances, Agents Grand Cayman Branch
(or for the account of said branch office, at Agents main office in San Jose, California, United
States).
Alternate Base Rate shall mean, for any day, an interest rate per annum equal to the Federal
Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one percent (1.0%).
Applicable Fee Percentage shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the
applicable percentage used to calculate certain of the fees due and payable hereunder, determined
by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as
Schedule 1.1.
Applicable Interest Rate shall mean, (i) with respect to each Revolving Credit Advance and
Term Loan Advance, the Eurodollar-based Rate or the Prime-based Rate, and (ii) with respect to each
Swing Line Advance, the Prime-based Rate or, the Quoted Rate, in each case as selected by the
Borrower from time to time and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Applicable Margin shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable
interest rate margin, determined by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix
attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1, such Applicable Margin to be adjusted solely as
specified in Section 11.8 hereof.
Applicable Measuring Period shall mean the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending
on the applicable date of determination.
3
Asset Sale shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by any Credit Party of any
asset (other than the sale or transfer of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the stock or
other ownership interests of any Subsidiary) to any Person (other than to Borrower or a Guarantor).
Assignment Agreement shall mean an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit
H hereto.
Authorized Signer shall mean each person who has been authorized by the Borrower to execute
and deliver any requests for Advances hereunder pursuant to a written authorization delivered to
the Agent and whose signature card or incumbency certificate has been received by the Agent.
Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code and the rules promulgated
thereunder.
Borrower shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which commercial banks
are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San
Jose, California and New York, New York, and in the case of a Business Day which relates to a
Eurodollar-based Advance, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar
market.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, with respect to any Person (without
duplication), the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such Person and its Subsidiaries during
such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capitalized Lease) of fixed or capital
assets or additions to equipment, plant and property that should be capitalized under GAAP on a
consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries, but excluding expenditures made in
connection with the Reinvestment of Insurance Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds or the Net Cash
Proceeds of Asset Sales.
Capitalized Lease shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether
real, personal or mixed) with respect to which the discounted present value of the rental
obligations of such Person as lessee thereunder, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be
capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.
Cash shall mean unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.
Cash Proceeds shall mean Cash, proceeds of Advances of the Revolving Credit and proceeds of
Seller Notes that are payable in full within 12 months from the date of the closing of the related
acquisitions.
Change of Control shall mean an event or series of events whereby any Person or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)
becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes
of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors,
empowering such person or group to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower,
4
who
did not have such power before such transaction.
Closing Date shall mean the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in
Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have been satisfied or waived in writing.
Collateral shall mean all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or
other encumbrance for the benefit of the Lenders is or has been granted or arises or has arisen,
under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise to secure the
Indebtedness.
Collateral Access Agreement shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent in its sole discretion, pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which
Collateral is stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of
inventory or other property owned by any Credit Party, that acknowledges the Liens under the
Collateral Documents and subordinates or waives any Liens held by such Person on such property and,
includes such other agreements with respect to the Collateral as Agent may require in its sole
discretion, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Collateral Documents shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreements, the
Mortgages, the Account Control Agreements, the Collateral Access Agreements, and all other security
documents (and any joinders thereto) executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Agent on or after
the Effective Date, in connection with any of the foregoing collateral documents, in each case, as
such collateral documents may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
Comerica Bank shall mean Comerica Bank and its successors or assigns.
Condemnation Proceeds shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party in respect
of any condemnation proceeding net of reasonable fees and expenses (including without limitation
attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the collection thereof.
Consolidated (or consolidated) or Consolidating (or consolidating) shall mean, when
used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for two or more Persons
of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons determined on a consolidated (or
consolidating) basis in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis. Unless otherwise
specified herein, Consolidated and Consolidating shall refer to Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
determined on a Consolidated or Consolidating basis.
Covenant Compliance Report shall mean the report to be furnished by Borrower to the Agent
pursuant to Section 7.2(a) hereof, substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit J and
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which report Borrower shall set forth the
information specified therein and which shall include a statement of then applicable level for the
Applicable Margin and Applicable Fee Percentages as specified in Schedule 1.1 attached to this
Agreement.
Credit Parties shall mean the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and Credit Party shall mean
any one of them, as the context indicates or otherwise requires.
5
Current Liabilities shall mean, as of any applicable date, all amounts that should, in
accordance with GAAP, be included as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at such date (but excluding any Indebtedness to Lenders under the
Revolving Credit).
Debt shall mean as to any Person, without duplication (a) all Funded Debt of a Person, (b)
all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale
or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d)
all indebtedness of such Person arising in connection with any Hedging Transaction entered into by
such Person, (e) all recourse Debt of any partnership of which such Person is the general partner,
and (f) any Off Balance Sheet Liabilities.
Default shall mean any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both,
would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.
Deferred Revenue shall mean all non-refundable amounts received in advance of performance
under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.
Disclosure Letter means the disclosure letter delivered to the Agent by the Borrower on the
Closing Date.
Distribution is defined in Section 8.5 hereof.
Dollars and the sign $ shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary of Borrower incorporated or organized under
the laws of the United States of America, or any state or other political subdivision thereof or
which is considered to be a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes and
which is not a controlled foreign corporation as defined under Section 957 of the Internal
Revenue Code, in each case provided such Subsidiary is owned by Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary
of Borrower, and Domestic Subsidiaries shall mean any or all of them.
EBITDA shall mean with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of earnings
before depreciation, amortization, non-cash stock compensation, net interest and taxes (plus a
one-time management bonus add-back of $2,600,000 in the December, 2007 fiscal quarter), but
excluding one-time acquisition costs related to FASB 141r, measured on a trailing four fiscal
quarter basis.
Effective Date means October 1, 2008.
Electronic Transmission shall mean each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by
e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.
Eligible Assignee shall mean (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) any Person
(other than a natural person) that is or will be engaged in the business of making, purchasing,
holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary
6
course of its business, provided that such Person is administered or managed by a Lender, an
Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender;
or (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the (i) Agent in its reasonable
discretion (and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the
Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender), and (ii) unless a Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided
that notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Assignee shall not include the Borrower, or any of
the Borrowers Affiliates or Subsidiaries; and provided further that notwithstanding clause (d)(ii)
of this definition, no assignment shall be made to an entity which is a competitor of any Credit
Party without the consent of the Borrower, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion.
Equity Interest shall mean (i) in the case of any corporation, all capital stock and any
securities exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association
or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents of
corporate stock (however designated) in or to such association or entity, (iii) in the case of a
partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive
a share of the profits and losses of, or distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and
including, in all of the foregoing cases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), any
warrants, rights or other options to purchase or otherwise acquire any of the interests described
in any of the foregoing cases.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any
successor act or code and the regulations in effect from time to time thereunder.
E-System shall mean any electronic system and any other Internet or extranet-based site,
whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Agent, any of its Affiliates or
any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.
Eurodollar-based Advance shall mean any Advance which bears interest at the Eurodollar-based
Rate.
Eurodollar-based Rate shall mean a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of (a)
the Applicable Margin, plus (b) the quotient of:
(i) the per annum interest rate at which deposits in the relevant eurocurrency are offered to
Agents Eurodollar Lending Office by other prime banks in the eurocurrency market in an amount
comparable to the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance and for a period equal to the relevant
Eurodollar-Interest Period at approximately 11:00 A.M. Pacific time two (2) Business Days prior to
the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, divided by
(ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate on such date at which Agent
is required to maintain reserves on Eurocurrency Liabilities as defined in and pursuant to
Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or
definition is modified, and as long as Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of
7
liabilities which includes eurocurrency deposits or includes a category of assets which includes
eurocurrency loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category,
such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the nearest whole
multiple of 1/100th of 1%.
Eurodollar-Interest Period shall mean, for any Eurodollar-based Advance, an Interest Period
of one, two or three months (or any shorter or longer periods agreed to in advance by the Borrower,
Agent and the Lenders) as selected by Borrower, for such Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to
Section 2.3 or 4.4 hereof, as the case may be.
Eurodollar Lending Office shall mean, (a) with respect to the Agent, Agents office located
at its Grand Caymans Branch or such other branch of Agent, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter
designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders and (b) as
to each of the Lenders, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth on the
signature pages hereof (or identified thereon as its Eurodollar Lending Office), or at such other
office, branch or affiliate of such Lender as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending
Office by written notice to Borrower and Agent.
Event of Default shall mean each of the Events of Default specified in Section 9.1 hereof.
Excluded Equity Issuances shall mean (a) any issuance of Equity Interests under any stock
option or employee incentive plans and issuances of Equity Interests of the Borrower pursuant to
the exercise of options or warrants issued under any such plans, (b) any issuance of Equity
Interests to current shareholders and other private equity issuances, (c) any issuance by any
Subsidiary of Borrower of its Equity Interests to Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (d)
any receipt by Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower of a capital contribution from Borrower or
any other Subsidiary of Borrower, and (e) issuances of Equity Interests, the Net Cash Proceeds of
which are applied by Borrower or any Subsidiary to the consideration paid for a Permitted
Acquisition. Excluded Equity Issuances shall not include any IPO.
Existing Letters of Credit shall mean the letters of credit previously issued by Comerica
Bank for the account of certain of the Credit Parties which are listed in attached Schedule 1.4.
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum
equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of
the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if
such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of
the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers
of recognized standing selected reasonably by Agent, all as
conclusively determined by the Agent, such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, to the
nearest whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%.
Fee Letter shall mean the fee letter by and between Borrower and Comerica Bank dated
8
as of
June 9, 2008 relating to the Indebtedness hereunder, as amended, restated, replaced or otherwise
modified from time to time.
Fees shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, the Letter of Credit Fees and the other
fees and charges (including any agency fees) payable by Borrower to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender
or Agent hereunder or under the Fee Letter.
Final Maturity Date shall mean the last to occur of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date
or (ii) the Term Loan Maturity Date.
Fiscal Year shall mean the twelve-month period ending on each June 30.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall mean as of any date of determination a ratio the numerator
of which is EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination and
the denominator of which is the sum of each of the following fixed charges for the preceding four
fiscal quarters ending on such date of determination: unfinanced Capital Expenditures, plus Net
Cash Interest Expenses, plus cash taxes, plus cash dividends, plus trailing four fiscal quarters
payments of Debt which are actually made by Borrower (excluding unsecured payments with respect to
Seller Notes to the extent there is equivalent unused capacity under the Revolving Credit as of the
date paid), all as determined on a consolidated basis by Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
in accordance with GAAP.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary, other than a Domestic Subsidiary, and Foreign
Subsidiaries shall mean any or all of them.
Funded Debt of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services as of such
date (other than operating leases and trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business
and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond,
debenture or similar instrument, (b) the principal component of all obligations of such Person
under Capitalized Leases, (c) all reimbursement obligations (actual, contingent or otherwise) of
such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances or similar obligations issued or
created for the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities of the type described in (a), (b) and
(c) above that are secured by any Liens on any property owned by such Person as of such date even
though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, the amount
of which is determined in accordance with GAAP; provided however that so long as such Person is not
personally liable for any such liability, the amount of such liability shall be deemed to be the
lesser of the fair market value at such date of the property subject to the Lien securing such
liability and the amount of the liability secured, and (e) all Guarantee Obligations in respect of
any liability which constitutes Funded Debt; provided, however that Funded Debt shall not include
any indebtedness under any Hedging Transaction prior to the occurrence of a termination event with
respect thereto.
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio shall mean as of any date of determination, a ratio the
numerator of which is Funded Debt and the denominator of which is EBITDA, all as determined on
a consolidated basis for Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
9
GAAP shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America, as applicable on such date, consistently applied, as in
effect on the Effective Date.
Governmental Obligations means noncallable direct general obligations of the United States
of America or obligations the payment of principal of and interest on which is unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States of America.
Guarantee Obligation shall mean as to any Person (the guaranteeing person) any obligation
of the guaranteeing Person in respect of any obligation of another Person (the primary obligor)
(including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit), the creation of which was
induced by a reimbursement agreement, guaranty agreement, keepwell agreement, purchase agreement,
counterindemnity or similar obligation issued by the guaranteeing person, in either case
guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Funded Debt (the primary obligations) of the primary
obligor in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any
obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary
obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or
supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain
working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for
the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary
obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the
owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the
term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection
in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing
person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount
of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum
amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument
embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for
which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the
amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing persons maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the applicable Person in good faith.
Guarantor(s) shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower which has executed and
delivered to the Agent a Guaranty (or a joinder to a Guaranty), and a Security Agreement (or a
joinder to the Security Agreement).
Guaranty shall mean, collectively, the guaranty agreements executed and delivered by the
applicable Guarantors on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof and those guaranty
agreements executed and delivered from time to time after the Effective Date (whether by execution
of joinder agreements or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in each case in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, as amended, restated or otherwise modified
from time to time.
Hazardous Material shall mean any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material defined or
regulated as such or regulated for reasons of health, safety or the environment in the
10
Hazardous
Material Laws.
Hazardous Material Law(s) shall mean all laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and
other governmental restrictions and requirements issued by any federal, state, local or other
governmental or quasi-governmental authority or body (or any agency, instrumentality or political
subdivision thereof) pertaining to any Hazardous Material and which is present or alleged to be
present on or about or used in any facilities owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, or any
portion thereof including, without limitation, those relating to soil, surface, subsurface ground
water conditions and the condition of the indoor and outdoor ambient air; any so-called superfund
or superlien law; and any other United States federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,
code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards
of conduct concerning, any Hazardous Material, as now or at any time during the term of the
Agreement in effect.
Hedging Agreement shall mean any agreement relating to a Hedging Transaction entered into
between the Borrower (or Borrower jointly with any Guarantor) and any Lender or an Affiliate of a
Lender.
Hedging Transaction means each interest rate swap transaction, basis swap transaction,
currency hedge, forward rate transaction, equity transaction, equity index transaction, foreign
exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction (including any option with respect to any
of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing).
Hereof, hereto, hereunder and similar terms shall refer to this Agreement and not to any
particular paragraph or provision of this Agreement.
Indebtedness shall mean all indebtedness and liabilities (including without limitation
principal, interest (including without limitation interest accruing at the then applicable rate
provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after an applicable maturity date
and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other
applicable Loan Document after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any
insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Credit Parties whether or not a
claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, expenses and
other charges) arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, of any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof
or to the Agent, in any manner and at any time, whether arising under this Agreement, the Guaranty
or any of the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, payment obligations under Hedging
Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements), due or hereafter to become due, now owing or that
may hereafter be incurred by any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof or to the
Agent, and which shall be deemed to include protective advances made by Agent with respect to the
Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document and any liabilities of any Credit
Party to Agent or any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products, in each case whether
or not reduced to judgment, with interest
according to the rates and terms specified, and any and all consolidations, amendments,
renewals, replacements, substitutions or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided, however that
for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents, the direct and indirect and absolute and contingent obligations of the
11
Credit
Parties (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined without duplication.
Initial Reinvestment Period shall mean a 180-day period during which Reinvestment must be
commenced under Section 4.8(a) and (c) of this Agreement.
Insurance Proceeds shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party from any
insurer in respect of any damage or destruction of any property or asset net of reasonable fees and
expenses (including without limitation attorneys fees and expenses) incurred solely in connection
with the recovery thereof.
Intercompany Note shall mean any promissory note issued or to be issued by any Credit Party
to evidence an intercompany loan substantially in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Agent.
Interest Period shall mean (a) with respect to a Eurodollar-based Advance, a
Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the day a Eurodollar-based Advance is made, or on the
effective date of an election of the Eurodollar-based Rate made under Section 2.3 or 4.4 hereof,
and (b) with respect to a Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate, an interest period of 30
days (or any lesser number of days agreed to in advance by the Borrower, Agent and the Swing Line
Lender); provided, however that (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is
not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, except that as to an Interest
Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance, if the next succeeding Business Day falls in
another calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii)
when an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance begins on a day which has no
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end, it
shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month, and (iii) no Interest Period in respect
of any Advance shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity
Date, as applicable.
Internal Revenue Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States of
America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Investment shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, (a) any loan, investment or
advance made by such Person to any other Person (including, without limitation, any Guarantee
Obligation) in respect of any Equity Interest, Debt, obligation or liability of such other Person
and (b) any other investment made by such Person (however acquired) in Equity Interests in any
other Person, including, without limitation, any investment made in exchange for the issuance of
Equity Interest of such Person and any investment made as a capital contribution to such other
Person.
IPO shall mean an initial public offering of Equity Interests of Borrower registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Issuing Lender shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as issuer of one or more
Letters of Credit hereunder, or its successor designated by Borrower and the Revolving Credit
Lenders.
Issuing Office shall mean such office as Issuing Lender shall designate as its Issuing
Office.
12
Lender Products shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities
extended to the Credit Parties by any Lender: (i) credit cards, (ii) credit card processing
services, (iii) debit cards, (iv) purchase cards, (v) Automated Clearing House (ACH) transactions,
(vi) cash management, including controlled disbursement services, and (vii) establishing and
maintaining deposit accounts.
Lenders shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and shall include the Revolving
Credit Lenders, the Term Loan Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and any assignee which becomes a
Lender pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof.
Letter of Credit Agreement shall mean, collectively, the letter of credit application and
related documentation executed and/or delivered by the Borrower in respect of each Letter of
Credit, in each case satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, as amended, restated or otherwise modified
from time to time.
Letter of Credit Documents shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.7(a)
hereof.
Letter of Credit Fees shall mean the fees payable in connection with Letters of Credit
pursuant to Section 3.4(a) and (b) hereof.
Letter of Credit Maximum Amount shall mean Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).
Letter of Credit Obligations shall mean at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the
aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (b) the aggregate amount of
Reimbursement Obligations which remain unpaid as of such date.
Letter of Credit Payment shall mean any amount paid or required to be paid by the Issuing
Lender in its capacity hereunder as issuer of a Letter of Credit as a result of a draft or other
demand for payment under any Letter of Credit.
Letter(s) of Credit shall mean any standby letters of credit issued by Issuing Lender at the
request of or for the account of Borrower pursuant to Article 3 hereof and shall include, without
limitation, the Existing Letters of Credit.
Lien shall mean any security interest in or lien on or against any property arising from any
pledge, assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, deposit arrangement, trust receipt,
conditional sale or title retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction, Capitalized Lease,
consignment or bailment for security, or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance, title
exception, preferential or priority arrangement affecting property (including with respect to
stock, any stockholder agreements, voting rights agreements, buy-back agreements and all similar
arrangements), whether based on common law or statute.
Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if issued), the Letter
of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Subordination Agreements, the
Collateral Documents, each Hedging Agreement, and any other documents, certificates or
13
agreements
that are executed and required to be delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing documents, as such
documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Majority Lenders shall mean at any time (a) so long as the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment has not been terminated, Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the sum of (i) the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then
outstanding under the Term Loan and (b) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been
terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the
aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan; provided
that, for purposes of determining Majority Lenders hereunder, the Letter of Credit Obligations and
principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be allocated among the Revolving Credit
Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Percentages; provided further that so long as
there are fewer than three Lenders, considering any Lender and its Affiliates as a single Lender,
Majority Lenders shall mean all Lenders.
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean at any time (a) so long as the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 50.0%
of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (b) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), Revolving Credit Lenders
holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Revolving
Credit; provided that, for purposes of determining Majority Revolving Credit Lenders hereunder, the
Letter of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be
allocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit
Percentages; provided further that so long as there are fewer than three Revolving Credit Lenders,
considering any Revolving Credit Lender and its Affiliates as a single Revolving Credit Lender,
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean all Revolving Credit Lenders.
Majority Term Loan Lenders shall mean at any time with respect to the Term Loan, Term Loan
Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under Term Loan;
provided however that so long as there are fewer than three Term Loan Lenders, considering any Term
Loan Lender and its Affiliates as a single Term Loan Lender, Majority Term Loan Lenders shall
mean all Term Loan Lenders.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the financial condition,
business, performance, operation or properties of the Credit Parties taken as a whole, (b) the
ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes (if issued) or
any other Loan Document to which it is a party, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this
Agreement, any of the Notes (if issued) or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or
remedies of the Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.
Material Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary which is an operating entity and which
has annual gross revenues in excess of five percent (5%) of gross revenues of Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for the most recently completed fiscal year or assets with a book value
in excess of five percent (5%) of Total Assets for the most recently completed fiscal year.
14
Mortgages shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust and any other similar documents related
thereto or required thereby executed and delivered by a Credit Party on the Closing Date pursuant
to Section 5.1 hereof, if any, and executed and delivered after the Closing Date by a Credit Party
pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, and Mortgage shall mean any such document, as such
documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Cash Interest Expense shall mean cash interest expense minus cash interest income.
Net Cash Proceeds shall mean the aggregate cash payments received by any Credit Party from
any Asset Sale, the issuance of Equity Interests or the issuance of Subordinated Debt, as the case
may be, net of (i) the principal amount of any Debt that is secured by the applicable asset and
that is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under
the Loan Documents), (ii) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket commissions, costs, premiums,
fees and other expenses incurred by such Credit Party in connection with such transaction (or, if
such costs and expenses have not been incurred or invoiced, the Borrowers good faith estimate
thereof), including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, and other
third party charges, and (iii) of property taxes, transfer taxes and any other taxes paid or
payable by such Credit Party in respect of any sale or issuance.
New Bank Addendum shall mean an addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit N attached
hereto, to be executed and delivered by each Bank becoming a part to this Agreement pursuant to
Section 2.13 hereof.
Notes shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes, the Swing Line Note and the Term Loan Notes.
Obligors shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.
Off Balance Sheet Liability(ies) of a Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or
liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivables sold by such Person, (ii)
any liability under any sale and leaseback transaction which is not a Capitalized Lease, (iii) any
liability under any so-called synthetic lease transaction entered into by such Person, or (iv)
any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of
Debt or any of the liabilities set forth in subsections (i)-(iii) of this definition, but which
does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person.
Pay for Performance Marketing and Media Business shall mean a business (1) whose primary
source of revenue is derived from marketing services, internet traffic or impressions or
related services or (2) owns or develops media or (3) owns or develops technology for use in
marketing services or media. (Examples of such businesses include internet or offline publishing,
directory, or media companies; technology companies that enable lead capture, media capabilities,
or monetization of media; online or offline lead generation companies, online
15
or offline marketing service providers; amongst others).
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.
Pension Plan shall mean any plan established and maintained by a Credit Party, or
contributed to by a Credit Party, which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code and subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Percentage shall mean, as applicable, the Revolving Credit Percentage, the Term Loan
Percentage or the Weighted Percentage.
Permitted Acquisition shall mean any acquisition by Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary
of Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets or Equity Interests of a Pay for Performance
Marketing and Media Business; provided that (1) for acquisitions using Cash Proceeds not in excess
of Forty Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000), such acquisitions satisfies and/or is conducted in
accordance with the requirements of clauses (a), (b), (d) and (e) below; and (2) for acquisitions
using Cash Proceeds in excess of Forty Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000), such acquisitions
satisfies and/or is conducted in accordance with the requirements of clauses (a) through (e) below
and such acquisitions are consented to by Agent and the Majority Lenders:
|
(a) |
|
If such acquisition is structured as an acquisition of the
Equity Interests of any Person, then the Person so acquired shall (X) become a
wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of Borrower or of a wholly-owned Subsidiary of
Borrower and the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary shall cause such
acquired Person to comply with Section 7.13 hereof or (Y) provided that the
Credit Parties continue to comply with Section 7.4(a) hereof, be merged with
and into Borrower or such Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Borrower, with
the Borrower being the surviving entity); |
|
|
(b) |
|
If such acquisition is structured as the acquisition of assets,
such assets shall be acquired directly by Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary
(subject to compliance with Section 7.4(a) hereof); |
|
|
(c) |
|
Borrower shall have delivered to Agent not less than ten (10)
(or such shorter period of time agreed to by the Agent) nor more than ninety
(90) days prior to the date of such acquisition, notice of such acquisition,
copies of all material documents relating to such acquisition (including the
acquisition agreement and any related material document), and historical
financial information (including income statements, balance sheets and cash
flows) covering at least three (3) complete fiscal years of the acquisition
target, if available, prior to the effective date of the acquisition or the
entire credit history of the acquisition target, whichever period is shorter,
in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Both immediately before and after the consummation of such
acquisition, |
16
|
|
|
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and |
|
|
(e) |
|
The acquisition shall not result in a Change of Control. |
Permitted Investments shall mean with respect to any Person:
|
(a) |
|
Governmental Obligations; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Obligations of a state or commonwealth of the United States or
the obligations of the District of Columbia or any possession of the United
States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, which are
described in Section 103(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and are graded in any
of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating
Agency; or secured, as to payments of principal and interest, by a letter of
credit provided by a financial institution or insurance provided by a bond
insurance company which in each case is itself or its debt is rated in one of
the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating Agency; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Bankers acceptances, commercial accounts, demand deposit
accounts, certificates of deposit, other time deposits or depository receipts
issued by or maintained with any Lender or any Affiliate thereof, or any bank,
trust company, savings and loan association, savings bank or other financial
institution whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and whose reported capital and surplus equal at least $250,000,000,
provided that such minimum capital and surplus requirement shall not apply to
demand deposit accounts maintained by any Credit Party in the ordinary course
of business; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Commercial paper rated at the time of purchase within the two
highest classifications established by not less than one Rating Agency, and
which matures within 270 days after the date of issue; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Secured repurchase agreements against obligations itemized in
paragraph (a) above, and executed by a bank or trust company or by members of
the association of primary dealers or other recognized dealers in United States
government securities, the market value of which must be maintained at levels
at least equal to the amounts advanced; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Any fund or other pooling arrangement which exclusively
purchases and holds the investments itemized in (a) through (e) above; |
|
|
(g) |
|
Debt issued by Persons (other than Affiliates of the Borrower)
with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A02 or higher from Moodys (or
reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings
agency in each case with maturities not exceeding two years form the date of
acquisition; |
17
|
(h) |
|
Deposits held with financial institutions in countries outside
of the United States where the Credit Parties conduct business; and |
|
|
(i) |
|
Investments made pursuant to the Borrowers investment policy
as in effect on the Effective Date. |
Permitted Liens shall mean with respect to any Person:
|
(a) |
|
Liens for (i) taxes or governmental assessments or charges or
(ii) customs duties in connection with the importation of goods to the extent
such Liens attach to the imported goods that are the subject of the duties, in
each case (x) to the extent not yet due, (y) as to which the period of grace,
if any, related thereto has not expired or (z) which are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such
contest, any proceedings for the enforcement of such liens have been suspended
and adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such
Person in conformity with GAAP; |
|
|
(b) |
|
carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens,
repairmens, processors, landlords liens or other like liens arising in the
ordinary course of business which secure obligations that are not overdue for a
period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such contest, (x) any
proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such Liens have been suspended and
(y) appropriate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of
such Person in conformity with GAAP; |
|
|
(c) |
|
(i) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure
the performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress
payments or advance payments due under contracts with the United States
government or any agency thereof entered into in the ordinary course of
business and (ii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
business to secure the performance of statutory obligations (not otherwise
permitted under subsection (f) of this definition), bids, leases, fee and
expense arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents, trade contracts, surety
and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of
obligations incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, any
lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the deferred purchase price of
property), provided, that in each case full provision for the payment of all
such obligations has been made on the books of such Person as may be required
by GAAP; |
|
|
(d) |
|
any attachment or judgment lien that remains unpaid, unvacated,
unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period ending on the earlier
of (i) thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its attachment or entry
(as applicable) or (ii) the commencement of enforcement steps with respect
thereto, other than the filing of notice thereof in the public record; |
18
|
(e) |
|
minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or
reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real
properties, or any interest of any lessor or sublessor under any lease
permitted hereunder which, in each case, does not materially interfere with the
business of such Person; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Liens arising in connection with workers compensation,
unemployment insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and
similar statutory obligations (excluding Liens arising under ERISA), provided
that no enforcement proceedings in respect of such Liens are pending and
provisions have been made for the payment of such liens on the books of such
Person as may be required by GAAP; |
|
|
(g) |
|
continuations of Liens that are permitted under subsections
(a)-(g) hereof, provided such continuations do not violate the specific time
periods set forth in subsections (b) and (d) and provided further that such
Liens do not extend to any additional property or assets of any Credit Party or
secure any additional obligations of any Credit Party; |
|
|
(h) |
|
Liens in favor of financial institutions arising in connection
with a Credit Partys deposit accounts held at such institutions to secure
standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available
by, such institutions; and |
|
|
(i) |
|
Any interest or title of a lessor in the property (and the
proceeds, accession or products thereof) subject to an operating lease or
precautionary filings in respect of true leases. |
Regardless of the language set forth in this definition, no Lien over the Equity
Interests of any Credit Party granted to any Person other than to Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders shall be deemed a Permitted Lien under the terms of this
Agreement.
Person shall mean a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
limited liability partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture,
joint stock company, firm or association or a government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or other entity of any kind.
Pledge Agreement(s) shall mean any pledge agreement executed and delivered by a Credit Party
on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, if any, and executed and delivered from time to
time after the Closing Date by any Credit Party pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, and
any agreements, instruments or documents related thereto, in each case in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Prime-based Advance shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Prime-based Rate.
19
Prime-based Rate shall mean, for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the sum of
the Applicable Margin plus the greater of (i) the Prime Rate, and (ii) the Alternate Base Rate.
Prime Rate shall mean the per annum rate of interest announced by the Agent, at its main
office from time to time as its prime rate (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may
not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Agent to any of its customers), which Prime Rate
shall change simultaneously with any change in such announced rate.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall mean the pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
which has been certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that it fairly presents in all
material respects the pro forma adjustments reflecting the transactions (including payment of all
fees and expenses in connection therewith) contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
Pro Forma Projected Financial Information shall mean, as to any proposed acquisition, a
statement executed by the Borrower (supported by reasonable detail) setting forth the total
consideration to be paid or incurred in connection with the proposed acquisition, and pro forma
combined projected financial information for the Credit Parties and the acquisition target (if
applicable), consisting of projected balance sheets as of the proposed effective date of the
acquisition and as of the end of at least the next succeeding three (3) Fiscal Years following the
acquisition and projected statements of income and cash flows for each of those years, including
sufficient detail to permit calculation of the ratios described in Section 7.9 hereof, as projected
as of the effective date of the acquisition and as of the ends of those Fiscal Years and
accompanied by (i) a statement setting forth a calculation of the ratio so described, (ii) a
statement in reasonable detail specifying all material assumptions underlying the projections and
(iii) such other information as the Agent or the Lenders shall reasonably request.
Purchasing Lender shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12.
Quoted Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum offered by the Swing Line Lender in
its sole discretion with respect to a Swing Line Advance and accepted by the Borrower.
Quoted Rate Advance means any Swing Line Advance which bears interest at the Quoted Rate.
Rating Agency shall mean Moodys Investor Services, Inc., Standard and Poors Ratings
Services, their respective successors or any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization which is acceptable to the Agent.
Register is defined in Section 13.8(g) hereof.
Reimbursement Obligation(s) shall mean the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed drawings
under all Letters of Credit (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, reimbursement obligations that
are deemed satisfied pursuant to a deemed disbursement under Section 3.6(a)).
Reinvest or Reinvestment shall mean, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds,
20
Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds received by any Person, the application of such
monies to (i) repair, improve or replace any tangible personal (excluding Inventory) or real
property of the Credit Parties or any intellectual property reasonably necessary in order to use or
benefit from any property or (ii) acquire any such property (excluding Inventory) to be used in the
business of such Person.
Reinvestment Certificate is defined in Section 4.8(b) hereof.
Reinvestment Period shall mean a 270-day period during which Reinvestment must be completed
under Section 4.8(b) and (d) of this Agreement.
Request for Advance shall mean a Request for Revolving Credit Advance or a Request for Swing
Line Advance, as the context may indicate or otherwise require.
Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall mean a request for a Revolving Credit Advance
issued by the Borrower under Section 2.3 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A.
Request for Swing Line Advance shall mean a request for a Swing Line Advance issued by the
Borrower under Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.
Requirement of Law shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws,
the partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and any
law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or other governmental
authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to
which such Person or any of its property is subject.
Responsible Officer shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer,
chief financial officer, treasurer, president or controller of such Person, or with respect to
compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person,
or any other officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.
Revolving Credit shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to Borrower by the
applicable Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Article 2 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject
to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment.
Revolving Credit Advance shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrower and made by the
Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, including without limitation any
readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any deemed
disbursement of an Advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6(a) hereof, and may
include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based Advances and Prime-based Advances.
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall mean Seventy Million Dollars ($70,000,000),
subject to increases pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof by an amount not to exceed the Revolving
Credit Optional Increase, subject to reduction or termination under Section 2.14 or
9.2 hereof.
21
Revolving Credit Commitment Amount shall mean with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender,
(i) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the amount specified
opposite such Revolving Credit Lenders name in the column entitled Revolving Credit Commitment
Amount on Schedule 1.2, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof; and
(ii) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity,
acceleration or otherwise), the amount equal to its Percentage of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding under the Revolving Credit (including the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and
any outstanding Swing Line Advances).
Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall mean the fee payable to Agent for distribution to the
Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.
Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties
hereto as lenders of the Revolving Credit.
Revolving Credit Maturity Date shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) September 30, 2013,
and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall terminate in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement.
Revolving Credit Notes shall mean the revolving credit notes described in Section 2.2
hereof, made by Borrower to each of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the form annexed hereto as
Exhibit B, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes
issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Revolving Credit Optional Increase shall mean an amount up to Fifty Million Dollars
($50,000,000).
Revolving Credit Percentage means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the
percentage specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lenders name in the column entitled Revolving
Credit Percentage on Schedule 1.2, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof.
Security Agreement shall mean, collectively, the security agreement(s) executed and
delivered by Borrower and the Guarantors on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, and
any such agreements executed and delivered after the Closing Date (whether by execution of a
joinder agreement to any existing security agreement or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof
or otherwise, in the form of the Security Agreement annexed hereto as Exhibit F, as amended,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Seller Notes shall mean promissory notes issued by Borrower to selling stockholders in
connection with acquisitions made by Borrower that are permitted by Section 8.4 of this Agreement.
Subordinated Debt shall mean any unsecured Funded Debt of any Credit Party issued on terms
and conditions satisfactory to Agent (and which may not contain a change of control provision which
is more favorable to the holder of the Subordinated Debt than the change of
22
control provisions of this Agreement without the consent of Agent which may be withheld in the
sole discretion of Agent) and other obligations under the Subordinated Debt Documents and any other
Funded Debt of any Credit Party which has been subordinated in right of payment and priority to the
Indebtedness, all on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent.
Subordinated Debt Documents shall mean and include any documents evidencing any Subordinated
Debt, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
Subordination Agreements shall mean, any subordination agreements entered into by any Person
from time to time in favor of Agent in connection with any Subordinated Debt, the terms of which
are acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders in the exercise of its and their reasonable
credit judgment, in each case as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time
to time, and Subordination Agreement shall mean any one of them.
Subsidiary(ies) shall mean any other corporation, association, joint stock company, business
trust, limited liability company, partnership or any other business entity of which more than fifty
percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock, share capital, membership, partnership or other
interests, as the case may be, is owned either directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more
of its Subsidiaries, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, or both, by any Person and/or its Subsidiaries. Unless
otherwise specified to the contrary herein or the context otherwise requires, Subsidiary(ies) shall
refer to the Subsidiary(ies) of Borrower.
Sweep Agreement means any agreement relating to the Sweep to Loan automated system of the
Agent or any other cash management arrangement which the Borrower and the Agent have executed for
the purposes of effecting the borrowing and repayment of Swing Line Advances.
Swing Line shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to Borrower by the Swing
Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof),
not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Swing Line Maximum Amount.
Swing Line Advance shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrower and made by Swing Line
Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Quoted
Rate-Advances and Prime-based Advances.
Swing Line Lender shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as lender of the Swing Line under
Section 2.5 of this Agreement, or its successor as subsequently designated hereunder.
Swing Line Maximum Amount shall mean Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).
Swing Line Note shall mean the swing line note which may be issued by Borrower to Swing Line
Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C, as such note
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any note or notes issued in substitution,
replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Swing Line Participation Certificate shall mean the Swing Line Participation
23
Certificate delivered by Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(ii)
hereof in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit M.
Term Loan shall mean the term loan to be made to Borrower by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant
to Section 4.1(a) hereof, in the aggregate principal amount of Thirty Million Dollars
($30,000,000).
Term Loan Advance shall mean a borrowing requested by Borrower and made by the Term Loan
Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof, including without limitation any refunding or conversion
of such borrowing pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof, and may include, subject to the terms hereof,
Eurodollar-based Advances and Prime-based Advances.
Term Loan Amount shall mean with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the amount equal to its
Term Loan Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan.
Term Loan Lenders shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as
lenders of the Term Loan.
Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean September 30, 2013.
Term Notes shall mean the term notes described in Section 4.2(e) hereof, made by Borrower to
each of the Term Loan Lenders in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit K, as such notes may be amended
or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or
renewal thereof from time to time.
Term Loan Percentage shall mean with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the percentage
specified opposite such Term Loan Lenders name in the column entitled Term Loan Percentage on
Schedule 1.2, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Term Loan Rate Request shall mean a request for the refunding or conversion of any Advance
of the Term Loan submitted by Borrower under Section 4.4 of this Agreement in the form annexed
hereto as Exhibit L.
Total Assets is defined in accordance with GAAP and shall be determined on a consolidated
basis for Borrower and its consolidates Subsidiaries.
Uniform Commercial Code or UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any
applicable state; provided that, unless specified otherwise or the context otherwise requires, such
terms shall refer to the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Michigan.
USA Patriot Act is defined in Section 6.7.
Weighted Percentage shall mean with respect to any Lender, its percentage share as set forth
in Schedule 1.2, as such Schedule may be revised by the Agent from time to time, which percentage
shall be calculated as follows:
24
(a) as to such Lender, so long as the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been
terminated, its weighted percentage calculated by dividing (i) the sum of (x) its Revolving Credit
Commitment Amount plus (y) its Term Loan Amount, by (ii) the sum of (x) the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under the
Term Loan; and
(b) as to such Lender, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated
(whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), its weighted percentage calculated by dividing
(i) the sum of (x) its applicable Revolving Credit Commitment Amount plus (y) its Term Loan Amount,
by (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under (x) the Revolving Credit
(including any outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and outstanding Swing Line Advances), (y)
the Term Loan.
Withdrawal Liability shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete
or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle
E of Title IV of ERISA.
2. REVOLVING CREDIT.
2.1 Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section
2.3 hereof), each Revolving Credit Lender severally and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of
the Revolving Credit in Dollars to Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period
from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an
aggregate amount, not to exceed at any one time outstanding such Lenders Revolving Credit
Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Revolving Credit.
2.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.
|
(a) |
|
Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent
for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender the then unpaid principal
amount of each Revolving Credit Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest)
of such Revolving Credit Lender to Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity
Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from
time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each Revolving Credit Advance shall, from time to time from and after
the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its Applicable Interest
Rate. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Each Revolving Credit Lender shall maintain in accordance with
its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of Borrower
to the appropriate lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender resulting
from each Revolving Credit Advance made by such lending office of such
Revolving Credit Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal
and interest payable thereon and paid to such Revolving Credit Lender from time to time under this Agreement. |
25
|
(c) |
|
The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section
13.8(g), and a subaccount therein for each Revolving Credit Lender, in which
Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of
each Revolving Credit Advance made hereunder, the type thereof and each
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the
amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and
payable from Borrower to each Revolving Credit Lender hereunder in respect of
the Revolving Credit Advances and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by
the Agent hereunder from Borrower in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances
and each Revolving Credit Lenders share thereof. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The entries made in the Register maintained pursuant to
paragraph (c) of this Section 2.2 shall, absent manifest error, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and
amounts of the obligations of Borrower therein recorded; provided,
however, that the failure of any Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent
to maintain the Register or any account, as applicable, or any error therein,
shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay the
Revolving Credit Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto)
made to Borrower by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any
Revolving Credit Lender, Borrower will execute and deliver, to such Revolving
Credit Lender, at Borrowers own expense, a Revolving Credit Note evidencing
the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances owing to such Revolving Credit
Lender. |
2.3 Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances. Borrower may request an Advance of the Revolving Credit, a refund of any Revolving Credit
Advance in the same type of Advance or to convert any Revolving Credit Advance to any other type of
Revolving Credit Advance only by delivery to Agent of a Request for Revolving Credit Advance
executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject to the following:
|
(a) |
|
each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall set forth
the information required on the Request for Revolving Credit Advance, including
without limitation: |
|
(i) |
|
the proposed date of such Revolving Credit
Advance (or the refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving
Credit Advance), which must be a Business Day; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
whether such Advance is a new Revolving Credit
Advance or a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit
Advance; and |
26
|
(iii) |
|
whether such Revolving Credit Advance is to be
a Prime-based Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, except in the
case of a Prime-based Advance, the first Eurodollar-Interest Period
applicable thereto, provided, however, that the initial Revolving
Credit Advance made under this Agreement shall be a Prime-based
Advance, which may then be converted into a Eurodollar-based Advance in
compliance with this Agreement. |
|
(b) |
|
each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall be
delivered to Agent by 12:00 p.m. (Pacific time) three (3) Business Days prior
to the proposed date of the Revolving Credit Advance, except in the case of a
Prime-based Advance, for which the Request for Revolving Credit Advance must be
delivered by 10:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on the proposed date for such Revolving
Credit Advance; |
|
|
(c) |
|
on the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance, the sum
of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and
Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date (including, without duplication)
the Advances that are deemed to be disbursed by Agent under Section 3.6(a)
hereof in respect of Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), plus (y)
the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date, in each case after giving
effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line
Advances and for the issuance of any Letters of Credit, shall not exceed the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; |
|
|
(d) |
|
in the case of a Prime-based Advance, the principal amount of
the initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion
thereof, shall be at least $2,000,000 or the remainder available under the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $2,000,000; |
|
|
(e) |
|
in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the principal amount
of such Advance, plus the amount of any other outstanding Revolving Credit
Advance to be then combined therewith having the same Eurodollar-Interest
Period, if any, shall be at least $2,000,000 (or a larger integral multiple of
$100,000) or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment if less than $2,000,000 and at any one time there shall not be in
effect more than six (6) different Eurodollar-Interest Periods; |
|
|
(f) |
|
a Request for Revolving Credit Advance, once delivered to
Agent, shall not be revocable by Borrower and shall constitute a certification
by Borrower as of the date thereof that: |
|
(i) |
|
all conditions to the making of Revolving
Credit Advances set
forth in this Agreement have been satisfied, and shall remain
satisfied to the date of such Revolving Credit Advance (both |
27
|
|
|
before
and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit
Advance); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
there is no Default or Event of Default in
existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Revolving Credit
Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such
Revolving Credit Advance); and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
the representations and warranties of the
Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date of the making of such
Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving
effect to such Revolving Credit Advance), other than any representation
or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date; |
Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, may also, at its option, lend under this
Section 2.3 upon the telephone or email request of an Authorized Signer of the Borrower to make
such requests and, in the event Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, makes any
such Advance upon a telephone or email request, an Authorized Signer shall fax or deliver by
electronic file to Agent, on the same day as such telephone or email request, an executed Request
for Revolving Credit Advance. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to disburse Advances under this
Section 2.3 pursuant to the telephone or email instructions of any person purporting to be an
Authorized Signer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower acknowledges that Borrower shall bear
all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone or email request. Each
telephone or email request for an Advance from an Authorized Signer for the Borrower shall
constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Revolving Credit Advance
form as of the date of such requested Advance.
2.4 Disbursement of Advances.
(a) Upon receiving any Request for Revolving Credit Advance from Borrower under Section 2.3
hereof, Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender by wire, telex or telephone
(confirmed by wire, telecopy or telex) of the amount of such Advance being requested and the date
such Revolving Credit Advance is to be made by each Revolving Credit Lender in an amount equal to
its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Advance. Unless such Revolving Credit Lenders commitment
to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder shall have been suspended or terminated in accordance
with this Agreement, each such Revolving Credit Lender shall make available the amount of its
Revolving Credit Percentage of each Revolving Credit Advance in immediately available funds to
Agent, as follows:
|
(i) |
|
for Prime-based Advances, at the office of
Agent located at 75 East Trimble Road, San Jose, California 95131, not
later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date of such Advance; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for Eurodollar-based Advances, at the Agents
Correspondent for the account of the Eurodollar Lending Office of the
Agent, not |
28
|
|
|
later than 12:00 p.m. (the time of the Agents
Correspondent) on the date of such Advance. |
(b) Subject to submission of an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance by Borrower
without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein, Agent shall make available to
Borrower the aggregate of the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders in like
funds and currencies:
|
(i) |
|
for Prime-based Advances, not later than 1:00
p.m. (Pacific time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by
credit to an account of Borrower maintained with Agent or to such other
account or third party as Borrower may reasonably direct in writing,
provided such direction is timely given; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
for Eurodollar-based Advances, not later than
1:00 p.m. (the time of the Agents Correspondent) on the date of such
Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of Borrower
maintained with Agents Correspondent or to such other account or third
party as Borrower may direct, provided such direction is timely given. |
(c) Agent shall deliver the documents and papers received by it for the account of each
Revolving Credit Lender to such Revolving Credit Lender. Unless Agent shall have been notified by
any Revolving Credit Lender prior to the date of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance that such
Revolving Credit Lender does not intend to make available to Agent such Revolving Credit Lenders
Percentage of such Advance, Agent may assume that such Revolving Credit Lender has made such amount
available to Agent on such date, as aforesaid. Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make
available to Borrower the amount of such payment in reliance on such assumption. If such amount is
not in fact made available to Agent by such Revolving Credit Lender, as aforesaid, Agent shall be
entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender. If such Revolving
Credit Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon Agents demand therefor and the Agent has in
fact made a corresponding amount available to Borrower, the Agent shall promptly notify Borrower
and Borrower shall pay such amount to Agent, if such notice is delivered to Borrower prior to 10:00
a.m. (Pacific time) on a Business Day, on the day such notice is received, and otherwise on the
next Business Day, and such amount paid by Borrower shall be applied as a prepayment of the
Revolving Credit (without any corresponding reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment), reimbursing Agent for having funded said amounts on behalf of such Revolving Credit
Lender. The Borrower shall retain its claim against such Revolving Credit Lender with respect to
the amounts repaid by it to Agent and, if such Revolving Credit Lender subsequently makes such
amounts available to Agent, Agent shall promptly make such amounts available to the Borrower as a
Revolving Credit Advance. Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender
or Borrower, as the case may be, but without duplication, interest on such amount in respect of
each day from the date such amount was made available by Agent to Borrower, to the date such amount
is recovered by Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:
|
(i) |
|
in the case of such Revolving Credit Lender,
for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, the
Federal Funds |
29
|
|
|
Effective Rate, and thereafter, at the rate of interest
then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of Borrower, the rate of interest
then applicable to such Advance of the Revolving Credit. |
Until such Revolving Credit Lender has paid Agent such amount, such Revolving Credit Lender shall
have no interest in or rights with respect to such Advance for any purpose whatsoever. The
obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall not
be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make any Advance hereunder, and
no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the
Agent, any other Revolving Credit Lender, or any other party for another Revolving Credit Lenders
failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.
2.5 Swing Line. (a) Swing Line Advances. The Swing Line Lender may, on the terms and subject to the
conditions hereinafter set forth (including without limitation Section 2.5(c) hereof), but shall
not be required to, make one or more Advances (each such advance being a Swing Line Advance) to
the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof
until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at
any one time outstanding the Swing Line Maximum Amount. Subject to the terms set forth herein,
advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Swing Line.
(b) Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.
|
(i) |
|
Swing Line Lender shall maintain in accordance
with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness
of the Borrower to Swing Line Lender resulting from each Swing Line
Advance from time to time, including the amount and date of each Swing
Line Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, if
any, and the amount and date of any repayment made on any Swing Line
Advance from time to time. The entries made in such account or accounts
of Swing Line Lender shall be prima facie evidence, absent manifest
error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower
therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of Swing Line
Lender to maintain such account, as applicable, or any error therein,
shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
the Swing Line Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect
thereto) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Borrower agrees that, upon the written
request of Swing Line Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to
Swing Line Lender a Swing Line Note. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to
the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of such Swing
Line |
30
|
|
|
Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) on the Revolving
Credit Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts
as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.
Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Swing Line Advance
shall, from time to time after the date of such Advance (until paid),
bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate. |
|
(c) |
|
Requests for Swing Line Advances. Borrower may request
a Swing Line Advance by the delivery to Swing Line Lender of a Request for
Swing Line Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject
to the following: |
|
(i) |
|
each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall
set forth the information required on the Request for Advance,
including without limitation, (A) the proposed date of such Swing Line
Advance, which must be a Business Day, (B) whether such Swing Line
Advance is to be a Prime-based Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance, and
(C) in the case of a Quoted Rate Advance, the duration of the Interest
Period applicable thereto; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
on the proposed date of such Swing Line
Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Swing Line
Advances made by Borrower as of the date of determination, the
aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding on
such date shall not exceed the Swing Line Maximum Amount; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
on the proposed date of such Swing Line
Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit requested
by the Borrower on such date of determination (including, without
duplication, Advances that are deemed disbursed pursuant to Section
3.6(a) hereof in respect of the Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations
hereunder), the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all
Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances outstanding on
such date plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date shall
not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
(A) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is
a Prime-based Advance, the principal amount of the initial funding of
such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall
be at least Two |
31
|
|
|
Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or such
lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and (B) in
the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Quoted Rate Advance, the
principal amount of such Advance, plus any other
outstanding Swing Line Advances to be then combined therewith having
the same Interest Period, if any, shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or such lesser amount as may be agreed to
by the Swing Line Lender, and at any time there shall not be in
effect more than three (3) Interest Rates and Interest Periods; |
|
|
(v) |
|
each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall
be delivered to the Swing Line Lender by 11:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on
the proposed date of the Swing Line Advance; |
|
|
(vi) |
|
each Request for Swing Line Advance, once
delivered to Swing Line Lender, shall not be revocable by Borrower, and
shall constitute and include a certification by Borrower as of the date
thereof that: |
|
(A) |
|
all conditions to the making of
Swing Line Advances set forth in this Agreement shall have been
satisfied and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Swing
Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to
such Swing Line Advance); |
|
|
(B) |
|
there is no Default or Event of
Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of
such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after
giving effect to such Swing Line Advance); and |
|
|
(C) |
|
the representations and
warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects and shall be true and correct in all material respect
as of the date of the making of such Swing Line Advance (both
before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line
Advance), other than any representation or warranty that
expressly speaks only as of a different date; |
|
(vii) |
|
At the option of the Agent, subject to
revocation by Agent at any time and from time to time and so long as
the Agent is the Swing Line Lender, Borrower may utilize the Agents
Sweep to Loan automated system for obtaining Swing Line Advances and
making periodic repayments. At any time during which the Sweep to
Loan system is in effect, Swing Line Advances shall be advanced to
fund borrowing needs pursuant to the terms of the Sweep Agreement. Each
time a Swing Line Advance is made using the Sweep to Loan system,
Borrower shall be deemed to have certified to the Agent and the Lenders
each of the matters set forth in clause (vi) of this Section 2.5(b).
Principal and interest on
Swing Line Advances requested, or deemed requested, pursuant to this
Section shall be paid pursuant to the terms and conditions of |
32
|
|
|
the
Sweep Agreement without any deduction, setoff or counterclaim
whatsoever. Unless sooner paid pursuant to the provisions hereof or
the provisions of the Sweep Agreement, the principal amount of the
Swing Loans shall be paid in full, together with accrued interest
thereon, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Agent may suspend or
revoke Borrowers privilege to use the Sweep to Loan system at any
time and from time to time for any reason and, immediately upon any
such revocation, the Sweep to Loan system shall no longer be
available to Borrower for the funding of Swing Line Advances
hereunder (or otherwise), and the regular procedures set forth in
this Section 2.5 for the making of Swing Line Advances shall be
deemed immediately to apply. Agent may, at its option, also elect to
make Swing Line Advances upon Borrowers telephone requests on the
basis set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2.3, provided that
the Borrower complies with the provisions set forth in this Section
2.5. |
|
(d) |
|
Disbursement of Swing Line Advances. Upon receiving
any executed Request for Swing Line Advance from the Borrower and the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.5(c) hereof, Swing Line
Lender shall make available to Borrower the amount so requested in Dollars not
later than 2:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date of such Advance, by credit to
an account of Borrower maintained with Agent or to such other account or third
party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, provided such direction
is timely given. Swing Line Lender shall promptly notify Agent of any Swing
Line Advance by telephone, telex or telecopier. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Refunding of or Participation Interest in Swing Line
Advances. |
|
(i) |
|
The Agent, at any time in its sole and absolute
discretion, may, in each case on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby
irrevocably directs the Agent to act on their behalf) request each of
the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender in its
capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender) to make an Advance of the
Revolving Credit to Borrower, in an amount equal to such Revolving
Credit Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal
amount of the Swing Line Advances outstanding on the date such notice
is given (the Refunded Swing Line Advances); provided however that
the Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate which are refunded
with Revolving Credit Advances at the request of the Swing Line Lender
at a time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing shall not be subject to Section 11.1 and no losses, costs or
expenses may be assessed by the Swing Line Lender against the Borrower
or the Revolving Credit Lenders as a consequence of
such refunding. The applicable Revolving Credit Advances used to
refund any Swing Line Advances shall be Prime-based Advances. |
33
|
|
|
In
connection with the making of any such Refunded Swing Line Advances
or the purchase of a participation interest in Swing Line Advances
under Section 2.5(e)(ii) hereof, the Swing Line Lender shall retain
its claim against Borrower for any unpaid interest or fees in respect
thereof accrued to the date of such refunding. Unless any of the
events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred (in
which event the procedures of Section 2.5(e)(ii) shall apply) and
regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this
Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then
satisfied (but subject to Section 2.5(e)(iii)), each Revolving Credit
Lender shall make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Advance
available to the Agent for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender at
the office of the Agent specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof prior to
10:00 a.m. Pacific time on the Business Day next succeeding the date
such notice is given, in immediately available funds. The proceeds of
such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately applied to repay
the Refunded Swing Line Advances, subject to Section 11.1 hereof. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If, prior to the making of an Advance of the
Revolving Credit pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, one of the
events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred, each
Revolving Credit Lender will, on the date such Advance of the Revolving
Credit was to have been made, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an
undivided participating interest in each Swing Line Advance that was to
have been refunded in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit
Percentage of such Swing Line Advance. Each Revolving Credit Lender
within the time periods specified in Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, as
applicable, shall immediately transfer to the Agent, for the benefit of
the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal
to its Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of
all Swing Line Advances outstanding as of such date. Upon receipt
thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a Swing
Line Participation Certificate evidencing such participation. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Each Revolving Credit Lenders obligation to
make Revolving Credit Advances to refund Swing Line Advances, and to
purchase participation interests, in accordance with Section 2.5(e)(i)
and (ii), respectively, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall
not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A)
any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
such Revolving Credit Lender may have against Swing Line Lender,
Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the
occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of
Default; (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise) of Borrower or any other Person; (D) any breach of this |
34
|
|
|
Agreement or any other Loan Document by Borrower or any other Person;
(E) any inability of Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to
borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such
Revolving Credit Advance is to be made or such participating interest
is to be purchased; (F) the termination of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment hereunder; or (G) any other circumstance,
happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing. If any Revolving Credit Lender does not make available to
the Agent the amount required pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii)
hereof, as the case may be, the Agent on behalf of the Swing Line
Lender, shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such
Revolving Credit Lender, together with interest thereon for each day
from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full (x)
for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, at
the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (y) thereafter, at the rate of
interest then applicable to such Swing Line Advances. The obligation
of any Revolving Credit Lender to make available its pro rata portion
of the amounts required pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof
shall not be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit
Lender to make such amounts available, and no Revolving Credit Lender
shall have any liability to any Credit Party, the Agent, the Swing
Line Lender, or any other Revolving Credit Lender or any other party
for another Revolving Credit Lenders failure to make available the
amounts required under Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Revolving
Credit Lender shall be required to make any Revolving Credit Advance to
refund a Swing Line Advance or to purchase a participation in a Swing
Line Advance if at least two (2) Business Days prior to the making of
such Swing Line Advance by the Swing Line Lender, the officers of the
Swing Line Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this
Agreement shall have received written notice from Agent or any Lender
that Swing Line Advances should be suspended based on the occurrence
and continuance of a Default or Event of Default and stating that such
notice is a notice of default; provided, however that the obligation
of the Revolving Credit Lenders to make such Revolving Credit Advances
(or purchase such participations) shall be reinstated upon the date on
which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite
Lenders. |
2.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest.
(a) Interest on the unpaid balance of all Prime-based Advances of the Revolving Credit and the
Swing Line from time to time outstanding shall accrue from the date of such
35
Advance to the date
repaid, at a per annum interest rate equal to the Prime-based Rate, and shall be payable in
immediately available funds commencing on January 1, 2009, and on the first day of each calendar
quarter thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section 2.6(a) shall become due on a day which
is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day.
Interest accruing at the Prime-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and
assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to
any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Prime-based Rate on the date of such
change in the Prime-based Rate.
(b) Interest on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit shall accrue at its
Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto (and, if any Eurodollar-Interest Period shall exceed
three months, then on the last Business Day of the third month of such Eurodollar-Interest Period,
and at three month intervals thereafter). Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be
computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the
first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to but not including the last day
thereof.
(c) Interest on each Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line shall accrue at its Quoted Rate and
shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto. Interest accruing at the Quoted Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and
assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sections, all accrued and unpaid
interest on any Revolving Credit Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and
any Swing Line Advance refunded pursuant to Section 2.5(e) hereof, shall be due and payable in full
on the date such Advance is refunded or converted.
(e) In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence
thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, immediately upon receipt by Agent of notice
from the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on all Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances from time to time outstanding at a per annum rate equal to
the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based
Advances and Quoted Rate Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Interest
Period, if any, and at all other such times, and for all Prime-based Advances from time to time
outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the Prime-based Rate plus two percent (2%) (but in no
event in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law).
2.7 Optional Prepayments.
(a) (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Prime-
based Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit at any time, provided that, unless the Sweep to
Loan system shall be in effect in respect of the Revolving Credit, after giving effect to any
partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of Prime-based Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit
remaining outstanding shall be at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), and (ii) subject to
36
Section 2.10(c) hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any
Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit at any time (subject to not less than three (3)
Business Days notice to Agent) provided that, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the
unpaid portion of such Advance which is to be refunded or converted under Section 2.3 hereof shall
be at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
(b) (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line
Advance carried at the Prime-based Rate at any time, provided that after giving effect to any
partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Prime-based Swing Line Advances remaining
outstanding shall be at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and (ii) subject to Section
2.10(c) hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line
Advance carried at the Quoted Rate at any time (subject to not less than one (1) days notice to
the Swing Line Lender) provided that after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate
balance of such Quoted Rate Swing Line Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).
(c) Any prepayment of a Prime-based Advance made in accordance with this Section shall be
without premium or penalty and any prepayment of any other type of Advance shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, but otherwise without premium or penalty.
2.8 Prime-based Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default. If, (a) as to any outstanding Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit or any
outstanding Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line, Agent has not received payment of all
outstanding principal and accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, or does not receive a timely Request for Advance meeting the requirements of Section 2.3
or 2.5 hereof with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or (b) if on the last
day of the applicable Interest Period a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, then, on the last day of the applicable Interest Period the principal amount of any
Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, which has not been prepaid
shall, absent a contrary election of the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, be converted
automatically to a Prime-based Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify Borrower of
said action. All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Prime-based Advance
under this Section 2.8 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.
2.9 Revolving Credit Facility Fee. From the Effective Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay to
the Agent for distribution to the Lenders pro-rata in accordance with their respective Percentages,
a Revolving Credit Facility Fee quarterly in arrears commencing January 1, 2009, and on the first
day of each calendar quarter thereafter (in respect of the prior three months or any portion
thereof). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee payable to each Lender shall be
determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment then in effect (whether used or unused). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be
computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the actual
number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be due on a
day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next
Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, Agent shall make prompt payment to each Lender of its
share of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee based upon its respective Percentage. The Revolving
Credit Facility Fees described in this
Section are not refundable.
37
2.10 Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances.
(a) If at any time and for any reason the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving
Credit Advances plus Swing Line Advances, plus the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, shall
exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, Borrower shall immediately reduce any pending
request for a Revolving Credit Advance on such day by the amount of such excess and, to the extent
any excess remains thereafter, repay any Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances in an
amount equal to the lesser of the outstanding amount of such Advances and the amount of such
remaining excess, with such amounts to be applied between the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing
Line Advances as determined by the Agent and then, to the extent that any excess remains after
payment in full of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances, to provide cash
collateral in support of any Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to the lesser of (x)
105% of the amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations and (y) the amount of such remaining
excess, with such cash collateral to be provided on the basis set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.
Borrower acknowledges that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, it shall also be
responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under Section 11.1
hereof. Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding
Prime-based Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the
Prime-based Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing
Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.
(b) Upon the payment in full of the Term Loan, any prepayments required to be made on the Term
Loan pursuant to Sections 4.8(a), (b) and (c) of this Agreement shall instead be applied to prepay
any amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit, without resulting in a permanent reduction in
the Revolving Credit Agreement Commitment. Subject to Section 10.2 hereof, any payments made
pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Prime-based Advances under the
Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Prime-based Rate, next to
Eurodollar-based Advances under the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at
the Quoted Rate. If any amounts remain thereafter, a portion of such prepayment equivalent to the
undrawn amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit shall be held by Lender as cash collateral for
the Reimbursement Obligations, with any additional prepayment monies being applied to any Fees,
costs or expenses due and outstanding under this Agreement, and with the remainder of such
prepayment thereafter being returned to Borrower.
(c) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory repayment of the Revolving Credit Advances
under this Section 2.10 or payment pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents is due, the
Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit or any other Indebtedness to be
prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory
prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Revolving
Credit Lenders, on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Agent and upon such
deposit the obligation of Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied.
Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said cash
collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the
38
principal balance of the
Revolving Credit on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the
Eurodollar-based Advances of such Revolving Advance, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section
11.1 hereof; provided, however, that if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred at any
time while sums are on deposit in the cash collateral account, Agent may, in its sole discretion,
elect to apply such sums to reduce the principal balance of such Eurodollar-based Advances prior to
the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and the Borrower will be obligated to
pay any resulting breakage costs under Section 11.1.
2.11 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent,
permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any time, or in part from
time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial reduction of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); (ii)
Borrower shall prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including,
without duplication, any deemed Advances made under Section 3.6 hereof) outstanding hereunder, plus
the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the amount of the then applicable Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment as so reduced, together with interest thereon to the date of prepayment; (iii)
no reduction shall reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than
the aggregate undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time; and (iv) no such
reduction shall reduce the Swing Line Maximum Amount unless Borrower so elects, provided that the
Swing Line Maximum Amount shall at no time be greater than the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment; provided, however that if the termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment requires the prepayment of a Eurodollar-based Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance
and such termination or reduction is made on a day other than the last Business Day of the then
current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar-based Advance or such Quoted Rate Advance,
then, pursuant to Section 11.1, Borrower shall compensate the Revolving Credit Lenders and/or the
Swing Line Lender for any losses or, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, Borrower may deposit the amount of such prepayment in a collateral account as provided
in Section 2.10(c). Reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and any accompanying
prepayments of Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be distributed by Agent to each Revolving
Credit Lender in accordance with such Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Percentage thereof, and
will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to Borrower, and any accompanying
prepayments of Advances of the Swing Line shall be distributed by Agent to the Swing Line Lender
and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to the Borrower. Any reductions of the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder shall reduce each Revolving Credit Lenders portion
thereof proportionately (based on the applicable
Percentages), and shall be permanent and irrevocable. Any payments made pursuant to this
Section shall be applied first to outstanding Prime-based Advances under the Revolving Credit, next
to Swing Line Advances carried at the Prime-based Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the
Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.
2.12 Use of Proceeds of Advances. Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be used to finance working capital and other lawful
corporate purposes.
39
2.13 Optional Increase in Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Provided that the Borrower has not previously elected to reduce or terminate the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment under Section 2.11 hereof, Borrower may request that the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment be increased in an aggregate amount (for all such Requests for
Increase) under this Section 2.13 not to exceed the Revolving Credit Optional Increase) (on the
same terms as the existing Revolving Credit), subject, in each case, to Section 11.1 hereof and to
the satisfaction concurrently with or prior to the date of each such request of the following
conditions:
(a) Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a written request for such increase, specifying
the amount of increase thereby requested (each such request, a Request for Increase);
provided, however, that (i) in the event Borrower has previously delivered a
Request for Increase pursuant to this Section 2.13, Borrower may not deliver a subsequent Request
for Increase until all the conditions to effectiveness of such first Request for Increase have been
fully satisfied (or such Request for Increase has been withdrawn); (ii) Borrower may make no more
than three (3) Requests for Increase during the term of this Agreement; and (iii) the amount of
increase requested, when added to the amount of any previous increase in the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment under this Section 2.13, shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Optional
Increase;
(b) within three (3) Business Days after the Agents receipt of any such Request for Increase,
the Agent shall inform each Revolving Credit Lender of the requested increase in the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment, offer each Revolving Credit Lender to increase its applicable
commitment in an amount equal to its applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of the requested
increase in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, and request each such Revolving Credit
Lender to notify the Agent in writing whether such Revolving Credit Lender desires to increase its
applicable commitment by the requested amount. Each Revolving Credit Lender approving an increase
in its applicable commitment by the requested amount shall deliver its written consent thereto no
later than ten (10) Business Days of the Agents informing such Revolving Credit Lender of the
Request for Increase; if the Agent shall not have received a written consent from a Revolving
Credit Lender within such time period, such Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have elected
not to increase its applicable commitment. If any one or more Revolving Credit Lenders shall elect
not to increase their respective commitments, then the Agent may offer to (A) each other Revolving
Credit Lender hereunder on a non-pro rata basis, (B) any other Lender hereunder, or (C) any other
Person meeting the requirements of Section 13.8(c) hereof (including, for the purposes of this
Section 2.13, any existing Revolving Credit
Lender which agrees to increase its commitment hereunder, the New Revolving Credit
Lender(s)), to increase their respective applicable commitments (or to provide a commitment);
(c) the New Revolving Credit Lenders shall have become a party to this Agreement by executing
and delivering a New Lender Addendum for a minimum amount for each such New Revolving Credit Lender
that was not an existing Revolving Credit Lender of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and an
aggregate amount for all such New Revolving Credit Lenders of that portion of the Aggregate
Revolving Credit Optional Increase, taking into account the amount of any prior increase in the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (pursuant to this Section 2.13) covered by the applicable
Request; provided, however, that each New Revolving Credit Lender shall remit to the Agent funds in
an amount equal to its Percentage (after giving effect to
40
this Section 2.13) of all Advances of the
Revolving Credit then outstanding, such sums to be reallocated among and paid to the existing
Revolving Credit Lenders based upon the new Percentages as determined below;
(d) Borrower shall have paid to the Agent for distribution to the existing Revolving Credit
Lenders, as applicable, all interest, fees (including the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, which
shall not be duplicative) and other amounts, if any, accrued to the effective date of such increase
and any breakage fees attributable to the reduction (prior to the last day of the applicable
Interest Period) of any outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advances, calculated on the basis set forth
in Section 15.1 hereof as though Borrowers had prepaid such Advances;
(e) if requested, Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent new Revolving Credit
Notes payable to each of the New Revolving Credit Lenders in the face amount of each such New
Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (after giving
effect to this Section 2.13) and, if applicable, renewal and replacement Revolving Credit Notes
payable to each of the existing Revolving Credit Lenders in the face amount of each such Lenders
Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (after giving effect to
this Section 2.13), dated as of the effective date of such increase (with appropriate insertions
relevant to such Notes and acceptable to the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, including the New
Revolving Credit Lenders);
(f) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(g) such other amendments, acknowledgments, consents, documents, instruments, any
registrations, if any, shall have been executed and delivered and/or obtained by Borrower as
required by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion; and
(h) the Agent may, without the consent of the Majority Lenders or any Lender effect amendments
to this Agreement as may be appropriate in the opinion of the Agent to effect the provisions of
this Section 2.13.
3. LETTERS OF CREDIT.
3.1 Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall through the
Issuing Office, at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof until thirty (30)
days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, upon the written request of Borrower
accompanied by a duly executed Letter of Credit Agreement and such other documentation related to
the requested Letter of Credit as the Issuing Lender may require, issue Letters of Credit in
Dollars for the account of Borrower, in an aggregate amount for all Letters of Credit issued
hereunder at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount. Each
Letter of Credit shall be in a minimum face amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (or
such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Issuing Lender) and each Letter of Credit (including any
renewal thereof) shall expire not later than the first to occur of (i) one year after the date of
issuance thereof and (ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in
effect on the date of issuance thereof. The submission of all applications in respect of and the
issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject in all respects to the International
Standby Practices 98, and any successor documentation thereto and to the
41
extent not inconsistent
therewith, the laws of the State of Michigan. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement
and any Letter of Credit Document other than any Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall control.
3.2 Conditions to Issuance. No Letter of Credit shall be issued at the request and for the account of Borrower unless,
as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit:
|
(a) |
|
(i) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the
Letter of Credit Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount;
and (ii) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of
Credit Obligations on such date plus the aggregate amount of all Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including all Advances deemed
disbursed by Agent under Section 3.6(a) hereof in respect of Borrower
Reimbursement Obligations) hereunder requested or outstanding on such date do
not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties
contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct
in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects
as of date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (both before and
immediately after the issuance of such Letter of Credit), other than any
representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date; |
|
|
(c) |
|
there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none
will exist upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Borrower shall have delivered to Issuing Lender at its Issuing
Office, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date for
issuance (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion,
may permit), the Letter of Credit Agreement related thereto, together with such
other documents and materials as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof,
and the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably
satisfactory to Issuing Lender; |
|
|
(e) |
|
no order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or
governmental authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain Issuing
Lender from issuing the Letter of Credit requested, or any Revolving Credit
Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage thereof
pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, and no law, rule, regulation, request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) shall prohibit the Issuing
Lender from issuing, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment
of its Revolving Credit Percentage of, the Letter of Credit requested or
letters of credit generally; |
|
|
(f) |
|
there shall have been (i) no introduction of or change in the
interpretation of any law or regulation, (ii) no declaration of a general
banking |
42
|
|
|
moratorium by banking authorities in the United States, Michigan or the
respective jurisdictions in which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Borrower
and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit are located, and (iii) no
establishment of any new restrictions by any central bank or other governmental
agency or authority on transactions involving letters of credit or on banks
generally that, in any case described in this clause (e), would make it
unlawful or unduly burdensome for the Issuing Lender to issue or any Revolving
Credit Lender to take an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of the
requested Letter of Credit or letters of credit generally; and |
|
|
(g) |
|
Issuing Lender shall have received the issuance fees required
in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section
3.4 hereof. |
Each Letter of Credit Agreement submitted to Issuing Lender pursuant hereto shall constitute the
certification by Borrower of the matters set forth in Sections 5.2 hereof. The Agent shall be
entitled to rely on such certification without any duty of inquiry.
3.3 Notice. The Issuing Lender shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with or promptly following its
issuance of any Letter of Credit, a true and complete copy of each Letter of Credit. Promptly upon
its receipt thereof, Agent shall give notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E, to
each Revolving Credit Lender of the issuance of each Letter of Credit, specifying the amount
thereof and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage thereof.
3.4 Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs. (a) Borrower shall pay letter of credit fees as follows:
|
(i) |
|
A per annum letter of credit fee with respect
to the undrawn amount of each Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto
(based on the amount of each Letter of Credit) in the amount of the
Applicable Fee Percentage (determined with reference to Schedule 1.1
to this Agreement) shall be paid to the Agent for distribution to the
Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their Percentages. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
A letter of credit facing fee on the face
amount of each Letter of Credit shall be paid to the Agent for
distribution to the Issuing Lender for its own account, in accordance
with the terms of the applicable Fee Letter. |
|
(b) |
|
All payments by Borrower to the Agent for distribution to the
Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders under this Section 3.4 shall be
made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Issuing Office or such
other office of the Agent as may be designated from time to time by written
notice to Borrower by the Agent. The fees described in clauses |
43
|
|
|
(a)(i) and (ii)
above (i) shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances, (ii) in the case of
fees due under clause (a)(i) above, shall be payable quarterly in arrears (on
the first day of each calendar quarter) and (iii) in the case of fees due under
clause (a)(ii) above, shall be payable upon the issuance of such Letter of
Credit and upon any amendment thereto or extension thereof. The fees due under
clause (a)(i) above shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee
Percentage times the undrawn amount of the face amount of each such Letter of
Credit on the date of determination, and shall be calculated on the basis of a
360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days from the date of the
issuance thereof to the stated expiration thereof. The parties hereto
acknowledge that, unless the Issuing Lender otherwise agrees, any material
amendment and any extension to a Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be
treated as a new Letter of Credit for the purposes of the letter of credit
facing fee. |
|
|
(c) |
|
If any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation
thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority charged with
the administration thereof, adopted after the date hereof, shall either (i)
impose, modify or cause to be deemed applicable any reserve, special deposit,
limitation or similar requirement against letters of credit issued or
participated in by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of,
Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or (ii) impose on Issuing Lender
or any Revolving Credit Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement,
the Letters of Credit or any participations in such Letters of Credit, and the
result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to
increase the cost or expense to Issuing Lender or such
Revolving Credit Lender
of issuing or maintaining or participating in any of the Letters of Credit
(which increase in cost or expense shall be determined by the Issuing Lenders
or such Revolving Credit Lenders reasonable allocation of the aggregate of
such cost increases and expenses resulting from such events), then, upon demand
by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be,
Borrower shall, within
thirty (30) days following demand for payment, pay to Issuing Lender or such
Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, from time to time as specified
by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, additional amounts
which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Lender or such Revolving
Credit Lender for such increased cost and expense (together with interest on
each such amount from ten days after the date such payment is due until
payment in full thereof at the Prime-based Rate), provided that if the
Issuing Lender or such |
44
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Lender could take any reasonable
action, without cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to
such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or expense, it agrees to do
so within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters.
Each demand for payment under this Section 3.4(c) shall be accompanied by a
certificate of Issuing Lender or the applicable Revolving Credit Lender
setting forth the amount of such increased cost or expense incurred by the
Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, as a
result of any event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii) above, and in reasonable
detail, the methodology for calculating and the calculation of such amount,
which certificate shall be prepared in good faith and shall be conclusive
evidence, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof. |
3.5 Other Fees. In connection with the Letters of Credit, and in addition to the Letter of Credit Fees,
Borrower shall pay, for the sole account of the Issuing Lender, standard documentation,
administration, payment and cancellation charges assessed by Issuing Lender or the Issuing Office,
at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth or to be set forth from time to time in the
standard fee schedule of the Issuing Office in effect from time to time.
3.6 Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of
Credit.
(a) Upon issuance by the Issuing Lender of each Letter of Credit hereunder (and on the
Effective Date with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit), each Revolving Credit Lender shall
automatically acquire a pro rata participation interest in such Letter of Credit and each related
Letter of Credit Payment based on its respective Revolving Credit Percentage.
(b) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the
amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of
Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto not later than
1:00 p.m. (Pacific time), in Dollars, on (i) the Business Day that Borrower received notice of such
presentment and honor, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m. (Pacific time) or (ii) the
Business Day immediately following the day that Borrower received such notice, if such notice is
received after 11:00 a.m. (Pacific time).
(c) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or
made under any Letter of Credit, but Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as
required under clause (b) above and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been
terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the Borrower shall be deemed to have
immediately requested that the Revolving Credit Lenders make a Prime-based Advance of the Revolving
Credit (which Advance may be subsequently converted at any time into a Eurodollar-based Advance
pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof) in the principal amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing
Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable
expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto. Agent will promptly notify the Revolving
Credit Lenders of such deemed request, and each such Lender shall make available to the Agent an
amount equal to its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount of such
Advance.
(d) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, but Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under
clause (b) above, and (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by
maturity, acceleration or otherwise), or (ii) any reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender from
Borrower is or must be returned or rescinded upon or during any
45
bankruptcy or reorganization of any
Credit Party or otherwise, then Agent shall notify each Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving
Credit Lender will be obligated to pay the Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender its pro rata
share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in
respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid
or incurred by the Agent relative thereto (but no such payment shall diminish the obligations of
the Borrower hereunder). Upon receipt thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit
Lender a participation certificate evidencing its participation interest in respect of such payment
and expenses. To the extent that a Revolving Credit Lender fails to make such amount available to
the Agent by 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is
given, such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay interest on such amount in respect of each day from
the date such amount was required to be paid, to the date paid to Agent, at a rate per annum equal
to the Federal Funds Effective Rate. The failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make its pro
rata portion of any such amount available under to the Agent shall not relieve any other Revolving
Credit Lender of its obligation to make available its pro rata portion of such amount, but no
Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to
make such pro rata portion available to the Agent.
(e) In the case of any Advance made under this Section 3.6, each such Advance shall be
disbursed notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any conditions for disbursement of any Advance set
forth in Article 2 hereof or Article 5 hereof, and, to the extent of the Advance so disbursed, the
Reimbursement Obligation of Borrower to the Agent under this Section 3.6 shall be deemed satisfied
(unless, in each case, taking into account any such deemed Advances, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line, plus the Letter of Credit
Obligations (other than the Reimbursement Obligations to be reimbursed by this Advance) on such
date exceed the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment).
(f) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made
under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall provide notice thereof to Borrower on
the date such draft or demand is honored, and to each Revolving Credit Lender on such date
unless Borrower shall have satisfied its reimbursement obligations by payment to the Agent (for the
benefit of the Issuing Lender) as required under this Section 3.6. The Issuing Lender shall
further use reasonable efforts to provide notice to Borrower prior to honoring any such draft or
other demand for payment, but such notice, or the failure to provide such notice, shall not affect
the rights or obligations of the Issuing Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit or the rights
and obligations of the parties hereto, including without limitation the obligations of Borrower
under this Section 3.6.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing however no Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have
acquired a participation in a Letter of Credit if the officers of the Issuing Lender immediately
responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received written notice from Agent or
any Lender at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the issuance or extension of such
Letter of Credit or, with respect to any Letter of Credit subject to automatic extension, at least
five (5) Business Days prior to the date that the beneficiary under such Letter of Credit must be
notified that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, that the issuance or extension of Letters
of Credit should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a
46
Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a notice of default; provided, however that the Revolving
Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have acquired such a participation upon the date on which such
Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite Lenders, as applicable. In the event
that the Issuing Lender receives such a notice, the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to
issue any Letter of Credit until such notice is withdrawn by Agent or such Lender or until the
requisite Lenders have waived such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.
(h) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require or authorize any Revolving Credit
Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, it being recognized that the Issuing Lender shall be the sole
issuer of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.
3.7 Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of Borrower to make payments to Agent for the account of Issuing Lender or
the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to Letter of Credit Obligations under Section 3.6 hereof,
shall be unconditional and irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception
whatsoever, including, without limitation:
|
(a) |
|
Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit,
any Letter of Credit Agreement, any other documentation relating to any Letter
of Credit, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (the Letter of
Credit Documents); |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, or any
substitution, exchange or release of or failure to perfect any interest in
collateral or security, with respect to or under any Letter of Credit Document; |
|
|
(c) |
|
The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right
which Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee
of any
Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary
or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing Lender or any
Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this
Agreement, any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the transactions
contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Any draft or other statement or document presented under any
Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in
any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any
Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not comply with the
terms of such Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any
reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of the Agent,
Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any party to any of the Letter
of Credit Documents to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy
conferred upon the Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any
such party under this Agreement, any of the other Loan
|
47
|
|
|
Documents or any of the
Letter of Credit Documents, or any other acts or omissions on the part of the
Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party; or |
|
|
(g) |
|
Any other event or circumstance that would, in the absence of
this Section 3.7, result in the release or discharge by operation of law or
otherwise of Borrower from the performance or observance of any obligation,
covenant or agreement contained in Section 3.6 hereof. |
No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or
nature which Borrower has or may have against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be
available hereunder to Borrower against the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender.
With respect to any Letter of Credit, nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall be deemed to
prevent Borrower, after satisfaction in full of the absolute and unconditional obligations of
Borrower hereunder with respect to such Letter of Credit, from asserting in a separate action any
claim, defense, set off or other right which they (or any of them) may have against Agent, Issuing
Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender in connection with such Letter of Credit.
3.8 Risk Under Letters of Credit.
(a) In the administration and handling of Letters of Credit and any security therefor, or any
documents or instruments given in connection therewith, Issuing Lender shall have the sole right to
take or refrain from taking any and all actions under or upon the Letters of Credit.
(b) Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall issue the
Letters of Credit and shall hold the documents related thereto in its own name and shall make all
collections thereunder and otherwise administer the Letters of Credit in accordance with
Issuing Lenders regularly established practices and procedures and will have no further
obligation (in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct) with respect thereto. In the
administration of Letters of Credit, Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any action taken or
omitted on the advice of counsel, accountants, appraisers or other experts selected by Issuing
Lender with due care and Issuing Lender may rely upon any notice, communication, certificate or
other statement from Borrower, beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, or any other Person which
Issuing Lender believes to be authentic. Issuing Lender will, upon request, furnish the Revolving
Credit Lenders with copies of Letter of Credit Documents related thereto.
(c) In connection with the issuance and administration of Letters of Credit and the
assignments hereunder, Issuing Lender makes no representation and shall have no responsibility with
respect to (i) the obligations of Borrower or the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any
document or instrument given in connection therewith, or the taking of any action with respect to
same, (ii) the financial condition of, any representations made by, or any act or omission of
Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) any failure or delay in exercising any rights or powers
possessed by Issuing Lender in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit in the absence of its
gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Revolving Credit Lenders expressly acknowledges
that it has made and will continue to make its own evaluations of Borrowers creditworthiness
without reliance on any representation of Issuing Lender or Issuing Lenders officers, agents and
employees.
48
(d) If at any time Issuing Lender shall recover any part of any unreimbursed amount for any
draw or other demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, or any interest thereon, Agent or
Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall receive same for the pro rata benefit of
the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages and shall promptly
deliver to each Revolving Credit Lender its share thereof, less such Revolving Credit Lenders pro
rata share of the costs of such recovery, including court costs and attorneys fees. If at any time
any Revolving Credit Lender shall receive from any source whatsoever any payment on any such
unreimbursed amount or interest thereon in excess of such Revolving Credit Lenders Percentage of
such payment, such Revolving Credit Lender will promptly pay over such excess to Agent, for
redistribution in accordance with this Agreement.
3.9 Indemnification. Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the Revolving Credit Lenders, the
Issuing Lender and the Agent and their respective Affiliates, and the respective officers,
directors, employees and agents of such Persons (each an L/C Indemnified Person), from and
against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature
whatsoever which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Agent or any such Person
may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in connection with any Letter
of Credit (collectively, the L/C Indemnified Amounts), and none of the Issuing Lender, any
Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or
agents shall be liable or responsible for:
|
(a) |
|
the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any
acts or omissions of any beneficiary in connection therewith; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents or of any
endorsement thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any
or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; |
|
|
(c) |
|
payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any
Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply
with the terms of any Letter of Credit (unless such payment resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender), including
failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such
Letter of Credit; |
|
|
(d) |
|
any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission,
dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in
connection with any Letter of Credit; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
any other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in
connection with any Letter of Credit. |
It is understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit the Issuing Lender will rely
on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth
therein without further investigation and regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.
49
With respect to subparagraphs (a) through (e) hereof, (i) no Borrower shall be required to
indemnify any L/C Indemnified Person for any L/C Indemnified Amounts to the extent such amounts
result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Indemnified Person or any
officer, director, employee or agent of such L/C Indemnified Person and (ii) the Agent and the
Issuing Lender shall be liable to each Borrower to the extent, but only to the extent, of any
direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages suffered by Borrower which were caused
by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any officer, director,
employee or agent of the Issuing Lender or by the Issuing Lenders wrongful dishonor of any Letter
of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for
payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of
Credit.
3.10 Right of Reimbursement. Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the
Issuing Lender on demand, pro rata in accordance with its respective Revolving Credit Percentage,
for (i) the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Issuing Lender to be reimbursed by
Borrower pursuant to any Letter of Credit Agreement or any Letter of Credit, to the extent not
reimbursed by Borrower or any other Credit Party and (ii) any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, fees, reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against Issuing Lender in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement (including
Section 3.6(c) hereof), any Letter of Credit, any documentation or any transaction relating
thereto, or any Letter of Credit Agreement, to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower, except to the
extent that such liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were incurred by Issuing Lender as a result
of Issuing Lenders gross negligence or willful misconduct or by the Issuing Lenders wrongful
dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a
draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and
conditions of such Letter of Credit.
4. TERM LOAN.
4.1 Term Loan. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Loan Lender,
severally and for itself alone, agrees to lend to Borrower, in a single disbursement in Dollars on
the Effective Date an amount equal to such Lenders Percentage of Term Loan.
4.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.
(a) Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Term
Loan Lender such Lenders Percentage of the then unpaid aggregate principal amount of Term Loan
outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may
be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the unpaid principal Indebtedness outstanding under Term Loan shall, from the Effective
Date (until paid), bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate. There shall be no readvance or
reborrowings of any principal reductions of the Term Loan.
(b) Each Term Loan Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or
accounts evidencing indebtedness of Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Term Loan
Lender resulting from each Advance of the Term Loan made by such lending
50
office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest
payable thereon and paid to such Term Loan Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.8(g), and a subaccount
therein for each Term Loan Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be
recorded (i) the amount of each Advance of the Term Loan made hereunder, the type thereof and each
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any
principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from Borrower to each Term Loan
Lender hereunder in respect of the Advances of the Term Loan and (iii) both the amount of any sum
received by the Agent hereunder from Borrower in respect of the Advances of the Term Loan and each
Term Loan Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the Register pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 4.2 shall,
absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the
existence and amounts of the obligations of Borrower therein recorded; provided,
however, that the failure of any Term Loan Lender or the Agent to maintain the Register or
any such account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the
obligation of Borrower to repay the Advances of each of the Term Loan (and all other amounts owing
with respect thereto) made to Borrower by the Term Loan Lenders in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.
(e) Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any Term Loan Lender, Borrower
will execute and deliver to such Term Loan Lender, at Borrowers expense, a Term Loan Note
evidencing the outstanding Advances under the Term Loan, owing to such Term Loan Lender.
4.3 Repayment of Principal. (a) Borrower shall repay the Term Loan as set forth
below, each such quarterly principal installment to be paid on the first day of each calendar
quarter, commencing on January 1, 2009, until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when all remaining
outstanding principal plus accrued interest thereon shall be due and payable in full:
|
|
|
|
|
Installment No. |
|
Payment |
1-8 |
|
$ |
750,000 |
|
9-12 |
|
$ |
1,500,000 |
|
13-16 |
|
$ |
1,875,000 |
|
17-19 |
|
$ |
2,625,000 |
|
Term Loan Maturity Date |
|
Any amounts of principal or interest then outstanding on the Term Loan |
(b) Whenever any payment under this Section 4.3 shall become due on a day that is not a
Business Day, the date for payment thereunder shall be extended to the next Business Day.
51
4.4 Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term Loan.
Borrower may refund all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan as a Term Loan Advance with
a like Eurodollar-Interest Period or convert each such Advance of Term Loan to an Advance with a
different Eurodollar-Interest Period, but only after delivery to Agent of a Term Loan Rate Request
executed in connection with such Term Loan by an Authorized Signer and subject to the terms hereof
and to the following:
(a) each Term Loan Rate Request shall set forth the information required on the Term Loan Rate
Request form with respect to such Term Loan, including without limitation:
|
(i) |
|
whether the Term Loan Advance is a refunding or
conversion of an outstanding Term Loan Advance; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of a refunding or conversion of an
outstanding Term Loan Advance, the proposed date of such refunding or
conversion, which must be a Business Day; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
whether such Term Loan Advance (or any portion
thereof) is to be a Prime-based Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance,
and, in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the Eurodollar-Interest
Period(s) applicable thereto. |
(b) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall be delivered to Agent (i) by 1:00 p.m. (Pacific
time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of the refunding or conversion of a
Eurodollar-based Advance or (ii) by 1:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the proposed date of the refunding
or conversion of a Prime-based Advance;
(c) the principal amount of such Advance of the Term Loan plus the amount of any other Advance
of the Term Loan to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and
Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case of a Prime-based Advance, at least Two
Million Dollars ($2,000,000), or the remaining principal balance outstanding under the applicable
Term Loan, whichever is less, and (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, at least Two
Million Dollars ($2,000,000) or the remaining principal balance outstanding under the applicable
Term Loan, whichever is less, or in each case a larger integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($100,000);
(d) no Term Loan Advance shall have a Eurodollar-Interest Period ending after the Term Loan
Maturity Date and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, Borrower shall select
Eurodollar-Interest Periods (or the Prime-based Rate) for sufficient portions of the Term Loan such
that Borrower may make the required principal payments hereunder on a timely basis and otherwise in
accordance with Section 4.5 below;
(e) at no time shall there be no more than three (3) Eurodollar-Interest Periods in effect for
Advances of the Term Loan; and
(f) a Term Loan Rate Request, once delivered to Agent, shall not be revocable by Borrower.
52
4.5 Prime-based Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default. In the event Borrower
shall fail with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan to timely exercise their
option to refund or convert such Advance in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof (and such Advance
has not been paid in full on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto
according to the terms hereof), or, if on the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest
Period, a Default or Event of Default shall exist, then, on the last day of the applicable
Eurodollar-Interest Period, the principal amount of such Advance which has not been prepaid shall
be automatically converted to a Prime-based Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify
Borrower thereof. All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Prime-based
Advance under this Section 4.5 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is
converted.
4.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest.
(a) Interest on the unpaid principal of all Prime-based Advances of the Term Loan from time to
time outstanding shall accrue until paid at a per annum interest rate equal to the Prime-based
Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in arrears commencing on
January 1, 2009, and on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter. Whenever any payment
under this Section 4.6 shall become due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment
shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Prime-based Rate shall be
computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in
such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change
in the Prime-based Rate on the date of such change in the Prime-based Rate.
(b) Interest on the unpaid principal of each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan having
a related Eurodollar-Interest Period of three (3) months or less shall accrue at its applicable
Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from
the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last
day thereof.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.6(a) or (b) hereof, all accrued and
unpaid interest on any Term Loan Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof shall
be due and payable in full on the date such Term Loan Advance is refunded or converted.
(d) In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence
thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon notice from the Majority Term Loan
Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on the principal amount of all Advances of the Term
Loan from time to time outstanding, as applicable, at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable
Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance, plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances, two
percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, and at all
other such times and for all Prime-based Advances, at a per annum rate equal to the Prime-based
Rate plus two percent (2%).
53
4.7 Optional Prepayment of Term Loan.
(a) Subject to clause (b) hereof, Borrower (at its option), may prepay all or any portion of
the outstanding principal of any Term Loan Advance bearing interest at the Prime-based Rate at any
time, and may prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal of any Term Loan bearing
interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate upon one (1) Business Days notice to the Agent by facsimile
or by telephone (confirmed by facsimile), with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to
the date of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan as to which the
Applicable Interest Rate is the Prime-based Rate shall be without premium or penalty and any
prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the
Eurodollar-based Rate shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, but otherwise without
premium or penalty.
(b) Each partial prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to all installments of such Term
Loan due thereunder on a pro rata basis as follows: first to that portion of such Term Loan
outstanding as a Prime-based Advance, second to that portion of such Term Loan outstanding as
Eurodollar-based Advances which have Eurodollar-Interest Periods ending on the date of payment, and
last to any remaining Advances of such Term Loan being carried at the Eurodollar-based Rate.
(c) All prepayments of the Term Loan shall be made to the Agent for distribution ratably to
the applicable Term Loan Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan Percentages.
4.8 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan.
(a) Subject to clauses (e) and (f) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of any
Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sales exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per Fiscal Year
(or in the case of any Fiscal Year ending after June 30, 2010, $2,500,000) which are not Reinvested
as described in the following sentence, Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds provided, however that Borrower shall not be
obligated to prepay the Term Loan with such Net Cash Proceeds if the following conditions are
satisfied: (i) promptly following the sale, Borrower provides to Agent a certificate executed by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower (Reinvestment Certificate) stating (x) that the sale has
occurred, (y) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the
date of the sale or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, and (z) a description of the
planned Reinvestment of the proceeds thereof, (ii) the Reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds is
commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and completed within the Reinvestment Period, and
(iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the sale and at
the time of the application of such proceeds to Reinvestment. If any such proceeds have not been
Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period, Borrower shall promptly pay such proceeds to
Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan in accordance with clauses (d) and (e) hereof.
(b) Subject to clauses (e) and (f) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of Net
Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Equity Interests of such Person (other than Excluded Equity
Issurances) or Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Subordinated Debt
54
after the Effective Date, Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to twenty
five percent (25%) of such Net Cash Proceeds in the case of the issuance of any Equity Interests
and one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds in the case of issuance of Subordinated
Debt (other than Debt permitted under the provisions of Section 8.1).
(c) Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of any
Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, Borrower shall be obligated to prepay the Term Loan by
an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds,
as the case may be; provided, however, that any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the
case may be, may be Reinvested by the applicable Credit Party if the following conditions are
satisfied: (i) promptly following the receipt of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds,
as the case may be, Borrower provide to Agent a Reinvestment Certificate stating (x) that no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the receipt of
such proceeds or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, (y) that such Insurance Proceeds
or Condemnation Proceeds have been received, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of
such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be), (ii) the Reinvestment of
such proceeds is commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and completed within the
Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
at the time of the receipt of such proceeds and at the time of the application of such proceeds to
Reinvestment. If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period,
Borrower shall promptly pay such proceeds to Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan in
accordance with clauses (e) and (f) hereof.
(d) Subject to clause (e) hereof, each mandatory prepayment under this Section 4.8 or any
other mandatory or optional prepayment under this Agreement shall be in addition to any scheduled
installments or optional prepayments made prior thereto and shall be subject to Section 11.1. Each
mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to installments of principal on the Term
Loan in the inverse order of their maturities.
(e) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory prepayment of any Term Loan under this
Section 4.8 is due, the Indebtedness under the Term Loan or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is
being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a
cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders (which shall be
an interest-bearing account), on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Agent
and upon such deposit, the obligation of each Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be
deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on
deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal
balance of the Term Loan on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the
Eurodollar-based Advances of the Term Loan, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1.
4.9 Use of Proceeds. Proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by Borrower to refinance
existing Debt and for general corporate purposes.
55
The obligations of the Lenders to make Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the
obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit are subject to the following
conditions:
5.1 Conditions of Initial Advances. The obligations of the Lenders to make initial
Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue
initial Letters of Credit, in each case, on the Effective Date only, are subject to the following
conditions:
(a) Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Borrower shall have executed
and delivered to Agent for the account of each Lender requesting Notes, the Swing Line Note, the
Revolving Credit Notes and/or the Term Notes, as applicable; Borrower shall have executed and
delivered this Agreement; and each Credit Party shall have executed and delivered the other Loan
Documents to which such Credit Party is required to be a party (including all schedules to the
Disclosure Letter and other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto); and such Notes (if any),
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be in full force and effect.
(b) Corporate Authority. Agent shall have received, with a counterpart thereof for
each Lender, from each Obligor, a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary dated as of
the Effective Date as to:
|
(i) |
|
corporate resolutions (or the equivalent) of
each Obligor authorizing the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents approval of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, in each case to which such Obligor is party,
and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and in the case of Borrower, authorizing the
execution and delivery of requests for Advances and the issuance of
Letters of Credit hereunder, |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the incumbency and signature of the officers or
other authorized persons of such Obligor executing any Loan Document
and in the case of the Borrower, the officers who are authorized to
execute any Requests for Advance, or requests for the issuance of
Letters of Credit, |
|
|
(iii) |
|
a certificate of good standing or continued
existence (or the equivalent thereof) from the state of its
incorporation or formation, and from every state or other jurisdiction
where such Obligor is qualified to do business, which jurisdictions are
listed on Schedule 5.2 to the Disclosure Letter, and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
copies of such Obligors articles of
incorporation and bylaws or other constitutional documents, as in
effect on the Closing Date. |
(c) Collateral Documents, Guaranties and other Loan Documents. The Agent shall have
received the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and
56
fully executed by each party thereto:
|
(i) |
|
The following Collateral Documents, each in
form and substance acceptable to Agent and fully executed by each party
thereto and dated as of the Effective Date: |
|
(A) |
|
the Security Agreement, executed
and delivered by the Obligors; |
|
|
(B) |
|
the Guaranty, executed and
delivered by the Guarantors; and |
|
|
(C) |
|
Mortgages for each of the owned
properties listed on Schedule 6.3(b) to the Disclosure Letter. |
|
(ii) |
|
For Borrowers principal place of business, a
Collateral Access Agreement. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
(A) Certified copies of uniform commercial
code requests for information, or a similar search report certified by
a party acceptable to the Agent, dated a date reasonably prior to the
Closing Date, listing all effective financing statements in the
jurisdiction noted on Schedule 5.1(c) to the Disclosure Letter which
name any Obligor (under their present names or under any previous names
used within five (5) years prior to the date hereof) as debtors,
together with (x) copies of such financing statements, and (y)
authorized Uniform Commercial Code (Form UCC-3) Termination Statements,
if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person
in any Collateral described in the Collateral Documents previously
granted by any Person (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2 of
this Agreement) and (B) intellectual property search reports results
from the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United
States Copyright Office for the Obligors dated a date reasonably prior
to the Closing Date. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Any documents (including, without limitation,
financing statements, amendments to financing statements and
assignments of financing statements, stock powers executed in blank and
any endorsements) requested by Agent and reasonably required to be
provided in connection with the Collateral Documents to create, in
favor of the Agent (for and on behalf of the Lenders), a first priority
perfected security interest in the Collateral thereunder shall have
been filed, registered or recorded, or shall have been delivered to
Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation. |
(c) Insurance. The Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it
57
that the Credit Parties have obtained the insurance policies required by Section 7.5 hereof
and that such insurance policies are in full force and effect.
(d) Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements. Each Credit Party shall have
each performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained
in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to the extent required to be performed or complied
with by such Credit Party. No Person (other than Agent, Lenders and Issuing Lender) party to this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in material default in the performance or compliance
with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or shall be in
material default in the performance or compliance with any of the material terms or material
provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in each case to which such Person is a
party.
(e) Opinions of Counsel. The Credit Parties shall furnish Agent prior to the initial
Advance under this Agreement, with signed copies for each Lender, an opinion of in-house counsel to
the Credit Parties, dated the Closing Date and covering such matters as reasonably required by and
otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each of the Lenders.
(f) Payment of Fees. Borrower shall have paid to Comerica Bank any fees due under the
terms of the Fee Letter, along with any other fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding to the
Agent or the Lenders as of the Effective Date (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other
charges of counsel to Agent).
(g) Governmental and Other Approvals. Agent shall have received copies of all
authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications or formal exemptions, filings,
declarations and registrations with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any
securities exchange or any other person or party (whether or not governmental) received by any
Credit Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to occur on the
Closing Date.
(h) Closing Certificate. The Agent shall have received, with a signed counterpart for
each Lender, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Borrower dated the Closing Date (or, if
different, the date of the initial Advance hereunder), stating that to the best of his or her
respective knowledge after due inquiry, (a) the conditions set forth in this Section 5 have been
satisfied to the extent required to be satisfied by any Credit Party; (b) the representations and
warranties made by the Credit Parties in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as
applicable, are true and correct in all material respects; (c) no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; and (d) since June 30, 2008, nothing shall have occurred which has
had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse change on the business or
property, results of operations, conditions or financial condition of Borrower and the Credit
Parties (taken as a whole).
5.2 Continuing Conditions. The obligations of each Lender to make Advances (including
the initial Advance) under this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue any
Letters of Credit shall be subject to the continuing conditions that:
58
(a) No Default or Event of Default shall exist as of the date of the Advance or the request
for the Letter of Credit, as the case may be; and
(b) Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in each of the
other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the
Advance or Letter of Credit (as the case may be) as if made on and as of such date (other than any
representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date).
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the
Issuing Lender as follows:
6.1 Corporate Authority. Each Credit Party is a corporation (or other business
entity) duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of
its incorporation or formation, as applicable, and each Credit Party is duly qualified and
authorized to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its
assets or the nature of its activities makes such qualification and authorization necessary except
where failure to be so qualified or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party has all requisite corporate, limited liability or
partnership power and authority to own all its property (whether real, personal, tangible or
intangible or of any kind whatsoever) and to carry on its business.
6.2 Due Authorization. Execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the
other Loan Documents, to which each Credit Party is party, and the issuance of the Notes by
Borrower (if requested) are within such Persons corporate, limited liability or partnership power,
have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of any law applicable to such Credit Party or
the terms of such Credit Partys organizational documents and, except as have been previously
obtained or as referred to in Section 6.10, below, do not require the consent or approval of any
governmental body, agency or authority or any other third party except to the extent that such
consent or approval is not material to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
6.3 Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens. (a) Each Credit Party, to the extent
applicable, has good and valid title (or, in the case of real property, good and marketable title)
to all assets owned by it that are material to the conduct of its business, subject only to the
Liens permitted under section 8.2 hereof, and each Credit Party has a valid leasehold or interest
as a lessee or a licensee in all of its leased real property;
(b) Schedule 6.3(b) to the Disclosure Letter identifies all of the real property owned or
leased, as lessee thereunder, by the Obligors on the Closing Date, including all warehouse or
bailee locations;
(c) The Credit Parties will collectively own or collectively have a valid leasehold interest
in all assets that were owned or leased (as lessee) by the Credit Parties immediately prior to the
Closing Date to the extent that such assets are necessary for the continued operation of the Credit
Parties businesses in substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately prior
to the Closing Date;
59
(d) Each Credit Party owns or has a valid leasehold interest in all real property necessary
for its continued operations and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, no material condemnation,
eminent domain or expropriation action has been commenced or threatened against any such owned or
leased real property; and
(e) There are no Liens on and no financing statements on file with respect to any of the
assets owned by the Credit Parties, except for the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this
Agreement.
6.4 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.4 to the Disclosure Letter, each Credit
Party has filed on or before their respective due dates or within the applicable grace periods, all
United States federal, state, local and other tax returns which are required to be filed or has
obtained extensions for filing such tax returns and is not delinquent in filing such returns in
accordance with such extensions and has paid all material taxes which have become due pursuant to
those returns or pursuant to any assessments received by any such Credit Party, as the case may be,
to the extent such taxes have become due, except to the extent such taxes are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate
provision has been made on the books of such Credit Party as may be required by GAAP.
6.5 No Defaults. No Credit Party is in default under or with respect to any material
agreement, instrument or undertaking to which is a party or by which it or any of its property is
bound which would cause or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
6.6 Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents. This Agreement and each of the
other Loan Documents to which any Credit Party is a party (including without limitation, each
Request for Advance), have each been duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officers
and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against such
Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights, generally and by general principles of
equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in law or equity).
6.7 Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.7 to the Disclosure
Letter and to the knowledge of each Credit Parties, each Credit Party has complied with all
applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines
(including consent decrees and administrative orders) including but not limited to Hazardous
Material Laws, and is in compliance with any Requirement of Law, in each case, except to the extent
that failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and (b) neither the extension of credit made pursuant to this Agreement or the use of the
proceeds thereof by the Credit Parties will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or
any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR,
Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto,
or The United and Strengthening America by providing appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and
Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, October 26, 2001 or
Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001
60
issued by the President of the United States (66 Fed. Reg. 49049 (2001)).
6.8 Non-contravention. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents (including each Request for Advance) to which each Credit Party is a party
are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such
Credit Party is a party or by which it or its properties are bound where such violation could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.9 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.9 to the Disclosure Letter, there
is no suit, action, proceeding, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy proceeding or
governmental investigation pending against or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against any
Credit Party (other than any suit, action or proceeding in which a Credit Party is the plaintiff
and in which no counterclaim or cross-claim against such Credit Party has been filed), or any
judgment, decree, injunction, rule, or order of any court, government, department, commission,
agency, instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding against any Credit Party, nor is any Credit Party
in violation of any applicable law, regulation, ordinance, order, injunction, decree or requirement
of any governmental body or court which could in any of the foregoing events reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.10 Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.10 to
the Disclosure Letter, no material authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or
formal exemption from, nor any filing, declaration or registration with, any court, governmental
agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other Person (whether or not
governmental) (each, a Filing) is required in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance: (a) by any Credit Party of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents to which
such Credit Party is a party or (b) by the Credit Parties of the grant of Liens granted, conveyed
or otherwise established (or to be granted, conveyed or otherwise established) by or under this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as applicable, except in each case for (i) Filings which
have been previously obtained, (ii) Filings to be made concurrently herewith or promptly following
the Closing Date as are required by the Collateral Documents to perfect Liens in favor of the
Agent, (iii) Filings required to be obtain and maintain existence, good standing and similar
matters, (iv) routine Filings necessary in the ordinary course of business, (v) Filings required in
connection with the performance of the Loan Documents, and (vi) Filings required in connection with
the exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents. All such material authorizations, consents,
approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations which have
previously been obtained or made, as the case may be, are in full force and effect and, to the best
knowledge of Borrower, are not the subject of any attack or threatened attack (in each case in any
material respect) by appeal or direct proceeding or otherwise.
6.11 Agreements Affecting Financial Condition. No Credit Party is party to any
agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.12 No Investment Company or Margin Stock. No Credit Party is an investment
company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is
engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, directly or indirectly, in the
61
business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of
the proceeds of any of the Advances will be used by any Credit Party to purchase or carry margin
stock. Terms for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System or any regulations substituted therefore, as from time to time in effect,
are used in this paragraph with such meanings.
6.13 ERISA. No Credit Party maintains or contributes to any Pension Plan subject to
Title IV of ERISA, except as set forth on Schedule 6.13 to the Disclosure Letter or otherwise
disclosed to the Agent in writing. There is no accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning
of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or any outstanding liability
with respect to any Pension Plans owed to the PBGC other than future premiums due and owing
pursuant to Section 4007 of ERISA, and no reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA
has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan other than an event for which the notice requirement
has been waived by the PBGC. None of the Credit Parties has engaged in a prohibited transaction
with respect to any Pension Plan, other than a prohibited transaction for which an exemption is
available and has been obtained, which could subject such Credit Parties to a material tax or
penalty imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA. Each
Pension Plan is being maintained and funded in accordance with its terms and is in material
compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA. No Credit Party has had a
complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to have resulted in any Withdrawal Liability and, except as notified to Agent in writing
following the Closing Date, no such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of
Section 4241 of ERISA) or insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA).
6.14 Conditions Affecting Business or Properties. Neither the respective businesses
nor the properties of any Credit Party are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike,
lockout or other dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, Act of God, or other casualty
(except to the extent such event is covered by insurance sufficient to ensure that upon application
of the proceeds thereof, no Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to occur) which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.15 Environmental and Safety Matters. Except as set forth in Schedules 6.9, 6.10 and
6.15 to the Disclosure Letter or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect:
|
(a) |
|
all facilities and property owned or leased by the Credit
Parties are in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws; |
|
|
(b) |
|
to the best knowledge of Borrower, there have been no
unresolved and outstanding past, and there are no pending or threatened in
writing: |
|
(i) |
|
claims, complaints, notices or requests for
information received by any Credit Party with respect to any alleged
violation of any applicable Hazardous Material Law, or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
written complaints, notices or inquiries to any
Credit Party |
62
|
|
|
regarding potential liability of any Credit Parties under any
applicable Hazardous Material Law; and |
|
(c) |
|
to the best knowledge of Borrower, no conditions exist at, on
or under any property now or previously owned or leased by any Credit Party
which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, are
reasonably likely to give rise to liability under any applicable Hazardous
Material Law or create a significant adverse effect on the value of the
property. |
6.16 Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.16 to the Disclosure Letter as
of the Closing Date, and thereafter, except as disclosed to the Agent in writing from time to time,
no Credit Party has any Subsidiaries.
6.17 Management Agreements. Schedule 6.17 to the Disclosure Letter is an accurate and
complete list of all management and significant employment agreements (excluding offer letters) in
effect on or as of the Closing Date to which any Credit Party is a party or is bound.
6.18 [Intentionally Deleted].
6.19 Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc. The Credit Parties possess all
franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights in
respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of their business substantially as now conducted
without known conflict with any rights of others. Schedule 6.19 contains a true and accurate list
of all trade names and any and all other names used by any Credit Party during the five-year period
ending as of the Closing Date.
6.20 Capital Structure. Schedule 6.20 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth all issued
and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party, including the number of authorized, issued
and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party and the par value of such Equity Interests,
all on and as of the Closing Date. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party
are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens
(except for the benefit of Agent) and such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with all
applicable state, federal and foreign laws concerning the issuance of securities. Except as
disclosed on Schedule 6.20 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no preemptive or other outstanding
rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the
purchase or acquisition from any Credit Party, of any Equity Interests of any Credit Party other
than rights of the Borrower.
6.21 Accuracy of Information. (a) The audited financial statements for the Fiscal
Year ended June 30, 2008, furnished to Agent and the Lenders prior to the Effective Date fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
the results of their operations for the periods covered thereby, and have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP. The projections, the Pro Forma Balance Sheet and the other pro forma
financial information delivered to the Agent prior to the Effective Date are based upon good faith
estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be accurate and reasonable at
the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to
future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or
63
periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth
therein.
(b) Since June 30, 2008, there has been no material adverse change in the business,
operations, financial condition or property of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole.
(c) To the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, as of the Closing Date, (i) the Credit
Parties do not have any material contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not
disclosed by or reserved against in the opening balance sheet to be delivered hereunder and (ii)
there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of the Credit Parties
which contingent obligations and losses in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
6.22 Solvency. After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents, each Credit Party will be solvent, able to
pay its indebtedness as it matures and will have capital sufficient to carry on its businesses and
all business in which it is about to engage. This Agreement is being executed and delivered by the
Borrower to Agent and the Lenders in good faith and in exchange for fair, equivalent consideration.
The Credit Parties do not intend to nor does management of the Credit Parties believe the Credit
Parties will incur debts beyond their ability to pay as they mature. The Credit Parties do not
contemplate filing a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization under the
Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect relating to any
Credit Party, nor does any Credit Party have any knowledge of any threatened bankruptcy or
insolvency proceedings against a Credit Party.
6.23 Employee Matters. There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, unfair labor
practice complaints, grievances, arbitration proceedings or controversies pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party by any employees of any Credit
Party, other than non-material employee grievances or controversies arising in the ordinary course
of business. Set forth on Schedule 6.23 to the Disclosure Letter are all union contracts or
agreements to which any Credit Party is party as of the Closing Date and the related expiration
dates of each such contract.
6.24 No Misrepresentation. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document,
certificate, information or report furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of a Credit Party
to Agent or any Lender in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
contains a misstatement of material fact, or omits to state a material fact required to be stated
in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, taken as a whole, not misleading in
the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made. There is no fact, other than
information known to the public generally, known to any Credit Party after diligent inquiry, that
could reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not expressly been disclosed
to Agent in writing.
6.25 Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence. As to each Obligor, (a) it is an
organization as described on Schedule 1.3 hereto and has provided the Agent and the Lenders with
complete and correct copies of its articles of incorporation, by-laws and all other applicable
charter and other organizational documents, and, if applicable, a good standing certificate and (b)
64
its correct legal name, business address, type of organization and jurisdiction of
organization, tax identification number and other relevant identification numbers are set forth on
Schedule 1.3 hereto.
7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
Borrower covenants and agrees, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit
hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, that it will, and, as
applicable, it will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
7.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to
Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, the following documents:
|
(a) |
|
as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred
twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the audited
Consolidated and, if reasonably requested by the Agent, unaudited Consolidating
financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at
the end of such Fiscal Year and the related audited Consolidated and if
reasonably requested by the Agent, unaudited Consolidating statements of
income, stockholders equity, and cash flows of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year and
underlying assumptions, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous Fiscal Year, certified as being fairly stated in all
material respects by an independent, nationally recognized certified public
accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
as soon as available, but in any event within forty five (45)
days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Credit Parties (except the
last quarter of each Fiscal Year), Borrower prepared unaudited Consolidated and
if reasonably requested by the Agent, Consolidating balance sheets of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and
the related unaudited statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows
of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the portion of the Fiscal
Year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous Fiscal Year, and
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in
all material respects; |
all such financial statements to fairly present in all material respects the financial condition
and results of operations for such periods and shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout
the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by a Responsible Officer
and disclosed therein), provided however that the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause
(b) hereof will not be required to include footnotes and will be subject to change from audit and
year-end adjustments.
7.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail
reasonably acceptable to Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, the following documents:
65
|
(a) |
|
Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
described in Sections 7.1(a) for each fiscal year end, and 7.1(b) for each
fiscal quarter end, a Covenant Compliance Report (or, in the case of the
Borrower prepared financial statements for the last fiscal quarter of each
fiscal year, a draft Covenant Compliance Certificate) duly executed by a
Responsible Officer of Borrower; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all significant
reports submitted by the Credit Parties firm(s) of certified public
accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review
of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of
the Credit Parties made by such accountants, including any comment letter
submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their services; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Any financial reports, statements, press releases, other
material information or written notices delivered to the holders of the
Subordinated Debt pursuant to any applicable Subordinated Debt Documents (to
the extent not otherwise required hereunder), as and when delivered to such
Persons and, if applicable, all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Within forty five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year,
an annual budget reviewed by Borrowers Board of Directors certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower; |
|
|
(e) |
|
Within forty five (45) days after and as of the end of each
fiscal quarter, including the last fiscal quarter of each Fiscal Year, (i) the
quarterly aging of the accounts receivable and accounts payable of the Credit
Parties and (ii) a report signed by a Responsible Officer, in form reasonably
acceptable to Agent, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower or
any Guarantor has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Trademarks or
Copyrights and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as
well as any material change in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined
in the Collateral Documents), including but not limited to any Patent,
Trademark or Copyright not specified in the exhibits to the Security Agreement; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Any additional information as required by any Loan Document,
and such additional schedules to the Disclosure Letter, certificates and
reports respecting all or any of the Collateral, the items or amounts received
by the Credit Parties in full or partial payment thereof, and any goods (the
sale or lease of which shall have given rise to any of the Collateral)
possession of which has been obtained by the Credit Parties, all to such extent
as Agent may reasonably request from time to time, any such schedule,
certificate or report to be certified as true and correct in all material
respects by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Credit Party and shall be
in such form and detail as Agent may reasonably specify; and |
66
|
(g) |
|
Such additional financial and/or other information as Agent or
any Lender may from time to time reasonably request, promptly following such
request. |
7.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before
maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of its material obligations of
whatever nature, including without limitation all assessments, governmental charges, claims for
labor, supplies, rent or other obligations, except where the amount or validity thereof is
currently being appropriately contested in good faith and reserves in conformity with GAAP with
respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Credit Parties.
7.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws.
(a) Continue to engage in their respective business and operations substantially as conducted
immediately prior to the Closing Date other than the Direct Selling Services division;
(b) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and maintain its
qualifications to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualifications are necessary for its
operations, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.4 and except where failure to do so
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) Take all action it deems necessary in its reasonable business judgment to maintain all
rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary for the normal conduct of its business except
where the failure to so maintain such rights, privileges or franchises could not, either singly or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Comply with all applicable Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to
comply therewith could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; and
(e) (i) Continue to be a Person whose property or interests in property is not blocked or
subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking
Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support
Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the Order), (ii) not engage in the transactions prohibited
by Section 2 of that Order or become associated with Persons such that a violation of Section 2 of
the Order would arise, and (iii) not become a Person on the list of Specially Designated National
and Blocked Persons, or (iv) otherwise not become subject to the limitation of any OFAC regulation
or executive order.
7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all material property it deems, in
its reasonable business judgment, useful and necessary in its business in working order (ordinary
wear and tear excepted); (b) maintain insurance coverage with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies on physical assets and against other business risks in such amounts and of such
types as are customarily carried by companies similar in size and nature (including without
limitation casualty and public liability and property damage insurance), and in the event of
acquisition of additional property, real or personal, or of the incurrence of additional risks of
any nature, increase such insurance coverage in such manner and to such extent as prudent business
judgment and present practice or any applicable Requirements of Law would dictate; provided,
67
however, if Borrower loses its insurance coverage because of the insolvency of its insurer,
Borrower shall obtain replacement coverage meeting the requirements of the Loan Documents as soon
as is reasonably practicable after the loss of such coverage and in any event within thirty (30)
days after such loss and the failure to have insurance coverage during the interim period shall not
constitute an Event of Default; (c) in the case of all insurance policies covering any Collateral,
such insurance policies shall provide that the loss payable thereunder shall be payable to the
applicable Credit Party, and to the Agent (as mortgagee, or, in the case of personal property
interests, lender loss payee) as their respective interests may appear; (d) in the case of all
public liability insurance policies, such policies shall list the Agent as an additional insured,
as Agent may reasonably request; and (e) if requested by Agent, certificates evidencing such
policies, including all endorsements thereto, to be deposited with Agent, such certificates being
in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent.
7.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions. Permit Agent and each
Lender, through their authorized attorneys, accountants and representatives (a) at all reasonable
times during normal business hours, upon the request of Agent or such Lender, to examine each
Credit Partys books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets and properties; (b) from time to time,
during normal business hours, upon the request of the Agent, to conduct full or partial collateral
audits of the Accounts and Inventory of the Credit Parties and appraisals of all or a portion of
the fixed assets (including real property) of the Credit Parties, such audits and appraisals to be
completed by an appraiser as may be selected by Agent and consented to by Borrower (such consent
not to be unreasonably withheld), with all reasonable costs and expenses of such audits to be
reimbursed by the Credit Parties (provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Credit Parties shall not be obligated to reimburse the Agent for more than one (1)
such audit or appraisal per calendar year), (c) during normal business hours and at their own risk,
to enter onto the real property owned or leased by any Credit Party to conduct inspections,
investigations or other reviews of such real property; and (d) at reasonable times during normal
business hours with prior notice to Borrower and at reasonable intervals, to visit all of the
Credit Parties offices, discuss each Credit Partys respective financial matters with their
respective officers, as applicable, and, by this provision, Borrower authorizes, and will cause
each of their respective Subsidiaries to authorize, its independent certified or chartered public
accountants to discuss the finances and affairs of any Credit Party and examine any of such Credit
Partys books, reports or records held by such accountants.
7.7 Notices. Promptly give written notice to the Agent of:
|
(a) |
|
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which any
Credit Party has knowledge; |
|
|
(b) |
|
any (i) litigation or proceeding existing at any time between
any Credit Party and any Governmental Authority or other third party, or any
investigation of any Credit Party conducted by any Governmental Authority,
which in any case if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect
or which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower
or any Subsidiary of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or
more or (ii) any material adverse change in the financial condition of any
Credit Party since the date |
68
|
|
|
of the last audited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section
7.1(a) hereof; |
|
(c) |
|
the occurrence of any event which any Credit Party believes
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly after
concluding that such event could reasonably be expected to have such a Material
Adverse Effect; |
|
|
(d) |
|
promptly after becoming aware thereof, the taking by the
Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction of a written tax
position (or any such tax position taken by any Credit Party in a filing with
the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction) which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, setting forth the
details of such position and the financial impact thereof; |
|
|
(e) |
|
(i) the acquisition or creation of any new Subsidiaries, (iii)
any material change after the Closing Date in the authorized and issued Equity
Interests of any Obligor or any other material amendment to any Obligors
charter, by-laws or other organizational documents, such notice, in each case,
to identify the applicable jurisdictions, capital structures or amendments as
applicable, provided that such notice shall be given not less than five (5)
Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such changes, acquisition
or creation, as the case may be (or such shorter period to which Agent may
consent); |
|
|
(f) |
|
not less than ten (10) Business Days (or such other shorter
period to which Agent may agree) prior to the proposed effective date thereof,
any proposed material amendments, restatements or other modifications to any
Subordinated Debt Documents which would have an adverse effect on the Lenders
(it being acknowledged by Borrower that any change in term, interest rate,
prepayment provisions, amortization, financial covenants or default provisions
shall be deemed to have an adverse effect on the Lenders); and |
|
|
(g) |
|
any default or event of default by any Person under any
Subordinated Debt Document, concurrently with delivery or promptly after
receipt (as the case may be) of any notice of default or event of default under
the applicable document, as the case may be. |
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer
of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and, in the case of notices
referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) hereof stating what action the applicable Credit
Party has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
7.8 Hazardous Material Laws.
(a) Use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material compliance with all
applicable Hazardous Material Laws, keep all material required permits, approvals, certificates,
69
licenses and other authorizations required under such Hazardous Material Laws in effect and
remain in compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material compliance with all
applicable Hazardous Material Laws;
(b) (i) Promptly notify Agent and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims,
complaints, notices or inquiries received by any Credit Party relating to its facilities and
properties or compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws which, if adversely determined,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) promptly cure and have
dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent and the Majority Lenders any
material actions and proceedings relating to compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws to
which any Credit Party is named a party, other than such actions or proceedings being contested in
good faith and with the establishment of reasonable reserves;
(c) To the extent necessary to comply in all material respects with applicable Hazardous
Material Laws, remediate or monitor contamination arising from a release or disposal of Hazardous
Material, which solely, or together with other releases or disposals of Hazardous Materials could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Provide such information and certifications which Agent or any Lender may reasonably
request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section 7.8.
7.9 Financial Covenants.
(a) Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of not less than
1.15 to 1.00;
(b) Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less
than 1.15 to 1.00.
(c) Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio of not more
than (i) 3.00 to 1.00 from the Effective Date through December 30, 2009, (ii) 2.75 to 1.00 for
December 31, 2009 through December 30, 2010, and (iii) 2.50 to 1.00 from December 31, 2010 and for
all fiscal quarters thereafter.
7.10 Governmental and Other Approvals. Apply for, obtain and/or maintain in effect,
as applicable, all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions,
filings, declarations and registrations (whether with any court, governmental agency, regulatory
authority, securities exchange or otherwise) which are necessary or reasonably requested by Agent
in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any Credit Party of, as applicable,
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Subordinated Debt Documents, or any other documents
or instruments to be executed and/or delivered by any Credit Party, as applicable in connection
therewith or herewith, except where the failure to so apply for, obtain or maintain could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11 Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices. (a) Comply in all material respects with
all material requirements imposed by ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not
limited to, the minimum funding requirements for any Pension Plan, except to the extent that any
noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
70
(b) Promptly notify Agent upon the occurrence of any of the following events in writing: (i)
the termination, other than a standard termination, as defined in ERISA, of any Pension Plan
subject to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA by any Credit Party; (ii) the appointment of a trustee
by a United States District Court to administer any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA;
(iii) the commencement by the PBGC, of any proceeding to terminate any Pension Plan subject to
Title IV of ERISA; (iv) the failure of any Credit Party to make any payment in respect of any
Pension Plan required under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA; (v)
the withdrawal of any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan if any Credit Party reasonably
believes that such withdrawal would give rise to the imposition of Withdrawal Liability with
respect thereto; or (vi) the occurrence of (x) a reportable event which is required to be
reported by a Credit Party under Section 4043 of ERISA other than any event for which the reporting
requirement has been waived by the PBGC or (y) a prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406
of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code other than a transaction for which a
statutory exemption is available or an administrative exemption has been obtained, except to the
extent such event could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or result in
any Lien on the assets of any Credit Party.
7.12 Defense of Collateral. Defend the Collateral from any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2.
7.13 Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral.
(a) With respect to each Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower (directly or
indirectly) subsequent to the Effective Date, whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise, cause
such Domestic Subsidiary which is a Material Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent, for
and on behalf of each of the Lenders (unless waived by Agent):
|
(i) |
|
within thirty (30) days after the date such
Person becomes a Material Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the
Agent may determine), a Guaranty, or in the event that a Guaranty
already exists, a joinder agreement to the Guaranty whereby such
Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Guarantor under the
Guaranty; and |
|
(ii) |
|
within thirty (30) days after the date such
Person becomes a Material Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the
Agent may determine), a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement
whereby such Domestic Subsidiary grants a Lien over its assets (other
than Equity Interests which should be governed by (b) of this Section
7.13) as set forth in the Security Agreement, and such Domestic
Subsidiary shall take such additional actions as may be necessary to
ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over such assets of such
Domestic Subsidiary, subject only to the other Liens permitted pursuant
to Section 8.2 of this Agreement. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the request of Agent, Bank shall cause Domestic
Subsidiaries which are not Material Subsidiaries to provide the items required above within the
71
time periods specified above so that at all times Agent has received Guaranties and Security
Agreements from Credit Parties which on a combined basis account for not less than 90% of the Total
Assets of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and not less than 90% of the gross revenues of
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries.
(b) With respect to the Equity Interests of each Person which becomes (whether by Permitted
Acquisition or otherwise) (i) a Domestic Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, cause the
Borrower and each Guarantor that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such Pledge
Agreements, and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected
Lien over one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary held by
such Person, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by Agent) within
thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time
period as Agent may determine); and (ii) a Foreign Subsidiary which is a Material Subsidiary
subsequent to the Effective Date, the Equity Interests of which is held directly by Borrower or one
of its Domestic Subsidiaries, cause the Credit Party that holds such Equity Interests to execute
and deliver such Pledge Agreements and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid
first priority perfected Lien over sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of such
Subsidiary, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by Agent) within
thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary (or such longer time
period as Agent may determine); and
(c) With respect to the acquisition of a fee interest in real property by any Credit Party
with a fair market value in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) after
the Effective Date (whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise), not later than sixty (60) days
after the acquisition is consummated or the owner of such property becomes a Domestic Subsidiary
(or such longer time period as Agent may determine), such Credit Party shall execute or cause to be
executed (unless waived by Agent), a Mortgage (or an amendment to an existing mortgage, where
appropriate) covering such real property, together with such additional real estate documentation,
environmental reports, title policies and surveys as may be reasonably required by Agent;
in each case in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, together
with such supporting documentation, including without limitation corporate authority items,
certificates and opinions of counsel, as reasonably required by the Agent. Upon the Agents
request, Credit Parties shall take, or cause to be taken, such additional steps as are necessary or
advisable under applicable law to perfect and ensure the validity and priority of the Liens granted
under this Section 7.13.
7.14 Accounts. Maintain all deposit accounts and securities accounts of any Credit Party with Agent, a
Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or any other financial institution reasonably acceptable to Agent,
provided that, with respect to any such accounts maintained with any Person (other than Agent),
such Credit Party (i) shall cause to be executed and delivered an Account Control Agreement in form
and substance satisfactory to Agent and (ii) has taken all other steps necessary, or in the opinion
of the Agent, desirable to ensure that Agent has a perfected security interest in such
account.
7.15 Use of Proceeds. Use all Advances of the Revolving Credit as set forth in Section
72
2.12 hereof and the
proceeds of the Term Loan as set forth in Section 4.9 hereof. Borrower shall not use any portion of
the proceeds of any such advances for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (as
defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) in any manner
which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other
purpose in violation of any applicable statute or regulation.
7.16 Further Assurances and Information. (a) Take such actions as the Agent or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably
request to establish and maintain first priority perfected security interests in and Liens on all
of the Collateral, subject only to those Liens permitted under Section 8.2 hereof, including
executing and delivering such additional pledges, assignments, mortgages, lien instruments or other
security instruments covering any or all of the Credit Parties assets as Agent may reasonably
require, such documentation to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, and
prepared at the expense of the Borrower.
(b) Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to Agent within a reasonable
time following Agents request, and at the expense of the Borrower, such other documents or
instruments as Agent may reasonably require to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Agreement
or the other Loan Documents.
(c) Provide the Agent and the Lenders with any other information required by Section 326 of
the USA Patriot Act or necessary for the Agent and the Lenders to verify the identity of any Credit
Party as required by Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act.
8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit
hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, it will not, and, as
applicable, it will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
8.1 Limitation on Debt. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:
|
(a) |
|
Indebtedness of any Credit Party to Agent and the Lenders under
this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents; |
|
(b) |
|
any Debt existing on the Effective Date and set forth in
Schedule 8.1 to the Disclosure Letter and any renewals or refinancing of such
Debt (provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such renewed or
refinanced Debt shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the original
Debt outstanding on the Effective Date (less any principal
payments and the amount of any commitment reductions made thereon on or
prior to such renewal or refinancing), (ii) the renewal or refinancing of
such Debt shall be on substantially the same or better terms as in effect
with respect to such Debt on the Effective Date, and shall otherwise be in
compliance with this Agreement, and (iii) at the time of such renewal or
refinancing no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result from the renewal or refinancing of such Debt; |
73
|
(c) |
|
any Debt of Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the
acquisition of fixed or capital assets, whether pursuant to a loan or a
Capitalized Lease provided that both at the time of and immediately after
giving effect to the incurrence thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all
such Debt at any one time outstanding (including, without limitation, any Debt
of the type described in this clause (c) which is set forth on Schedule 8.1 to
the Disclosure Letter) shall not exceed $10,000,000, and any renewals or
refinancings of such Debt on terms substantially the same or better than those
in effect at the time of the original incurrence of such Debt; |
|
(e) |
|
Debt under any Hedging Transactions, provided that such
transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for
speculative purposes; |
|
(f) |
|
Debt arising from judgments or decrees not deemed to be a
Default or Event of Default under subsection (g) of Section 9.1; |
|
(g) |
|
Debt owing to a Person that is a Credit Party, but only to the
extent permitted under Section 8.7 hereof; |
|
(h) |
|
Debt incurred under Seller Notes (including any Seller Notes
listed in Schedule 8.1 to the Disclosure Letter) not to exceed Thirty Million
Dollars ($30,000,000) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement; |
|
(i) |
|
Guaranty Obligations of Indebtedness otherwise permitted
hereunder of any Credit Party and Guaranties in the ordinary course of business
of the obligations of suppliers, customers and licensees of any Credit Party; |
|
(j) |
|
Debt of Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed $2,500,000 in the
aggregate; |
|
(k) |
|
Debt relating to premium financing arrangements for property
and casualty insurance plans and health and welfare benefit plans (including
health and workers compensation insurance, employment practices liability
insurance and directors and officers insurance); |
|
(l) |
|
Debt relating to tenant improvement loans and real estate
commissions in
an amount not exceeding $2,500,000 in the aggregate; |
|
(m) |
|
Debt in respect of performance bonds securing obligations not
constituting Debt for borrowed money (including workers compensation claims,
health benefits and local, state and federal payroll taxes) and obligations in
connection with self-insurance or similar requirements, in each case provided
in the ordinary course of business; |
74
|
(n) |
|
third-party indebtedness assumed pursuant to a Permitted
Acquisition completed in compliance with this Agreement of a type which is
permitted under this Agreement (except as a result of giving effect to a Dollar
limitation contained in this Section 8.1) in an amount not exceeding $5,000,000
in the aggregate; |
|
(o) |
|
non-recourse Debt with a maturity of less than 15 days incurred
in connection with a Permitted Acquisition with respect to which an I.R.C.
Section 338(h) election has been made; provided that no such Debt shall be
permitted following the initial maturity date of such Debt; and |
|
(p) |
|
additional unsecured Debt not otherwise described above,
provided that both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the
incurrence thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such
Debt shall not exceed $7,500,000 at any one time outstanding. |
8.2 Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or
revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:
|
(b) |
|
Liens securing Debt permitted by Section 8.1(c), provided that
(i) such Liens are created upon fixed or capital assets acquired by the
applicable Credit Party after the date of this Agreement (including without
limitation by virtue of a loan or a Capitalized Lease), (ii) any such Lien is
created solely for the purpose of securing indebtedness representing or
incurred to finance the cost of the acquisition of the item of property subject
thereto, (iii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall
at no time exceed 100% of the sum of the purchase price or cost of the
applicable property, equipment or improvements and the related costs and
charges imposed by the vendors thereof and (iv) the Lien does not cover any
property other than the fixed or capital asset acquired; provided, however,
that no such Lien shall be created over any owned real property of any Credit
Party for which Agent has received a Mortgage or for which such Credit Party is
required to execute a Mortgage pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; |
|
(c) |
|
any Lien securing third-party indebtedness assumed pursuant to
any Permitted Acquisition conducted in compliance with this Agreement; provided
that such Lien is limited to the property so acquired, was not entered into,
extended or renewed in contemplation of such acquisition and is of a type of
Lien permitted under this Agreement (except as a result of giving effect to a
Dollar limitation contained in this Section 8.2); |
|
(d) |
|
Liens on intellectual property assets and tangible personal
property of the applicable seller granted in connection with Seller Notes; |
75
|
(e) |
|
Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents; |
|
(f) |
|
Liens on the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries to secure the Debt
permitted under Section 8.1(j); |
|
(g) |
|
Liens on unearned premiums under insurance policies to secure
the Debt permitted under Section 8.1(k); |
|
(h) |
|
Liens on tenant improvements to secure the Debt permitted under
Section 8.1(l); and |
|
(i) |
|
other Liens, existing on the Closing Date, set forth on
Schedule 8.2 to the Disclosure Letter and renewals, refinancings and extensions
thereof on substantially the same or better terms as in effect on the Closing
Date and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement. |
Regardless of the provisions of this Section 8.2, no Lien over the Equity Interests of Borrower or
any Subsidiary of Borrower (except for those Liens for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders) shall
be permitted under the terms of this Agreement.
8.3 Acquisitions. Except for Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions permitted under Section 8.7, if any,
purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the purchase of all or substantially all or
any material portion of the assets or business interests or a division or other business unit of
any Person, or any Equity Interest of any Person, or any business or going concern.
8.4 Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets. Enter into any merger or consolidation or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without limitation, Equity
Interests, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or
liquidate, wind up or dissolve, except:
|
(a) |
|
Inventory leased or sold in the ordinary course of business; |
|
(b) |
|
obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, parts,
property or equipment, or property or equipment no longer used or useful in the
conduct of the applicable Credit Partys business; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Permitted Acquisitions; |
|
(d) |
|
mergers or consolidations of any Subsidiary of Borrower with or
into Borrower or any Guarantor so long as the Borrower or such Guarantor shall
be the continuing or surviving entity; provided that at the time of each such
merger or consolidation, both before and after giving effect thereto, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result
from such merger or consolidation; |
|
(e) |
|
any Subsidiary of Borrower may liquidate or dissolve into
Borrower or a Guarantor if Borrower determines in good faith that such
liquidation or |
76
|
|
|
dissolution is in the best interests of Borrower, so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom; |
|
(f) |
|
sales or transfers, including without limitation upon voluntary
liquidation from any Credit Party to Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that the
applicable Borrower or Guarantor takes such actions as Agent may reasonably
request to ensure the perfection and priority of the Liens in favor of the
Lenders over such transferred assets; |
|
(g) |
|
sales or transfers from any Foreign Subsidiary to any other
Foreign Subsidiary; |
|
(h) |
|
subject to Section 4.8(a) hereof, (i) Asset Sales (exclusive of
asset sales permitted pursuant to all other subsections of this Section 8.4) in
which the sales price is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets
sold and the consideration received is cash or cash equivalents, Equity
Interests or Debt of any Credit Party being assumed by the purchaser, provided
that (A) the aggregate amount of such Asset Sales does not exceed five percent
(5%) of Borrowers Total Assets in any Fiscal Year and no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of each such sale (both
before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale), and (B) the aggregate
amount received in Equity Interests during the term of this Agreement shall not
exceed $5,000,000 and (ii) other Asset Sales approved by the Majority Lenders
in their sole discretion; |
|
(i) |
|
the sale or disposition of Permitted Investments and other cash
equivalents in the ordinary course of business; |
|
(j) |
|
dispositions of owned or leased vehicles in the ordinary course
of business; |
|
(k) |
|
licenses and similar arrangements for the use of property of
any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business; |
|
(l) |
|
notes or accounts receivable in order to resolve disputes that
occur in the
ordinary course of business, and discounts thereof; |
|
(m) |
|
condemned property to the respective governmental authority or
agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or
otherwise), and transfers of properties that have been subject to a casualty of
the respective insurer of such property or its designee as party of any
insurance settlement; and |
|
(n) |
|
the sale or disposition of the Direct Selling Services
division. |
The Lenders hereby consent and agree to the release by Agent of any and all Liens on the property
sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with this Section 8.4.
77
8.5 Restricted Payments. Declare or make any distributions, dividend, payment or other distribution of assets,
properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities (collectively, Distributions) on account of
any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any
of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or any warrants, rights or options to acquire any of its
Equity Interests, now or hereafter outstanding (collectively, Purchases), except that:
|
(a) |
|
each Credit Parties may pay cash Distributions to the Borrower
or any Guarantor; |
|
(b) |
|
each Credit Party may declare and make Distributions payable in
the Equity Interests of such Credit Party, provided that the issuance of such
Equity Interests does not otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement and no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of
making such Distribution or would result from the making of such Distribution; |
|
(c) |
|
Borrower may (i) repurchase Equity Interests of former or
current employees, officers and directors pursuant to stock purchase agreements
or stock purchase plans so long as no Default or Event of Default exists prior
to such repurchase or would exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and
(ii) repurchase Equity Interests of former or current employees, officers and
directors pursuant to stock purchase agreements or stock purchase plans by the
cancellation of debt owed by such former employee to Borrower regardless of
whether a Default or Event of Default exists; |
|
(d) |
|
Borrower may pay dividends to its shareholders so long as at
the time paid and after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default
shall exist; |
|
(e) |
|
Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into
other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities; |
|
(f) |
|
Borrower may distribute securities to employees, officers or
directors
upon exercise of their options; |
|
(g) |
|
Borrower may make any redemption of Equity Interests with the
proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of Equity Interests; |
|
(h) |
|
Borrower any distribute and redeem rights under any stockholder
rights plan; |
|
(i) |
|
any Credit Party may make capital contributions if such capital
contribution is otherwise permitted as an Investment pursuant to Section 8.7;
and |
|
(j) |
|
Borrower may issue Equity Interests in connection with a
Permitted Acquisition. |
78
8.6 [Intentionally Deleted].
8.7 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances. Make or allow to remain outstanding any Investment (whether such investment shall be of the
character of investment in shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or
otherwise) in, or any loans or advances to, any Person other than:
|
(a) |
|
Permitted Investments; |
|
(b) |
|
Investments existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule
8.7 to the Disclosure Letter; |
|
|
(c) |
|
sales on open account in the ordinary course of business; |
|
(d) |
|
intercompany loans or intercompany Investments made by any
Credit Party to or in any Guarantor or Borrower; provided that, in each case,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time of making such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment or result from
such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment being made and that any
intercompany loans shall, if requested by Agent, be evidenced by and funded
under an Intercompany Note pledged to the Agent under the appropriate
Collateral Documents; |
|
(e) |
|
Intercompany loans or intercompany Investments to a Credit
Party that is that is not a Guarantor or Borrower; provided that, the aggregate
amount from time to time outstanding in respect thereof shall not exceed Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in any Fiscal Year; |
|
(f) |
|
Investments in respect of Hedging Transactions provided that
such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for
speculative purposes; |
|
(g) |
|
Investments not to exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate consisting of (i) travel advances and
employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary
course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating
to the purchase of Equity Interests of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to
employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrowers Board of
Directors; |
|
(h) |
|
joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of
Borrowers business consisting of the license of technology, the development of
technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash
Investments by Borrower do not exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year; |
|
(i) |
|
Permitted Acquisitions and Investments in any Person acquired
pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition; |
79
|
(j) |
|
Investments constituting deposits made in connection with the
purchase of goods or services in the ordinary course of business or in
satisfaction of requirements imposed by governmental authorities in an
aggregate amount for such deposits not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time
outstanding; |
|
(k) |
|
Investments accepted in connection with permitted transfers
under Section 8.4; |
|
(l) |
|
Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid
royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not
Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this subparagraph
shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; |
|
(m) |
|
Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection
with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in
settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or
suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; |
|
(n) |
|
Investments made prior to the consummation of any Permitted
Acquisition consisting of reasonable earnest money deposits, working fees or
other similar prepaid consideration or similar amounts that would be applied
toward consideration upon consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (in each
case whether or not refundable under any circumstances); |
|
(o) |
|
Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign
Subsidiary or Borrower or parent, provided that 65% of the ownership interest
in each such Foreign Subsidiary has been pledged to Bank; and |
|
(p) |
|
other Investments not described above provided that both at the
time of and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment (i) no
Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result
from the making of such Investment and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such
Investments shall not exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year. |
In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations set forth in this Section
8.7 (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), such Investment shall be taken at the original
cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or depreciation, but
less any amount repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.
8.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.8 to the Disclosure Letter, enter into any transaction,
including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering
of any service, with any Affiliates of the Credit Parties except: (a) transactions with Affiliates
that are the Credit Parties; (b) transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement; and (c)
transactions in the ordinary course of a Credit Partys business and upon fair and reasonable terms
no less favorable to such Credit Party than it would obtain in a comparable arms length transaction
from unrelated third parties. Section 8.8 shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted
under this Agreement and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
occur as a result, (i) any issuance of securities,
80
or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and
other benefit plans, (ii) loans or advances to employees, officers or other directors of the Credit
Parties, (iii) the payment of fees and indemnities to directors, officers, employees and
consultants of the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any agreements with
employees, officers and directors entered into by the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of
business, (v) sales of equity interests to Affiliates, (vii) reasonable and customary fees paid to
directors of the Credit Parties, (viii) raising of new equity for the Credit Parties with respect
to the pricing of such equity, and (ix) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax
sharing agreement.
8.9 Sale-Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by a Credit Party of
real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to
such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on
the security of such property or rental obligations of such Credit Party, as the case may be.
8.10 Limitations on Other Restrictions. Except for this Agreement or any other Loan Document, enter into any agreement, document or
instrument which would (i) restrict the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay or make
dividends or distributions in cash or kind to Borrower or any Guarantor, to make loans, advances or
other payments of whatever nature to any Credit Party, or to make transfers or distributions of all
or any part of its assets to any Credit Party; or (ii) restrict or prevent any Credit Party from
granting Agent on behalf of Lenders Liens upon, security interests in and pledges of their
respective assets, except to the extent such restrictions exist in documents
creating Liens permitted by Section 9.2(b) hereunder except: (a) negative pledges incurred or
provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(c) solely to the extent
any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness;
(b) restrictions and conditions imposed by any governmental authority; (c) restrictions and
conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 8.10 to the Disclosure Letter and any
extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification of, any such restriction or condition;
(d) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a
Subsidiary pending such sale, provided that (x) such restrictions and conditions apply only to the
Subsidiary that is to be sold and (y) such sale is permitted hereunder; (e) customary provisions in
leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof;
(f) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other
intellectual property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such
agreements or any rights thereunder; (g) any restrictions imposed by contracts or leases entered
into in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such
Persons customers, lessors or suppliers; (h) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement
relating to Debt and Liens permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply
only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; and (i) any restrictions imposed by
contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business by any Person acquired by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such Persons customers, lessors or suppliers and not in
connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition such Person by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, which restrictions are not applicable to any Person, or the property or assets of any
Person, other than the property or assets of the Person so acquired.
81
8.11 Prepayment of Debt. Make any prepayment (whether optional or mandatory), repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
any other payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt other than (i) as permitted to be refinanced
under Section 8.1, (ii) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Subordinated
Debt and (iii) the prepayment, redemption, purchase or repayment of any such Subordinated Debt from
the proceeds of any issuance of any Equity Interests issued on terms acceptable to Agent in the
exercise of its reasonable credit judgment.
8.12 Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents. Amend, modify or otherwise alter (or suffer to be amended, modified or altered) the
Subordinated Debt Documents except as permitted in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and
Subordination Agreements, or if no such restrictions exist in the applicable Subordinated Debt
Documents or Subordination Agreements, except to the extent any such amendments would not
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Interest of the Lenders and except
with the prior written consent of the Agent.
8.13 Modification of Certain Agreements. Make, permit or consent to any amendment or other modification to the constitutional
documents of any Obligor except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not
violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii)
does not materially adversely affect the interest of the Lenders as creditors and/or secured
parties under any Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect and except for any reincorporation of any Obligor in another state of the United
States after fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Agent.
8.14 Management Fees. Pay or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, any management, consulting or other fees
to an Affiliate.
8.15 Fiscal Year. Permit the Fiscal Year of any Credit Party to end on a day other than June 30.
9. DEFAULTS.
9.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default
hereunder:
|
(a) |
|
non-payment when due of (i) the principal or interest on the
Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line) or the Term
Loan or (ii) any Reimbursement Obligation; |
|
(b) |
|
non-payment of any Fees or any other amounts due and owing by
Borrower under this Agreement or by any Credit Party under any of the other
Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than as set forth in subsection
(a) above, within three (3) Business Days after the same is due and payable; |
|
(c) |
|
default in the observance or performance of any of the
conditions, covenants or agreements of Borrower set forth in Article 7 or
Article 8 |
82
|
|
|
which continues for ten (10) Business Days; |
|
(d) |
|
default in the observance or performance of any of the other
conditions, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents by any Credit Party and continuance thereof for a period
of thirty (30) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of
Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot
by its nature be cured within the thirty (30) day period or cannot after
diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such thirty (30) day period, and
such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower
shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed
forty five (45) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such
reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be
deemed an Event of Default but no Advances or other credit extensions will be
made; |
|
(e) |
|
any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party herein
or in any certificate, instrument or other document submitted pursuant hereto
proves untrue or misleading in any material adverse respect when made; |
|
(f) |
|
(i) default by any Credit Party in the payment of any
indebtedness for borrowed money, whether under a direct obligation or guaranty
(other than Indebtedness hereunder) of any Credit Party in excess of Two
Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) (or the equivalent thereof
in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate when due
and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure or grace and or
(ii) failure to comply with the terms of any other obligation of any Credit
Party with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than
Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
($2,500,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars)
individually or in the aggregate, which continues beyond any applicable period
of cure or grace and which would permit the holder or holders thereto to
accelerate such other indebtedness for borrowed money, or require the
prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance of such indebtedness; |
|
(g) |
|
the rendering of any judgment(s) (not covered by adequate
insurance from a solvent carrier which is defending such action without
reservation of rights) for the payment of money in excess of the sum of Two
Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) (or the equivalent thereof
in any currency other than Dollars) (or if covered by such insurance, in excess
of $5,000,000) individually or in the aggregate against any Credit Party, and
such judgments shall remain unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal
or otherwise for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its
entry; |
|
(h) |
|
the occurrence of (i) a reportable event, as defined in
ERISA, which is |
83
|
|
|
determined by the PBGC to constitute grounds for a distress
termination of any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained or
contributed to by or on behalf of any Credit Party for the benefit of any of
its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District
Court of a trustee to administer such Pension Plan and such reportable event is
not corrected and such determination is not revoked within sixty (60) days
after notice thereof has been given to the plan administrator of such Pension
Plan (without limiting any of Agents or any Lenders other rights or remedies
hereunder), or (ii) the termination or the institution of proceedings by the
PBGC to terminate any such Pension Plan, or (iii) the appointment of a trustee
by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such Pension
Plan, or (iv) the reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA)
or insolvency (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) of any
Multiemployer Plan, or receipt of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is
in reorganization or insolvency, or the complete or partial
withdrawal by any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan, which in the
case of any of the foregoing, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; |
|
(i) |
|
except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, any Credit
Party (other than a dissolution of a Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a
Guarantor or Borrower) shall be dissolved or liquidated (or any judgment, order
or decree therefor shall be entered) except as otherwise permitted herein; or
if a creditors committee shall have been appointed for the business of any
Credit Party (other than a dissolution of any Subsidiary which is not a
Material Subsidiary); or if any Credit Party (other than a dissolution of any
Subsidiary which is not a Material Subsidiary) shall have made a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt
and if not an adjudication based on a filing by a Credit Party (other than a
dissolution of any Subsidiary which is not a Material Subsidiary), it shall not
have been dismissed within sixty (60) days, or shall have filed a voluntary
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or to effect a plan or arrangement
with creditors or shall fail to pay its debts generally as such debts become
due in the ordinary course of business (except as contested in good faith and
for which adequate reserves are made in such partys financial statements); or
shall file an answer to a creditors petition or other petition filed against
it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in
bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the
appointment of a receiver or trustee or custodian for any of its property or
assets; or such receiver, trustee or custodian shall have been appointed for
any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon application or consent of a
Credit Party ) and shall not have been removed within sixty (60) days; or if an
order shall be entered approving any petition for reorganization of any Credit
Party (other than a dissolution of any Subsidiary which is not a Material
Subsidiary) and shall not have been reversed or dismissed within sixty (60)
days; |
84
|
(j) |
|
the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any
subordination provisions relating to any Subordinated Debt shall be contested
by any Person party thereto (other than any Lender, Agent, Issuing Lender or
Swing Line Lender), or such subordination provisions shall fail to be
enforceable by Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, or
the Indebtedness shall for any reason not have the priority contemplated by
this Agreement or such subordination provisions, and such failure or lack of
priority shall continue for more than five (5) days after the Borrower receives
notice or knowledge thereof; or |
|
(k) |
|
any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be
in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or
the terms of any other Loan Document), as applicable, or the validity, binding
effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto
(other than any Lender, Agent, Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender), or any
Person shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under
any Loan Document, or any such Loan Document shall be terminated (other than
in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan
Document), invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or
provide to the Lenders and the Agent the benefits purported to be created
thereby, or any Loan Document purporting to grant a Lien to secure any
Indebtedness shall, at any time after the delivery of such Loan Document,
fail to create a valid and enforceable Lien on any Collateral purported to
be covered thereby or such Lien shall fail to cease to be a perfected Lien
with the priority required in the relevant Loan Document; or |
|
(l) |
|
if there shall occur any circumstance or circumstances that
could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrowers or
any Guarantors interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Agents
Lien in a material portion of the Collateral; or |
|
|
(m) |
|
if there shall occur a Change of Control. |
9.2 Exercise of Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder: (a) the Agent may, and
shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, declare the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment terminated; (b) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so
by the Majority Lenders, declare the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including the Notes,
immediately due and payable, without presentment, notice or demand, all of which are hereby
expressly waived by the Borrower; (c) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in
Section 9.1(i) and notwithstanding the lack of any declaration by Agent under preceding clauses (a)
or (b), the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness shall become automatically and immediately due and
payable, and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be automatically and immediately
terminated; (d) the Agent shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Revolving Credit
Lenders, demand immediate
85
delivery of cash collateral, and each Borrower agrees to deliver such
cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to 105% of the maximum amount that may be available
to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters of Credit, for
deposit into an account controlled by the Agent; (e) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed
to do so by the Majority Lenders, notify Borrower or any Credit Party that interest shall be
payable on demand on all Indebtedness (other than Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances
and Term Loan Advances with respect to which Sections 2.6 and 4.6 hereof shall govern) owing from
time to time to the Agent or any Lender, at a per annum rate equal to the then applicable
Prime-based Rate plus two percent (2%); and (f) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do
so by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable (subject to the terms hereof), exercise
any remedy permitted by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or law.
9.3 Rights Cumulative. No delay or failure of Agent and/or Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege
hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, right or
privilege. The rights of Agent and Lenders under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of
any right or remedies which Lenders would otherwise have.
9.4 Waiver by Borrower of Certain Laws. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower hereby agrees to waive, and does
hereby absolutely and irrevocably waive and relinquish the benefit and advantage of any valuation,
stay, appraisement, extension or redemption laws now existing or which may hereafter exist, which,
but for this provision, might be applicable to any sale made under the judgment, order or decree of
any court, on any claim for interest on the Notes, or any security interest or mortgage
contemplated by or granted under or in connection with this Agreement. These waivers have been
voluntarily given, with full knowledge of the consequences thereof.
9.5 Waiver of Defaults. No Event of Default shall be waived by the Lenders except in a writing signed by an officer
of the Agent in accordance with Section 13.10 hereof. No single or partial exercise of any right,
power or privilege hereunder, nor any delay in the exercise thereof, shall preclude other or
further exercise of their rights by Agent or the Lenders. No waiver of any Event of Default shall
extend to any other or further Event of Default. No forbearance on the part of the Agent or the
Lenders in enforcing any of their rights shall constitute a waiver of any of their rights. The
Borrower expressly agrees that this Section may not be waived or modified by the Lenders or Agent
by course of performance, estoppel or otherwise.
9.6 Set Off. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender may at
any time and from time to time, without notice to Borrower but subject to the provisions of Section
10.3 hereof (any requirement for such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), setoff and apply
against any and all of the obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement,
whether owing to such Lender, any Affiliate of such Lender or any other Lender or the Agent, any
and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and
other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of Borrower
and any property of Borrower from time to time in possession of such Lender, irrespective of
whether or not such deposits held or indebtedness owing by such Lender may be contingent and
unmatured and regardless of whether
86
any Collateral then held by Agent or any Lender is adequate to
cover the Indebtedness. Promptly following any such setoff, such Lender shall give written notice
to Agent and Borrower of the occurrence thereof. Borrower hereby grants to the Lenders and the
Agent a lien on and security interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and property as collateral
security for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of Borrower under this
Agreement. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.6 are in addition to the other rights and
remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
10. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS.
10.1 Payment Procedure.
(a) All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any
counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments
made by the Borrower of principal, interest or fees hereunder shall be made without setoff or
counterclaim on the date specified for payment under this Agreement and must be received by Agent
not later than 1:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the date such payment is required or intended to be made
in Dollars in immediately available funds to Agent at Agents office located at 75 E. Trimble Road,
San Jose, California 95131, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the case of
payments in respect of the Revolving Credit and any Letter of Credit Obligations, for the ratable
benefit of the Term Loan Lenders. Any payment received by the Agent after 1:00 p.m. (Pacific time)
shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee
shall continue to accrue. Upon receipt of each such payment, the Agent shall make prompt payment
to each applicable Lender, or, in respect of Eurodollar-based Advances, such Lenders Eurodollar
Lending Office, in like funds and currencies, of all amounts received by it for the account of such
Lender.
(b) Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing by Borrower at least two (2) Business
Days prior to the date on which any payment to be made by Borrower is due that Borrower does not
intend to remit such payment, the Agent may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do
so, assume that Borrower has remitted such payment when so due and the Agent may, in reliance upon
such assumption, make available to each Revolving Credit Lender or Term Loan Lender, as the case
may be, on such payment date an amount equal to such Lenders share of such assumed payment. If
Borrower has not in fact remitted such payment to the Agent, each Lender shall forthwith on demand
repay to the Agent the amount of such assumed payment made available or transferred to such Lender,
together with the interest thereon, in respect of each day from and including the date such amount
was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at a
rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first two (2) Business Days that
such amount remains unpaid, and thereafter at a rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving
Credit Advances.
(c) Subject to the definition of Interest Period in Section 1 of this Agreement, whenever
any payment to be made hereunder shall otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be
included in computing interest, if any, in connection with such payment.
87
(d) All payments to be made by Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Notes (including
without limitation payments under the Swing Line and/or Swing Line Note) shall be made without
setoff or counterclaim, as aforesaid, and, subject to full compliance by each Lender (and each
assignee and participant pursuant to Section 13.8) with Section 13.13, without deduction for or on
account of any present or future withholding or other taxes of any nature
imposed by any governmental authority or of any political subdivision thereof or any
federation or organization of which such governmental authority may at the time of payment be a
member (other than any taxes on the overall income, net income, net profits or net receipts or
similar taxes (or any franchise taxes imposed in lieu of such taxes) on the Agent or any Lender (or
any branch maintained by Agent or a Lender) as a result of a present or former connection between
the Agent or such Lender and the governmental authority, political subdivision, federation or
organization imposing such taxes), unless Borrower is compelled by law to make payment subject to
such tax. In such event, Borrower shall:
|
(i) |
|
pay to the Agent for Agents own account
and/or, as the case may be, for the account of the Lenders such
additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Agent and/or
such Lender or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) receive a net
amount equal to the full amount which would have been receivable had
payment not been made subject to such tax; and |
|
(ii) |
|
remit such tax to the relevant taxing
authorities according to applicable law, and send to the Agent or the
applicable Lender or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), as the
case may be, such certificates or certified copy receipts as the Agent
or such Lender or Lenders shall reasonably require as proof of the
payment by Borrower of any such taxes payable by Borrower. |
As used herein, the terms tax, taxes and taxation include all taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
fees, deductions and withholdings or similar charges together with interest (and any taxes payable
upon the amounts paid or payable pursuant to this Section 10.1) thereon. Borrower shall be
reimbursed by the applicable Lender for any payment made by Borrower under this Section 10.1 if the
applicable Lender is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 13.13 at the time of the
Borrowers payment.
10.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of
Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any
other Event of Default, upon the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, the
acceleration of any Indebtedness arising under this Agreement and/or the exercise of any other
remedy in each case by the requisite Lenders under Section 9.2 hereof, the Agent shall apply the
proceeds of any Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by any Credit Party or
others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness first, to pay all
incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Agent under the Loan Documents and any protective
advances made by Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan
Document, next, to pay any fees and expenses owed to the Issuing Lender hereunder, next, to the
Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line and any Reimbursement
88
Obligations), Indebtedness under the Term Loan and under the Lender Products, on a pro rata basis,
next to any obligations owing by any Credit Party under any Hedging Agreements on a pro rata basis,
next, to any other Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any excess, to the
Credit Parties, as the case may be.
10.3 Pro-rata Recovery. If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary,
by application of setoff or otherwise) on account of principal of, or interest on, any of the
Advances made by it, or the participations in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swing Line Advances
held by it in excess of its pro rata share of payments then or thereafter obtained by all Lenders
upon principal of and interest on all such Indebtedness, such Lender shall purchase from the other
Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit, the Term Loan and/or the Letter of Credit
Obligation held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess
payment or other recovery ratably in accordance with the applicable Percentages of the Lenders;
provided, however, that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter
recovered from such purchasing holder, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price
restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
11. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS.
11.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs. If (i) Borrower makes any payment of principal with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance
or Quoted Rate Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto
(whether voluntarily, pursuant to any mandatory provisions hereof, by acceleration, or otherwise);
(ii) Borrower converts or refunds (or attempts to convert or refund) any such Advance on any day
other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (except as described in Section
2.5(e)); (iii) Borrower fails to borrow, refund or convert any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted
Rate Advance after notice has been given by Borrower to Agent in accordance with the terms hereof
requesting such Advance; or (iv) or if the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal in
respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance when due (other than at the end of the
applicable Interest Period), the Borrower shall reimburse Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any
Lender, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor for any
resulting loss, cost or expense incurred (excluding the loss of any Applicable Margin) by Agent and
Lenders, as the case may be, as a result thereof, including, without limitation, any such loss,
cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third
parties, whether or not Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, shall have funded or committed to
fund such Advance. The amount payable hereunder by Borrower to Agent for itself and/or on behalf of
any Lender, as the case may be, shall be deemed to equal an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
(a) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed,
refunded or converted, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to
borrow, refund or convert, through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable
rate of interest for said Advance(s) provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest
(as reasonably determined by Agent and Lenders, as the case may be) which would have accrued to
Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a
comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurocurrency market. Calculation of any
amounts payable to any Lender under this paragraph shall be made as though such Lender shall have
actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Advance
89
through the purchase of an underlying
deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Advance and having a maturity comparable to the
relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that any Lender may fund any
Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, in any manner it deems
fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purpose of the calculation of
amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of Borrower, Agent and Lenders shall
deliver to Borrower a certificate setting forth the basis for determining such losses, costs and
expenses, which certificate shall be conclusively presumed correct, absent manifest error.
11.2 Eurodollar Lending Office. For any Eurodollar Advance, if Agent or a Lender, as applicable, shall designate a
Eurodollar Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of Agent or such
Lender, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have the option of maintaining and carrying
the relevant Advance on the books of such Eurodollar Lending Office.
11.3 Circumstances Affecting Eurodollar-based Rate Availability. If, with respect to any Eurodollar-Interest Period, Agent or the Majority Lenders (after
consultation with Agent) shall determine in good faith that, by reason of circumstances affecting
the foreign exchange and interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable
amounts are not being offered to the Agent or such Lenders for such Eurodollar-Interest Period,
then Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrower. Thereafter, until Agent notifies
Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist, (i) the obligation of Lenders to make
Eurodollar-based Advances, and the right of Borrower to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance
as a Eurodollar-based Advance, as the case may be, shall be suspended, and (ii) effective upon the
last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period related to any existing Eurodollar-based Advance, each
such Eurodollar-based Advance shall automatically be converted into a Prime-based Advance (without
regard to satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere herein).
11.4 Laws Affecting Eurodollar-based Advance Availability. If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in,
any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by
any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) with any request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or
impossible for any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to honor
its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any Advance with interest at the Eurodollar-based
Rate, such Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrower and to Agent. Thereafter, (a) the
obligations of the applicable Lenders to make Eurodollar-based Advances and the right of Borrower
to convert an Advance into or refund an Advance as a Eurodollar-based Advance shall be suspended
and thereafter Borrower may select as Applicable Interest Rates only those which remain available
and which are permitted to be selected hereunder, and (b) if any of the Lenders may not lawfully
continue to maintain an Advance to the end of the then current Eurodollar-Interest Period
applicable thereto as a Eurodollar-based Advance, the applicable Advance shall immediately be
converted to a Prime-based Advance and the Prime-based Rate shall be applicable thereto for the
remainder of such Eurodollar-Interest Period. For purposes of this Section, a change in law, rule,
regulation, interpretation or administration shall
include, without limitation, any change made or which becomes effective on the basis of a law,
rule, regulation,
90
interpretation or administration presently in force, the effective date of which
change is delayed by the terms of such law, rule, regulation, interpretation or administration.
11.5 Increased Cost of Eurodollar-based Advances. If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in,
any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
authority, central bank or comparable agency:
|
(a) |
|
shall subject any of the Lenders (or any of their respective
Eurodollar Lending Offices) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to
any Advance or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any of the
Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) of the
principal of or interest on any Advance or any other amounts due under this
Agreement in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the
overall net income of any of the Lenders or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices); or |
|
(b) |
|
shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including,
without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of,
deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any of the Lenders
(or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or shall impose on any
of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or the
foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting any
Advance; |
and the result of any of the foregoing matters is to increase the costs to any of the Lenders of
maintaining any part of the Indebtedness hereunder as a Eurodollar-based Advance or to reduce the
amount of any sum received or receivable by any of the Lenders under this Agreement in respect of a
Eurodollar-based Advance, then such Lender shall promptly notify Agent, and Agent shall promptly
notify Borrower of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within ten (10) Business Days
after such notice, Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender or Lenders such additional amount or
amounts as will compensate such Lender or Lenders for such increased cost or reduction, provided
that each Lender agrees to take any reasonable action, to the extent such action could be taken
without cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or
eliminate such cost or reduction, within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing
matters. Agent will promptly notify Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge which will
entitle Lenders to compensation pursuant to this Section, or which will cause Borrower to incur
additional liability under Section 11.1 hereof, provided that Agent shall incur no liability
whatsoever to the Lenders or Borrower in the event it fails to do so. A certificate of Agent (or
such Lender, if applicable) setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or
amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Lenders shall accompany
such demand and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct absent manifest error.
11.6 Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs.
|
(a) |
|
If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or
introduction of, or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule or
regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether
or not presently applicable to any Lender or Agent, or any interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender or Agent
with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not
having the force of law), including any risk based capital guidelines, affects
or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by such Lender
or Agent (or any corporation controlling such Lender or Agent) and such Lender
or Agent, as the case may be, determines that the amount of such capital is
increased by or based upon the existence of such Lenders or Agents
obligations or Advances hereunder and such increase has the effect of reducing
the rate of return on such Lenders or Agents (or such controlling
corporations) capital as a consequence of such obligations or Advances
hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or Agent (or such controlling
corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into
consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount
deemed by such Lender or Agent to be material (collectively, Increased
Costs), then Agent or such Lender shall notify Borrower, and thereafter
Borrower shall pay to such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, within ten (10)
Business Days of written demand therefor from such Lender or Agent, additional
amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or Agent (or such controlling
corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of
return which such Lender or Agent reasonably determines to be allocable to the
existence of such Lenders or Agents obligations or Advances hereunder. A
statement setting forth the amount of such compensation, the methodology for
the calculation and the calculation thereof which shall also be prepared in
good faith and in reasonable detail by such Lender or Agent, as the case may
be, shall be submitted by such Lender or by Agent to Borrower, reasonably
promptly after becoming aware of any event described in this Section 11.6(a)
and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct, absent manifest error. |
|
(b) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Borrower shall not be
required to pay any increased costs under Sections 11.5, 11.6 or 3.4(c) for any
period ending prior to the date that is 120 days prior to the making of a
Lenders initial request for such additional amounts unless the applicable
change in law or other event resulting in such increased costs is effective
retroactively to a date more than 120 days prior to the date of such request,
in which case a Lenders request for such additional amounts relating to the
period more than 120 days prior to the making of the request must be given
not more than 120 days after such Lender becomes aware of the applicable
change in law or other event resulting in such increased costs. |
92
11.7 Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates. Each Lender (including without limitation the Swing Line Lender) may, if it so elects,
fulfill its commitment as to any Advance hereunder by designating a branch or Affiliate of such
Lender to make such Advance; provided that (a) such Lender shall remain solely responsible
for the performances of its obligations hereunder and (b) no such designation shall result in any
material increased costs to Borrower.
11.8 Margin Adjustment. Adjustments to the Applicable Margins and the Applicable Fee Percentages, based on Schedule
1.1, shall be implemented on a quarterly basis as follows:
|
(a) |
|
Such adjustments shall be given prospective effect only,
effective as to all Advances outstanding hereunder, the Applicable Fee
Percentage and the Letter of Credit Fee, upon the date of delivery of the
financial statements under Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) hereunder and the
Covenant Compliance Report under Section 7.2(a) hereof, in each case
establishing applicability of the appropriate adjustment and in each case with
no retroactivity or claw-back. In the event Borrower shall fail timely to
deliver such financial statements or the Covenant Compliance Report and such
failure continues for three (3) days, then (but without affecting the Event of
Default resulting therefrom) from the date delivery of such financial
statements and report was required until such financial statements and report
are delivered, the Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages shall be
at the highest level on the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as
Schedule 1.1. |
|
(b) |
|
From the Effective Date until the required date of delivery
(or, if earlier, delivery) of the financial statements under Section 7.1(a) or
7.1(b) hereof, as applicable, and the Covenant Compliance Report under Section
7.2(a) hereof, for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2008, the Applicable
Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages shall be those set forth under the Level
II column of the pricing matrix attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1.
Thereafter, Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages shall be based
upon the quarterly financial statements and Covenant Compliance Reports,
subject to recalculation as provided in Section 11.8(a) above. |
|
(c) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if, prior to the
payment and discharge in full (in cash) of the Indebtedness and the termination
of any and all commitments hereunder, as a result of any restatement of or
adjustment to the financial statements of Borrower and any of its
Subsidiaries (relating to the current or any prior fiscal period) or for any
other reason, Agent determines that the Applicable Margin and/or the
Applicable Fee Percentages as calculated by Borrower as of any applicable
date of determination were inaccurate in any respect and a proper
calculation thereof would have resulted in different pricing for any fiscal
period, then (x) if the proper calculation thereof would have resulted in
higher pricing for any such period, Borrower shall automatically and |
93
|
|
|
retroactively be obligated to pay to Agent, promptly upon demand by Agent or
the Majority Lenders, an amount equal to the excess of the amount of
interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount
of interest and fees actually paid for such period and, if the current
fiscal period is affected thereby, the Applicable Margin and/or the
Applicable Fee Percentages for the current period shall be adjusted based on
such recalculation; and (y) if the proper calculation thereof would have
resulted in lower pricing for such period, Agent and Lenders shall have no
obligation to recalculate such interest or fees or to repay any interest or
fees to the Borrower. |
12. AGENT.
12.1 Appointment of Agent. Each Lender and the holder of each Note (if issued) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the
Agent to act on behalf of such Lender or holder under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to Agent by the
terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto,
including without limitation the power to execute or authorize the execution of financing or
similar statements or notices, and other documents. In performing its functions and duties under
this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall
not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for
any Credit Party.
12.2 Deposit Account with Agent or any Lender. Borrower authorizes Agent and each Lender, in Agents or such Lenders sole discretion,
upon notice to the Borrower to charge its general deposit account(s), if any, maintained with the
Agent or such Lender for the amount of any principal, interest, or other amounts or costs due under
this Agreement when the same become due and payable under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes.
Upon request of Borrower, Agent shall promptly provide to Borrower a statement prepaid in good
faith and in reasonable detail, setting forth the amount of such charges, the methodology of the
calculation thereof and the calculation thereof.
12.3 Scope of Agents Duties. The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein,
and shall not, by reason of this Agreement or otherwise, have a fiduciary relationship
with any Lender (and no implied covenants or other obligations shall be read into this
Agreement against the Agent). None of Agent, its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors,
officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto, or in connection
herewith or therewith with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or all of the
Lenders for those acts requiring consent of all of the Lenders) (except for its or their own
willful misconduct or gross negligence), nor be responsible for or have any duties to ascertain,
inquire into or verify (a) any recitals or warranties made by the Credit Parties or any Affiliate
of the Credit Parties, or any officer thereof contained herein or therein, (b) the effectiveness,
enforceability, validity or due execution of this Agreement or any document executed pursuant
hereto or any security thereunder, (c) the performance by the Credit Parties of their respective
obligations hereunder or thereunder, or (d) the satisfaction of any condition hereunder or
thereunder, including without limitation in connection with the making of
94
any Advance or the
issuance of any Letter of Credit. Agent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to rely upon any
certificate, notice, document or other communication (including any cable, telegraph, telex,
facsimile transmission or oral communication) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have
been sent or given by or on behalf of a proper person. Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the
holder thereof. Agent may employ agents and may consult with legal counsel, independent public
accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable to the Lenders (except as to
money or property received by them or their authorized agents), for the negligence or misconduct of
any such agent selected by it with reasonable care or for any action taken or omitted to be taken
by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.
12.4 Successor Agent. Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least thirty (30) days prior notice to
Borrower and each of the Lenders. If Agent at any time shall resign or if the office of Agent shall
become vacant for any other reason, Majority Lenders shall, by written instrument, appoint
successor agent(s) (Successor Agent) satisfactory to such Majority Lenders and, so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to Borrower (which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however that any such successor Agent shall be a
bank or a trust company or other financial institution which maintains an office in the United
States, or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or
any Affiliate of such bank or trust company or other financial institution which is engaged in the
banking business, and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Such
Successor Agent shall thereupon become the Agent hereunder, as applicable, and Agent shall deliver
or cause to be delivered to any successor agent such documents of transfer and assignment as such
Successor Agent may reasonably request. If a Successor Agent is not so appointed or does not accept
such appointment before the resigning Agents resignation becomes effective, the resigning Agent
may appoint a temporary successor to act until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if
applicable, Borrower, is made and accepted, or if no such temporary successor is appointed as
provided above by the resigning Agent, the Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all of the
duties of the resigning Agent hereunder until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if
applicable, Borrower, is made and accepted. Such Successor Agent shall succeed to all of the rights
and obligations of the resigning Agent as if originally named. The resigning Agent shall duly
assign, transfer and
deliver to such Successor Agent all moneys at the time held by the resigning Agent hereunder
after deducting therefrom its expenses for which it is entitled to be reimbursed hereunder. Upon
such succession of any such Successor Agent, the resigning Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and obligations, in its capacity as Agent hereunder, except for its gross negligence or
willful misconduct arising prior to its resignation hereunder, and the provisions of this Article
12 shall continue in effect for the benefit of the resigning Agent in respect of any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.
12.5 Credit Decisions. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently of Agent and each other Lender and
based on the financial statements of Borrower and such other documents, information and
investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit decision to extend credit
hereunder from time to time. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently of Agent and
each other Lender and based on such other documents, information and investigations as it shall
deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its own credit decisions as to exercising or not
exercising from time to time any rights and privileges
95
available to it under this Agreement, any
Loan Document or any other document executed pursuant hereto.
12.6 Authority of Agent to Enforce This Agreement. Each Lender, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, grants the Agent full
power and authority as attorney-in-fact to institute and maintain actions, suits or proceedings for
the collection and enforcement of any Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document and to file such proofs of debt or other documents as may be necessary to have the
claims of the Lenders allowed in any proceeding relative to any Credit Party, or their respective
creditors or affecting their respective properties, and to take such other actions which Agent
considers to be necessary or desirable for the protection, collection and enforcement of the Notes,
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
12.7 Indemnification of Agent. The Lenders agree (which agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Agreement) to indemnify the Agent and its Affiliates (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower, but
without limiting any obligation of Borrower to make such reimbursement), ratably according to their
respective Weighted Percentages, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities,
costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable fees
and expenses of house and outside counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted
against the Agent and its Affiliates in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any
of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted
by the Agent and its Affiliates under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; provided,
however, that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses resulting from the Agents or its Affiliates gross negligence or
willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent
and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of house and outside counsel)
incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the
preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement
(whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, to the extent
that the Agent and its Affiliates are not reimbursed for such expenses by Borrower, but without
limiting the obligation of Borrower to make such reimbursement. Each Lender agrees to reimburse the
Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amounts owing to the
Agent and its Affiliates by the Lenders pursuant to this Section, provided that, if the Agent or
its Affiliates are subsequently reimbursed by Borrower for such amounts, they shall refund to the
Lenders on a pro rata basis the amount of any excess reimbursement. If the indemnity furnished to
the Agent and its Affiliates under this Section shall become impaired as determined in the Agents
reasonable judgment or Agent shall elect in its sole discretion to have such indemnity confirmed by
the Lenders (as to specific matters or otherwise), Agent shall give notice thereof to each Lender
and, until such additional indemnity is provided or such existing indemnity is confirmed, the Agent
may cease, or not commence, to take any action. Any amounts paid by the Lenders hereunder to the
Agent or its Affiliates shall be deemed to constitute part of the Indebtedness hereunder.
12.8 Knowledge of Default. It is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless
96
the officers of the Agent
immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received a written notice
from a Lender or a Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that such
notice is a notice of default. Upon receiving such a notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each
Lender of such Default or Event of Default and provide each Lender with a copy of such notice and
shall endeavor to provide such notice to the Lenders within three (3) Business Days (but without
any liability whatsoever in the event of its failure to do so). The Agent shall also furnish the
Lenders, promptly upon receipt, with copies of all other notices or other information required to
be provided by Borrower hereunder.
12.9 Agents Authorization; Action by Lenders. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever the Agent is authorized and
empowered hereunder on behalf of the Lenders to give any approval or consent, or to make any
request, or to take any other action on behalf of the Lenders (including without limitation the
exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), the Agent shall be
required to give such approval or consent, or to make such request or to take such other action
only when so requested in writing by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable hereunder.
Action that may be taken by the Majority Lenders, any other specified Percentage of the Lenders or
all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder) may be taken (i) pursuant to a
vote of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder at a meeting (which may be
held by telephone conference call), provided that Agent exercises good faith, diligent efforts to
give all of the Lenders reasonable advance notice of the meeting, or (ii) pursuant to the written
consent of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder, provided that all of the
Lenders are given reasonable advance notice of the requests for such consent.
12.10 Enforcement Actions by the Agent. Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement or in any of the other Loan
Documents and subject to the terms hereof, Agent will take such action, assert such rights and
pursue such remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Lenders or
all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder), shall direct; provided,
however, that the Agent shall not be required to act or omit to act if, in the reasonable judgment
of the Agent, such action or omission may expose the Agent to personal liability for which Agent
has not been satisfactorily indemnified hereunder or is contrary to this Agreement, any of the Loan
Documents or applicable law. Except as expressly provided above or elsewhere in this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents, no Lender (other than the Agent, acting in its capacity as agent) shall
be entitled to take any enforcement action of any kind under this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents.
12.11 Collateral Matters.
(a) The Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice
to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any
Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain a perfected
security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.
(b) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to the full
extent set forth in the post-amble to Section 13.10 hereof, (1) to release or terminate any
97
Lien
granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement and under
any other Loan Document; (b) constituting property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests
in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition
(whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any
Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement; (c) constituting property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien
was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the
Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in Section 13.10; (2) to
subordinate the Lien granted to or held by Agent on any Collateral to any other holder of a Lien on
such Collateral which is permitted by Section 8.2(b) hereof; and (3) if all of the Equity Interests
held by the Credit Parties in any Person are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other
than Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether
by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, to release such Person from all of its obligations under the Loan Documents
(including, without limitation, under any Guaranty). Upon request by the Agent at any time, the
Lenders will confirm in writing the Agents authority to release particular types or items of
Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.11(b).
12.12 Agents in their Individual Capacities. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates, successors and assigns shall each have the same
rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising
the same as though such Lender were not the Agent. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates may (without
having to account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage
in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Credit Parties as if
such Lender were not acting as the Agent hereunder, and may accept fees and other consideration
therefor without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
12.13 Agents Fees. Until the Indebtedness has been repaid and discharged in full and no commitment to extend
any credit hereunder is outstanding, Borrower shall pay to the Agent, as applicable, any agency or
other fee(s) set forth (or to be set forth from time to time) in the applicable Fee Letter on the
terms set forth therein. The agency fees referred to in this Section 12.13 shall not be refundable
under any circumstances.
12.14 Documentation Agent or other Titles. Any Lender identified on the facing page or signature page of this Agreement or in any
amendment hereto or as designated with consent of the Agent in any assignment agreement as Lead
Arranger, Documentation Agent, Syndications Agent or any similar titles, shall not have any right,
power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement as a result of such title
other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders so
identified shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender as a
result of such title. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on the
Lender so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action
hereunder.
12.15 No Reliance on Agents Customer Identification Program.
98
(a) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates,
participants or assignees, may relay on the Agent to carry out such Lenders, Affiliates,
participants or assignees customer identification program, or other obligations required or
imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the
regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the CIP Regulations),
or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items
relating to or in connection with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective
Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (i) any identify
verification procedures, (ii) any record keeping, (iii) any comparisons with government lists, (iv)
any customer notices or (v) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other
laws.
(b) Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not organized under the laws of
the United States or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement
contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both
(i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in
the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to provision by a
banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification,
certifying that such Lender is not a shell and certifying to other matters as required by Section
313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (x) within 10 days after the Effective
Date, and (y) at such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.
13. MISCELLANEOUS.
13.1 Accounting Principles. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is
required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be
made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done, unless otherwise specified herein, in
accordance with GAAP.
13.2 Consent to Jurisdiction. The Borrower, the Agent and Lenders hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of any United States Federal Court or California state court sitting in the County of
Santa Clara, California in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents and the Borrower, Agent and Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that all
claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such United
States Federal Court or California state court. Each Borrower irrevocably consents to the service
of any and all process in any such action or proceeding brought in any court in or of the State of
California by the delivery of copies of such process to it at the applicable addresses specified on
the signature page hereto or by certified mail directed to such address or such other address as
may be designated by it in a notice to the other parties that complies as to delivery with the
terms of Section 13.6. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the Lenders and the Agent
to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Lenders or the
Agent (or any of them) to bring any such action or proceeding against any Credit Party or any of
their property in the courts with subject matter jurisdiction of any other jurisdiction. Borrower
irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in the above
described courts.
99
13.3 Law of California. This Agreement, the Notes and, except where otherwise expressly specified therein to be
governed by local law, the other Loan Documents shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of California (without regard to its conflict of laws
provisions). Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner
as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be
prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the
remaining provisions of this Agreement.
13.4 Interest. In the event the obligation of Borrower to pay interest on the principal balance of the
Notes or on any other amounts outstanding hereunder or under the other Loan Documents is or
becomes in excess of the maximum interest rate which Borrower is permitted by law to contract or
agree to pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of this Agreement, then, in that
event, the rate of interest applicable thereto with respect to such Lenders applicable Percentages
shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess
of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not of
interest.
13.5 Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification.
(a) Borrower shall pay or reimburse (a) Agent and its Affiliates for payment of, on demand,
all reasonable costs and expenses, including, by way of description and not limitation, reasonable
in-house and outside attorney fees and advances, appraisal and accounting fees, lien search fees,
and required travel costs, incurred by Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the commitment,
consummation and closing of the loans contemplated hereby, or in connection with the administration
or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the obtaining of legal
advice regarding the rights and responsibilities of the parties hereto) or any refinancing or
restructuring of the loans or Advances provided under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents,
or any amendment or modification thereof requested by Borrower, and (b) Agent and its Affiliates
and each of the Lenders, as the case may be, for all stamp and other taxes and duties payable or
determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing or recording of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, and any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or
omitting to pay such taxes or duties. Furthermore, all reasonable costs and expenses, including
without limitation attorney fees, incurred by Agent and its Affiliates and, after the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Event of Default, by the Lenders in revising, preserving,
protecting, exercising or enforcing any of its or any of the Lenders rights against Borrower or
any other Credit Party, or otherwise incurred by Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders in
connection with any Event of Default or the enforcement of the loans (whether incurred through
negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise), including by way of description and not limitation,
such charges in any court or bankruptcy proceedings or arising out of any claim or action by any
person against Agent, its Affiliates, or any Lender which would not have been asserted were it not
for Agents or such Affiliates or Lenders relationship with Borrower hereunder or otherwise,
shall also be paid by Borrower. All of said amounts required to be paid by Borrower hereunder and
not paid forthwith upon demand, as aforesaid, shall bear interest, from the date incurred to the
date payment is received by Agent, at the Prime-based Rate, plus two percent (2%) but in no event
in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law.
100
(b) Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Agent and each of the Lenders (and their respective
Affiliates) harmless from all loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses, including reasonable house
and outside attorneys fees and disbursements (but without duplication of such fees and
disbursements for the same services), incurred by Agent and each of the Lenders by reason of an
Event of Default, or enforcing the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents, as applicable, or in the prosecution or defense of any action or
proceeding concerning any matter growing out of or connected with this Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents, excluding, however, any loss, cost, damage, liability
or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
the party seeking to be indemnified under this Section 13.5(b), provided that, the Borrower shall
be obligated to reimburse Agent and the Lenders for only a single financial consultant selected by
Agent in consultation with the Lenders.
(c) The Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Agent and each Lender (and
their respective Affiliates), and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors from
and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs
or expenses of whatever kind or nature (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys and
consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees, environmental studies required by Agent or any
Lender in connection with the violation of Hazardous Material Laws), court costs and litigation
expenses, arising out of or related to (i) the presence, use, disposal, release or threatened
release of any Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting any premises owned or occupied by any
Credit Party in violation of or the non-compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws, (ii)
any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of
or related to such Hazardous Materials, (iii) any lawsuit or other proceeding brought or
threatened, settlement reached or governmental order or decree relating to such Hazardous
Materials, and/or (iv) complying or coming into compliance with all Hazardous Material Laws
(including the cost of any remediation or monitoring required in connection therewith) or any other
Requirement of Law; provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no obligations under this
Section 13.5(c) with respect to claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements,
damages, costs or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be. The obligations of Borrower under this
Section 13.5(c) shall be in addition to any and all other obligations and liabilities Borrower may
have to Agent or any of the Lenders at common law or pursuant to any other agreement.
13.6 Notices.
|
(a) |
|
Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement (and
except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications
provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by mail, by
reputable overnight courier or by facsimile and addressed or delivered to it at
its address set forth on Schedule 13.6 to the Disclosure Letter or at such
other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other
parties that complies as to delivery with the terms of |
101
|
|
|
this Section 13.6 or
posted to an E-System set up by or at the direction of Agent (as set forth
below). Any notice, if personally delivered or if mailed and properly addressed
with postage prepaid and sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed
given when received or when delivery is refused; any notice, if given to a
reputable overnight courier and properly addressed, shall be deemed given two
(2) Business Days after the date on which it was sent, unless it is actually
received sooner by the named addressee; and any notice, if transmitted by
facsimile, shall be deemed given when received. The Agent may, but, except as
specifically provided herein, shall not be required to, take any action on the
basis of any notice
given to it by telephone, but the giver of any such notice shall promptly
confirm such notice in writing, by facsimile, and such notice will not be
deemed to have been received until such confirmation is deemed received in
accordance with the provisions of this Section set forth above. If such
telephonic notice conflicts with any such confirmation, the terms of such
telephonic notice shall control. Any notice given by the Agent or any Lender
to the Borrower shall be deemed to be a notice to all of the Credit Parties. |
|
(b) |
|
Notices and other communications provided to the Agent and the
Lenders party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be
delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email and
Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent.
The Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and
other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications (including
email and any E-System) pursuant to procedures approved by it. Unless
otherwise agreed to in a writing by and among the parties to a particular
communication, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address
shall be deemed received upon the senders receipt of an acknowledgment from
the intended recipient (such as by the return receipt requested function,
return email, or other written acknowledgment) and (ii) notices and other
communications posted to any E-System shall be deemed received upon the deemed
receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the
foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or other communication is
available and identifying the website address therefore. |
13.7 Further Action. Borrower, from time to time, upon written request of Agent will make, execute, acknowledge
and deliver or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further and
additional instruments, and take all such further action as may reasonably be required to carry out
the intent and purpose of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, and to provide for Advances under
and payment of the Notes, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed.
13.8 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
102
Borrower and
the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.
(b) The foregoing shall not authorize any assignment by Borrower of its rights or duties
hereunder, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such assignment shall be made (or be
effective) without the prior written approval of the Lenders.
(c) No Lenders may at any time assign or grant participations in such Lenders rights and
obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents except (i) by way of assignment
to any Eligible Assignee in accordance with clause (d) of this Section, (ii) by way of a
participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (e) of this Section or (iii) by way of a
pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (f) of this
Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any Lender shall be deemed to be null
and void).
(d) Each assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
|
(i) |
|
each such assignment shall be made on a pro
rata basis, and shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser of (x) Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or such lesser amount as the Agent shall
agree and (y) the entire remaining amount of assigning Lenders
aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any
outstanding Letters of Credit) and the Term Loan; provided however
that, after giving effect to such assignment, in no event shall the
entire remaining amount (if any) of assigning Lenders aggregate
interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding
Letters of Credit) and the Term Loan be less than $5,000,000; and |
|
(ii) |
|
the parties to any assignment shall execute and
deliver to Agent an Assignment Agreement substantially (as determined
by Agent) in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit H (with appropriate
insertions acceptable to Agent), together with a processing and
recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in the
Assignment Agreement (provided however that such Lender need not
deliver an Assignment Agreement in connection with assignments to such
Lenders Affiliates or to a Federal Reserve Bank). |
Until the Assignment Agreement becomes effective in accordance with its terms, and Agent has
confirmed that the assignment satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the Borrower and the
Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in
connection with the interest so assigned. From and after the effective date of each Assignment
Agreement that satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the assignee thereunder shall be
deemed to be a party to this Agreement, such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a
Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the right to
receive fees payable hereunder in respect of the period following such assignment) and
103
the
assigning Lender shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Upon request, Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent, new Note(s) payable to the
order of the assignee in an amount equal to the amount assigned to the assigning Lender pursuant to
such Assignment Agreement, and with respect to the portion of the Indebtedness retained by the
assigning Lender, to the extent applicable, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assigning
Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by such Lender hereunder. The
Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any such new Note(s) shall be
given in renewal and replacement of the Notes issued to the assigning lender prior to such
assignment and shall not effect or constitute a novation or discharge of the Indebtedness evidenced
by such prior Note, and each such new Note may contain a provision confirming such agreement.
(e) The Borrower and the Agent acknowledge that each of the Lenders may at any time and from
time to time, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, grant participations in such Lenders
rights and obligations hereunder (on a pro rata basis only) and under the other Loan Documents to
any Person (other than a natural person or to Borrower or any of Borrowers Affiliates or
Subsidiaries); provided that any participation permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable
laws and shall be subject to a participation agreement that incorporates the following
restrictions:
|
(i) |
|
such Lender shall remain the holder of its
Notes hereunder (if such Notes are issued), notwithstanding any such
participation; |
|
(ii) |
|
a participant shall not reassign or transfer,
or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder
or any part thereof; and |
|
(iii) |
|
such Lender shall retain the sole right and
responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Credit Parties
relating to the Notes and the other Loan Documents, including, without
limitation, the right to proceed against any Guarantors, or cause the
Agent to do so (subject to the terms and conditions hereof), and the
right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement without the consent of the participant (unless such
participant is an Affiliate of such Lender), except for those matters
covered by Section 13.10(a) through (e) hereof (provided that a
participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an
indirect basis, acting through such Lender and the Credit Parties,
Agent and the other Lenders may continue to deal directly with such
Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and duties hereunder).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the case of any
participation granted by any Lender hereunder, the participant shall
not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents against the Agent, any other Lender or any Credit Party;
provided, however that the participant may |
104
|
|
|
have rights against such
Lender in respect of such participation as may be set forth in the
applicable participation agreement and all amounts payable by the
Credit Parties hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not
sold such participation. Each such participant shall be entitled to
the benefits of Article 11 of this Agreement to the same extent as if
it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant
to clause (d) of this Section, provided that no participant shall be
entitled to receive
any greater amount pursuant to such the provisions of Article 11 than
the issuing Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of
the amount of the participation transferred by such issuing Lender to
such participant had no such transfer occurred and each such
participant shall also be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.6
hereof as though it were a Lender, provided that such participant
agrees to be subject to Section 10.3 hereof as though it were a
Lender. |
(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement (including its Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender,
including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that
no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such pledge or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g) The Agent shall maintain at its principal office a copy of each Assignment Agreement
delivered to it and a register (the Register) for the recordation of the names and addresses of
the Lenders, the Percentages of such Lenders and the principal amount of each type of Advance owing
to each such Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive evidence,
absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Advances recorded therein for all purposes of
this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender upon
reasonable notice to the Agent and a copy of such information shall be provided to any such party
on their prior written request. The Agent shall give prompt written notice to the Borrower of the
making of any entry in the Register or any change in such entry.
(h) Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective assignee or participant
which has satisfied the requirements hereunder, any and all financial information in such Lenders
possession concerning the Credit Parties which has been delivered to such Lender pursuant to this
Agreement, provided that each such prospective assignee or participant shall execute a
confidentiality agreement consistent with the terms of Section 13.11 hereof or shall otherwise
agree to be bound by the terms thereof.
(i) Nothing in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is
intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and
their successors and assignees and participants permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or
any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement, the Notes or the other
Loan Documents.
105
13.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and each executed copy shall
constitute an original instrument, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.
13.10 Amendment and Waiver.
(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor
consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Majority Lenders (or by the Agent at the
written request of the Majority Lenders) or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect
to the subject matter thereof, by all Lenders (and, with respect to any amendments to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, by any Credit Party or the Guarantors that are signatories
thereto), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for
the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver
or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Lender or Lenders affected thereby, do any of
the following: (a) increase the stated amount of such Lenders commitment hereunder, (b) reduce the
principal of, or interest on, any outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable
hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, any
outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) except as expressly
permitted hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, release all or substantially all of the
Collateral (provided that neither Agent nor any Lender shall be prohibited thereby from proposing
or participating in a consensual or nonconsensual debtor-in-possession or similar financing), or
release any material guaranty provided by any Person in favor of Agent and the Lenders, provided
however that Agent shall be entitled, without notice to or any further action or consent of the
Lenders, to release any Collateral which any Credit Party is permitted to sell, assign or otherwise
transfer in compliance with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or release any guaranty to
the extent expressly permitted in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether in
connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of the applicable Guarantor or otherwise),
(e) terminate or modify any indemnity provided to the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan
Documents, except as shall be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or (f) change the definitions of Revolving Credit Percentage, Term Loan Percentage,
Weighted Percentage, Interest Periods, Majority Lenders, Majority Revolving Credit Lenders,
Majority Term Loan Lenders, Sections 10.2 or 10.3 hereof or this Section 13.10; provided,
further, that the Revolving Credit Maturity Date may be postponed or extended, only with
the consent of all of the Revolving Credit Lenders; the Term Loan Maturity Date may be postponed or
extended only with the consent of all the Term Loan Lenders; and provided further, that no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in a writing signed by the Swing Line Lender, do any of
the following: (x) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note or (y) postpone any
date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note and
provided further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in a writing
signed by Issuing Lender affect the rights or duties of Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents and no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in a writing signed
by the Agent affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document. All references in this Agreement to Lenders or the Lenders shall refer to all
Lenders, unless expressly stated to refer to Majority Lenders (or the like).
106
(b) The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Borrower, execute and deliver to the
Credit Parties such documents as may be necessary to evidence (1) the release or subordination of
any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral: (a) upon termination of the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement
and under any other Loan Document; (b) which constitutes property (including, without limitation,
Equity Interests in any Person) sold or to be
sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by
merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any Subsidiary that is
disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c)
which constitutes property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien was
granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the
Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in this Section 13.10; or (2)
the release of any Person from its obligations under the Loan Documents (including without
limitation the Guaranty) if all of the Equity Interests of such Person that were held by a Credit
Party are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other than Borrower or a Subsidiary of
Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any
other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
provided that (i) Agent shall not be required to execute any such release or subordination
agreement under clauses (1) or (2) above on terms which, in the Agents opinion, would expose the
Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of
such Liens without recourse or warranty or such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect
or impair the Indebtedness or any Liens upon any Collateral retained by any Credit Party, including
(without limitation) the proceeds of the sale or other disposition, all of which shall constitute
and remain part of the Collateral.
13.11 Confidentiality. Each Lender agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Borrower
(other than to its employees, its Subsidiaries, another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or to its
auditors or counsel) any information with respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant
to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; provided that any Lender may disclose any
such information (a) as has become generally available to the public or has been lawfully obtained
by such Lender from any third party under no duty of confidentiality to any Credit Party, (b) as
may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to, or in respect to
any inquiry, by, any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have
jurisdiction over such Lender, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of
the United States, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their
successors, (c) as may be required in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any
litigation, (d) in order to comply with any law, order, regulation, ruling or other requirement of
law applicable to such Lender, and (e) to any prospective assignee or participant in accordance
with Section 13.8(f) hereof.
13.12 Substitution of Lenders. If (a) any Lender has failed to fund its Revolving Credit Percentage of any Revolving
Credit Advance, or to fund a Revolving Credit Advance to repay a Swing Line Advance or any
Reimbursement Obligations, (b) the obligation of any Lender to make Eurodollar-based Advances has
been suspended pursuant to Section 11.3 or 11.4, (c) any Lender has demanded compensation under
Section 3.4(c), 11.5 or 11.6 or (d) any Lender has not
107
approved an amendment, waiver or other
modification of this Agreement, if such amendment or waiver has been approved by the Majority
Lenders and the consent of such Lender is required (in each case, an Affected Lender), then the
Agent or the Borrower shall have the right to make written
demand on the Affected Lender (with a copy to the Borrower in the case of a demand by the
Agent or with a copy to the Agent in the case of a demand by the Borrower) to assign and the
Affected Lender shall assign, to one or more financial institutions that comply with the provisions
of Section 13.8 hereof (the Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders) to purchase the Advances
of the Revolving Credit, Swing Line and/or the Term Loan, as the case may be, of such Affected
Lender (including, without limitation, its participating interests in outstanding Swing Line
Advances and Letters of Credit) and assume the commitment of the Affected Lender to extend credit
under the Revolving Credit (including without limitation its obligation to purchase participations
interest in Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit) under this Agreement. The Affected Lender
shall be obligated to sell its Advances of the Revolving Credit, Swing Line and/or the Term Loan,
as the case may be, and assign its commitment to extend credit under the Revolving Credit
(including without limitation its obligations to purchase participations in Swing Line Advances and
Letters of Credit) to such Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders within ten (10) days after
receiving notice from the Borrower requiring it to do so, at an aggregate price equal to the
outstanding principal amount thereof, plus unpaid interest accrued thereon up to but excluding the
date of the sale. In connection with any such sale, and as a condition thereof, the Borrower shall
pay to the Affected Lender all fees accrued for its account hereunder to but excluding the date of
such sale, plus, if demanded by the Affected Lender within ten (10) Business Days after such sale,
(i) the amount of any compensation which would be due to the Affected Lender under Section 11.1 if
the Borrower had prepaid the outstanding Eurodollar-based Advances of the Affected Lender on the
date of such sale and (ii) any additional compensation accrued for its account under Sections
3.4(c), 11.5 and 11.6 to but excluding said date. Upon such sale, the Purchasing Lender or
Purchasing Lenders shall assume the Affected Lenders commitment, and the Affected Lender shall be
released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent. If any Purchasing Lender is not
already one of the Lenders, the Affected Lender, as assignor, such Purchasing Lender, as assignee,
the Borrower and the Agent, shall enter into an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 13.8
hereof, whereupon such Purchasing Lender shall be a Lender party to this Agreement, shall be deemed
to be an assignee hereunder and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender with a
Revolving Credit Percentage equal to its ratable share of the then applicable Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment and the applicable Percentages of the Term Loan of the Affected Lender. In
connection with any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.12, the Borrower or the Purchasing
Lender shall pay to the Agent the administrative fee for processing such assignment referred to in
Section 13.8.
13.13 Withholding Taxes. If any Lender is not a united states person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Internal Revenue Code, such Lender shall promptly (but in any event prior to the initial
payment of interest hereunder or prior to its accepting any assignment under Section 13.8 hereof,
as applicable) deliver to the Agent two original executed copies of (i) Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN or any successor form specifying the applicable tax treaty between the United States
and the jurisdiction of such Lenders domicile which provides for the exemption from withholding on
interest payments to such Lender, (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor form
evidencing that the income to be received by such Lender hereunder is effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or
108
business in the United States or (iii) other evidence satisfactory to the
Agent that such Lender is exempt from United States income tax
withholding with respect to such income; provided, however, that such Lender shall not be
required to deliver to Agent the aforesaid forms or other evidence with respect to Advances to
Borrower, if such Lender has assigned its entire interest hereunder (including its Revolving Credit
Commitment Amount, any outstanding Advances hereunder and participations in Letters of Credit
issued hereunder and any Notes issued to it by Borrower), to an Affiliate which is incorporated
under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, and so notifies the Agent. Such Lender
shall amend or supplement any such form or evidence as required to insure that it is accurate,
complete and non-misleading at all times. Promptly upon notice from the Agent of any determination
by the Internal Revenue Service that any payments previously made to such Lender hereunder were
subject to United States income tax withholding when made, such Lender shall pay to the Agent the
excess of the aggregate amount required to be withheld from such payments over the aggregate amount
actually withheld by the Agent. In addition, from time to time upon the reasonable request and the
sole expense of Borrower, each Lender and the Agent shall (to the extent it is able to do so based
upon applicable facts and circumstances), complete and provide Borrower with such forms,
certificates or other documents as may be reasonably necessary to allow Borrower, as applicable, to
make any payment under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without any withholding for or on
the account of any tax under Section 10.1(d) hereof (or with such withholding at a reduced rate),
provided that the execution and delivery of such forms, certificates or other documents does not
adversely affect or otherwise restrict the rights and benefits (including without limitation
economic benefits) available to such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, under this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, or under or in connection with any transactions not related to
the transactions contemplated hereby.
13.14 Taxes and Fees. Should any tax (other than as a result of a Lenders failure to comply with Section 13.13
or a tax based upon the net income or capitalization of any Lender or the Agent by any jurisdiction
where a Lender or the Agent is or has been located), or recording or filing fee become payable in
respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any amendment, modification or
supplement hereof or thereof, Borrower agrees to pay the same, together with any interest or
penalties thereon arising from Borrowers actions or omissions, and agrees to hold the Agent and
the Lenders harmless with respect thereto provided, however, that Borrower shall not be responsible
for any such interest or penalties which were incurred prior to the date that notice is given to
the Credit Parties of such tax or fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this
Section 13.14 shall affect or reduce the rights of any Lender or the Agent under Section 11.5
hereof.
13.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE LENDERS, THE AGENT AND THE BORROWER KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY
RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTION OF ANY
OF THEM. NEITHER THE LENDERS, THE AGENT NOR THE BORROWER
SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE, BY COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHERWISE, ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL
HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT
109
BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THESE
PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY THE LENDERS
AND THE AGENT OR THE BORROWER EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY ALL OF THEM.
(a) In the event that the jury trial waiver contained in this Section 13.15 is not
enforceable, the parties elect to proceed as follows:
(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute
or claim (each, a Claim) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the
provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (CCP), or their
successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim,
including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided
in the Agreement, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the
county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the Court).
(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial
foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help
remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv)
temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment,
writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Section does
not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in
clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items
described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does
not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Section.
(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of
the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any
party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the
Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex
parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte
relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to
the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings.
Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein
for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within
fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of
law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a
statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The
referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause,
110
including a partys failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless
otherwise ordered, no party shall be entitled to priority in conducting discovery, depositions
may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be
responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which
cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final
and binding.
(g) Except as expressly set forth in this Section, the referee shall determine the manner in
which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of
presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the
reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial,
shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court
reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided
a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to
arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referees power to award costs to the
prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at
trial.
(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law
and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings
at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee
shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be
binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including
without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a
decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that
are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the
Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and
any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal
from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.
The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of
decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if
granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and
no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be
determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration
will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act
§1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to
discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE
DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO
CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL
BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE
OR
111
CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THE AGREEMENT.
13.16 USA Patriot Act Notice. Pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Agent and the Lenders hereby notify
the Credit Parties that if they or any of their Subsidiaries open an account, including any loan,
deposit account, treasury management account, or other extension of credit with Agent or any
Lender, the Agent or the applicable Lender will request the applicable Persons name, tax
identification number, business address and other information necessary to identify such Person
(and may request such Persons organizational documents or other identifying documents) to the
extent necessary for the Agent and the applicable Lender to comply with the USA Patriot Act.
13.17 Complete Agreement; Conflicts. This Agreement, the Notes (if issued), any Requests for Revolving Credit Advance, Requests
for Swing Line Advance and Term Loan Rate Requests, and the Loan Documents contain the entire
agreement of the parties hereto, superseding all prior agreements, discussions and understandings
relating to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not
expressed in writing. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall govern.
13.18 Severability. In case any one or more of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the
Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Credit
Parties shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of
the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan
Documents in any other jurisdiction.
13.19 Table of Contents and Headings; Section References. The table of contents and the headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for
convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect any of the terms or provisions
hereof and references herein to sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs,
subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules shall be to sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs,
subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise
specifically provided herein or unless the context otherwise clearly indicates.
13.20 Construction of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents refers to any action to be
taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be
applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not
expressly specified in such provision.
13.21 Independence of Covenants. Each covenant hereunder shall be given independent effect (subject to any exceptions stated
in such covenant) so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any such covenant
(taking into account any such stated exception), the fact that it would be permitted by an
exception to, or would be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the
occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.
112
13.22 Electronic Transmissions.
|
(a) |
|
Each of the Agent, the Credit Parties, the Lenders, and each of
their Affiliates is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or
otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions
in connection with any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated therein.
The Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that
the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there
are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure
and abuse and each indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby
authorizing the transmission of Electronic Transmissions. |
|
|
(b) |
|
All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in
addition to Section 13.6 and this Section 13.22, separate terms and conditions
posted or referenced in such E-System and related contractual obligations
executed by the Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders in connection with
the use of such E-System. |
|
|
(c) |
|
All E-Systems and Electronic Transmissions shall be provided
as is and as available. None of the Agent or any of its Affiliates
warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of any E-Systems or Electronic
Transmission, and each disclaims all liability for errors or omissions therein.
No warranty of any kind is made by the Agent or any of its Affiliates in
connection with any E Systems or Electronic Transmission, including any
warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement
of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects. The
Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders agree that the Agent has no
responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services
or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or
otherwise required for any E-System. |
13.23 Advertisements. The Agent and the Lenders may disclose the names of the Credit Parties and the existence of
the Indebtedness in general advertisements and trade publications.
13.24 Reliance on and Survival of Provisions. All terms, covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of the Credit Parties to
any of the Loan Documents made herein or in any of the Loan Documents or in any certificate,
report, financial statement or other document furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in
connection with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied
upon by the Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made
by any Lender or on such Lenders behalf, and those covenants and agreements of the Borrower
set forth in Section 13.5 hereof (together with any other indemnities of any Credit Party contained
elsewhere in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents) and of Lenders set forth in
Section 12.7 hereof shall survive the repayment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of
any commitment to extend credit.
113
13.25 Amendment and Restatement; Assignment and Assumptions. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does, effective on
the Closing Date, completely amend and restate, without novation, the Prior Credit Agreement.
13.26 Individual Employee Liability to Lenders. The parties acknowledge that, from time to time, employees of Borrower may be required to
execute and deliver, in their capacity as an officer, director or employee of Borrower, certain
certificates to Agent and Lenders in relation to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement (Certificates). Agent and Lenders shall have no cause of action against any
individual employee of Borrower based on any inaccuracy in any Certificate executed by or delivered
to Agent and Lenders by such employee provided the employee does not knowingly provide false or
misleading Certificates, and has acted in good faith.
[Signatures Follow On Succeeding Page]
114
WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK,
as Administrative Agent |
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Illegible
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Douglas Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK,
as a Lender, as Issuing Lender
and as Swing Line Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Illegible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Illegible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Illegible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA,
as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Illegible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
118
Schedule 1.1
Applicable Margin Grid
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facility
(basis points per annum)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis for Pricing |
|
|
Level I |
|
|
Level II |
|
|
Level III |
|
|
Level IV |
|
|
Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio* |
|
|
<0.75 to 1.0 |
|
|
³0.75 to 1.0 and <1.5 to 1.0 |
|
|
³1.5 to 1.0 and <2.25 to 1.0 |
|
|
³2.25 to 1.0 |
|
|
Revolving Credit Eurodollar Margin |
|
|
|
187.50 |
|
|
|
|
212.50 |
|
|
|
|
237.50 |
|
|
|
|
262.50 |
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Prime-Based Rate Margin |
|
|
|
75.00 |
|
|
|
|
75.00 |
|
|
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
|
125.00 |
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility Fee |
|
|
|
37.50 |
|
|
|
|
37.50 |
|
|
|
|
37.50 |
|
|
|
|
37.50 |
|
|
|
Letter of Credit Fees (exclusive of facing fees) |
|
|
|
187.50 |
|
|
|
|
212.50 |
|
|
|
|
237.50 |
|
|
|
|
262.50 |
|
|
|
Term Loan Eurodollar Margin |
|
|
|
225.00 |
|
|
|
|
250.00 |
|
|
|
|
275.00 |
|
|
|
|
300.00 |
|
|
|
Term Loan Prime-Based Rate Margin |
|
|
|
75.00 |
|
|
|
|
75.00 |
|
|
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
|
125.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Definitions as set forth in the Credit Agreement. |
|
** |
|
Level II pricing shall be in effect until the delivery of the financial statements for the
quarter ending September 30, 2008 after which time the pricing grid shall govern. |
Schedule 1.2
Percentages and Allocations
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVOLVING |
|
|
REVOLVING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT |
|
|
CREDIT |
|
|
TERM LOAN |
|
|
TERM LOAN |
|
|
WEIGHTED |
|
|
LENDERS |
|
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
|
ALLOCATIONS |
|
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
|
ALLOCATIONS |
|
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
|
Comerica Bank |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
$ |
24,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
$ |
10,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
Union Bank of California |
|
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
$ |
17,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
$ |
7,500,000 |
|
|
|
|
25 |
% |
|
|
Bank of America |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
|
14,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
$ |
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
Wachovia |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
$ |
14,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
$ |
6,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
TOTALS |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
$ |
70,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
$ |
30,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
Comerica Bank (Agent) |
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the ___day of September, 2008, (as amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial institutions from time to time
signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders),
Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower hereby requests an
Advance from Lenders, as described herein:
(b) |
|
Date of Advance: |
|
(c) |
|
o (check if applicable) |
|
|
|
This Advance is or includes a whole or partial refunding/conversion of: |
|
|
|
Advance No(s). |
|
(d) |
|
Type of Advance (check only one): |
|
|
|
o Prime-based Advance |
|
|
|
o Eurodollar-based Advance |
|
(e) |
|
Amount of Advance: |
|
|
|
$ |
|
(f) |
|
Interest Period (applicable to Eurodollar-based Advances) |
|
|
|
months |
|
(g) |
|
Disbursement Instructions |
|
|
|
o Comerica Bank Account No. |
|
|
|
o Other: |
Borrower certifies to the matters specified in Section 2.3(f) of the Credit Agreement.
119
Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them
in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agent Approval:
120
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower) promises to pay to the order of [insert name of applicable financial institution]
(Payee) at San Jose, California, care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America,
so much of the sum of [Insert Amount derived from Percentages] Dollars ($ ), as may
from time to time have been advanced by Payee and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the day of September,
2008, by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a
Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent), and Borrower. Each of the
Revolving Credit Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from
time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder,
and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Credit Advance made by the Payee from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance until
paid at the rate and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is a note under which Revolving Credit Advances (including refundings and
conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject
to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit
Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to
the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined
under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.
The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and
nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of
any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party
now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or
personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.
* * *
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]
Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE
On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower) promises to pay to the order of Comerica Bank (Swing Line Lender) at San Jose,
California in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of [Insert
Amount derived from Percentages] Dollars ($ ), as may from time to time have been
advanced to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the ___ day of September,
2008, by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a
Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent), and Borrower, together
with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.
Each of the Swing Line Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest
Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined
thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of
each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender from the date of such Swing Line Advance
until paid at the rates and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is a Swing Line Note under which Swing Line Advances (including refundings and
conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time by the Swing Line Lender, but
only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including any applicable
sublimits). This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with,
and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is
hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the
meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined
under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.
The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and
nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of
any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party
now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or
personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.
* * *
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]
Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Swing Line Lender by any other instrument or by
law.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
Comerica Bank (Swing Line Lender) |
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement
(Agreement) is made as of the ___day of
September, 2008, (as amended, restated or otherwise
modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement)
by and among the financial institutions from time to
time signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and
any and all such financial institutions collectively
the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative
Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower hereby requests an
Advance from the Swing Line Lender, as described herein:
(a) |
|
Date of Advance: |
|
(b) |
|
o (check if applicable) |
|
|
|
This Advance is or includes a whole or partial refunding/conversion of: |
|
|
|
Advance No(s). |
|
(c) |
|
Type of Advance (check only one): |
|
|
|
o Prime-based Advance |
|
|
|
o Quoted Rate Advance |
|
(d) |
|
Amount of Advance: |
|
|
|
$ |
|
(e) |
|
Interest Period (applicable to Quoted Rate Advances) |
|
|
|
months |
|
(f) |
|
Disbursement Instructions |
|
|
|
o Comerica Bank Account No. |
|
|
|
o Other: |
Borrower certifies to the matters specified in Section 2.5(c)(vi) of the Credit Agreement.
Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them
in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
Lenders |
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Issuance of Letter of Credit pursuant to Article 3 of the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the ___ day of September, 2008,
(as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory
thereto (individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the
Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
|
|
|
|
|
On , 20 ,1
Agent, in accordance with Article 3 of the Credit Agreement,
issued its Letter of Credit number
, in
favor of
2
for the account of
.3 The
face amount of such Letter of Credit is $
. The amount of each Lenders
participation in such Letter of Credit is as follows:4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Lender]
|
|
$ |
|
|
[Lender]
|
|
$ |
|
|
[Lender]
|
|
$ |
|
|
[Lender]
|
|
$ |
This
notification is delivered this
day of
, 20
, pursuant to Section 3.3
of the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein have the
meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signed: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Date of Issuance |
|
2 |
|
Beneficiary |
|
3 |
|
Name of applicable Borrower |
|
4 |
|
Amounts based on Percentages |
[This form of Letter of Credit Notice (including footnotes) is subject in all
respects to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement which shall govern
in the event of any inconsistencies or omissions.]
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT F
SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (the Agreement) dated as of September ____, 2008
and is effective as of the Effective Date, is entered into by and among the Borrower (as defined
below), such other entities which from time to time become parties hereto (collectively, including
the Borrower, the Debtors and each individually a Debtor) and Comerica Bank
(Comerica), as Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Banks (as defined below)
(in such capacity, the Agent). The addresses for the Debtors and the Agent, as of the
date hereof, are set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.
RECITALS:
A. QuinStreet, Inc. (the Borrower) has entered into that certain Revolving Credit
and Term Loan Agreement dated as of September ____, 2008 (as amended, supplemented, amended
and restated or otherwise modified from time to time the Credit Agreement) with each of
the financial institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and
assigns, the Banks) and the Agent pursuant to which the Banks have agreed, subject to the
satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial
accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.
B. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Banks have required that each of the Debtors grant
(or cause to be granted) certain Liens to the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, all to secure
the obligations of the Borrower or any Debtor under the Credit Agreement or any related Loan
Document (including any Guaranty).
C. The Debtors have directly and indirectly benefited and will directly and indirectly benefit
from the transactions evidenced by and contemplated in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
D. The Agent is acting as Agent for the Banks pursuant to the terms and conditions Section 12
of the Credit Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable
consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties
hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise
defined herein have the meanings provided for such terms in the Credit Agreement. References to
Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be to Sections, subsections, Exhibits
and Schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. All
references to statutes and regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor
statutes and regulations. References to particular sections of the UCC should be read to refer also
to parallel sections of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in each state or
other jurisdiction which may be applicable to the grant and perfection of the Liens held by the
Agent for the benefit of the Banks pursuant to this Agreement.
The following terms have the meanings indicated below, all such definitions to be equally
applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined:
Account means any account, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the
UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without
limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all
rights of such Debtor to payment for goods sold or leased or services rendered, whether or not
earned by performance, (b) all accounts receivable of such Debtor, (c) all rights of such Debtor
to receive any payment of money or other form of consideration, (d) all security pledged, assigned
or granted to or held by such Debtor to secure any of the foregoing, (e) all guaranties of, or
indemnifications with respect to, any of the foregoing, and (f) all rights of such Debtor as an
unpaid seller of goods or services, including, but not limited to, all rights of stoppage in
transit, replevin, reclamation and resale.
Chattel Paper means any chattel paper, as such term is defined in Article or
Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and shall include both
electronic Chattel Paper and tangible Chattel Paper.
Collateral has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
Computer Records means any computer records now owned or hereafter acquired by any
Debtor.
Copyright Collateral shall mean all Copyrights and Copyright Licenses of the
Debtors.
Copyright Licenses shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in
connection with any of the Copyrights or such other Persons copyrights, whether a Debtor is a
licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the
license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to
the terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for
sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
Copyrights shall mean all copyrights and mask works, whether or not registered, and
all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask works, including, but not limited to
all copyrights and mask works, and all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask
works identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without
limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future
infringements and misappropriations thereof; (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments
now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments
under all Copyright Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for
past or future infringements thereof); and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all
modifications, adaptations, translations, enhancements and derivative works, renewals thereof, and
all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.
2
Deposit Account shall mean a demand, time, savings, passbook, or similar account
maintained with a bank. The term does not include investment property, investment accounts or
accounts evidenced by an instrument.
Document means any document, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, including, without limitation, all
documents of title and all receipts covering, evidencing or representing goods now owned or
hereafter acquired by a Debtor.
Equipment means any equipment, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without
limitation, all machinery, equipment, furniture, trade fixtures, tractors, trailers, rolling stock,
vessels, aircraft and Vehicles now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor and any and all
additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with
all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto.
General Intangibles means any general intangibles, as such term is defined in
Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event,
shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired
by such Debtor: (a) all of such Debtors Intellectual Property Collateral; (b) all of such Debtors
books, records, data, plans, manuals, computer software, computer tapes, computer disks, computer
programs, source codes, object codes and all rights of such Debtor to retrieve data and other
information from third parties; (c) all of such Debtors contract rights, commercial tort claims,
partnership interests, membership interests, joint venture interests, securities, deposit accounts,
investment accounts and certificates of deposit; (d) all rights of such Debtor to payment under
chattel paper, documents, instruments and similar agreements; (e) letters of credit, letters of
credit rights supporting obligations and rights to payment for money or funds advanced or sold of
such Debtor; (f) all tax refunds and tax refund claims of such Debtor; (g) all choses in action and
causes of action of such Debtor (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise and whether or not
currently in litigation) and all judgments in favor of such Debtor; (h) all rights and claims of
such Debtor under warranties and indemnities, (i) all health care receivables; and (j) all rights
of such Debtor under any insurance, surety or similar contract or arrangement.
Governmental Authority shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or
other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory
authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned
or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.
Instrument shall mean any instrument, as such term is defined in Article or
Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, and, in any event, shall
include all promissory notes (including without limitation, any Intercompany Notes held by such
Debtor), drafts, bills of exchange and trade acceptances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.
3
Insurance Proceeds shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this
Agreement.
Intellectual Property Collateral shall mean Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights,
Copyright Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets, registrations, goodwill,
franchises, permits, proprietary information, customer lists, designs, inventions and all other
intellectual property and proprietary rights, including without limitation those described on
Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
Inventory means any inventory, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC,
now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation,
each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all goods and
other Personal property of such Debtor that are held for sale or lease or to be furnished under any
contract of service; (b) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies and materials
of such Debtor; (c) all wrapping, packaging, advertising and shipping materials of such Debtor; (d)
all goods that have been returned to, repossessed by or stopped in transit by such Debtor; and (e)
all Documents evidencing any of the foregoing.
Investment Property means any investment property as such term is defined in
Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and in any event,
shall include without limitation all shares of stock and other equity, partnership or membership
interests constituting securities, of the Domestic Subsidiaries of such Debtor from time to time
owned or acquired by such Debtor in any manner (including, without limitation, the Pledged
Shares), and the certificates and all dividends, cash, instruments, rights and other property from
time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed or distributable in respect of or in
exchange for any or all of such shares, but excluding any shares of stock or other equity,
partnership or membership interests in any Foreign Subsidiaries of such Debtor.
Patent Collateral shall mean all Patents and Patent Licenses of the Debtors.
Patent Licenses shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in
connection with any of the Patents or such other Persons patents, whether a Debtor is a licensor
or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license
agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to the
terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale,
all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
Patents shall mean all letters patent, patent applications and patentable inventions,
including, without limitation, all patents and patent applications identified on Schedule 1.1
attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without limitation, (a) all inventions and
improvements described and claimed therein, and patentable inventions, (b) the right to sue or
otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations
thereof, (c) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or
payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Patent Licenses
entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements
thereof), and (d) all rights corresponding thereto and all reissues, divisions, continuations,
continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon,
and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.
4
Pledged Shares means the shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or
membership interests described on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto and incorporated herein by
reference, and all other shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or membership
interests (other than in an entity which is a Foreign Subsidiary) acquired by any Debtor after the
date hereof.
Proceeds means any proceeds, as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of
the UCC and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (a) any and all proceeds of any
insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to a Debtor from time to time with respect to
any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable
to a Debtor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation,
seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority (or any
Person acting, or purporting to act, for or on behalf of any Governmental Authority), and (c) any
and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the
Collateral.
Records are defined in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.
Software means all (i) computer programs and supporting information provided in
connection with a transaction relating to the program, and (ii) computer programs embedded in
goods and any supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the
program whether or not the program is associated with the goods in such a manner that it
customarily is considered part of the goods, and whether or not, by becoming the owner of the
goods, a Person acquires a right to use the program in connection with the goods, and whether or
not the program is embedded in goods that consist solely of the medium in which the program is
embedded.
Trademark Collateral shall mean all Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the
Debtors.
Trademark Licenses shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in
connection with any of the Trademarks or such other Persons names or trademarks, whether a Debtor
is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the
license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to
the terms of such license agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, and to sell and advertise
for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.
Trademarks shall mean all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress or other
indicia of trade origin, trademark and service mark registrations, and applications for trademark
or service mark registrations (except for intent to use applications for trademark or service
mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, unless and until an Amendment
to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed), and
any renewals thereof, including, without limitation, each registration and application identified
on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without limitation (a) the
right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and
misappropriations thereof, (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter
due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without
5
limitation, payments under all Trademark Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and
damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof) and (c) all rights corresponding
thereto and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining
thereto, together in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and
symbolized by, each such trademark, service mark, trade name, trade dress or other indicia of
trade origin.
UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California;
provided, that if, by applicable law, the perfection or effect of perfection or
non-perfection of the security interest created hereunder in any Collateral is governed by the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, UCC
means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the
provisions hereof relating to such perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection.
Vehicles means all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment
and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other
appurtenances to any of the foregoing.
ARTICLE 2
Security Interest
Section 2.1 Grant of Security Interest. As collateral security for the prompt payment
and performance in full when due of the Indebtedness (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise), each Debtor hereby pledges, assigns, transfers and conveys to the Agent as
collateral, and grants the Agent a continuing Lien on and security interest in, all of such
Debtors right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising
or acquired and wherever located (collectively, the Collateral):
|
(a) |
|
all Accounts; |
|
|
(b) |
|
all Chattel Paper; |
|
|
(c) |
|
all General Intangibles; |
|
|
(d) |
|
all Equipment; |
|
|
(e) |
|
all Inventory; |
|
|
(f) |
|
all Documents; |
|
|
(g) |
|
all Instruments; |
|
|
(h) |
|
all Deposit Accounts and any other cash collateral, deposit or investment
accounts, including all cash collateral, deposit or investment accounts established or
maintained pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; |
6
|
(i) |
|
all Computer Records and Software, whether relating to the foregoing Collateral or
otherwise, but in the case of such Software, subject to the rights of any
non-affiliated licensee of software; |
|
|
(j) |
|
all Investment Property; and |
|
|
(k) |
|
the Proceeds, in cash or otherwise, of any of the property described in the
foregoing clauses (a) through (j) and all Liens, security, rights, remedies and claims
of such Debtor with respect thereto (provided that the grant of a security interest in
Proceeds set forth is in this subsection (k) shall not be deemed to give the applicable
Debtor any right to dispose of any of the Collateral, except as may otherwise be
permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement); |
provided, however, that Collateral shall not include rights under or with respect to any
General Intangible, license, permit or authorization to the extent any such General Intangible,
license, permit or authorization, by its terms or by law, prohibits the assignment of, or the
granting of a Lien over the rights of a grantor thereunder or which would be invalid or
unenforceable upon any such assignment or grant (the Restricted Assets), provided that
(A) the Proceeds of any Restricted Asset shall be continue to be deemed to be Collateral, and (B)
this provision shall not limit the grant of any Lien on or assignment of any Restricted Asset to
the extent that the UCC or any other applicable law provides that such grant of Lien or assignment
is effective irrespective of any prohibitions to such grant provided in any Restricted Asset (or
the underlying documents related thereto). Concurrently with any such Restricted Asset being
entered into or arising after the date hereof, the applicable Debtor shall be obligated to use good
faith commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any waiver or consent (in form and substance
acceptable to the Agent) necessary to allow such Restricted Asset to constitute Collateral
hereunder if the failure of such Debtor to have such Restricted Asset would have a Material Adverse
Effect.
Section 2.2 Debtors Remain Liable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, (a) the Debtors shall remain liable under the contracts, agreements, documents and
instruments included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its
duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed,
(b) the exercise by the Agent or any Bank of any of their respective rights or remedies hereunder
shall not release the Debtors from any of their duties or obligations under the contracts,
agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Agent nor
any of the Banks shall have any indebtedness, liability or obligation (by assumption or otherwise)
under any of the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral by
reason of this Agreement, and none of them shall be obligated to perform any of the obligations or
duties of the Debtors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment
assigned hereunder.
ARTICLE 3
Representations and Warranties
To induce the Agent to enter into this Agreement and the Agent and the Banks to enter into
the Credit Agreement, each Debtor represents and warrants to the Agent and to each Bank as
7
follows, each such representation and warranty being a continuing representation and warranty,
surviving until termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section
7.12 of this Agreement;
Section 3.1 Title. Such Debtor is, and with respect to Collateral acquired after the
date hereof such Debtor will be, the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear
of any Lien or other encumbrance, except for the Permitted Liens, provided that, other than the
Lien established under this Agreement, no Lien on any Pledged Shares shall constitute a Permitted
Lien.
Section 3.2 Change in Form or Jurisdiction; Successor by Merger; Location of Books and
Records. As of the date hereof, each Debtor (a) is duly organized and validly existing as a
corporation (or other business organization) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization;
(b) is formed in the jurisdiction of organization and has the registration number and tax
identification number set forth on Schedule 3.2 attached hereto; (c) has not changed its respective
corporate form or its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the five years immediately
prior to the date hereof, except as set forth on such Schedule 3.2; (d) except as set forth on such
Schedule 3.2 attached hereto, no Debtor has, at any time during the five years immediately prior to
the date hereof, become the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature
or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise of any other Person, and (e) keeps true and accurate
books and records regarding the Collateral (the Records) in the office indicated on such Schedule
3.2.
Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties Regarding Certain Types of Collateral
|
(a) |
|
Location of Inventory and Equipment. As of the date hereof, (i) all
Inventory (except Inventory in transit) and Equipment (except trailers, rolling stock,
vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) of each Debtor are located at the places specified on
Schedule 3.3(a) attached hereto, (ii) the name and address of the landlord leasing any
location to any Debtor is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a), and (iii) the name of and
address of each bailee or warehouseman which holds any Collateral and the location of
such Collateral is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a). |
|
|
(b) |
|
Account Information. As of the date hereof, all Deposit Accounts, cash
collateral account or investment accounts of each Debtor (except for those Deposit
Accounts located with the Agent) are located at the banks specified on Schedule 3.3(b)
attached hereto which Schedule sets forth the true and correct name of each bank where
such accounts are located, such banks address, the type of account and the account
number. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Documents. As of the date hereof, except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(c),
none of the Inventory or Equipment of such Debtor (other than trailers, rolling stock,
vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) is evidenced by a Document (including, without
limitation, a negotiable document of title). |
8
|
(d) |
|
Intellectual Property. Set forth on Schedule 1.1 (the same may be amended from
time to time) is a true and correct list of the registered Patents, Patent Licenses,
registered Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, registered Copyrights and Copyright Licenses owned
by the Debtors (including, in the case of the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, the
applicable name, date of registration (or of application if registration not completed) and
application or registration number). |
Section 3.4 Pledged Shares.
|
(a) |
|
Duly Authorized and Validly Issued. The Pledged Shares that are shares of a
corporation have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable, and the Pledged Shares that are membership interests or partnership
units (if any) have been validly granted, under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization
of the issuers thereof, and, to the extent applicable, are fully paid and nonassessable. No
such membership or partnership interests constitute securities within the meaning of
Article 8 of the UCC, and each Debtor covenants and agrees not to allow any such membership
or partnership interest to become securities for purposes of Article 8 of the UCC. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Valid Title; No Liens; No Restrictions. Each Debtor is the legal and beneficial owner
of the Pledged Shares, free and clear of any Lien (other than the Liens created by this
Agreement), and such Debtor has not sold, granted any option with respect to, assigned,
transferred or otherwise disposed of any of its rights or interest in or to the Pledged
Shares. None of the Pledged Shares are subject to any contractual or other restrictions upon
the pledge or other transfer of such Pledged Shares, other than those imposed by securities
laws generally. No issuer of Pledged Shares is party to any agreement granting control (as
defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC) of such Debtors Pledged Shares to any third party. All
such Pledged Shares are held by each Debtor directly and not through any securities
intermediary. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Description of Pledged Shares; Ownership. The Pledged Shares constitute the
percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of stock, partnership units or membership
interests of the issuers thereof indicated on Schedule 1.2 (as the same may be amended from
time to time) and such Schedule contains a description of all shares of capital stock,
membership interests and other equity interests of or in any Subsidiaries owned by such
Debtor, |
Section 3.5 Intellectual Property.
|
(a) |
|
Filings and Recordation. Bach Debtor has made all necessary filings and recordations
to protect and maintain its interest in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights set forth on
Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time), including, without limitation,
all necessary filings and recordings, and payments of all maintenance fees, in the United
States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office to the extent such
Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights are material to such Debtors business. Also set forth on
Schedule |
9
|
|
|
1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is a complete and accurate list of all of
the material Trademark Licenses, Patent Licenses and Copyright Licenses owned by the Debtors
as of the date hereof. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Trademarks and Trademark Licenses Valid. (i) Each Material Trademark of the Debtors
set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is subsisting and has
not been adjudged invalid, unregisterable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the
Debtors knowledge, is valid, registrable and enforceable, except as enforceability may be
limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors rights generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is
sought by proceedings in equity or at law) (ii) each of the Trademark Licenses set forth on
Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not
been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge,
is valid and enforceable, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency,
reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity
or at law) and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses of any
material item of Trademark Collateral of which any Debtor is aware which could reasonably be
expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable, including unauthorized uses
by third parties and uses which were not supported by the goodwill of the business connected
with such Collateral. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Patents and Patent Licenses Valid. (i) Each Material Patent of the Debtors set forth
on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is subsisting and has not been
adjudged invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors
knowledge, is valid, patentable and enforceable except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 1.1
(as the same may be amended from time to time), except as enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors rights generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by
proceedings in equity or at law) (ii) each of the Patent Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1
(as the same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not been
adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is
valid and enforceable, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency,
reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally and by equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity
or at law) and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses of any item
of Patent Collateral material to any Debtors business of which any Debtor is aware which
could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Copyright and Copyright Licenses Valid. (i) Each Material Copyright of the Debtors
set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to |
10
|
|
|
time) is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, uncopyrightable or unenforceable, in
whole or in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid, copyrightable and enforceable,
except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization moratorium
or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by equitable
principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) (ii) each of
the Copyright Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to
time) is validly subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or
in part, and, to the Debtors knowledge, is valid and enforceable, except as enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization moratorium or similar laws affecting
the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by equitable principles (whether
enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and (iii) the Debtors have notified
the Agent in writing of all uses of any item of Copyright Collateral material to any Debtors
business of which any Debtor is aware which could reasonably be expected to lead to such item
becoming invalid or unenforceable. |
|
|
(e) |
|
No Assignment. The Debtors have not made a previous assignment, sale, transfer or
agreement constituting a present or future assignment, sale, transfer or encumbrance of any of
the Intellectual Property Collateral, except with respect to non-exclusive licenses granted in
the ordinary course of business or as permitted by this Agreement or the Loan Documents. No
Debtor has granted any license, shop right, release, covenant not to sue, or non-assertion
assurance to any Person with respect to any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral,
except as set forth on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Products Marked. Each Debtor has marked its products with the trademark
registration symbol, copyright notices, the numbers of all appropriate patents, the common law
trademark symbol or the designation patent pending, as the case may be, to the extent that
Debtor, in good faith, believes is reasonably and commercially practicable. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Other Rights. Except for the Trademark Licenses, Patent Licenses and Copyright
Licenses listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto under which a Debtor is a licensee, no Debtor has
knowledge of the existence of any right or any claim (other than as provided by this
Agreement) that is likely to be made under or against any item of Intellectual Property
Collateral contained on Schedule 1.1 to the extent such claim could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. |
|
|
(h) |
|
No Claims. Except as set forth on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the
Agent in writing, no claim has been made and is continuing or, to any Debtors knowledge,
threatened that the use by any Debtor of any item of Intellectual Property Collateral is
invalid or unenforceable or that the use by any Debtor of any Intellectual Property
Collateral does or may violate the rights of any Person, except to the extent such
invalidity, unenforceability or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. To the Debtors |
11
|
|
|
knowledge, there is no infringement or unauthorized use of any item of Intellectual
Property Collateral contained on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in
writing and except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. |
|
|
(i) |
|
No Consent. No consent of any party (other than such Debtor) to any Patent
License, Copyright License or Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property
Collateral is required, or purports to be required, to be obtained by or on behalf of
such Debtor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
that has not been obtained. To any Debtors knowledge, each Patent License, Copyright
License and Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property Collateral is in full
force and effect and constitutes a valid and legally enforceable obligation of the
applicable Debtor and (to the knowledge of the Debtors) each other party thereto except
as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general
equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
No consent or authorization of, filing with or other act by or in respect of any
Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery,
performance, validity or enforceability of any of the Patent Licenses, Copyright
Licenses or Trademark Licenses by any party thereto other than those which have been
duly obtained, made or performed and are in full force and effect. Neither the Debtors
nor (to the knowledge of any Debtor) any other party to any Patent License, Copyright
License or Trademark License constituting Collateral is in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms thereof, except for such defaults as would not reasonably
be expected, in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the value of the
Intellectual Property Collateral. To the knowledge of such Debtor, the right, title and
interest of the applicable Debtor in, to and under each Patent License, Copyright
License and Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property Collateral is not
subject to any defense, offset, counterclaim or claim. |
Section 3.6 Priority. No financing statement, security agreement or other Lien
instrument covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any public office with respect
to any outstanding obligation of such Debtor except (i) as may have been filed in favor of the
Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) financing statements filed
to perfect Permitted Liens (which shall not, in any event, grant a Lien over the Pledged Shares).
Section 3.7 Perfection. Upon (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 3.7 attached hereto, and (b) the recording of
this Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright
Office, the security interest in favor of the Agent created herein will constitute a valid and
perfected Lien upon and security interest in the Collateral which may be created and perfected
either under the UCC by filing financing statements or by a filing with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office.
12
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
Each Debtor covenants and agrees with the Agent, until termination of this Agreement in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 hereof, as follows:
Section 4.1 Covenants Regarding Certain Kinds of Collateral.
(a) Promissory Notes and Tangible Chattel Paper. If Debtors, now or at any time
hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any promissory notes or tangible Chattel Paper for which
the principal amount thereof or the obligations evidenced thereunder are, in the aggregate, in
excess of $250,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent in writing thereof and
forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent, accompanied by such instruments of
transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Agent may from time to time reasonably
specify, and cause all such Chattel Paper to bear a legend reasonably acceptable to the Agent
indicating that the Agent has a security interest in such Chattel Paper.
(b) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. If Debtors, now or at any time
hereafter, collectively hold or acquire an interest in any electronic Chattel Paper or any
transferable record, as that term is defined in the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and
National Commerce Act, or in the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant
jurisdiction, worth, in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly
notify the Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Agent, shall take such action as the
Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Agent control, under Section 9-105 of the UCC, of such
electronic chattel paper or control under the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National
Commerce Act, or the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of
such transferable record.
(c) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively
are or become beneficiaries under letters of credit, with an aggregate face amount in excess of
$250,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request of the
Agent, the applicable Debtors shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent either arrange (i) for the issuer and any confirmer of such letters of
credit to consent to an assignment to the Agent of the proceeds of the letters of credit or (ii)
for the Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of the letters of credit, together with, in each
case, any such other actions as reasonably requested by the Agent to perfect its first priority
Lien in such letter of credit rights. The applicable Debtor shall retain the proceeds of the
applicable letters of credit until a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
whereupon the proceeds are to be delivered to the Agent and applied as set forth in the Credit
Agreement.
(d) Commercial Tort Claims. If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively
hold or acquire any commercial tort claims, which, the reasonably estimated value of which are in
aggregate excess of $250,000, the applicable Debtors shall immediately notify the Agent in a
writing signed by such Debtors of the particulars thereof and grant to the Agent in such writing a
security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with
such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
13
(e) Pledged Shares. All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the
Pledged Shares or any Debtors rights therein shall be delivered to the Agent promptly upon Debtor
gaining any rights therein, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly
executed stock powers or instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, all in form and
substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.
|
(f) |
|
Equipment and Inventory. |
|
(i) |
|
Location. Each Debtor shall keep the Equipment (other than
Vehicles) and Inventory (other than Inventory in transit) which is in such
Debtors possession or in the possession of any bailee or warehouseman at any of
the locations specified on Schedule 3.3(a) attached hereto or as otherwise
disclosed in writing to the Agent from time to time, subject to compliance with
the other provisions of this Agreement, including subsection (ii) below. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Landlord Consents and Bailees Waivers. Borrower shall
provide a landlord consent in form acceptable to Agent for its corporate
headquarters and upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, each Debtor shall provide, as applicable, a bailees waiver or landlord
consent, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, for each non-Debtor owned
location of Collateral disclosed on Schedule 3.3(a) or otherwise disclosed to the
Agent in writing, promptly after leasing such location, and shall take all other
actions required by the Agent to perfect the Agents security interest in the
Equipment and Inventory with the priority required by this Agreement. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Maintenance. Each Debtor shall maintain the Equipment and
Inventory in such condition as may be specified by the terms of the Credit
Agreement. |
|
(g) |
|
Intellectual Property. |
|
(i) |
|
Trademarks. Each Debtor agrees to take all necessary steps,
including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office
or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce, preserve the validity and ownership of,
and maintain each Trademark registration and each Trademark License identified on
Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each trademark application now or hereafter
identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the filing of
responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, the filing of applications for renewal, the filing of affidavits under
Sections 8 and 15 of the United States Trademark Act, and the participation in
opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings, except,
in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially
reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value
to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each |
14
|
|
|
new or acquired Trademark registration, Trademark application or any rights obtained under
any Trademark License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in
each case in which such Debtor has determined, using its commercially reasonable judgment,
that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to it. Any expenses incurred in
connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Patents. Each Debtor to take all necessary steps, including, without limitation, in
the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce,
preserve the validity and ownership of, and maintain each Patent and each Patent License
identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each patent application, now or hereafter
identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the filing of divisional,
continuation, continuation-in-part and substitute applications, the filing of applications for
reissue, renewal or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees, and the participation in
interference, reexamination, opposition, infringement and misappropriation proceedings, except
in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable
judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Each Debtor
agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each new or acquired Patent, patent
application, or any rights obtained under any Patent License, in each case, which it is now or
later becomes entitled, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their
commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value
to them. Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the
Debtors. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Copyrights. Each Debtor agrees to take all necessary steps, including, without
limitation, in the United States Copyright Office or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce,
and preserve the validity and ownership of each Copyright and each Copyright License
identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each Copyright and mask work application,
now or hereafter identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the
payment of applicable fees, and the participation in infringement and misappropriation
proceedings, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their
commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value
to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each new or acquired
Copyright, Copyright and mask work application, or any rights obtained under any Copyright
License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in each case in
which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of
the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Any expenses incurred in connection
with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
No Abandonment. The Debtors shall not abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright or
any pending Trademark, Copyright, mask work or |
15
|
|
|
Patent application, without the written consent of the Agent, unless the Debtors shall
have previously determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that such
use or the pursuit or maintenance of such Trademark registration, Patent, Copyright
registration or pending Trademark, Copyright, mask work or Patent application is not
of material economic value to it, in which case, the Debtors shall give notice of any
such abandonment to the Agent promptly in writing after the determination to abandon
such Intellectual Property Collateral is made. |
|
|
(v) |
|
No Infringement. In the event that a Debtor becomes aware that any item
of the Intellectual Property Collateral which such Debtor has determined, using its
commercially reasonable judgment, to be material to its business is infringed or
misappropriated by a third party, such Debtor shall promptly notify the Agent promptly
and in writing, in reasonable detail, and shall take such actions as such Debtor or the
Agent deems reasonably appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual
Property Collateral, including, without limitation, suing for infringement or
misappropriation and for an injunction against such infringement or misappropriation.
Any expense incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors.
Each Debtor will advise the Agent promptly and in writing, in reasonable detail, of any
adverse determination or the institution of any proceeding (including, without
limitation, the institution of any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court) regarding any material item of
the Intellectual Property Collateral. |
|
(h) |
|
Accounts and Contracts. Each Debtor shall, in accordance with its usual business
practices in effect from time to time, endeavor to collect or cause to be collected from each
account debtor under its Accounts, as and when due, any and all amounts owing under such
Accounts. So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except
as otherwise provided in Section 6.3, each Debtor shall have the right to collect and
receive payments on its Accounts, and to use and expend the same in its operations in each
case in compliance with the terms of each of the Credit Agreement. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Vehicles; Aircraft and Vessels. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, no Debtor shall be required to make any filings as may be necessary to perfect the
Agents Lien on its Vehicles, aircraft and vessels, unless a Default or an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, whereupon the Agent may require such filings be made. |
|
|
(J) |
|
[Intentionally Deleted]. |
|
|
(k) |
|
Deposit Accounts. Each Debtor agrees to promptly notify the Agent in writing of all
Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investments accounts opened after the date
hereof (except with Agent), and such Debtor shall take such actions as may be necessary or
deemed desirable by the Agent (including the execution |
16
|
|
|
and delivery of an account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent) to grant the Agent a perfected, first priority Lien over each of the
Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts disclosed on
Schedule 3.3(b) and over each of the additional accounts disclosed pursuant to this
Section 4.1(k). |
Section 4.2 Encumbrances. Each Debtor shall not create, permit or suffer to exist, and
shall defend the Collateral against any Lien (other than the Permitted Liens, provided that no
Lien, other than the Lien created hereunder, shall exist over the Pledged Shares) or any
restriction upon the pledge or other transfer thereof (other than as specifically permitted in the
Credit Agreement), and shall defend such Debtors title to and other rights in the Collateral and
the Agents pledge and collateral assignment of and security interest in the Collateral against the
claims and demands of all Persons. Except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement or in
connection with any release of Collateral under Section 7.13 hereof (but only to the extent
of any Collateral so released), such Debtor shall do nothing to impair the rights of the Agent in
the Collateral.
Section 4.3 Disposition of Collateral. Except as otherwise permitted under the Credit
Agreement, no Debtor shall enter into or consummate any transfer or other disposition of
Collateral.
Section 4.4 Insurance. The Collateral pledged by such Debtor or the Debtors will be
insured (to the extent such Collateral is insurable) with insurance coverage in such amounts and
of such types as are required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. In the case of all such
insurance policies, each such Debtor shall designate the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee
and such policies shall provide that any loss be payable to the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss
payee, as its interests may appear. Further, upon the request of the Agent, each such Debtor shall
deliver certificates evidencing such policies, including all endorsements thereon and those
required hereunder, to the Agent; and each such Debtor assigns to the Agent, as additional
security hereunder, all its rights to receive proceeds of insurance with respect to the
Collateral. All such insurance shall, by its terms, provide that the applicable carrier shall,
prior to any cancellation before the expiration date thereof, mail ten (10) days prior written
notice to the Agent of such cancellation. Each Debtor further shall provide the Agent upon request
with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that each such Debtor is at all times in
compliance with this paragraph. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an
Event of Default, the Agent may, at its option, act as each such Debtors attorney-in-fact in
obtaining, adjusting, settling and compromising such insurance and endorsing any drafts. Upon such
Debtors failure to insure the Collateral as required in this covenant, the Agent may, at its
option, procure such insurance and its costs therefor shall be charged to such Debtor, payable on
demand, with interest at the highest rate set forth in the Credit Agreement and added to the
Indebtedness secured hereby. The disposition of proceeds payable to such Debtor of any insurance
on the Collateral (the Insurance Proceeds) shall be governed by the following:
|
(a) |
|
provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
hereunder, (i) if the amount of Insurance Proceeds in respect of any loss or casualty
does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), such Debtor shall be entitled, in the
event of such loss or casualty, to receive all such Insurance |
17
|
|
|
Proceeds and to apply the same toward the replacement of the Collateral affected
thereby or to the purchase of other assets to be used in such Debtors business
(provided that such assets shall be subjected to a first priority Lien in favor of
the Agent and such repurchase of assets shall occur within 270 days of such Debtor
receiving the Insurance Proceeds); and (ii) if the amount of Insurance Proceeds in
respect of any loss or casualty exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), such
Insurance Proceeds shall be paid to and received by the Agent, for release to such
Debtor for the replacement of the Collateral affected thereby or to the purchase of
other assets to be used in such Debtors business (provided that such assets shall be
subjected to a first priority Lien in favor of the Agent); or, upon written request
of such Debtor (accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation), for such other
use or purpose as approved by the Agent, in their reasonable discretion, it being
understood and agreed in connection with any release of funds under this subparagraph
(ii), that the Agent may impose reasonable and customary conditions on the
disbursement of such Insurance Proceeds; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
if a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing and is not waived
as provided in the Credit Agreement, all Insurance Proceeds in respect of any loss or
casualty shall be paid to and received by the Agent, to be applied by the Agent against
the Indebtedness in the manner specified in the Credit Agreement and/or to be held by
the Agent as cash collateral for the Indebtedness, as the Agent may direct in its sole
discretion. |
Section 4.5 Corporate Changes; Books and Records; Inspection Rights. (a) Each Debtor
shall not change its respective name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of
organization, or identification number in any manner that might make any financing statement filed
in connection with this Agreement seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the
UCC unless such Debtor shall have given the Agent ten (10) days prior written notice with respect
to any change in such Debtors corporate structure, jurisdiction of organization, name or identity
and shall have taken all action deemed reasonably necessary by the Agent under the circumstances
to protect its Liens and the perfection and priority thereof, (b) each Debtor shall keep the
Records at the location specified on Schedule 3.2 as the location of such books and records or as
otherwise specified in writing to the Agent and (c) the Debtors shall permit the Agent, the Banks,
and their respective agents and representatives to conduct inspections, discussion and audits of
the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
Section 4.6 Notification of Lien; Continuing Disclosure. Each Debtor shall promptly
notify the Agent in writing of any Lien, encumbrance or claim (other than a Permitted Lien, to the
extent not otherwise subject to any notice requirements under the Credit Agreement) that has
attached to or been made or asserted against any of the Collateral upon becoming aware of the
existence of such Lien, encumbrance or claim.
Section 4.7 Covenants Regarding Pledged Shares
(a) Voting Rights and Distributions.
18
|
(i) |
|
So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
(both before and after giving effect to any of the actions or other matters described in
clauses (A) or (B) of this subparagraph): |
|
(A) |
|
Each Debtor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other
consensual rights (including, without limitation, the right to give consents,
waivers and ratifications) pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares or any part
thereof; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or
ratification given or action taken without the prior written consent of the Agent
which would violate any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
Except as otherwise provided by the Credit Agreement, such Debtor shall be
entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, distributions and interest
paid in respect to any of the Pledged Shares. |
|
(ii) |
|
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default: |
|
(A) |
|
The Agent may, without notice to such Debtor, transfer or register in the
name of the Agent or any of its nominees, for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Banks, any or all of the Pledged Shares and the Proceeds thereof (in cash or
otherwise) held by the Agent hereunder, and the Agent or its nominee may thereafter,
after delivery of notice to such Debtor, exercise all voting and corporate rights at
any meeting of any corporation issuing any of the Pledged Shares and any and all
rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or
options pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares as if the Agent were the absolute
owner thereof, including, without limitation, the right to exchange, at its
discretion, any and all of the Pledged Shares upon the merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any corporation issuing any
of such Pledged Shares or upon the exercise by any such issuer or the Agent of any
right, privilege or option pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares, and in connection
therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Shares with any
committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such
terms and conditions as the Agent may determine, all without liability except to
account for property actually received by it, but the Agent shall have no duty to
exercise any of the aforesaid rights, privileges or options, and the Agent shall not
be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing. |
19
|
(B) |
|
All rights of such Debtor to exercise the voting and other
consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise
pursuant to Section 4.7(a)(i)(A) and to receive the
dividends, interest and other distributions which it would otherwise
be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section
4.7(a)(i)(B) shall be suspended until such Default or Event of
Default shall no longer exist, and all such rights shall, until such
Default or Event of Default shall no longer exist, thereupon become
vested in the Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right to
exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive,
hold and dispose of as Pledged Shares such dividends, interest and
other distributions. |
|
|
(C) |
|
All dividends, interest and other distributions
which are received by such Debtor contrary to the provisions of this
Section 4.7(a)(ii) shall be received in trust for the benefit
of the Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Debtor and
shall be forthwith paid over to the Agent as Collateral in the same
form as so received (with any necessary endorsement). |
|
|
(D) |
|
Each Debtor shall execute and deliver (or cause
to be executed and delivered) to the Agent all such proxies and other
instruments as the Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of
enabling the Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it is
entitled to exercise pursuant to this Section 4.7(a)(ii) and to
receive the dividends, interest and other distributions which it is
entitled to receive and retain pursuant to this Section
4.7(a)(ii). The foregoing shall not in any way limit the Agents
power and authority granted pursuant to the other provisions of this
Agreement. |
(b) Possession; Reasonable Care. Regardless of whether a Default or an Event of
Default has occurred or is continuing, the Agent shall have the right to hold in its possession all
Pledged Shares pledged, assigned or transferred hereunder and from time to time constituting a
portion of the Collateral. The Agent may appoint one or more agents (which in no case shall be a
Debtor or an affiliate of a Debtor) to hold physical custody, for the account of the Agent, of any
or all of the Collateral. The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the
custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded
treatment substantially equal to that which the Agent accords its own property, it being understood
that the Agent shall not have any responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect
to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral,
whether or not the Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any
necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral, except,
subject to the terms hereof, upon the written instructions of the Banks. Following the occurrence
and continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall be entitled to take ownership of the
Collateral in accordance with the UCC.
20
Section 4.8 New Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral
|
(a) |
|
With respect to each Domestic Subsidiary which becomes a Material Subsidiary of a
Debtor subsequent to the date hereof or which is otherwise required under the provisions of
Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement to execute and deliver a Guaranty, execute and deliver
such joinders or security agreements or other pledge documents as are required by the
Credit Agreement, within the time periods set forth therein. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Each Debtor agrees that, (i) except with the written consent of the Agent, it will not
permit any Domestic Subsidiary (whether now existing or formed after the date hereof) to
issue to such Debtor or any of such Debtors other Subsidiaries any shares of stock,
membership interests, partnership units, notes or other securities or instruments (including
without limitation the Pledged Shares) in addition to or in substitution for any of the
Collateral, unless, concurrently with each issuance thereof, any and all such shares of
stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments are encumbered in favor
of the Agent under this Agreement or otherwise (except that only 65% of such shares of stock,
membership interests or partnership units of Foreign Subsidiaries are required to be
encumbered in favor of Agent) (it being understood and agreed that all such shares of stock,
membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to such Debtor shall,
without further action by such Debtor or the Agent, be automatically encumbered by this
Agreement as Pledged Shares to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement or the
Credit Agreement) and (ii) it will promptly following the issuance thereof deliver to the
Agent (A) an amendment, duly executed by such Debtor, in substantially the form of Exhibit A
hereto in respect of such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or
instruments issued to Debtor or (B) if reasonably required by the Banks, a new stock pledge,
duly executed by the applicable Debtor, in substantially the form of this Agreement (a
New Pledge), in respect of such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership
units, notes or instruments issued to any Debtor granting to the Agent, for the benefit of
the Banks, a first priority security interest, pledge and Lien thereon, together in each case
with all certificates, notes or other instruments representing or evidencing the same,
together with such other documentation as the Agent may reasonably request. Such Debtor
hereby (x) authorizes the Agent to attach each such amendment to this Agreement, (y) agrees
that all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments
listed in any such amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder
constitute Pledged Shares, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon the delivery of each such
amendment, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4 of this
Agreement with respect to the Collateral covered thereby. |
|
|
(c) |
|
With respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral owned, licensed or otherwise acquired
by any Debtor after the date hereof, and with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright
which is not registered or filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S.
Copyright Office at the time such Collateral is pledged by a Debtor to the Agent pursuant to
this Security Agreement, and which is subsequently registered or filed by such Debtor in the
appropriate office, such |
21
|
|
|
Debtor shall promptly after the acquisition or registration thereof execute or cause
to be executed and delivered to the Agent, (i) an amendment, duly executed by such
Debtor, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, in respect of such additional
or newly registered collateral or (ii) at the Agents option, a new security
agreement, duly executed by the applicable Debtor, in substantially the form of this
Agreement, in respect of such additional or newly registered collateral, granting to
the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, a first priority security interest, pledge
and Lien thereon (subject only to the Permitted Liens), together in each case with
all certificates, notes or other instruments representing or evidencing the same,
and shall, upon the Agents request, execute or cause to be executed any financing
statement or other document (including without limitation, filings required by the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright Office in connection with
any such additional or newly registered collateral) granting or otherwise evidencing
a Lien over such new Intellectual Property Collateral. Each Debtor hereby (x)
authorizes the Agent to attach each amendment to this Agreement, (y) agrees that all
such additional collateral listed in any amendment delivered to the Agent shall for
all purposes hereunder constitute Collateral, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon
the delivery of each such Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in
Section 3.3(d) and Section 3.5 of this Agreement with
respect to the Collateral covered thereby. |
Section 4.9 Further Assurances (a) At any time and from time to time, upon the request
of the Agent, and at the sole expense of the Debtors, each Debtor shall promptly execute and
deliver all such further agreements, documents and instruments and take such further action as the
Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to (i) preserve, ensure the priority,
effectiveness and validity of and perfect the Agents security interest in and pledge and
collateral assignment of the Collateral (including causing the Agents name to be noted as secured
party on any certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition of the Agents
ability to enforce its security interest in such Collateral), unless such actions are specifically
waived under the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) carry out the
provisions and purposes of this Agreement and (iii) to enable the Agent to exercise and enforce its
rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral. Except as otherwise expressly
permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement relating to disposition of assets and except for
Permitted Liens (except for Pledged Shares, over which the only Lien shall be that Lien established
under this Agreement), each Debtor agrees to maintain and preserve the Agents security interest in
and pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral hereunder and the priority thereof.
(b) Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent at any time and from time to time to
file in any filing office in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments
thereto that (i) indicate any or all of the Collateral upon which the Debtors have granted a Lien,
and (ii) provide any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC, including
organizational information and in the case of a fixture filing or a filing for Collateral
consisting of as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real
property to which the Collateral relates. Each Debtor agrees to furnish any such information
required by the preceding paragraph to the Agent promptly upon the Agents reasonable request for
such information.
22
ARTICLE 5
Rights of the Agent
Section 5.1 Power of Attorney. Each Debtor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
the Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful
attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the name of such Debtor or in its own
name, to take, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and all
actions, and to execute any and all documents and instruments which the Agent at any time and from
time to time deems necessary, to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, such Debtor hereby gives the Agent the power and right on behalf
of such Debtor and in its own name to do any of the following after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to or the consent of such Debtor:
|
(a) |
|
to demand, sue for, collect or receive, in the name of such Debtor or in its own
name, any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in
exchange for any of the Collateral and, in connection therewith, endorse checks, notes,
drafts, acceptances, money orders, documents of title or any other instruments for the
payment of money under the Collateral or any policy of insurance; |
|
|
(b) |
|
to pay or discharge taxes, Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or other
encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral; |
|
|
(c) |
|
(i) to direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under
any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due
thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct; (ii) to receive payment
of and receipt for any and all monies, claims and other amounts due and to become due
at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) to sign and endorse
any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts,
drafts against debtors, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications and notices
in connection with accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral; (iv) to
commence and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court
of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce
any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) to defend any suit, action or
proceeding brought against such Debtor with respect to any Collateral; (vi) to settle,
compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection
therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Agent may deem appropriate; (vii)
to exchange any of the Collateral for other property upon any merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof and, in
connection therewith, deposit any of the Collateral with any committee, depositary,
transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Agent may
determine; (viii) to add or release any guarantor, indorser, surety or other party to
any of the Collateral; (ix) to renew, extend or otherwise change the terms and
conditions of any of the Collateral; (x) to make, settle, compromise or adjust any
claim under or pertaining to any of the Collateral (including claims |
23
|
|
|
under any policy of insurance); (xi) subject to any pre-existing rights or
licenses, to assign any Patent, Copyright or Trademark constituting Intellectual
Property Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such
Patent, Copyright or Trademark pertains), for such term or terms, on such
conditions and in such manner, as the Agent shall in its sole discretion determine,
and (xii) to sell, transfer, pledge, convey, make any agreement with respect to, or
otherwise deal with, any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the
Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Agents
option and such Debtors expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and
things which the Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve, maintain, or realize
upon the Collateral and the Agents security interest therein. |
This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. The
Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers,
privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Agent in this Agreement, and shall
not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so. This power of attorney is
conferred on the Agent solely to protect, preserve, maintain and realize upon its security
interest in the Collateral. The Agent shall not be responsible for any decline in the value of the
Collateral and shall not be required to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or
to protect, preserve or maintain any Lien given to secure the Collateral.
Section 5.2 Setoff. In addition to and not in limitation of any rights of any Banks
under applicable law, the Agent and each Bank shall, upon the occurrence and continuance of an
Event of Default, without notice or demand of any kind, have the right to appropriate and apply to
the payment of the Indebtedness owing to it (whether or not then due) any and all balances,
credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of Debtors then or thereafter on deposit with such Banks;
provided, however, that any such amount so applied by any Bank on any of the Indebtedness owing to
it shall be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.
Section 5.3 Assignment by the Agent. The Agent may at any time assign or otherwise
transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations as Agent under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Indebtedness) to any other Person, to the
extent permitted by, and upon the conditions contained in, the Credit Agreement and such Person
shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits and obligations thereof granted to the Agent
herein or otherwise.
Section 5.4 Performance by the Agent. If any Debtor shall fail to perform any
covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement in accordance with this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) perform or attempt to perform such
covenant or agreement on behalf of the Debtors, in which case Agent shall exercise good faith and
make diligent efforts to give Debtors prompt prior written notice of such performance or attempted
performance. In such event, the Debtors shall, at the request of the Agent, promptly pay any
reasonable amount expended by the Agent in connection with such performance or attempted
performance to the Agent, together with interest thereon at the interest rate set forth in the
Credit Agreement, from and including the date of such expenditure to but excluding the date such
expenditure is paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is
24
expressly agreed that the Agent shall not have any liability or responsibility for the performance
(or non-performance) of any obligation of the Debtors under this Agreement.
Section 5.5 Certain Costs and Expenses. The Debtors shall pay or reimburse the Agent
within five (5) Business Days after demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys and paralegal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement,
attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of any of the
Indebtedness (including in connection with any workout or restructuring regarding the
Indebtedness, and including in any insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding). The agreements
in this Section 5.5 shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the reimbursement of any fees and expenses incurred by the Banks shall be governed
by the terms and conditions of the applicable Credit Agreement.
Section 5.6 Indemnification. The Debtors shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent,
and each Bank and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and
attorneys-in-fact (each, an Indemnified Person) harmless from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges,
expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys and paralegals fees) of any kind or
nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the
Indebtedness and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any
Bank) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnified Person in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any document relating
to or arising out of or referred to in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the
transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Indemnified Person
under or in connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation,
litigation or proceeding (including any bankruptcy proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to
or arising out of this Agreement or the Indebtedness or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether
or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the
Indemnified Liabilities); provided, that the Debtors shall have no obligation
under this Section 5.6 to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities
to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified
Person. The agreements in this Section 5.6 shall survive payment of all other
Indebtedness.
ARTICLE 6
Default
Section 6.1 Rights and Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Agent shall have the following rights and remedies subject to the direction and/or
consent of the Banks as required under the Credit Agreement:
|
(a) |
|
The Agent may exercise any of the rights and remedies set forth in this
Agreement (including, without limitation, Article 5 hereof), in the Credit
Agreement, or in any other Loan Document, or by applicable law. |
25
|
(b) |
|
In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to the Agent in this Agreement,
the Credit Agreement or by applicable law, the Agent shall have all of the rights and
remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected
Collateral) and the Agent may also, without previous demand or notice except as specified
below or in the Credit Agreement, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more
parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, brokers board or at any of the Agents
offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms
as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as
may be permitted by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent may (i)
without demand or notice to the Debtors (except as required under the Credit Agreement or
applicable law), collect, receive or take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof,
and for that purpose the Agent (and/or its Agents, servicers or other independent
contractors) may enter upon any premises on which the Collateral is located and remove the
Collateral therefrom or render it inoperable, and/or (ii) sell, lease or otherwise dispose
of the Collateral, or any part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or
sales, at the Agents offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and
upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem commercially
reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law. The Agent and, subject to the terms of
the Credit Agreement, each of the Banks shall have the right at any public sale or sales,
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any private sale or sales, to bid (which
bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) and become a
purchaser of the Collateral or any part thereof free of any right of redemption on the part
of the Debtors, which right of redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by the
Debtors to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Agent may require the Debtors to
assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Agent at any place designated by the
Agent to allow the Agent to take possession or dispose of such Collateral. The Debtors agree
that the Agent shall not be obligated to give more than five (5) days prior written notice
of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale may
take place and that such notice shall constitute reasonable notice of such matters. The
foregoing shall not require notice if none is required by applicable law. The Agent shall
not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral if, in the exercise of its reasonable
discretion, it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of
Collateral may have been given. The Agent may, without notice or publication (except as
required by applicable law), adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be
adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such
sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so
adjourned. The Debtors shall be liable for all reasonable expenses of retaking, holding,
preparing for sale or the like, and all reasonable attorneys fees, legal expenses and other
costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the collection of the
Indebtedness and the enforcement of the Agents rights under this Agreement and the Credit
Agreement. The Debtors shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, remain liable for
any deficiency if the proceeds of |
26
|
|
|
any such sale or other disposition of the Collateral (conducted in conformity with this
clause (ii) and applicable law) applied to the Indebtedness are insufficient to pay the
Indebtedness in full. The Agent shall apply the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral
hereunder against the Indebtedness in such order and manner as provided in the Credit
Agreement. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Agent may cause any or all of the Collateral held by it to be transferred into the name
of the Agent or the name or names of the Agents nominee or nominees. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Debtors under or in respect of
the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all rights of the Debtors to demand or
otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of any of the
Collateral and any and all voting rights and corporate powers in respect of the Collateral. |
|
|
(e) |
|
On any sale of the Collateral, the Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation
or restriction with which compliance is necessary (based on a reasoned opinion of the Agents
counsel) in order to avoid any violation of applicable law or in order to obtain any required
approval of the purchaser or purchasers by any applicable Governmental Authority. |
|
|
(f) |
|
The Agent may direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under any
of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder
directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct. |
|
|
(g) |
|
In the event of any sale, assignment or other disposition of the Intellectual Property
Collateral, the goodwill of the business connected with and symbolized by any Collateral
subject to such disposition shall be included, and the Debtors shall supply to the Agent or
its designee the Debtors know-how and expertise related to the Intellectual Property
Collateral subject to such disposition, and the Debtors notebooks, studies, reports,
records, documents and things embodying the same or relating to the inventions, processes or
ideas covered by and to the manufacture of any products under or in connection with the
Intellectual Property Collateral subject to such disposition. |
|
|
(h) |
|
For purposes of enabling the Agent to exercise its rights and remedies under this
Section 6.1 and enabling the Agent and its successors and assigns to enjoy the full
benefits of the Collateral, the Debtors hereby grant to the Agent an irrevocable,
nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the
Debtors) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral,
Computer Records or Software (including in such license reasonable access to all media in
which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for
the completion or printout thereof), exercisable upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of a Default or an Event of Default (and thereafter if Agent succeeds to any of
the Collateral pursuant to an enforcement proceeding or voluntary arrangement with Debtor),
except as may be prohibited by any licensing agreement relating to such |
27
|
|
|
Computer Records or Software. This license shall also inure to the benefit of all
successors, assigns, transferees of and purchasers from the Agent. |
Section 6.2 Private Sales.
|
(a) |
|
In view of the fact that applicable securities laws may impose certain restrictions on the
method by which a sale of the Pledged Shares may be effected after an Event of Default,
Debtors agree that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the
Agent may from time to time attempt to sell all or any part of the Pledged Shares by a private
sale in the nature of a private placement, restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers
to those who will represent and agree that they are accredited investors within the meaning
of Regulation D promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act), and are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In
so doing, the Agent may solicit offers for the Pledged Shares, or any part thereof, from a
limited number of investors who might be interested in purchasing the Pledged Shares. Without
limiting the methods or manner of disposition which could be determined to be commercially
reasonable, if the Agent hires a firm of regional or national reputation that is engaged in
the business of rendering investment banking and brokerage services to solicit such offers and
facilitate the sale of the Pledged Shares, then the Agents acceptance of the highest offer
(including its own offer, or the offer of any of the Banks at any such sale) obtained through
such efforts of such firm shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of
disposition of such Pledged Shares. The Agent shall not be under any obligation to delay a
sale of any of the Pledged Shares for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of
such securities to register such securities under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the
United States, under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws, even if
such issuer would agree to do so. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Debtors further agree to do or cause to be done, to the extent that the Debtors may do
so under applicable law, all such other reasonable acts and things as may be necessary to
make such sales or resales of any portion or all of the Collateral valid and binding and in
compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees
or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at the Debtors expense. |
Section 6.3 Establishment of Cash Collateral Account; and Lock Box.
|
(a) |
|
Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (without
the necessity of any notice hereunder), there may be established upon the request of the
Agent by each Debtor with the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks in the name of the Agent, a
segregated non-interest bearing cash collateral account (the Cash Collateral
Account) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks; provided, however, that the Cash Collateral
Account may be an |
28
|
|
|
interest-bearing account with a commercial bank (including Comerica or any other Bank
which is a commercial bank) if determined by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to
be practicable, invested by the Agent in its sole discretion, but without any liability
for losses or the failure to achieve any particular rate of return. Furthermore, in
connection with the establishment of a Cash Collateral Account under the first sentence of
this Section 6.3 (and on the terms and within the time periods provided
thereunder), (i) each Debtor agrees to establish and maintain (and the Agent, acting at
the request of the Banks, may establish and maintain) at Debtors sole expense a United
States Post Office lock box (the Lock Box), to which the Agent shall have
exclusive access and control. Each Debtor expressly authorizes the Agent, from time to
time, to remove the contents from the Lock Box for disposition in accordance with this
Agreement; and (ii) each Debtor shall notify all account debtors that all payments made to
Debtor (a) other than by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted, for the credit of
Debtor, to the Lock Box, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices, and
(b) by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted to the Cash Collateral Account, and
Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices. Each Debtor agrees to execute all
documents and authorizations as reasonably required by the Agent to establish and maintain
the Lock Box and the Cash Collateral Account. It is acknowledged by the parties hereto
that any lockbox presently maintained or subsequently established by a Debtor with the
Agent may be used, subject to the terms hereof, to satisfy the requirements set forth in
the first sentence of this Section 6.3. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and
all cash (including amounts received by electronic funds transfer), checks, drafts and other
instruments for the payment of money received by each Debtor at any time, in full or partial
payment of any of the Collateral consisting of Accounts or Inventory, shall forthwith upon
receipt be transmitted and delivered to the Agent, properly endorsed, where required, so that
such items may be collected by the Agent. Any such amounts and other items received by a
Debtor shall not be commingled with any other of such Debtors funds or property, but will be
held separate and apart from such Debtors own funds or property, and upon express trust for
the benefit of the Agent until delivery is made to the Agent. All items or amounts which are
remitted to a Lock Box or otherwise delivered by or for the benefit of a Debtor to the Agent
on account of partial or full payment of, or any other amount payable with respect to, any of
the Collateral shall, at the Agents option, be applied to any of the Indebtedness, whether
then due or not, in the order and manner set forth in the Credit Agreement. No Debtor shall
have any right whatsoever to withdraw any funds so deposited. Each Debtor further grants to
the Agent a first security interest in and Lien on all funds on deposit in such account. Each
Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent to endorse all items received for
deposit to the Cash Collateral Account, notwithstanding the inclusion on any such item of a
restrictive notation, e.g., paid in full, balance of account, or other restriction. |
29
Section 6.4 Default Under Credit Agreement. Subject to any applicable notice and cure
provisions contained in the Credit Agreement, the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in
the Credit Agreement), including without limit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement,
shall be deemed to be an Event of Default under this Agreement. This Section 6.4 shall not
limit the Events of Default set forth in the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE 7
Miscellaneous
Section 7.1 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of the Agent to
exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or
privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies
provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies
provided by law.
Section 7.2 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit
Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors and the
Agent and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that the Debtors may not assign
any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the
Agent.
Section 7.3 AMENDMENT; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE
PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR
DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES
HERETO. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing
signed by the parties hereto.
Section 7.4 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other
communications hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and mailed,
faxed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on signature pages
hereto; or, as directed to the Debtors or the Agent, to such other address or number as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the other. All such notices, requests and
communications shall, when sent by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for
overnight (next business day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine (with
electronic confirmation of receipt), respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after
the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if otherwise delivered, upon delivery; except that
notices to the Agent shall not be effective until actually received by the Agent.
30
Section 7.5 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF
PROCESS.
|
(a) |
|
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. |
|
|
(b) |
|
ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SITTING IN THE COUNTY
OF SANTA CLARA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE___NORTHERN DISTRICT OF CALIFORNIA, AND BY
EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE DEBTOR AND THE AGENT CONSENTS,
FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE
COURTS. EACH OF THE DEBTOR AND THE AGENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING
ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON
CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT. |
Section 7.6 Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 7.7 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and
warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no investigation by the Agent shall affect the
representations and warranties or the right of the Agent or the Banks to rely upon them.
Section 7.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 7.9 Waiver of Bond. In the event the Agent seeks to take possession of any
or all of the Collateral by judicial process, the Debtors hereby irrevocably waive any bonds and
any surety or security relating thereto that may be required by applicable law as an incident to
such possession, and waives any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any such suit
or action.
Section 7.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as
to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability
without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision
in any other jurisdiction.
31
Section 7.11 Construction. Each Debtor and the Agent acknowledge that each of them has
had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review
this Agreement with its legal counsel and that this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly
drafted by the Debtors and the Agent.
Section 7.12 Termination. If all of the Indebtedness (other than contingent
liabilities pursuant to any indemnity, including without limitation Section 5.5 and
Section 5.6 hereof, for claims which have not been asserted, or which have not yet
accrued) shall have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full (in cash) and all commitments to
extend credit or other credit accommodations under the Credit Agreement have been terminated, the
Agent shall, upon the written request of the Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper
instrument or instruments acknowledging the release and termination of the security interests
created by this Agreement, and shall duly assign and deliver to the Debtors (without recourse and
without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in the possession of the
Agent and has not previously been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to this Agreement.
Section 7.13 Release of Collateral. The Agent shall, upon the written request of the
Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the
release of the security interest and Liens established hereby on any Collateral (other than the
Pledged Shares): (a) if the sale or other disposition of such Collateral is permitted under the
terms of the Credit Agreement and, at the time of such proposed release, both before and after
giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) if the
sale or other disposition of such Collateral is not permitted under the terms of the Credit
Agreement, provided that the requisite Banks under such Credit Agreement shall have consented to
such sale or disposition in accordance with the terms thereof, or (c) if such release has been
approved by the requisite Banks in accordance with Section 12.11 of the Credit Agreement.
Section 7.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH DEBTOR AND THE AGENT WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A
TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY EITHER SUCH PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER,
WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH DEBTOR AND THE AGENT
AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, EACH SUCH PARTY FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY
IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH
SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT
AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.
Section 7.15 Consistent Application. The rights and duties created by this Agreement shall,
in all cases, be interpreted consistently with, and shall be in addition to (and
32
not in lieu
of), the rights and duties created by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be inconsistent with any provision of the
Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall govern.
Section 7.16 Continuing Lien. The security interest granted under this Security
Agreement shall be a continuing security interest in every respect (whether or not the outstanding
balance of the Indebtedness is from time to time temporarily reduced to zero) and the Agents
security interest in the Collateral as granted herein shall continue in fall force and effect for
the entire duration that the Credit Agreement remains in effect and until all of the Indebtedness
are repaid and discharged in full, and no commitment (whether optional or obligatory) to extend any
credit under the Credit Agreement remain outstanding.
33
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEBTORS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET PROPERTIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET MEDIA, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CYBERSPACE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELIABLEREMODELER.COM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ PUBLICATIONS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (650) 578-7604 |
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
75 East Trimble Road, M/C 4770 |
|
|
|
|
San Jose, California 95131 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Manager |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (408) 556-5091 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comerica Bank |
|
|
|
|
2 Embarcadero Center, Suite 300 |
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94111 |
|
|
|
|
Attn: Phil Koblis Vice President |
|
|
|
|
Fax No.: (415) 477-3260 |
|
|
36
EXHIBIT A
TO
SECURITY AGREEMENT
FORM OF AMENDMENT
This Amendment, dated ____, 20 ___, is delivered pursuant to Section
4.8[(b)/(c)] of the Security Agreement referred to below. The undersigned hereby agrees that
this Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement dated as of September ____, 2008,
between the undersigned and Comerica Bank, as the Agent for the benefit of the Banks referred to
therein (the Security Agreement), and (a) [that the intellectual property listed on Schedule
A]/[that the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or other instruments
listed on Schedule A] annexed hereto shall be and become part of the Collateral referred to in the
Security Agreement and shall secure payment and performance of all Indebtedness as provided in the
Security Agreement and (b) that Schedule A shall be deemed to amend [Schedule 1.2/Schedule 1.1] by
supplementing the information provided on such Schedule with the information set forth on Schedule A.
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings therefor provided
in the Security Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
EXHIBIT B
JOINDER AGREEMENT
(Security Agreement)
THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT
(the Joinder Agreement) is dated as of
,
by
, a
(New Debtor).
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section of that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement dated as of September ____, 2008 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement) by and among QuinStreet, Inc. (the Borrower), the financial
institutions signatory thereto from time to time (the Banks) and Comerica Bank, as Agent for the
Banks (in such capacity, Agent), the New Debtor is required to execute and deliver a joinder
agreement to the Security Agreement.
WHEREAS, in order to comply with the Credit Agreement, New Debtor executes and delivers this
Joinder Agreement in accordance therewith.
NOW THEREFORE, as a further inducement to Banks to continue to provide credit accommodations
to the Borrower, New Debtor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
A. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit
Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.
B. New Debtor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section
7.13 of the Credit Agreement and does so in consideration of the Advances made or to be made
from time to time under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
C. Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] attached to this Joinder Agreement is intended to
supplement Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] of the Security Agreement with the respective
information applicable to New Debtor.
D. New Debtor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement,
the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Debtor under the Security Agreement as fully
as though New Debtor had executed and delivered the Security Agreement at the time originally
executed and delivered under the Credit Agreement and hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations
under the Security Agreement, all in accordance with the terms thereof and shall be deemed to have
made each representation and warranty set forth in the Security Agreement.
E. No Default or Event of Default (each such term being defined in the Credit Agreement) has
occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.
F. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan and shall be
binding upon New Debtor and its successors and assigns.
38
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned New Debtor has executed and delivered this Joinder
Agreement as of ____, ___.
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
Date:
|
|
|
To: |
|
Borrower
and
Comerica Bank (Agent) |
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of
the ___ day of September, 2008, (as amended, restated or otherwise
modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the
financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto
(individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower). |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein or
the context otherwise requires, all initially capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes notice to each of you of the proposed assignment and delegation by
[insert name of assignor] (the Assignor) to [insert name of assignee] (the
Assignee), and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Assignor hereby
sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor,
effective on the Effective Date (as hereafter defined) that undivided interest in each of
Assignors rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the
amounts as set forth on the attached Schedule 1, such that, after giving effect to the foregoing
assignment and assumption, and the concurrent assignment by Assignor to Assignee on the date
hereof, the Assignees interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding
Letters of Credit and Swing Line Advances) and the Term Loan shall be as set forth in the attached
Schedule 2 with respect to the Assignee.
The Assignor hereby instructs the Agent to make all payments from and including the Effective
Date hereof in respect of the interest assigned hereby, directly to the Assignee. The Assignor and
the Assignee agree that all interest and fees accrued up to, but not including, the Effective Date
of the assignment and delegation being made hereby are the property of the Assignor, and not the
Assignee. The Assignee agrees that, upon receipt of any such interest or fees accrued up to the
Effective Date, the Assignee will promptly remit the same to the Assignor.
The Assignee hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the
exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers
necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under
the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder. The Assignee
acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has
taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its Percentage been
granted and its loans been made directly by such Assignee to the Borrower without the intervention
of the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender; and (b) has made and will continue to make,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions
relating to the Credit Agreement. The Assignee further acknowledges and agrees that neither the
Agent, nor the Assignor has made any representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of
the Borrower or any other party to the Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with
respect to the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any
other of the Loan Documents. This assignment shall be made without recourse to or warranty by the
Assignor, except as set forth herein.
Assignee represents and warrants that it is a Person to which assignments are permitted
pursuant to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.
Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date:
|
13.1 |
|
the Assignee: (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to have assumed all of the
Assignors obligations thereunder to the extent of the Assignees percentage referred
to in the second paragraph of this Assignment Agreement, and to have all the rights
and obligations of a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if
it were an original signatory thereto to the extent specified in the second paragraph
hereof; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original signatory
thereto; and |
|
|
13.2 |
|
the Assignors obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall be reduced by the Percentage referred to in the second paragraph of
this Assignment Agreement. |
As used herein, the term Effective Date means the date on which all of the following have
occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:
|
(A) |
|
the delivery to the Agent of an original of this Assignment Agreement
executed by the Assignor and the Assignee; |
|
|
(B) |
|
the payment to the Agent, of all accrued fees, expenses and other items for
which reimbursement is then owing under the Credit Agreement; |
|
|
(C) |
|
the payment to the Agent of the processing fee referred to in Section
13.8(d)(1) of the Credit Agreement; and |
|
|
(D) |
|
all other restrictions and items noted in Section 13.8 of the Credit
Agreement have been completed. |
2
The Agent shall notify the Assignor and the Assignee, along with Borrower, of the Effective Date.
The Assignee hereby advises each of you of the following administrative details with respect
to the assigned loans:
|
(A) |
|
Address for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
Institution Name: |
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
Attention: |
|
|
|
|
Telephone: |
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: |
|
|
(B) |
|
Payment Instructions: |
|
|
(C) |
|
Proposed effective date of assignment. |
The Assignee has delivered to the Agent (or is delivering to the Agent concurrently herewith)
the tax forms referred to in Section 13.13 of the Credit Agreement to the extent required
thereunder, and other forms reasonably requested by the Agent. The Assignor has delivered to the
Agent (or shall promptly deliver to Agent following the execution hereof), the original of each
Note held by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement.
The laws of the State of California shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement
of this Agreement.
* * *
Signatures Follow on Succeeding Pages
3
Please evidence your consent to and acceptance of the proposed assignment and delegation set
forth herein by signing and returning counterparts hereof to the Assignor and the Assignee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ASSIGNOR] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ASSIGNEE] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO
this day of , 20___BY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[* |
|
Borrowers consent will be required except as specified in Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.] |
[This form of Assignment Agreement (including footnotes) is subject in all respects to the terms
and conditions of the Credit Agreement which shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies or
omissions.]
5
EXHIBIT I
FORM OF GUARANTY
EXHIBIT I
GUARANTY
This GUARANTY is made as of September ____, 2008 and is effective as of the Effective
Date by the undersigned guarantors (each a Guarantor and any and all collectively, the
Guarantors) to Comerica Bank, as the Agent (Agent) for and on behalf of the Lenders (as
defined below).
RECITALS:
A. QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower) has entered into that certain Revolving Credit and
Term Loan Agreement dated as of September , 2008 (as amended, supplemented, amended
and restated or otherwise modified from time to time the Credit Agreement) with each of the
financial institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and
assigns, the Lenders) and the Agent pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed, subject to the
satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial
accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.
B. As a condition to entering into and performing their respective obligations under the
Credit Agreement, the Lenders and the Agent have required that each of the Guarantors provide to
the Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, this Guaranty.
C. Each of the Guarantors desires to see the success of the Borrower and furthermore, each of
the Guarantors shall receive direct and/or indirect benefits from extensions of credit made or to
be made pursuant to the Credit Agreement to the Borrower.
D. The business operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors are interrelated and complement
one another, and such entities have a common business purpose; and (i) to permit their
uninterrupted and continuous operations, such entities now require and will from time to time
hereafter require funds and credit accommodations for general business purposes and (ii) the
proceeds of advances under the credit facilities extended under the Credit Agreement will directly
or indirectly benefit the Borrowers and the Guarantors hereunder, severally and jointly.
E. The Agent is acting as agent for the Lenders pursuant to Section 12 of the Credit
Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, to induce each of the Lenders to enter into and perform its obligations under
the Credit Agreement, each of the Guarantors has executed and delivered this guaranty (as amended
and otherwise modified from time to time, the Guaranty).
1. Definitions. Unless otherwise provided herein, all capitalized terms in this
Guaranty shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. The term Lenders as used
herein shall include any successors or assigns of the Lenders in accordance with the Credit
Agreement. In addition, the following term shall have the following meaning:
Guaranteed Obligations shall mean, collectively, all indebtedness,
liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders of every kind, nature or
description under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, including,
without limitation, principal, interest (including interest accruing on or after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency,
reorganization or like proceeding by or against Borrower, whether or not a claim for
post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such a proceeding and including,
without limitation, interest at the highest allowable per annum rate specified in
any document, instrument or agreement applicable to any of the indebtedness),
reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, and reasonable costs and expenses
(including without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
the Agent or any Lender) or otherwise, and any liabilities of any Credit Party to
Agent or any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products and payment
obligations of any Credit Party to Agent or any Lender arising under Hedging
Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements, and any and all other liabilities and
obligations, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now
existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, whether such indebtedness is now
existing or hereafter arising.
2. Guaranty. Each of the Guarantors, hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to the
Lenders the due and punctual payment to the Lenders when due, whether by acceleration or
otherwise, of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each of such Guarantors further jointly and severally
agree to pay any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees), that may be paid or
incurred by the Agent or any Lender in enforcing or preserving rights with respect to or
collecting any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to,
or collecting against the Guarantors under this Guaranty.
3. Unconditional Character of Guaranty. The obligations of each of the Guarantors
under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be a guaranty of payment and not
of collection, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, or any provision thereof, the absence of any action to enforce
the same, any waiver or consent with respect to or any amendment of any provision thereof (provided
that any amendment of this Guaranty shall be in accordance with the terms hereof), the recovery of
any judgment against any Person or action to enforce the same, any failure or delay in the
enforcement of the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation, defense or termination whether with
or without notice to the Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives diligence, demand for
payment, filing of claims with any court, any proceeding to enforce any provision of the Credit
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any right to require a proceeding first against
Borrower or against any other Guarantor or other Person providing collateral, or to exhaust any
security for the performance of the obligations of the Borrower, any protest, presentment, notice
or demand whatsoever, and each Guarantor hereby covenants that this Guaranty shall not be
terminated, discharged or released until, subject to Section 16 hereof, final payment in full of
all of the Guaranteed Obligations due and to become due from the Borrower, no Letters of Credit
shall be outstanding and the termination of any and all commitments to extend credit (whether
optional or obligatory)
2
under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and only to the extent of any such payment,
performance and discharge. Each Guarantor hereby further covenants that no security now or
subsequently held by the Agent or the Lenders for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations
(including, without limitation, any security for any of the foregoing), whether in the nature of a
security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or
otherwise, and no act, omission or other conduct of the Agent or the Lenders in respect of such
security, shall affect in any manner whatsoever the unconditional obligations of this Guaranty, and
that the Agent and each of the Lenders in their respective sole discretion and without notice to
any of the Guarantors, may release, exchange, enforce, apply the proceeds of and otherwise deal
with any such security without affecting in any manner the unconditional obligations of this
Guaranty.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantors under
this Guaranty, and the rights of the Agent to enforce the same, on behalf of the Lenders by
proceedings, whether by action at law, suit in equity or otherwise, shall not be in any way
affected to the extent permitted by applicable law, by (i) any insolvency, bankruptcy,
liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding up or other
proceeding involving or affecting Borrower, any or all of the Guarantors or any other Person or
any of their respective Affiliates including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting,
all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations in or as a result of any such proceeding; (ii) any change
in the ownership of any of the capital stock (or other ownership interests) of Borrower or any or
all of the Guarantors, or any other Person providing collateral for any of the Guaranteed
Obligations, or any of their respective Affiliates; (iii) the election by the Agent or any Lender,
in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, to apply or not apply Section 1111(b)(2) of the
Bankruptcy Code; (iv) any extension of credit or the grant of any security interest or lien under
Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code; (v) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision
of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person; (vi) the avoidance of any
security interest or lien in favor of the Agent or any Lender for any reason; (vii) any action
taken by the Agent or any Lender that is authorized by this paragraph or any other provision of
this Guaranty; or (viii) any other principle or provision of law, statutory or otherwise, which is
or might be in conflict with the terms hereof.
4. Waivers. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives to the fullest extent
possible under applicable law:
(a) any defense based upon or arising by reason of:
(i) the doctrine of marshaling of assets or upon an election of remedies by Agent or the
Lenders, including, without limitation, an election to proceed by non-judicial rather than
judicial foreclosure;
(ii) any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be
neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;
(iii) any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other Person;
3
(iv) the cessation or limitation from any cause whatsoever, other than final and
irrevocable payment in full, of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(v) any lack of authority of any officer, director, partner, agent or any other person acting
or purporting to act on behalf of either Borrower, or any defect in the formation of either
Borrower;
(vi) the application by Borrower of the proceeds of any Guaranteed Obligations for purposes
other than the purposes represented by the Borrower to the Lenders or intended or understood by
the Lenders or the Guarantors;
(vii) any act or omission by the Lenders which directly or indirectly results in or aids the
discharge of Borrower or any Guaranteed Obligations by operation of law or otherwise; or
(viii) any modification of Guaranteed Obligations, in any form whatsoever including without
limit any modification made after effective termination, and including without limit, the renewal,
extension, acceleration or other change in time for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, or
other change in the terms of any Guaranteed Obligations, including without limit increase or
decrease of the interest rate;
(b) any duty on the part of Agent or any of the Lenders to disclose to such Guarantor any
facts Agent or the Lenders may now or hereafter know about Borrower, regardless of whether Agent or
any Lender has reason to believe that any such facts materially increase the risk beyond that which
such Guarantor intends to assume or has reason to believe that such facts are unknown to such
Guarantor or has a reasonable opportunity to communicate such facts to such Guarantor;
(c) any other event or action (excluding compliance by such Guarantor with the provisions
hereof) that would result in the discharge by operation of law or otherwise of such Guarantor from
the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Guaranty;
and
(d) all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Agent or any
Lender.
Each Guarantor understands that, absent this waiver, the Agents election of remedies,
including but not limited to its decision to proceed to nonjudicial foreclosure on any real
property securing the Guaranteed Obligations, could preclude the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders,
from obtaining a deficiency judgment against Borrower and each Guarantor pursuant to California
Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 and could also destroy any subrogation
rights which such Guarantor has against Borrower. Each Guarantor further understands that, absent
this waiver, California law, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726, could afford such Guarantor one or more affirmative defenses to
any action maintained by the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, against such Guarantor on this
Guaranty.
4
Each Guarantor waives any and all rights and provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure
Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, including, but not limited to any provision thereof that: (i)
may limit the time period for the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to commence a lawsuit against
Borrower or any Guarantor to collect any of the Guaranteed Obligations owing by either Borrower or
any Guarantor to Lenders; (ii) may entitle Borrower or any Guarantor to a judicial or nonjudicial
determination of any deficiency owed by Borrower or any Guarantor to the Agent, on behalf of the
Lenders, or to otherwise limit the Agents right to collect a deficiency based on the fair market
value of such real property security; (iii) may limit the Agents right to collect a deficiency
judgment after a sale of any real property securing the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) may require
the Agent to take only one action to collect the Guaranteed Obligations or that may otherwise limit
the remedies available to the Agent to collect the Guaranteed Obligations.
Each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the
Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial
foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Agents and the
Lenders rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d
of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this
Guaranty, each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that such Guarantor may have because the
Guaranteed Obligations are secured by real property to the fullest extent permissible under
applicable law. This means, among other things:
1. The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may collect from any Guarantor without first
foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower to secure the
Guaranteed Obligations.
2. If the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, forecloses on any real property collateral pledged
by Borrower to secure the Guaranteed Obligations:
(a) The amount of the Guaranteed Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that
collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale
price.
(b) The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may collect from any Guarantor even if the Agent, on
behalf of the Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any
right that the any Guarantor may have to collect from either Borrower.
This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Guarantor may
have because the Guaranteed Obligations are secured by real property to the fullest extent
permissible under applicable law. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any
rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
Procedure.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS
GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY
AND ALL
5
BENEFITS, DEFENSES TO PAYMENT OR PERFORMANCE, OR ANY RIGHT TO PARTIAL OR COMPLETE EXONERATION
ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 2799, 2808,
2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, AND 2850.
Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that this is a knowing and informed waiver of
the undersigneds rights as discussed above and that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on this
waiver in extending credit to the Borrower.
5. Waiver of Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby waives any claim for
reimbursement, contribution, exoneration, indemnity or subrogation, or any other similar claim,
which such Guarantor may have or obtain against Borrower, by reason of the existence of this
Guaranty, or by reason of the payment by such Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the
performance of this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, until the
Guaranteed Obligations have been repaid and discharged in full, no Letters of Credit shall remain
outstanding and all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents (whether optional or obligatory) have been terminated. Any amounts paid to such
Guarantor on account of any such claim at any time when the obligations of such Guarantor under
this Guaranty shall not have been fully and finally paid shall be held by such Guarantor in trust
for Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and forthwith upon
receipt by such Guarantor shall be turned over to Agent in the exact form received by such
Guarantor (duly endorsed to Agent by such Guarantor, if required), to be applied to such
Guarantors obligations under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in such order and manner
as Agent may determine.
Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that this is a knowing and informed waiver of
the undersigneds rights as discussed above and that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on this
waiver in extending credit to the Borrower.
6. Other Transactions. The Agent and each of the Lenders may deal with the Borrower
and any security held by them for the obligations of the Borrower in the same manner and as freely
as if this Guaranty did not exist and the Agent shall be entitled, on behalf of the Lenders,
without notice to any of the Guarantors, among other things, to grant to the Borrower such
extension or extensions of time to perform any act or acts as may seem advisable to the Agent (on
behalf of the Lenders) at any time and from time to time, and to permit the Borrower to incur
additional indebtedness to the Agent, the Lenders, or any of them, without terminating, affecting
or impairing the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty or the obligations of the Guarantors
hereunder.
7. Remedies; Right to Offset. The Agent may proceed, either in its own name (on behalf
of the Lenders) or in the name of each or any of the Guarantors, or otherwise, to protect and
enforce any or all of its rights under this Guaranty by suit in equity, action at law or by other
appropriate proceedings, or to take any action authorized or permitted under applicable law, and
shall be entitled to require and enforce the performance of all acts and things required to be
performed hereunder by the Guarantors. Each and every remedy of the Agent and of the Lenders shall,
to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given
hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity.
6
At the option of the Agent, any or all of the Guarantors may be joined in any action or
proceeding commenced by the Agent against Borrower or any of the other parties providing Collateral
for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and recovery may be had against any or all of the Guarantors
in such action or proceeding or in any independent action or proceeding against any of them,
without any requirement that the Agent or the Lenders first assert, prosecute or exhaust any remedy
or claim against Borrower and/or any of the other parties providing Collateral for any of the
Guaranteed Obligations.
Each of the Guarantors acknowledges the rights of the Agent and of each of the Lenders,
subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, to offset against the
Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor to the Lenders under this Guaranty, any amount owing by
the Agent or the Lenders, or either or any of them to such Guarantors, whether represented by any
deposit of such Guarantors (or any of them) with the Agent or any of the Lenders or otherwise.
8. Right to Cure. Each of the Guarantors shall have the right to cure any Event of
Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents with respect to obligations of the
other Guarantors thereunder; provided that such cure is effected within the applicable grace period
or period for cure thereunder, if any; and provided further that such cure can be effected in
compliance with the Credit Agreement. Except to the extent of payments of principal, interest
and/or other sums actually received by the Agent or the Lenders pursuant to such cure, the exercise
of such right to cure by any Guarantor shall not reduce or otherwise affect the liability of any
other Guarantor under this Guaranty.
9. Borrowers Financial Condition. Each Guarantor delivers this Guaranty based solely
on its own independent investigation of (or decision not to investigate) the financial condition of
the Borrower and is not relying on any information furnished by Agent or the Lenders. Each
Guarantor assumes full responsibility to keep itself informed concerning the financial condition of
the Borrower and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed
Obligation, the status of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other matter which such Guarantor may
deem necessary or appropriate, now or later.
10. Representations and Warranties; Covenants. Each Guarantor (a) ratifies,
confirms and, by reference thereto (as fully as though such matters were expressly set forth
herein), represents and warrants with respect to itself those matters set forth in Article 6 of
the Credit Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor and those matters set forth in the
recitals hereto, and such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing
representations and warranties true and correct in all material respects so long as this Guaranty
shall be in effect; and (b) agrees to comply with the covenants set forth in Articles 7 and 8 of
the Credit Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor, and (ii) not to otherwise engage
in any action or inaction, the result of which would cause a violation of any term or condition of
the Credit Agreement.
11. Governing Law; Severability. This Guaranty has been delivered in California and
shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of,
and be enforceable in, the State of California. If any term or provision of this Guaranty or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the
7
remainder of this Guaranty, or the application of such term or provision to circumstances other
than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and
each term and provision of this Guaranty shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
12. Notice. All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and
other communications hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and
mailed, faxed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on Schedule 1
hereto; or, to such other address or number as shall be designated by such party in a written
notice to the other. All such notices, requests and communications shall, when sent by overnight
delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next business day) delivery, or
transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third
Business Day (as defined in the Credit Agreement) after the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or
if otherwise delivered, upon delivery.
13. Amendments; Future Subsidiaries. The terms of this Guaranty may not be altered,
modified, amended, supplemented or terminated in any manner whatsoever unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by or on behalf of the requisite Lenders as determined pursuant to the Credit
Agreement and the Guarantors. In accordance with the Credit Agreement, future Domestic Subsidiary
of either Borrower shall become obligated as Guarantors hereunder (each as fully as though an
original signatory hereto) by executing and delivering to the Agent and the Lenders that certain
joinder agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
14. No Waiver. No waiver or release shall be deemed to have been made by the Agent or
any of the Lenders of any of their respective rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by or on behalf of the requisite Lenders as determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement,
and any such waiver shall be a waiver or release only with respect to the specific matter and
Guarantor or Guarantors involved, and shall in no way impair the rights of the Agent or any of the
Lenders or the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty in any other respect at any other
time.
15. Joint and Several Obligation, etc. The obligation of each of the Guarantors
under this Guaranty shall be several and also joint, each with all and also each with any one or
more of the others, and may be enforced against each severally, any two or more jointly, or some
severally and some jointly. Any one or more of the Guarantors may be released from its obligations
hereunder with or without consideration for such release and the obligations of the other
Guarantors hereunder shall be in no way affected thereby. The Agent, on behalf of Lenders, may fail
or elect not to prove a claim against any bankrupt or insolvent Guarantor and thereafter, the Agent
and the Lenders may, without notice to any Guarantors, extend or renew any part or all of the
obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or otherwise, and may permit any such Person
to incur additional indebtedness, without affecting in any manner the unconditional obligation of
each of the Guarantors hereunder. Such action shall not affect any right of contribution among the
Guarantors.
16. Release; Reinstatement. Upon the satisfaction of the obligations of the
Guarantors hereunder, and when none of the Guarantors is subject to any obligation hereunder or
under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall deliver to such
8
Guarantors, upon written request therefor, (a) a written release of this Guaranty and (b)
appropriate discharges of any Collateral provided by the Guarantors for this Guaranty; provided
however that, the effectiveness of this Guaranty shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may
be, in the event: (x) that any payment received or credit given by the Agent or the Lenders, or any
of them, is returned, disgorged, rescinded or required to be recontributed to any party as an
avoidable preference, impermissible setoff, fraudulent conveyance, restoration of capital or
otherwise under any applicable state, federal or law of any jurisdiction, including laws pertaining
to bankruptcy or insolvency, and this Guaranty shall thereafter be enforceable against the
Guarantors as if such returned, disgorged, recontributed or rescinded payment or credit has not
been received or given by the Agent or the Lenders, and whether or not the Agent or any Lender
relied upon such payment or credit or changed its position as a consequence thereof or (y) that any
liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed against the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them,
relating to the environmental condition of any of property mortgaged or pledged to the Agent on
behalf of the Lenders by any Guarantor, Borrower or any other party as collateral (in whole or
part) for any indebtedness or obligation evidenced or secured by this Guaranty, whether such
condition is known or unknown, now exists or subsequently arises (excluding only conditions which
arise after acquisition by the Agent or any Lender of any such property, in lieu of foreclosure or
otherwise, due to the wrongful act or omission of the Agent or such Lenders, or any person other
than the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, or Affiliates of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries), and this
Guaranty shall thereafter be enforceable against the Guarantors to the extent of all such
liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by the Agent or
Lenders as the direct or indirect result of any such environmental condition but only for which the
Borrower is obligated to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement. For purposes
of this Guaranty environmental condition includes, without limitation, conditions
existing with respect to the surface or ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or
subsurface strata and the ambient air.
17. Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States federal or California state court sitting in the
County of Santa Clara, California in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that all claims
in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such United States
federal or California state court. Each of the Guarantors irrevocably consents to the service of
any and all process in any such action or proceeding brought in any court in or of the State of
California (and to the receipt of any and all notices hereunder) by the delivery of copies of such
process to Guarantors at their respective addresses specified in Schedule 1 hereof in the manner
set forth therein.
18. Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Guaranty are for
convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Guaranty.
19. Counterparts. This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
20. JURY TRIAL WAIVER. EACH GUARANTOR AND THE AGENT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE,
9
BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH
GUARANTOR AND THE AGENT, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL
OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY
RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS.
(a) In the event that the jury trial waiver contained in this Section 20 is not enforceable,
the parties elect to proceed as follows:
(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute
or claim (each, a Claim) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the
provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (CCP), or their
successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim,
including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in
the Agreement, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the
county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the Court).
(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial
foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help
remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv)
temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment,
writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Section does
not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in
clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items
described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not
waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Section.
(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of
the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any
party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the
Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex
parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte
relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to
the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).
(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings.
Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein
for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within
fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of
law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a
statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.
10
(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The
referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a partys
failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered, no
party shall be entitled to priority in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either
party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within
fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the
parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.
(g) Except as expressly set forth in this Section 16, the referee shall determine the manner
in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order
of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the
reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial,
shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court
reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be
provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the
obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referees power to award
costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the
court reporter at trial.
(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case
law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to
proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The
referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that
will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial,
including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee
shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of
the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be
entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried
by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the
right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered
by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written
statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new
trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.
(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and
no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be
determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration
will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act
§1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to
discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.
THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE
DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO
CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE
MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY,
DISPUTE OR
11
CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO
THIS AGREEMENT.
21. Limitation under Applicable Insolvency Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, it is the intention of the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders that
the amount of the respective Guarantors obligations hereunder shall be in, but not in excess of,
the maximum amount thereof not subject to avoidance or recovery by operation of applicable law
governing bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, relief of debtors,
dissolution, insolvency, fraudulent transfers or conveyances or other similar laws (collectively,
Applicable Insolvency Laws). To that end, but only in the event and to the extent that the
Guarantors respective obligations hereunder or any payment made pursuant thereto would, but for
the operation of the foregoing proviso, be subject to avoidance or recovery under Applicable
Insolvency Laws, the amount of the Guarantors respective obligations hereunder shall be limited to
the largest amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not, under Applicable Insolvency Laws,
render the Guarantors respective obligations hereunder unenforceable or avoidable or subject to
recovery under Applicable Insolvency Laws. To the extent any payment actually made hereunder
exceeds the limitation contained in this Section 21, then the amount of such excess shall, from and
after the time of payment by the Guarantors (or any of them), be reimbursed by the Lenders upon
demand by such Guarantors. The foregoing proviso is intended solely to preserve the rights of the
Agent and the Lenders hereunder against the Guarantors to the maximum extent permitted by
Applicable Insolvency Laws and neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor nor any other Person shall
have any right or claim under this Section 21 that would not otherwise be available under
Applicable Insolvency Laws.
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGES]
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned Guarantors has executed this Guaranty as of the
date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET PROPERTIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET MEDIA, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CYBERSPACE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELIABLEREMODELER.COM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ PUBLICATIONS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
SCHEDULE 1
INFORMATION FOR NOTICES
Comerica Bank
75 East Trimble Road, M/C 4770
San Jose, California 95131
Attention: Manager
Fax No.: (408) 556-5091
With a copy to:
Comerica Bank
2 Embarcadero Center, Suite 300
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attn: Phil Koblis Vice President
Fax No.: (415) 477-3260
[Guarantors]
Attention:
Phone:
Fax No.:
Attention:
Phone:
Fax No.:
EXHIBIT A
Joinder Agreement to Guaranty
THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT is dated as of ,
by
(New Guarantor).
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.14 of that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement dated as of September , 2008 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement) by and among QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower),
Comerica Bank, as agent for the Lenders (the Agent) and the financial institutions which
are parties thereto from time to time (Lenders), the Lenders have agreed to extend credit
to the Borrower on the terms set forth in the Credit Agreement and pursuant to Section 13 of that
certain Guaranty dated as of September ____, 2008 (as amended or otherwise modified from time
to time, the Guaranty) executed and delivered by the Guarantors named therein
(Guarantors) in favor of Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, the New Guarantor must
execute and deliver a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Guaranty.
NOW THEREFORE, as a further inducement to each of the Lenders to continue to provide credit
accommodations to the Borrower, New Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:
1. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit
Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.
2. New Guarantor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section
7.13 of the Credit Agreement and Section 13 of the Guaranty and does so in consideration of the
extension of the Guaranteed Obligations, from which New Guarantor shall derive direct and indirect
benefit as with the other Guarantors (all as set forth and on the same basis as in the Guaranty).
3. New Guarantor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit
Agreement, the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents, a Guarantor under the Guaranty and hereby
ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Guaranty, all in accordance with the terms
thereof.
4. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.
5. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall
be binding upon New Guarantor and its successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned New Guarantor has executed and delivered
this Joinder Agreement as of .
2
EXHIBIT J
FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT
TO: Comerica Bank, as Agent
RE: Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the ___day of September,
2008, (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement) by and
among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a Lender, and
any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank, as
Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower).
This Covenant Compliance Report (Report) is furnished pursuant to Section 7.2(a) of the Credit
Agreement and sets forth various information as of , 20___ (the Computation Date).
1. |
|
ADJUSTED QUICK RATIO (SECTION 7.9(A)). ON THE COMPUTATION DATE, THE ADJUSTED QUICK
RATIO, WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE NOT LESS THAN TO 1.00 WAS TO 1.00, AS COMPUTED IN
THE SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO AS SCHEDULE 1. |
|
2. |
|
FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO (SECTION 7.9(B)). ON THE COMPUTATION DATE, THE FIXED
CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO, WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE NOT LESS THAN TO 1.0 WAS TO 1.0
AS COMPUTED IN THE SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO AS SCHEDULE 2. |
|
3. |
|
FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO (SECTION 7.9(C)). ON THE COMPUTATION DATE, THE FUNDED
DEBT TO EBITDA RATIO, WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE NOT MORE THAN TO 1.0 WAS TO 1.0 AS
COMPUTED IN THE SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO AS SCHEDULE 2. |
The Borrowers Representative hereby certifies that:
A. To the best of my knowledge, all of the information set forth in this Report (and in any
Schedule attached hereto) is true and correct in all material respects.
B. To the best of my knowledge, the representation and warranties of the Credit Parties
contained in the Credit Agreement and in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and at
the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to
an earlier specific date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct
in all material respects as of the date when made.
C. I have reviewed the Credit Agreement and this Report is based on an examination sufficient
to assure that this Report is accurate.
D. To the best of my knowledge, except as stated in Schedule 5 hereto (which shall
describe any existing Default or Event of Default and the notice and period of existence
thereof and any action taken with respect thereto or contemplated to be taken by Borrower or any
other Credit Party), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of
this Report.
Capitalized terms used in this Report and in the Schedules hereto, unless specifically defined
to the contrary, have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower have caused this Report to be executed and delivered by the
Borrower Representative this ___ day of , ___.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT K
FORM OF TERM NOTE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower) promises to pay to the order of [insert name
of applicable financial institution] (Payee), in care of Agent, at San Jose, California, the
principal sum of [insert amount derived from Percentages] Dollars ($ ), or if
less, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made by the Payee, in lawful money
of the United States of America payable in quarterly principal installments each in the amount and
on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement (as defined below) until the Term Loan Maturity
Date, when the entire unpaid balance of principal and interest thereon shall be due and payable.
Interest shall be payable at the rate (including the default rate) and on the dates provided in the
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the ___ day of September,
2008, by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a
Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the Agent), and Borrower.
This Note evidences Term Loan Advances made under, is subject to, may be accelerated and may
be prepaid in accordance with, the terms of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby
made.
This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined
under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.
Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and
nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of
any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party
now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or
personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.
Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT L
FORM OF TERM LOAN RATE REQUEST
|
|
|
To:
|
|
Comerica Bank, as Agent |
|
|
|
RE:
|
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement)
is made as of the ___day of September, 2008, (as
amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement) by and among the financial
institutions from time to time signatory thereto
(individually a Lender, and any and all such financial
institutions collectively the Lenders), Comerica Bank,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc.
(Borrower). |
|
|
|
Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that the Lenders refund or
convert, as applicable, an Advance under the Term Loan from Lenders as follows: |
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Date of Refunding or Conversion of Advance:
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Type of Activity: |
|
|
|
|
|
o Refunding |
|
|
|
o Conversion |
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Type of Advance (check only one): |
|
|
|
|
|
o Prime-based Advance
o Eurodollar-based Advance |
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Amount of Advance: |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Interest Period (applicable to Eurodollar-based Advances) |
|
|
|
|
|
months (insert 1, 2 or 3) |
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
Disbursement Instructions |
|
|
|
|
|
o Comerica Bank Account No.
|
|
|
|
o Other: |
|
|
|
Borrower hereby certifies as follows:
1. There is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the
refunding or conversion of such Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to
such Advance); and
2. The representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in the Credit Agreement
and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date of this Request (both before and immediately after
giving effect to such Request), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks
only as of a different date.
Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them
in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT M
FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE
, ___
[Name of Lender]
Re: |
|
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (Agreement) is made as of the ___day of
September, 2008, (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit
Agreement) by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto
(individually a Lender, and any and all such financial institutions collectively the
Lenders), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
Agent) and QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower). |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Pursuant to subsection 2.5(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby acknowledges
receipt from you of $ as payment for a participating interest in the following
Swing Line Loan:
Date of Swing Line Loan:
Principal Amount of Swing Line Loan:
The participation evidenced by this certificate shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement including without limitation Section 2.5(e) thereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
Comerica Bank, as Agent
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
EXHIBIT N
NEW BANK ADDENDUM
THIS NEW BANK ADDENDUM, dated _____________, to the Revolving
Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 (as otherwise amended or modified
from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower), each of the
financial institutions parties thereto (collectively, the Banks) and Comerica Bank, as Agent for
the Banks.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement provides in Section 2.13 thereof that a financial institution,
although not originally a party thereto, may become a party to the Credit Agreement with the
consent of the Borrower and the Agent by executing and delivering to the Agent a New Bank Addendum
to the Credit Agreement in substantially the form of this New Bank Addendum; and
WHEREAS, the undersigned New Bank was not an original party to the Credit Agreement but now
desires to become a party thereto;
NOW, THEREFORE, the New Bank hereby agrees as follows:
The New Bank hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the
exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers
necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under
the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder. The New Bank
acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has
taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its commitment
been granted and its loans been made directly by such New Bank to the Borrower without the
intervention of the Agent or any other Bank; and (b) has made and will continue to make,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions relating to
the Credit Agreement. The New Bank further acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has made any
representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other party to the
Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with respect to the legality, validity,
sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any other of the Loan Documents.
New Bank represents and warrants that it is a Person to which assignments are permitted
pursuant to Sections 13.8(c) and (d) of the Credit Agreement.
Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date (as
defined below):
|
(a) |
|
the New Bank (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to have all the rights and
|
|
|
|
obligations of a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as
if it were an original signatory; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and
conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it
were an original signatory thereto; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
the New Bank shall be a Revolving Credit Bank and its Percentage of the
Revolving Credit (and its risk participation in Letters of Credit) shall be as set
forth in the attached revised Schedule 1.2 (Percentages); provided any fees paid prior
to the Effective Date, including any Letter of Credit Fees, shall not be recalculated,
redistributed or reallocated by Company, Agent or the Banks. |
As used herein, the term Effective Date means the date on which all of the following have
occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:
(1) the Borrower shall have paid to the Agent, all interest, fees (including the Revolving
Credit Facility Fee) and other amounts, if any, accrued to the Effective Date for which
reimbursement is then owing under the Credit Agreement;
(2) New Bank shall have remitted to the Agent funds in an amount equal to its Percentage of
all Advances of the Revolving Credit outstanding as of the Effective Date; and
(3) the Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent for the New Bank, a new
Revolving Credit Note payable to such New Bank in the face amount of such New Banks Percentage of
the Revolving Credit Maximum Amount (after giving effect to this New Bank Addendum, and any other
New Bank Addendum executed concurrently herewith).
The Agent shall notify the New Bank, along with Company, of the Effective Date. The New Bank
shall deliver herewith to the Agent administrative details with respect to the funding and
distribution of Advances (and Letters of Credit) as requested by Agent.
Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have their
defined meanings when used herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this New Bank Addendum to be executed and
delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of New Bank]
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
Accepted this day of , 20 __.
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted this day of , 20 __.
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w14
Exhibit
10.14
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT OF
REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT INCREASE
November 18, 2009
To: Borrower and Agent
Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of
September 29, 2008 (as otherwise amended or modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement),
among QuinStreet, Inc. (Borrower), each of the financial institutions parties thereto
(collectively, the Lenders) and Comerica Bank, as Agent for the Lenders.
Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, effective as of the Effective
Date (as defined below), such Lenders Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Percentage
shall be as set forth in the attached revised Schedule 1.2 (Percentages). To facilitate the
foregoing, each undersigned, which as a result of the adjustments of Revolving Credit Percentages
evidenced by the attached revised Schedule 1.2 is to have a greater principal amount of Revolving
Credit Advances than it had outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date, shall remit to
Agent immediately available funds in amounts sufficient to cover such greater principal amount of
Revolving Credit Advances (and the Agent shall, to the extent of the funds so received, disburse
funds to each Lender which, as a result of the adjustment of the Revolving Credit Percentages, is
to have a lesser principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances outstanding than such Lender had
under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Effective Date). Each of the undersigned
acknowledges and agrees that any fees paid prior to the Effective Date, including any Letter of
Credit Fees, shall not be recalculated, redistributed or reallocated by Borrower, Agent or the
other Lenders.
As used herein, the term Effective Date means the date the Agent shall have received (i) for
each of the undersigned, a fully executed replacement Revolving Credit Note payable to each of the
undersigned in the amount of the undersigneds Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit,
as set forth in the attached revised Schedule 1.2 and (ii) a non-refundable fee in an amount equal
to 50 basis points on the increase of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, for distribution
to the undersigned Lenders based on their share of such increase.
The Agent shall notify the undersigned and the Borrower of the Effective Date.
Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have their
defined meanings when used herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Acknowledgment and Agreement to be
executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK, as Lender and as Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Illegible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
Senior
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Illegible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
SVP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNION BANK, N.A. (f/k/a Union Bank of California), as a
Lender
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Illegible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its: |
Assistant
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
Acknowledged and accepted by:
|
|
Quinstreet, Inc. |
|
By: |
|
Douglas
Valenti |
|
Its: |
|
CEO |
Quinstreet, Inc.
Schedule 1.2
Percentages and Allocations
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVOLVING |
|
REVOLVING |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT |
|
CREDIT |
|
TERM LOAN |
|
TERM LOAN |
|
WEIGHTED |
LENDERS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
ALLOCATIONS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
|
ALLOCATIONS |
|
PERCENTAGE |
Comerica Bank |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
35,000,000 |
|
|
|
35 |
% |
|
$ |
9,450,000 |
|
|
|
35.00 |
% |
Union Bank |
|
|
25 |
% |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
|
|
25 |
% |
|
$ |
6,750,000 |
|
|
|
25.00 |
% |
Bank of America |
|
|
26 |
% |
|
$ |
26,000,000 |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
$ |
5,400,000 |
|
|
|
24.72 |
% |
Wells Fargo |
|
|
14 |
% |
|
$ |
14,000,000 |
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
$ |
5,400,000 |
|
|
|
15.28 |
% |
TOTALS |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
100,000,000 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
$ |
27,000,000 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
exv10w16
Exhibit 10.16
PARKSIDE TOWERS
FOSTER CITY, CALIFORNIA
OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership
(LANDLORD)
AND
QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation
(TENANT)
OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (the Lease) is made and entered into as of the 2nd day of
June, 2003, by and between CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership (Landlord) and QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation (Tenant). The following
exhibits and attachments are incorporated into and made a part of the Lease: Exhibit A (Outline and
Location of Premises), Exhibit B (Expenses and Taxes), Exhibit C (Work Letter), Exhibit C-1
(Plans), Exhibit C-2 (Building Standards), Exhibit D (Commencement Letter), Exhibit E (Building
Rules and Regulations), Exhibit F (Additional Provisions), Exhibit F-1 (Refusal Space), Exhibit G
(Parking Agreement) and Exhibit H (Form of Letter of Credit).
1. Basic Lease Information.
|
1.01 |
|
Building shall collectively mean the buildings and retail concourse in Foster City,
California, located at 1001 East Hillsdale Boulevard (the West Tower), 1031 A-F East
Hillsdale Boulevard (the Retail Concourse), and 1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard (the East
Tower). Rentable Square Footage of the Building is deemed to be 398,460 square feet
based upon the combined rentable area of the West Tower, the Retail Concourse and the East
Tower. |
|
|
1.02 |
|
Premises shall mean the area shown on Exhibit A to this Lease. The Premises is
located on the eighth floor of the East Tower and known as suite 800. If the Premises
include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located
on such full floor(s) shall be considered part of the Premises. The Rentable Square
Footage of the Premises is deemed to be 35,435 square feet. Landlord and Tenant stipulate
and agree that the Rentable Square Footage of the Building and the Rentable Square Footage
of the Premises are correct. |
|
|
1.03 |
|
Base Rent: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Rate |
|
Monthly |
Months of Term |
|
Per Square Foot |
|
Base Rent |
1 - 12
|
|
$ |
22.80 |
|
|
$ |
67,326.50 |
|
13 - 24
|
|
$ |
24.60 |
|
|
$ |
72,641.75 |
|
25 - 36
|
|
$ |
26.40 |
|
|
$ |
77,957.00 |
|
37 - 48
|
|
$ |
27.60 |
|
|
$ |
81,500.50 |
|
49 - 60
|
|
$ |
28.80 |
|
|
$ |
85,044.00 |
|
61 - 72
|
|
$ |
30.00 |
|
|
$ |
88,587.50 |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything in this Section of the Lease to the contrary, so long as
Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement
of Base Rent in the amount of $67,326.50 per month for three consecutive full calendar
months of the Term, beginning with the first full calendar month of the Term (the
Base Rent Abatement Period). The total amount of Base Rent abated during the Base
Rent Abatement Period shall equal $201,979.50 (the Abated Base Rent). If Tenant
defaults at any time during the Term and fails to cure such default within any
applicable cure period under the Lease, all Abated Base Rent shall immediately become
due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the Abated Base Rent in the event of a
default shall not limit or affect any of Landlords other rights, pursuant to this
Lease or at law or in equity. During the Base Rent Abatement Period, only Base Rent
shall be abated, and all Additional Rent and other costs and charges specified in this
Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. |
|
|
1.04 |
|
Tenants Pro Rata Share: 8.8930%. For purposes of determining Tenants Pro Rata
Share, and as used throughout Exhibit B of this Lease, the Building shall mean,
collectively, the West Tower, the Retail Concourse and the East Tower, it being understood
and agreed that all of the foregoing buildings, collectively, are treated as a single
building for purposes of obtaining or providing services or otherwise determining Expenses
and/or Taxes. In calculating Tenants Pro Rata Share of Expenses and/or Taxes with respect
to the Premises, the Rentable Square Footage of the Building described in Section 1.01
above reflects the combined rentable area in the foregoing buildings, collectively, and
Tenants Pro Rata Share with respect to the Premises, as described above, is based upon
the foregoing Rentable Square Footage of the Building. However, notwithstanding the
foregoing, if one or more buildings are removed from the group of buildings comprising the
Building, as described above in this Section, whether as a result of a sale or demolition
of the building(s) or otherwise, or if one or more buildings owned by Landlord are added to
the group of buildings comprising the Building, as |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
|
|
|
described above in this Section, then the definition of Building and the Rentable
Square Footage of the Building, as described in this Section 1, and Tenants Pro
Rata Share with respect to the Premises, shall be appropriately modified or adjusted
to reflect the deletion or addition of such buildings, and, if Tenants Pro Rata Share
of Expenses and/or Taxes with respect to the Premises is based upon increases in
Expenses and/or Taxes over a Base Year, then Expenses and/or Taxes for the Base Year
shall be restated on a going forward basis effective as of the date such buildings are
deleted or added to the definition of Building as described in this Section. |
|
1.05 |
|
Base Year for Taxes (defined in Exhibit B): 2004; Base Year for Expenses (defined
in Exhibit B): 2004. |
|
|
1.06 |
|
Term: A period of 72 months. Subject to Section 3, the Term shall commence on October
15, 2003 (the Commencement Date) and, unless terminated early in accordance with this
Lease, end on October 14, 2009 (the Termination Date). |
|
|
1.07 |
|
[Intentionally Omitted.] |
|
|
1.08 |
|
Security Deposit: $177,175.00, as more fully described in Section 6. |
|
|
1.09 |
|
Guarantor(s): None. |
|
|
1.10 |
|
Broker(s): Wayne Mascia Associates. |
|
|
1.11 |
|
Permitted Use: General office use. |
|
|
1.12 |
|
Notice Address(es): |
|
|
|
|
|
Landlord: |
|
Tenant: |
|
CA-Parkside Towers Limited Partnership
|
|
Prior to Commencement Date: |
|
c/o Equity Office Management, L.L.C.
|
|
301 Constitution Drive |
|
725 Saginaw Drive
|
|
Menlo Park, CA 94025 |
|
Redwood City, California 94063
|
|
Attn: Michael McDonough |
|
Attention: Property Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
Following the Commencement Date: |
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard |
|
|
|
Suite 800 |
|
|
|
Foster City, CA 94404 |
|
|
|
Attn: Michael McDonough |
|
|
|
A copy of any notices to Landlord shall be sent to Equity Office, Two North Riverside
Plaza, Suite 2100, Chicago, Illinois, 60606, Attn: San Francisco Regional Counsel. |
|
|
1.13 |
|
Business Day(s) are Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of New Years Day,
Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas
Day (Holidays). Landlord may designate additional Holidays that are commonly recognized
by other office buildings in the area where the Building is located. Building Service
Hours are 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Business Days. |
|
|
1.14 |
|
Landlord Work means the work that Landlord is obligated to perform in the Premises
pursuant to a separate agreement (the Work Letter) attached to this Lease as Exhibit C. |
|
|
1.15 |
|
Property means the Building and the parcel(s) of land on which it is located and, at
Landlords discretion, the parking facilities and other improvements, if any, serving the
Building and the parcel(s) of land on which they are located. |
2. Lease Grant.
The Premises are hereby leased to Tenant from Landlord, together with the right to use any
portions of the Property that are designated by Landlord for the common use of tenants and others
(the Common Areas).
3. Adjustment of Commencement Date; Possession.
3.01 If Landlord is required to perform Landlord Work prior to the Commencement Date: (a) the
date set forth in Section 1.06 as the Commencement Date shall instead be defined as the Target
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
Commencement
Date; (b) the actual Commencement Date shall be the date on which the Landlord Work
is Substantially Complete (defined below); and (c) the Termination Date will the last day of the
Term as determined based upon the actual Commencement Date. Landlords failure to Substantially
Complete the Landlord Work by the Target Commencement Date shall not be a default by Landlord or
otherwise render Landlord liable for damages; provided, however, that if the Commencement Date has
not occurred on or before October 16, 2003 (the Outside Completion Date), Tenant shall be
entitled to a rent abatement following the Commencement Date, in addition to the Abated Base Rent
described in Section 1.03, of $2,171.82 for every day in the period beginning on the Outside
Completion Date and ending on the Commencement Date. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that
the Outside Completion Date shall be postponed by the number of days the Commencement Date is
delayed due to events of Force Majeure. Promptly after the determination of the Commencement Date,
Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a commencement letter agreement in the form attached as
Exhibit D. If the Termination Date does not fall on the last day of a calendar month, Landlord and
Tenant may elect to adjust the Termination Date to the last day of the calendar month in which
Termination Date occurs by the mutual execution of a commencement letter agreement setting forth
such adjusted date. The Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on the later
of (a) the date that all Landlord Work has been performed, other than any details of construction,
mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter, the non-completion of which does not materially
interfere with Tenants use of the Premises, in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance
with the Plans (as defined in the Work Letter and subject to any revisions to the Plans approved by
Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the Work Letter), and (b) the date Landlord receives from
the appropriate governmental authorities all approvals necessary for the occupancy of the Premises.
If Landlord is delayed in the performance of the Landlord Work as a result of the acts or omissions
of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties (defined in Section 13) or their respective contractors or
vendors, including, without limitation, changes requested by Tenant to approved plans, Tenants
failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Lease, or the specification of any
materials or equipment with long lead times (a Tenant Delay), the Landlord Work shall be deemed
to be Substantially Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to
Substantially Complete the Landlord Work absent any Tenant Delay.
3.02 Subject to Landlords obligation to perform Landlord Work and the Common Area Work, the
Premises are accepted by Tenant in as is condition and configuration without any representations
or warranties by Landlord. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises
are in good order and satisfactory condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except to the extent
caused by Tenant or any Tenant Related Party, as of the Commencement Date, the Building electrical,
heating, ventilation and air conditioning, mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Premises and
the Common Areas of the Building shall be in good order and satisfactory condition and in
compliance with applicable Laws (as defined in Section 5). If the foregoing are not in good working
order or compliance as provided above, Landlord shall be responsible for repairing or restoring
same, or correcting such violations, at its cost and expense, provided that the foregoing shall not
prohibit Landlord from including the cost of routine maintenance and repair of such Building
systems in Expenses as otherwise permitted under Section 4.02 hereof. If Tenant takes possession of
the Premises before the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay Rent (defined in Section 4.01) to Landlord for each
day of possession before the Commencement Date. However, except for the reasonable cost of services
requested by Tenant (e.g. freight elevator usage), Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent for any
days of possession before the Commencement Date during which Tenant, with the approval of Landlord,
is in possession of the Premises for the sole purpose of performing improvements or installing
furniture, equipment or other personal property. Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to the
terms of this Section 3.02, Landlord grants Tenant the right to enter the Premises, at Tenants
sole risk, thirty (30) days prior to Landlords then reasonable estimate of the Commencement Date,
for the purpose of installing telecommunications and data cabling, fiber optic links, equipment,
furnishings and other personalty, and for conducting business operations in the Premises. Landlord
may withdraw such permission to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date at any time that
Landlord reasonably determines that such entry by Tenant is causing a dangerous situation for
Landlord, Tenant or their respective contractors or employees, or if Landlord reasonably
determines that such entry by Tenant is hampering or otherwise preventing Landlord from
proceeding with the completion of Landlords Work at the earliest possible date.
4. Rent.
4.01 Tenant shall pay Landlord, without any setoff or deduction, unless expressly set forth in
this Lease, all Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the Term (collectively referred to as
Rent). Additional Rent means all sums (exclusive of Base Rent) that Tenant is required to pay
Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes (but
excluding income taxes), if any, imposed upon or measured by Rent. Base Rent and recurring monthly
charges of Additional Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar
month without notice or demand, provided that the installment of Base Rent for the fourth (subject
to Tenants right to receive Abated Base Rent pursuant to Section 1.03 of this Lease) full calendar
month of the Term, and the first monthly installment of Additional Rent for Expenses and Taxes,
shall be payable upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant. All other items of Rent shall be due
and payable by Tenant on or
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
3
before 30 days after billing by Landlord. Rent shall be made payable to the entity, and sent to the
address, Landlord designates and shall be made by good and sufficient check or by other means
acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord an administration fee equal to 5% of all past due
Rent, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to a grace period of 5 days for the first 2 late
payments of Rent in a calendar year. In addition, past due Rent shall accrue interest at a rate per
annum equal to the Bank of America prime rate, as the same may be announced from time to time,
plus two percent (2%). Landlords acceptance of less than the correct amount of Rent shall be
considered a payment on account of the earliest Rent due. Rent for any partial month during the
Term shall be prorated. No endorsement or statement on a check or letter accompanying payment shall
be considered an accord and satisfaction. Tenants covenant to pay Rent is independent of every
other covenant in this Lease.
4.02 Tenant shall pay Tenants Pro Rata Share of Taxes and Expenses in accordance Exhibit B of
this Lease.
5. Compliance with Laws; Use.
The Premises shall be used for the Permitted Use and for no other use whatsoever. Tenant shall
comply with all statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or
governmental entity whether in effect now or later, including the Americans with Disabilities Act
(Law(s)), regarding the operation of Tenants business and the use, condition, configuration and
occupancy of the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply
with any Laws that relate to the Base Building (defined below), but only to the extent such
obligations are triggered by Tenants use of the Premises, other than for general office use, or
Alterations or improvements in the Premises performed or requested by Tenant other than the
Landlord Work. Base Building shall include the structural portions of the Building, the public
restrooms and the Building mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems and equipment located in the
internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense (except to the extent
properly included in Expenses), shall be responsible for correcting any violations of Laws with
respect to the Premises, provided that Landlords obligation shall be limited to violations that
arise out of or prior to the Landlord Work. Landlord shall have the right to contest any alleged
violation in good faith, including, without limitation, the right to apply for and obtain a waiver
or deferment of compliance, the right to assert any and all defenses allowed by Law and the right
to appeal any decisions, judgments or rulings to the fullest extent permitted by Law. Landlord,
after the exhaustion of any and all rights to appeal or contest, will make all repairs, additions,
alterations or improvements necessary to comply with the terms of any final order or judgment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, not Landlord, shall be responsible for the correction of any
violations that arise out of or in connection with any claims brought under any provision of the
Americans with Disabilities Act other than Title III, the specific nature of Tenants business in
the Premises (other than general office use), the acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents,
employees or contractors, Tenants arrangement of any furniture, equipment or other property in the
Premises, any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant
(other than the Landlord Work) and any design or configuration of the Premises specifically
requested by Tenant after being informed that such design or configuration may not be in strict
compliance with the ADA. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies of any notices it
receives regarding an alleged violation of Law. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations
of the Building attached as Exhibit E and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by
Landlord from time to time, including rules and regulations for the performance of Alterations
(defined in Section 9).
6. Security Deposit.
The Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease by Tenant
and held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by Law) as security for the
performance of Tenants obligations. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a
measure of damages. Landlord may use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to satisfy past due
Rent or to cure any Default (defined in Section 18) by Tenant. If Landlord uses any portion of the
Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand, restore the Security Deposit to its
original amount. Landlord shall return any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant
within 30 days after the later to occur of the Termination Date or the date Tenant surrenders the
Premises to Landlord in compliance with Section 25. In addition to any other deductions Landlord is
entitled to make pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord shall have the right to make a good faith
estimate of any unreconciled Expenses and/or Taxes as of the Termination Date and to deduct any
anticipated shortfall from the Security Deposit. Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to a
successor or transferee and, following the assignment, Landlord shall have no further liability for
the return of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit
separate from its other accounts. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the
California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.
The Security Deposit may be in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit (the
Letter of Credit), which Letter of Credit shall: (a) be in the amount of $177,175.00;
(b) be issued on the form attached
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
4
hereto as Exhibit H; (c) name Landlord as its beneficiary; and (d) be drawn on an FDIC insured
financial institution satisfactory to the Landlord. The Letter of Credit (and any renewals or
replacements thereof) shall be for a term of not less than 1 year. Tenant agrees that it shall from
time to time, as necessary, whether as a result of a draw on the Letter of Credit by Landlord
pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in effect, renew or
replace the original and any subsequent Letter of Credit so that a Letter of Credit, in the amount
required hereunder, is in effect until a date which is at least 60 days after the Termination Date
of the Lease. If Tenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least 60 days prior to the
stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, Landlord may draw upon such
Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) as a
Security Deposit pursuant to the terms of this Section 6. Any renewal or replacement of the
original or any subsequent Letter of Credit shall meet the requirements for the original Letter of
Credit as set forth above, except that such replacement or renewal shall be issued by an FDIC
insured financial institution satisfactory to the Landlord at the time of the issuance thereof.
If Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit as permitted in this Lease or the Letter of Credit,
then, upon demand of Landlord, Tenant shall restore the amount available under the Letter of Credit
to its original amount by providing Landlord with an amendment to the Letter of Credit evidencing
that the amount available under the Letter of Credit has been restored to its original amount. In
the alternative, Tenant may provide Landlord with cash, to be held by Landlord in accordance with
this Article, equal to the restoration amount required under the Letter of Credit.
7. Building Services.
7.01 Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following services: (a) water for use in the Base
Building lavatories, and for any fixtures which would normally be found in a general office space for
use of all employees therein (for example, without limitation, drinking fountains and fixtures and
equipment that may be found in a kitchenette breakroom area, such as a sink, icemaker, dishwasher, and water
lines to a refrigerator; collectively, the Breakroom Fixtures). Even though same may be located in
the Premises, Landlord agrees to be responsible for the maintenance and repair of any fixtures and
water lines serving the lavatories on each floor on which the Premises are located, except to the
extent caused by any misuse or vandalism of Tenant, its employees, contractors or any other parties in the
Premises at the invitation of Tenant. However, Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenants cost, for the
repair and maintenance of the water line(s) and fixtures within the Premises relating to any Breakroom
Fixtures; (b) customary heat and air conditioning in season during Building Service Hours. Tenant shall
have the right to receive HVAC service during hours other than Building Service Hours by paying
Landlords then standard charge for additional HVAC service and providing such prior notice as is reasonably
specified by Landlord; (c) standard janitorial service on Business Days; (d) Elevator service, provided
that Landlord shall lock off elevator access to the fourth through seventh floors of the Building
so long as the same are unoccupied; (e) Electricity in accordance with the terms and conditions in Section
7.02; and (f) a permanent security desk in the lobby of the Building, (g) such other services as Landlord
reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate for the Property.
7.02 Electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall, at Landlords option, be paid for by
Tenant either: (a) through inclusion in Expenses (except as provided for excess usage); (b) by a
separate charge payable by Tenant to Landlord; or (c) by separate charge billed by the applicable
utility company and payable directly by Tenant. Without the consent of Landlord, Tenants use of
electrical service shall not exceed, either in voltage, rated capacity, use beyond Building Service
Hours or overall load, that which Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Building. For
purposes hereof, such standard for the Building is: (i) a design load of 1.6 watts per square foot
of net usable floor area for all building standard overhead lighting located within the Premises
which requires a voltage of 480/277 volts; and (ii) a connected load of 5 watts per square foot of
net usable area for all equipment located and operated within the Premises which requires a voltage
of 120/208 volts single phase or less, it being understood that electricity required to operate the
base building HVAC system is not included within or deducted from such 5 watts per square foot
described in this subsection. Landlord shall have the right to measure electrical usage by commonly
accepted methods. If it is determined that Tenant is using excess electricity, Tenant shall pay
Landlord for the cost of such excess electrical usage as Additional Rent.
7.03 Landlords failure to furnish, or any interruption, diminishment or termination of
services due to the application of Laws, the failure of any equipment, the performance of repairs,
improvements or alterations, utility interruptions or the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure
(defined in Section 26.03) (collectively a Service
Failure) shall not render Landlord liable to
Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant, give rise to an abatement of Rent, nor
relieve Tenant from the obligation to fulfill any covenant or agreement. However, if the Premises,
or a material portion of the Premises, are made untenantable for a period in excess of 3
consecutive Business Days as a result of a Service Failure that is reasonably within the control of
Landlord to correct, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of
Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the 4th consecutive Business Day
of the Service Failure and ending on the day the service has been restored. If the entire
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
5
Premises have not been rendered untenantable by the Service Failure, the amount of abatement shall
be equitably prorated.
8. Leasehold Improvements.
All improvements in and to the Premises, including any Alterations (collectively, Leasehold
Improvements) shall remain upon the Premises at the end of the Term without compensation to
Tenant. Landlord, however, by written notice to Tenant at least 30 days prior to the Termination
Date, may require Tenant, at its expense, to remove (a) any Cable (defined in Section 9.01)
installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, and (b) any Landlord Work or Alterations that, in
Landlords reasonable judgment, are of a nature that would require removal and repair costs that
are materially in excess of the removal and repair costs associated with standard office
improvements (collectively referred to as Required Removables). Required Removables shall
include, without limitation, internal stairways, raised floors, personal baths and showers, vaults,
rolling file systems and structural alterations and modifications. The designated Required
Removables shall be removed by Tenant before the Termination Date. Tenant shall repair damage
caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables. If Tenant fails to perform its
obligations in a timely manner, Landlord may perform such work at Tenants expense. Tenant, at the
time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise
Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion of the Alteration is a Required Removable. Within 10
days after receipt of Tenants request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which
portions of the Alteration are Required Removables. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to
the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to remove any portion of the Landlord Work shown on the
Plans as of the date of this Lease, as such terms are defined in the Work Letter.
9. Repairs and Alterations.
9.01 Tenant shall periodically inspect the Premises to identify any conditions that are
dangerous or in need of maintenance or repair. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with notice
of any such conditions. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and
repairs to the Premises that are not Landlords express responsibility under this Lease, and keep
the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenants repair and
maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (a) floor covering; (b) interior
partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, phone and data
cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant
(collectively, Cable); (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens, including hot water
heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant; and (g) Alterations. To the
extent Landlord is not reimbursed by insurance proceeds, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the
cost of repairing damage to the Building caused by the acts of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties and
their respective contractors and vendors. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for
more than 15 days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an
emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs,
together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 5% of the cost of the repairs.
9.02 Landlord shall keep and maintain in good repair and working order and perform maintenance
upon the: (a) structural elements of the Building; (b) mechanical (including HVAC), electrical,
plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building in general; (c) Common Areas; (d) roof
of the Building; (e) exterior windows of the Building; and (f) elevators serving the Building.
Landlord shall promptly make repairs for which Landlord is responsible. Tenant hereby waives any
and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of
the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect.
9.03 Tenant shall not make alterations, repairs, additions or improvements or install any Cable
(collectively referred to as Alterations) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord
in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlords
consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a
Cosmetic Alteration): (a) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging
pictures and installing carpeting; (b) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or
Building; (c) will not affect the Base Building; and (d) does not require work to be performed
inside the walls or above the ceiling of the Premises. Cosmetic Alterations shall be subject to all
the other provisions of this Section 9.03. Prior to starting work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord
with plans and specifications; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided
that Landlord may designate specific contractors with respect to Base Building); required permits
and approvals; evidence of contractors and subcontractors insurance in amounts reasonably
required by Landlord and naming Landlord as an additional insured; and any security for performance
in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Changes to the plans and specifications must also be
submitted to Landlord for its approval. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike
manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for any sums paid by Landlord for third party examination of Tenants plans for
non-Cosmetic Alterations, in addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee for Landlords oversight and
coordination of any non-Cosmetic Alterations equal to 2% of the cost of the Alterations. Upon
completion, Tenant shall furnish as-built plans for non-Cosmetic Alterations, completion
affidavits and
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
6
full and final waivers of lien. Landlords approval of an Alteration shall not be deemed a
representation by Landlord that the Alteration complies with Law.
10. Entry by Landlord.
Landlord may enter the Premises to inspect, show or clean the Premises or to perform or
facilitate the performance of repairs, alterations or additions to the Premises or any portion of
the Building. Except in emergencies or to provide Building services, Landlord shall provide Tenant
with reasonable prior (not less than 24 hours, except for entry during the last 9 months of the
Term for purposes of showing the Premises to prospective tenants) verbal notice of entry and shall
use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenants use of the Premises. If
reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform
repairs, alterations and additions. However, except in emergencies, Landlord will not close the
Premises if the work can reasonably be completed on weekends and after Building Service Hours.
Entry by Landlord shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement or
reduction of Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord temporarily closes the Premises as
provided above for a period in excess of 2 consecutive Business Days, Tenant, as its sole remedy,
shall be entitled to receive a per diem abatement of Base Rent during the period beginning on the
3rd consecutive Business Day of closure and ending on the date on which the Premises are
returned to Tenant in a tenantable condition. Tenant, however, shall not be entitled to an
abatement if the repairs, alterations and/or additions to be performed are required as a result of
the acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, including, without
limitation, a default by Tenant in its maintenance and repair obligations under the Lease.
11. Assignment and Subletting.
11.01 Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 11.04), Tenant shall
not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Lease or allow any third party to
use any portion of the Premises (collectively or individually, but excluding Permitted Transfers, a
Transfer) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed if Landlord does not exercise its recapture rights under Section
11.02. If the entity which controls the voting shares/rights of Tenant changes at any time, such
change of ownership or control shall constitute a Transfer unless (a) Tenant is an entity whose
outstanding stock is listed on a recognized securities exchange or if at least 80% of its voting
stock is owned by another entity, the voting stock of which is so listed, or (b) the change of
ownership otherwise qualifies as Permitted Transfer under Section 11.04. Tenant hereby waives the
provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws, now
or hereinafter in effect, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law
or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all
applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed transferee. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this
Section is voidable by Landlord. In no event shall any Transfer, including a Permitted Transfer,
release or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.
11.02 Tenant shall provide Landlord with financial statements for the proposed transferee, a
fully executed copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other Transfer documentation and such
other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Within 10 Business Days after receipt of the
required information and documentation, Landlord shall either: (a) consent to the Transfer by
execution of a consent agreement in a form reasonably designated by Landlord; (b) reasonably refuse
to consent to the Transfer in writing; or (c) in the event of an assignment of this Lease or
subletting of more than 20% of the Rentable Area of the Premises for a proposed sublease term, with
or without renewal options relating thereto, set to expire during the last 12 months of the Term of
the Lease, recapture the portion of the Premises that Tenant is proposing to Transfer. If Landlord
exercises its right to recapture, this Lease shall automatically be amended (or terminated if the
entire Premises is being assigned or sublet) to delete the applicable portion of the Premises
effective on the proposed effective date of the Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord a review fee of
$750.00 for Landlords review of any Permitted Transfer or requested Transfer.
11.03 Tenant shall pay Landlord 50% of all rent and other consideration which Tenant receives
as a result of a Transfer that is in excess of the Rent payable to Landlord for the portion of the
Premises and Term covered by the Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlords share of the
excess within 30 days after Tenants receipt of the excess. Tenant may deduct from the excess, on a
straight-line basis, all reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant attributable
to the Transfer. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord may require that all sublease payments be made
directly to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall receive a credit against Rent in the amount of
Tenants share of payments received by Landlord.
11.04 Tenant may assign this Lease to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation
or reorganization (an Ownership Change) or assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the
Premises to an Affiliate without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following
conditions are satisfied (a Permitted Transfer): (a) Tenant is not in Default; (b) in the event
of an Ownership Change, Tenants successor shall own substantially all of the assets of Tenant and
have a net worth which is at least equal
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
7
to Tenants net worth as of the day prior to the proposed Ownership Change; (c) the Permitted Use
does not allow the Premises to be used for retail purposes; and (d) Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice at least 15 Business Days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer
(provided that, if prohibited by confidentiality in connection with a proposed purchase, merger,
consolidation or reorganization, then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice within 10 days
after the effective date of the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization).
Tenants notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation evidencing the Permitted
Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by
Landlord, Tenants successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.
Affiliate shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant.
12. Liens.
Tenant shall not permit mechanics or other liens to be placed upon the Property, Premises or
Tenants leasehold interest in connection with any work or service done or purportedly done by or
for the benefit of Tenant or its transferees. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least 15 days
prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises to afford Landlord the opportunity, where
applicable, to post and record notices of non-responsibility. Tenant, within 10 days of notice from
Landlord, shall fully discharge any lien by settlement, by bonding or by insuring over the lien in
the manner prescribed by the applicable lien Law. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may bond,
insure over or otherwise discharge the lien. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any amount paid by
Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees.
13. Indemnity and Waiver of Claims.
Tenant hereby waives all claims against and releases Landlord and its trustees, members,
principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, Mortgagees (defined in Section
23) and agents (the Landlord Related Parties) from all claims for any injury to or death of
persons, damage to property or business loss in any manner related to (a) Force Majeure, (b) acts
of third parties, (c) the bursting or leaking of any tank, water closet, drain or other pipe, (d)
the inadequacy or failure of any security services, personnel or equipment, or (e) any matter not
within the reasonable control of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in
Section 15 to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to waive any claims against Landlord
(other than for loss or damage to Tenants business) where such loss or damage is due to the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties, and nothing herein
shall be construed as to diminish the repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord contained
elsewhere in this Lease. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of
Landlord or any Landlord Related Parties or Landlords contractors, Tenant shall indemnify, defend
and hold Landlord and Landlord Related Parties harmless against and from all liabilities,
obligations, damages, penalties, claims, actions, costs, charges and expenses, including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and other professional fees (if and to the extent permitted
by Law) (collectively referred to as Losses), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted
against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties by any third party and arising out of or in
connection with any damage or injury occurring in the Premises or any acts or omissions (including
violations of Law) of Tenant, the Tenant Related Parties or any of Tenants transferees,
contractors or licensees. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of
Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its
trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees and agents
(Tenant Related Parties) harmless against and from all Losses which may be imposed upon, incurred
by or asserted against Tenant or any of the Tenant Related Parties by any third party and arising
out of or in connection with the acts or omissions (including violations of Law) of Landlord or the
Landlord Related Parties.
14. Insurance.
Tenant shall maintain the following insurance (Tenants Insurance): (a) Commercial General
Liability Insurance applicable to the Premises and its appurtenances providing, on an occurrence
basis, a minimum combined single limit of $2,000,000.00; (b) Property/Business Interruption
Insurance written on an All Risk or Special Perils form, with coverage for broad form water damage
including earthquake sprinkler leakage, at replacement cost value and with a replacement cost
endorsement covering all of Tenants business and trade fixtures, equipment, movable partitions,
furniture, merchandise and other personal property within the Premises (Tenants Property) and
any Leasehold Improvements performed by or for the benefit of Tenant; (c) Workers Compensation
Insurance in amounts required by Law; and (d) Employers Liability Coverage of at least
$1,000,000.00 per occurrence. Any company writing Tenants Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating
of not less than A-VIII. All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall name as
additional insureds Landlord (or its successors and assignees), the managing agent for the Building
(or any successor), EOP Operating Limited Partnership, Equity Office Properties Trust and their
respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and
agents, and other designees of Landlord and its successors as the interest of such designees shall
appear. All policies of Tenants Insurance shall contain endorsements that the
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
8
insurer(s) shall give Landlord and its designees at least 30 days advance written notice of any
cancellation, termination, material change or lapse of insurance. Tenant shall provide Landlord
with a certificate of insurance evidencing Tenants Insurance prior to the earlier to occur of the
Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises, and thereafter as
necessary to assure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenants Insurance. So
long as the same is available at commercially reasonable rates, Landlord shall maintain so called All Risk property insurance on the
Building at replacement cost value as reasonably estimated by Landlord.
15. Subrogation.
Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and shall cause their respective insurance carriers to waive
any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other for any loss
or damage with respect to Tenants Property, Leasehold Improvements, the Building, the Premises, or
any contents thereof, including rights, claims, actions and causes of action based on negligence,
which loss or damage is (or would have been, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried)
covered by insurance.
16. Casualty Damage.
16.01 If all or any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable by reason of fire or other
casualty to the Premises (collectively a Casualty), Landlord, with reasonable promptness, shall
cause a general contractor selected by Landlord to provide Landlord and Tenant with a written
estimate of the amount of time required using standard working methods to Substantially Complete
the repair and restoration of the Premises and any Common Areas necessary to provide access to the
Premises (Completion Estimate). If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises or any
Common Areas necessary to provide access to the Premises cannot be made tenantable within 270 days
from the date the repair is started, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease
upon written notice to the other within 10 days after receipt of the Completion Estimate. In
addition, Tenant, by notice to Landlord within 10 days after the date of the Completion Estimate,
shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Premises have been materially damaged and
there is less than 2 years of the Term remaining on the date of the Casualty; and (2) the
Completion Estimate indicates that the Premises or any Common Areas necessary to provide access to
the Premises cannot be made tenantable within 90 days from the date the repair is started. Tenant,
however, shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if the Casualty was caused by the gross
negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, regardless of
anything in the foregoing to the contrary. Landlord, by notice to Tenant within 90 days after the
date of the Casualty, also shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Premises have
been materially damaged and there is less than 2 years of the Term remaining on the date of the
Casualty; (2) any Mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the
mortgage debt; or (3) a material uninsured loss to the Building occurs.
16.02 If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to
reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlords reasonable control,
restore the Premises and Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same
condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Law or any other
modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant
shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds
payable to Tenant under Tenants Insurance with respect to any Leasehold Improvements performed by
or for the benefit of Tenant; provided if the estimated cost to repair such Leasehold Improvements
exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenants insurance carrier, the
excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlords commencement of
repairs. Within 15 days of demand, Tenant shall also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs
that are determined during the performance of the repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any
inconvenience to Tenant, or injury to Tenants business resulting in any way from the Casualty or
the repair thereof, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
Landlord or Landlords employees or contractors. Provided that Tenant is not in Default, during any
period of time that all or a material portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable as a result
of a Casualty, the Rent shall abate for the portion of the Premises that is untenantable and not
used by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to
exercise its right to terminate the Lease and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair
and restoration of the Premises within 60 days after the expiration of the estimated period of time
set forth in the Completion Estimate, which period shall be extended to the extent of any
Reconstruction Delays, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within 15
days after the expiration of such period, as the same may be extended. For purposes of this Lease,
the term Reconstruction Delays shall mean: (i) any delays caused by the insurance adjustment
process; and (ii) any delays caused by Tenant.
16.03 The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 16, constitute an express agreement
between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any
part of the Premises or the Property, and any Laws, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2)
and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning
damage or destruction in
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
9
the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any similar or successor Laws now or
hereinafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all
or any part of the Premises or the Property.
17. Condemnation.
Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or
condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in
lieu thereof (a Taking). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a
Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on
Landlords ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall
provide written notice of termination to the other party within 45 days after it first receives
notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. If
this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and Tenants Pro Rata Share shall be appropriately adjusted
to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation
awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord. The right to receive compensation or
proceeds are expressly waived by Tenant, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenants
Property and Tenants reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not
diminish the amount of Landlords award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and
this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining
portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking.
Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the
California Code of Civil Procedure, or any similar or successor Laws.
18. Events of Default.
Each
of the following occurrences shall be a Default: (a) Tenants failure to pay any
portion of Rent when due, if the failure continues for 3 days after written notice to Tenant
(Monetary Default); (b) Tenants failure (other than a Monetary Default) to comply with any term,
provision, condition or covenant of this Lease, if the failure is not cured within 30 days after
written notice to Tenant provided, however, if Tenants failure to comply cannot reasonably be
cured within 30 days, Tenant shall be allowed additional time (not to exceed 90 days) as is
reasonably necessary to cure the failure so long as Tenant begins the cure within 30 days and
diligently pursues the cure to completion; (c) Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent, makes a
transfer in fraud of creditors, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, admits in writing
its inability to pay its debts when due or forfeits or loses its right to conduct business; (d) the
leasehold estate is taken by process or operation of Law; or (e) Tenant is in default beyond any
notice and cure period under any other lease or agreement with Landlord at the Building or
Property. All notices sent under this Section shall be in satisfaction of, and not in addition to,
notice required by Law.
19. Remedies.
19.01 Upon the occurrence of any Default under this Lease, whether enumerated in Section 18 or
not, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any
notice (except as expressly prescribed herein) or demand whatsoever (and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Tenant hereby specifically waives notice and demand for payment of
Rent or other obligations, except for those notices specifically required pursuant to the terms of
Section 18 or this Section 19, and waives any and all other notices or demand requirements imposed
by applicable law):
|
(a) |
|
Terminate this Lease and Tenants right to possession of the Premises and
recover from Tenant an award of damages equal to the sum of the following: |
|
(i) |
|
The Worth at the Time of Award of the unpaid Rent which had been
earned at the time of termination; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which
would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the
amount of such Rent loss that Tenant affirmatively proves could have been
reasonably avoided; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The Worth at the Time of Award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the
balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss
that Tenant affirmatively proves could be reasonably avoided; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment either
proximately caused by Tenants failure to perform Tenants obligations under this
Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result
therefrom;
and |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
10
|
(v) |
|
All such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the
foregoing as may be permitted from time to time under applicable law. |
|
|
|
The Worth at the Time of Award of the amounts referred to in parts (i) and (ii)
above, shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of a per annum rate equal
to: (A) the greatest per annum rate of interest permitted from time to time under
applicable law, or (B) the Prime Rate plus 5%. For purposes hereof, the Prime Rate
shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced as its prime or base rate by
a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the State of California. The Worth
at the Time of Award of the amount referred to in part (iii), above, shall be
computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank
of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Employ the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (Landlord may
continue this Lease in effect after Tenants breach and abandonment and recover Rent as
it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable
limitations); or |
|
|
(c) |
|
Notwithstanding Landlords exercise of the remedy described in California Civil
Code § 1951.4 in respect of an event or events of default, at such time thereafter as
Landlord may elect in writing, to terminate this Lease and Tenants right to possession
of the Premises and recover an award of damages as provided above in Paragraph 19.01
(a). |
19.02 The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a
waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other
than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlords
knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No waiver by Landlord of
any breach hereof shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord.
19.03 TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS CONFERRED BY SECTION 3275 OF THE CIVIL CODE OF
CALIFORNIA AND BY SECTIONS 1174 (c) AND 1179 OF THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OF CALIFORNIA AND ANY
AND ALL OTHER LAWS AND RULES OF LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT DURING THE LEASE TERM PROVIDING
THAT TENANT SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO REDEEM, REINSTATE OR RESTORE THIS LEASE FOLLOWING ITS
TERMINATION BY REASON OF TENANTS BREACH. TENANT ALSO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
LEASE.
19.04 No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and
in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by agreement,
applicable law or in equity. In addition to other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall
be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to injunctive relief, or to a decree
compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease,
or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord at law or in equity. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce
one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or
construed to constitute a waiver of such default.
19.05 If Tenant is in Default of any of its non-monetary obligations under the Lease, Landlord
shall have the right to perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of
such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to 5% of the cost of the
work performed by Landlord.
19.06 This Section 19 shall be enforceable to the maximum extent such enforcement is not
prohibited by applicable law, and the unenforceability of any portion thereof shall not thereby
render unenforceable any other portion.
20. Limitation of Liability.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD
(AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF (A) THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN
THE PROPERTY, OR (B) THE EQUITY INTEREST LANDLORD WOULD HAVE IN THE PROPERTY IF THE PROPERTY WERE
ENCUMBERED BY THIRD PARTY DEBT IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO 70% OF THE VALUE OF THE PROPERTY. TENANT SHALL
LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORDS INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD
AGAINST LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY
SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY
LANDLORD RELATED PARTY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOST PROFIT, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF BUSINESS OR
ANY FORM OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY
LANDLORD,
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
11
TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES
(DEFINED IN SECTION 23 BELOW), NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT.
21. [Intentionally Omitted].
22. Holding Over.
If Tenant fails to surrender all or any part of the Premises at the termination of this Lease,
occupancy of the Premises after termination shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Tenants
occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease, and Tenant shall pay an
amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to
150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the
holdover. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall be
construed to extend the Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the
Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the
Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenants
holdover and Tenant fails to vacate the Premises within 15 days after notice from Landlord, Tenant
shall be liable for all damages that Landlord suffers from the holdover.
23. Subordination to Mortgages; Estoppel Certificate.
Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground
lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the
Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively
referred to as a Mortgage). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a
Mortgagee. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall
execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement in favor of the Mortgagee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, as a condition precedent to the future subordination of this Lease
to a future Mortgage, Landlord shall be required to provide Tenant with a non-disturbance,
subordination, and attornment agreement in favor of Tenant from any Mortgagee who comes into
existence after the Commencement Date. Such non-disturbance, subordination, and attornment
agreement in favor of Tenant shall provide that, so long as Tenant is paying the Rent due under the
Lease and is not otherwise in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period, its right
to possession and the other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Such
non-disturbance, subordination, and attornment agreement may include other commercially reasonable
provisions in favor of the Mortgagee, including, without limitation, additional time on behalf of
the Mortgagee to cure defaults of the Landlord and provide that (a) neither Mortgagee nor any
successor-in-interest shall be bound by (i) any payment of the Base Rent, Additional Rent, or other
sum due under this Lease for more than 1 month in advance or (ii) any amendment or modification of
the Lease made without the express written consent of Mortgagee or any successor-in-interest; (b)
neither Mortgagee nor any successor-in-interest will be liable for (i) any act or omission or
warranties of any prior landlord (including Landlord), (ii) the breach of any warranties or
obligations relating to construction of improvements on the Property or any tenant finish work
performed or to have been performed by any prior landlord (including Landlord), or (iii) the return
of any security deposit, except to the extent such deposits have been received by Mortgagee; and
(c) neither Mortgagee nor any successor-in-interest shall be subject to any offsets or defenses
which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord). As an alternative, a
Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Upon request,
Tenant, without charge, shall attorn to any successor to Landlords interest in this Lease.
Landlord and Tenant shall each, within 10 days after receipt of a written request from the other,
execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate to those parties as are
reasonably requested by the other (including a Mortgagee or prospective purchaser). Without
limitation, such estoppel certificate may include a certification as to the status of this Lease,
the existence of any defaults and the amount of Rent that is due and payable. Landlord hereby
represents and warrants that there is no Mortgagee as of the date of this Lease.
24. Notice.
All demands, approvals, consents or notices (collectively referred to as a notice) shall be
in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt
requested or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the partys respective Notice
Address(es) set forth in Section 1. Each notice shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused,
or, if Tenant has vacated the Premises or any other Notice Address of Tenant without providing a
new Notice Address, 3 days after notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in
the manner described above. Either party may, at any time, change its Notice Address (other than to
a post office box address) by giving the other party written notice of the new address.
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
12
25. Surrender of Premises.
At the termination of this Lease or Tenants right of possession, Tenant shall remove Tenants
Property from the Premises, and quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, and in
good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage which Landlord is obligated to
repair hereunder excepted. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenants Property within 2 days after
termination of this Lease or Tenants right to possession, Landlord, at Tenants sole cost and
expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove and store Tenants Property. Landlord
shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Tenants Property. Tenant
shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the expenses and storage charges incurred. If Tenant fails to
remove Tenants Property from the Premises or storage, within 30 days after notice, Landlord may
deem all or any part of Tenants Property to be abandoned and title to Tenants Property shall vest
in Landlord.
26. Miscellaneous.
26.01 This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of
California and Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and proper venue
of such state or commonwealth. If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any extent be void
or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected. If there is more than one
Tenant or if Tenant is comprised of more than one party or entity, the obligations imposed upon
Tenant shall be joint and several obligations of all the parties and entities, and requests or
demands from any one person or entity comprising Tenant shall be deemed to have been made by all
such persons or entities. Notices to any one person or entity shall be deemed to have been given to
all persons and entities. Each party represents and warrants to the other that each individual
executing this Lease on its behalf is authorized to do so on its behalf. Tenant represents and
warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not, and the entities or individuals constituting Tenant or
which may own or control Tenant or which may be owned or controlled by Tenant are not, among the
individuals or entities identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the
purpose of identifying suspected terrorists.
26.02 If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any
covenant, term or condition of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its
costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees. Landlord and Tenant
hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any proceeding based upon a breach of this Lease. Either
partys failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence, or delay in taking action for
a default, shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.
26.03 Whenever a period of time is prescribed for the taking of an action by Landlord or Tenant
(other than the payment of the Security Deposit or Rent), the period of time for the performance of
such action shall be extended by the number of days that the performance is actually delayed due to
strikes beyond such partys control, acts of God, war, terrorist acts and/or civil disturbances
(Force Majeure).
26.04 Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its
rights and obligations under this Lease and in the Building and Property. Upon transfer Landlord
shall be released from any further obligations hereunder and Tenant agrees to look solely to the
successor in interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations, provided that, any
successor pursuant to a voluntary, third party transfer (but not as part of an involuntary transfer
resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall have assumed Landlords obligations
under this Lease.
26.05 Landlord has delivered a copy of this Lease to Tenant for Tenants review only and the
delivery of it does not constitute an offer to Tenant or an option. Tenant represents that it has
dealt directly with and only with the Broker as a broker in connection with this Lease. Landlord
agrees to pay a brokerage commission to Broker in accordance with the terms of a separate written
commission agreement to be entered into between Landlord and Broker. Tenant shall indemnify and
hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers other than
Broker claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify
and hold Tenant and the Tenant Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to
have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Equity Office Properties Management Corp.
(EOPMC) is an affiliate of Landlord and represents only the Landlord in this transaction. Any
assistance rendered by any agent or employee of EOPMC in connection with this Lease or any
subsequent amendment or modification hereto has been or will be made as an accommodation to Tenant
solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for
Tenant.
26.06 Time is of the essence with respect to Tenants exercise of any expansion, renewal or
extension rights granted to Tenant. The expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time, termination or
otherwise, shall not relieve either party of any obligations which accrued prior to or which may continue to
accrue after the expiration or termination of this Lease.
26.07 Tenant may peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease,
provided Tenant pays the Rent and fully performs all of its covenants and agreements. This
covenant shall
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
13
be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of
ownership of the Building.
26.08 This Lease does not grant any rights to light or air over or about the Building.
Landlord excepts and reserves exclusively to itself any and all rights not specifically granted to
Tenant under this Lease. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related to the Premises, including all lease
proposals, letters of intent and other documents. Neither party is relying upon any warranty,
statement or representation not contained in this Lease. This Lease may be modified only by a
written agreement signed by an authorized representative of Landlord and Tenant.
[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
14
Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD: |
|
|
|
|
|
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
By: EOM GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, |
|
|
its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
By: Equity Office Management, L.L.C., a Delaware |
|
|
limited liability company, its non-member manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Mark Geisreiter
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Mark Geisreiter |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President - San Francisco Region |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT:
QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Douglas J. Valenti |
|
|
|
Title: |
President & CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Bronwyn Syiek
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Bronwyn Syiek |
|
|
|
Title: |
SVP & General Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77-0512121 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tenants Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN) |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
15
EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF PREMISES
{QuinStreet, Inc. -5-00004264.}
May 29, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
EXHIBIT B
EXPENSES AND TAXES
This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (Landlord) and QUINSTREET, INC., a California
corporation (Tenant) for space in the Building located at 1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster
City, California.
1. Payments.
1.01 Tenant shall pay Tenants Pro Rata Share of the amount, if any, by which Expenses (defined
below) for each calendar year during the Term exceed Expenses for the Base Year (the Expense
Excess) and also the amount, if any, by which Taxes (defined below) for each calendar year during
the Term exceed Taxes for the Base Year (the Tax Excess). If Expenses or Taxes in any calendar
year decrease below the amount of Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, Tenants Pro Rata Share of
Expenses or Taxes, as the case may be, for that calendar year shall be $0. Landlord shall provide
Tenant with a good faith estimate of the Expense Excess and of the Tax Excess for each calendar
year during the Term. On or before the first day of each month, commencing in January, 2005, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord a monthly installment equal to one-twelfth of Tenants Pro Rata Share of
Landlords estimate of both the Expense Excess and Tax Excess. After its receipt of the revised
estimate, Tenants monthly payments shall be based upon the revised estimate. If Landlord does not
provide Tenant with an estimate of the Expense Excess or the Tax Excess by January 1 of a calendar
year, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments based on the previous years estimate(s)
until Landlord provides Tenant with the new estimate.
1.02 As soon as is practical following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish
Tenant with a statement of the actual Expenses and Expense Excess and the actual Taxes and Tax
Excess for the prior calendar year. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish the statement
of actual Expenses on or before June 1 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year
to which the statement applies. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for the
prior calendar year is more than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, as the case may
be, for the prior calendar year, Landlord shall either provide Tenant with a refund or apply any
overpayment by Tenant against Additional Rent due or next becoming due, provided if the Term expires
before the determination of the overpayment, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to Tenant after
first deducting the amount of Rent due. If the estimated Expense Excess or estimated Tax Excess for
the prior calendar year is less than the actual Expense Excess or actual Tax Excess, as the case
may be, for such prior year, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within 30 days after its receipt of the
statement of Expenses or Taxes, any underpayment for the prior calendar year.
2. Expenses.
2.01 Expenses means all costs and expenses incurred in each calendar year in connection with
operating, maintaining, repairing, and managing the Building and the Property. Landlord agrees to
act in a commercially reasonable manner in incurring Expenses, taking into consideration the class
and the quality of the Building. Expenses include, without limitation: (a) all labor and labor
related costs; (b) management fees (expressed as a percentage of gross receipts for the Building,
not to exceed the prevailing market management fees (expressed as a percentage of gross receipts),
for comparable third party management companies offering comparable management services in office
buildings similar to the Building in class, size, age and location); (c) the cost of equipping,
staffing and operating an on-site and/or off-site management office for the Building, provided if
the management office services one or more other buildings or properties, the shared costs and
expenses of equipping, staffing and operating such management office(s) shall be equitably prorated
and apportioned between the Building and the other buildings or properties; (d) accounting costs;
(e) the cost of services; (f) rental and purchase cost of parts, supplies, tools and equipment; (g)
insurance premiums and deductibles; (h) electricity, gas and other utility costs; and (i) the
amortized cost of capital improvements (as distinguished from replacement parts or components
installed in the ordinary course of business) made subsequent to the Base Year which are: (1)
performed primarily to reduce current or future operating expense costs, upgrade Building security
or otherwise improve the operating efficiency of the Property; or (2) required to comply with any
Laws that are enacted, or first interpreted to apply to the Property, after the date of this Lease.
The cost of capital improvements shall be amortized by Landlord over the lesser of the Payback
Period (defined below) or the useful life of the capital improvement as reasonably determined by
Landlord in accordance with commonly accepted standards for the real estate industry. Payback
Period means the reasonably estimated period of time that it takes for the cost savings resulting
from a capital improvement to equal the total cost of the capital improvement. Landlord, by itself
or through an affiliate, shall have the right to directly perform, provide and be compensated for
any services under this Lease. If Landlord incurs Expenses for the Building or Property together
with one or more other buildings or properties, whether pursuant to a reciprocal easement
agreement, common area agreement or
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
otherwise, the shared costs and expenses shall be equitably
prorated and apportioned between the Building and Property and the other buildings or properties.
2.02 Expenses shall not include: the cost of capital improvements (except as set forth above);
depreciation; principal payments of mortgage and other non-operating debts of Landlord; the
cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation
proceeds; costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions; lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants;
brochures and marketing supplies, legal fees in negotiating and preparing lease document; costs incurred in
connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building; fines, interest and penalties
incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Expenses; organizational expenses associated with the creation and
operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord; or any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to
Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Building under their respective leases.
The following items are also excluded from Expenses:
|
(a) |
|
Sums (other than management fees, it being agreed that the management fees
included in Expenses are as described in Section 2.01(b) above) paid to subsidiaries or
other affiliates of Landlord for services on or to the Property, Building and/or
Premises, but only to the extent that the costs of such services exceed the competitive
cost for such services rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and
experience. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any fines, penalties or interest resulting from the negligence or willful
misconduct of the Landlord or its agents, contractors, or employees. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Advertising and promotional expenditures. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Landlords charitable and political contributions. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Ground lease rental. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Attorneys fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or
disputes with prospective tenants or tenants or other occupants of the Building. |
|
|
(g) |
|
The cost or expense of any services or benefits provided generally to other
tenants in the Building and not provided or available to Tenant. |
|
|
(h) |
|
All costs of purchasing or leasing major sculptures, paintings or other major
works or objects of art (as opposed to decorations purchased or leased by Landlord for display
in the Common Areas of the Building). |
|
|
(i) |
|
Any expenses for which Landlord has received actual reimbursement (other than
through Expenses). |
|
|
(j) |
|
Expenses for the replacement of any item covered under warranty, unless Landlord
has not received payment under such warranty and it would not be fiscally prudent to
pursue legal action to collect on such warranty. |
|
|
(k) |
|
Fines or penalties incurred as a result of violation by Landlord of any applicable Laws. |
2.03 If at any time during a calendar year the Building is not at least 95% occupied or
Landlord is not supplying services to at least 95% of the total Rentable Square Footage of the Building,
Expenses shall, at Landlords option, be determined as if the Building had been 95% occupied and Landlord had
been supplying services to 95% of the Rentable Square Footage of the Building. If Expenses for a
calendar year are determined as provided in the prior sentence, Expenses for the Base Year shall also
be determined in such manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may calculate the
extrapolation of Expenses under this Section based on 100% occupancy and service so long as such percentage is
used consistently for each year of the Term. The extrapolation of Expenses under this Section shall
be performed in accordance with the methodology specified by the Building Owners and Managers Association.
3. Taxes shall mean: (a) all real property taxes and other assessments on the Building and/or
Property, including, but not limited to, gross receipts taxes, assessments for special improvement
districts and building improvement districts, governmental charges, fees and assessments for
police, fire, traffic mitigation or other governmental service of purported benefit to the
Property, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of
any such taxes and assessments and the Propertys share of any real estate taxes and assessments
under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the
Property; (b) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in
connection with the operation,
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
maintenance and repair of the Property; and (c) all costs and fees incurred in connection with
seeking reductions in any tax liabilities described in (a) and (b), including, without limitation,
any costs incurred by Landlord for compliance, review and appeal of tax liabilities. Without
limitation, Taxes shall not include any income, capital levy, transfer, capital stock, gift, estate
or inheritance tax. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant
paid Tenants Pro Rata Share of any Tax Excess, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively
adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment.
Likewise, if a change is obtained for Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes for the Base Year shall be
restated and the Tax Excess for all subsequent years shall be recomputed. Tenant shall pay Landlord
the amount of Tenants Pro Rata Share of any such increase in the Tax Excess within 30 days after
Tenants receipt of a statement from Landlord.
4. Audit Rights. Tenant, within 365 days after receiving Landlords statement of Expenses, may give
Landlord written notice (Review Notice) that Tenant intends to review Landlords records of the
Expenses for the calendar year to which the statement applies. Within a reasonable time after
receipt of the Review Notice (not to exceed 30 days), Landlord shall make all pertinent records
available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review. If any
records are maintained at a location other than the management office for the Building, Tenant may
either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and
shipping the records. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlords records, the agent must be
with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the state or commonwealth where the Property is located.
Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit.
However, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant determine that Expenses for the
Building for the year in question were less than stated by more than 5%, Landlord, within 30 days
after its receipt of paid invoices therefor from Tenant, shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable
amounts paid by Tenant to third parties in connection with such review by Tenant. Within 90 days
after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord
written notice (an Objection Notice) stating in reasonable detail any objection to Landlords
statement of Expenses for that year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within
the 90 day period or fails to provide Landlord with a Review Notice within the 365 day period
described above, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlords statement of Expenses and shall
be barred from raising any claims regarding the Expenses for that year. The records obtained by
Tenant shall be treated as confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine
Landlords records or to dispute any statement of Expenses unless Tenant has paid and continues to
pay all Rent when due.
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
3
EXHIBIT C
WORK LETTER
This work letter (Work Letter) is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (Landlord) and QUINSTREET,
INC., a California corporation (Tenant) for space in the Building located at 1051 East Hillsdale
Boulevard, Foster City, California.
As used in this Work Letter, the Premises shall be deemed to mean the Premises, as initially
defined in the attached Lease.
1. |
|
Landlord shall perform improvements to the Premises in accordance with the plans prepared by
API Design, Inc. dated May 28, 2003 (the Plans), which are attached hereto as Exhibit C-1.
The improvements to be performed by Landlord in accordance with the Plans are hereinafter
referred to as the Landlord Work. It is agreed that construction of the Landlord Work will
be completed at Landlords sole cost and expense (subject to the terms of Section 2 below)
using Building standard methods, materials and finishes, which standards are attached hereto
as Exhibit C-2. If any finishes or materials specified in the Landlord Work are or become
unavailable or have long lead times that would delay Landlords completion of the Landlord
Work, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to select alternative finishes or
materials to allow Landlord to complete the Landlord Work in a timely manner. Landlord shall
enter into a direct contract for the Landlord Work with Venture Builders as general
contractor. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to select and/or approve of any
subcontractors used in connection with the Landlord Work. Landlords supervision or
performance of any work for or on behalf of Tenant shall not be deemed a representation by
Landlord that such Plans or the revisions thereto comply with applicable insurance
requirements, building codes, ordinances, laws or regulations, or that the improvements
constructed in accordance with the Plans and any revisions thereto will be adequate for
Tenants use, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design
of Tenants plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of
design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the premises and the
placement of Tenants furniture, appliances and equipment). |
2. |
|
If Tenant shall request any revisions to the Plans, Landlord shall have such revisions
prepared at Tenants sole cost and expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of
preparing any such revisions to the Plans, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon,
upon demand. Promptly upon completion of the revisions, Landlord shall notify Tenant in
writing of the increased cost in the Landlord Work, if any, resulting from such revisions to
the Plans. Tenant, within one Business Day, shall notify Landlord in writing whether it
desires to proceed with such revisions. In the absence of such written authorization, Landlord
shall have the option to continue work on the Premises disregarding the requested revision.
Tenant shall be responsible for any Tenant Delay in completion of the Premises resulting from
any revision to the Plans. . If such revisions result in an increase in the cost of Landlord
Work, such increased costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, shall be
payable by Tenant upon demand. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all revisions
to the Plans shall be subject to the approval of Landlord. |
3. |
|
In addition to the Landlord Work, Landlord shall construct a shower facility on the
5th floor of the East Tower, as more fully described in those certain Plans
prepared by API Design, Inc. dated May 13, 2003 (the Shower Facility) at Landlords sole cost and expense
using Building Standard methods, materials and finishes. Landlord shall enter into a direct
contract for the Landlord Work with Venture Builders as general contractor. In addition,
Landlord shall have the right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in
connection with the Landlord Work. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete the
Shower Facility by November 1, 2003, but any delay in the completion of the Shower Facility
or inconvenience suffered by Tenant during the construction of the Shower Facility shall not
delay the Commencement Date nor shall it subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or
damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any credit, abatement or adjustment of Rent
or other sums payable under the Lease. |
4. |
|
This Work Letter shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises
at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to
any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a
renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease
or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the
Lease. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
EXHIBIT C-1
PLANS
{QuinStreet, Inc. -5-00004264.}
May 29, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
EXHIBIT C-1
PLANS
FINISH SPECIFICATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C1 |
|
CARPET |
|
MFG: |
|
BIGELOW |
|
|
|
PAINT |
|
MFG: |
|
ICI |
|
|
|
|
STYLE: |
|
CYBERWEAVE |
|
P1 |
|
GENERAL |
|
COLOR: |
|
SWISS COFFEE |
|
|
|
|
COLOR: |
|
SILVER MOSS |
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
2012 |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
W019-3770 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C2 |
|
CARPET |
|
MFG: |
|
BIGELOW |
|
|
|
PAINT |
|
MFG: |
|
ICI |
|
|
|
|
STYLE: |
|
CAMDEN |
|
P2 |
|
ACCENT |
|
COLOR: |
|
AMISH LINEN |
|
|
|
|
COLOR: |
|
EARTH MNERAL |
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
563 |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
W310-3887 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C2 |
|
CARPET |
|
MFG: |
|
BIGELOW |
|
|
|
|
|
MFG: |
|
ICI |
|
|
|
|
STYLE: |
|
SPECTRUM II |
|
|
|
PAINT |
|
COLOR: |
|
ABBEY CREAM |
|
|
|
|
COLOR: |
|
FAWN |
|
P3 |
|
ACCENT |
|
NUMBER: |
|
484 |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
B5117-862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHT: |
|
36 OZ. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RT1 |
|
|
|
MFG: |
|
ARMSTRONG |
|
|
|
|
|
MFG: |
|
NEVAMAR |
|
|
RESILIENT |
|
STYLE: |
|
STONETEX EXCELON |
|
LP1 |
|
LAMINATED |
|
STYLE: |
|
TEMPERA TEXTURED |
|
|
TILE |
|
COLOR: |
|
SANDSTONE TAN |
|
|
|
PLASTIC |
|
COLOR: |
|
OCHRE |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
52143 |
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
TM2IT |
|
|
|
|
SIZE: |
|
12 X 12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RB1 |
|
|
|
MFG: |
|
BURKE |
|
|
|
|
|
MFG: |
|
NEVAMAR |
|
|
RESILIENT |
|
STYLE: |
|
4 TOPSET |
|
LP2 |
|
LAMINATED |
|
STYLE: |
|
SHIBORI TEXTURED |
|
|
BASE |
|
COLOR: |
|
BEIGE |
|
|
|
PLASTIC |
|
COLOR: |
|
MAIZE |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
203 |
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER: |
|
SH22T |
{QuinStreet,
Inc. -5-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
EXHIBIT C-2
BUILDING STANDARDS
May 27, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Carol Donnelly |
|
|
Equity Office Properties |
|
|
2929 Campus Drive, Suite 125 |
|
San Mateo, CA 94403 |
|
|
|
|
|
Project:
|
|
QuinStreet |
|
|
|
1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, Suite 800 |
|
|
|
Foster City, CA 94404 |
|
|
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Budget Price (revision # 3) |
|
Dear Carol:
We are
pleased to submit the Budget Price for QuinStreet at the 8th floor of 1051 East Hillsdale
Boulevard. This pricing is based on a space plans dated May 6, 2003 and are further qualified as
follows:
Rough Carpentry
|
a) |
|
One time lobby/elevator protection |
|
|
b) |
|
Barricades/Traffic control |
|
|
c) |
|
General Labor |
|
|
d) |
|
Concrete pad on roof. |
Millwork
|
a) |
|
All millwork is figured to be plastic laminate. |
|
|
b) |
|
Break Room Upper and lower cabinets with countertop. |
|
|
c) |
|
Coffee Bar Upper and lower cabinets with countertop. |
|
|
d) |
|
Copy/mail/Storage upper and lower cabinets with countertop. |
|
|
e) |
|
Phone Room counters |
Doors, Frames and Hardware
|
a) |
|
All wood doors to be flush plain sliced white maple with a clear finish. |
|
b) |
|
(37) each 3 x 9 non rated office doors in factory finished aluminum frames. |
|
a) |
|
Micro-key hardware.
|
|
|
b) |
|
Any work to core and shell doors shown as existing. |
|
|
c) |
|
Keying |
|
|
d) |
|
Grouting of frames. |
|
|
e) |
|
Glass and glazing. |
|
|
f) |
|
Rated assemblies |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
Glass and Glazing
|
a) |
|
(15) each ¼ clear tempered 3 glass at office sidelights. |
|
|
b) |
|
(7) each ¼ clear tempered 1 glass at office sidelights. |
|
c) |
|
Install roll-in gasketing supplied by others. |
Metal Studs and Drywall
|
a) |
|
All walls around core area that are exposed to open office are to be full
height non-rated walls.. |
|
|
b) |
|
All walls inside core area are to be ceiling height plus 6 with insulation
laid over the top for sound dampening. |
|
|
c) |
|
In wall insulation at conference rooms only. |
|
|
d) |
|
All perimeter low sill walls up to 38 to be framed rocked and finished. |
|
|
e) |
|
All perimeter over head sill wall to be framed, rocked and finished to hold window
blinds. |
|
|
f) |
|
Soffits up to deck at break rooms Copy/Mail/Storage and Coffee Bar. |
|
|
g) |
|
Frame rock and tape all columns to full height. |
|
|
h) |
|
Rear and adjoining sidewalls in the phone and conference rooms will be 3 5/8
studs filled
with 3 1/2 insulation batts for sound containment. |
|
a) |
|
Fire extinguisher cabinets (not shown). |
|
|
b) |
|
Access panels. |
|
|
c) |
|
Fire stopping at penetrations (walls are non rated). |
|
|
d) |
|
Upgrades to existing construction. |
Acoustical Ceiling
|
a) |
|
Acoustical ceiling grid and tile throughout entire core areas (Conf Rooms, Copy
Rooms, Meeting Rooms, Storage, Break Rooms) |
|
|
b) |
|
Server Room to have a dropped 2x4 grid with fissured tiles. |
|
|
c) |
|
Tile to be Armstrong, White 2x2 Dune second look with a 9/16 reveal. |
|
|
d) |
|
The grid is a 9/16 expose tee suspension system in white. |
|
|
e) |
|
All open office to have white PAPER covering to underside of existing
insulation with stick pin installation*. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Landlord has asked the installing contractor to do a mockup of the proposed ceiling
installation to review with all parties. Until that time, Landlord is willing to commit to
providing a insulation covering that is mutually agreeable for both the customer and the
Landlord, which Landlord believes the specified paper covering can achieve. Parties agree
that a professional/clean installation and aesthetical appearance is necessary to complete
the space in a first class fashion, for the benefit of Quinstreet and future customers
seeking space within the project. In the event it does not meet with both parties approval,
we will identify a suitable covering to achieve both parties desired results. |
Floor Covering
|
a) |
|
All carpeting, VCT and base. |
|
|
b) |
|
Floor preparation as required. |
|
|
c) |
|
Server room (only) floor to have anti-static floor tiles
installed |
|
|
NOTE: |
|
|
a) |
|
Carpeting being carried is Mohawk standard carpet. |
|
|
b) |
|
VCT is Armstrong Excelon. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
Painting and Wall Covering
|
a) |
|
Paint all partitions as scheduled (see Drywall scope). |
|
|
b) |
|
Base coat and two finish coats. |
|
|
c) |
|
Touch up. |
|
|
d) |
|
Walls to be smooth finish |
Window-coverings
|
a) |
|
Levolor 1 perforated blinds. |
Plumbing
|
a) |
|
(1) sink and faucet each for Break Room and Coffee Bar. |
|
b) |
|
(1) water cooler supply for Break Room. |
|
c) |
|
(1) coffee maker outlet each for Break Room and Coffee Bar. |
|
|
d) |
|
(1) dishwasher supply for Break Room. |
|
|
e) |
|
(2) condensate drains for HVAC units at Server Room. |
|
|
f) |
|
Core drilling |
|
|
g) |
|
(1) Dishwasher. |
|
|
h) |
|
(1) Garbage disposal |
Fire Sprinklers
|
a) |
|
All design-build sprinkler engineering, fabrication and installation. |
|
a) |
|
Special detection systems. |
|
|
b) |
|
Low voltage wiring. |
HVAC
|
a) |
|
Install duct mains |
|
|
b) |
|
Install hot water supply/return mains and distribution. |
|
|
c) |
|
(15) perimeter reheat VAV zones |
|
|
d) |
|
(19) cooling only interior VAV zones |
|
|
e) |
|
Exposed ductwork |
|
|
f) |
|
Transfer fan from break room |
|
|
g) |
|
Install (2) 3 ton chilled water fan coils |
|
|
h) |
|
Chilled water piping |
|
|
i) |
|
Start up |
|
|
J) |
|
DDC controls |
|
|
k) |
|
Air balance. |
|
|
I) |
|
Engineering and Coordination. |
2. Price excludes:
|
a) |
|
Electrical wiring. |
|
|
b) |
|
Relocation of existing conditions. |
|
|
c) |
|
Cutting, coring, and roofing. |
|
|
d) |
|
Duct detectors. |
|
|
e) |
|
Smoke detectors. |
|
|
f) |
|
Concrete pad on roof. |
Electrical/Life Safety/Telecommunications
1. Price includes design-build electrical and life safety engineering, fabrication, and installation of:
|
a) |
|
(108) 2 x 4s |
|
|
b) |
|
(10) downlights |
|
|
c) |
|
(7) undercoutner lights |
|
|
d) |
|
(11) exit signs |
|
|
e) |
|
(30) emergency lights |
|
|
f) |
|
(40) 2 gang switch/motion sensor |
|
|
g) |
|
(86) wall receptacles |
|
|
h) |
|
(11) 120/20 dedicated |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
3
|
i) |
|
(20) floor power |
|
|
j) |
|
(20) floor telephone |
|
|
k) |
|
(40) furniture power |
|
|
l) |
|
(40) furniture telephone |
|
|
m) |
|
(4) 3 way switches |
|
|
n) |
|
(13) single switches |
|
|
o) |
|
(1) exhaust fan |
|
|
p) |
|
(20) wall sconces |
|
|
q) |
|
(8) override switches |
|
|
r) |
|
(38) conference room downlites |
|
|
s) |
|
(4) 12 fluorescent indirect uplites |
|
|
t) |
|
(6) 20 fluorescent indirect uplites |
|
|
u) |
|
(15) 24 fluorescent indirect uplites |
|
|
v) |
|
(21) 36 fluorescent indirect uplites |
|
|
w) |
|
EMS |
|
|
x) |
|
Engineering |
|
|
y) |
|
Elevator lobby downlites |
|
|
z) |
|
Temp Power & Lighting |
|
|
aa) |
|
Large Conference rooms to receive a total of 6 duplex receptacles and 6 data
receptacles, the remainder (small & medium conference rooms, phone rooms) shall receive
a total of 3 duplex receptacles and 3 data receptacles which will be placed one per
wall excluding door opening. |
|
|
bb) |
|
Each group of four workstations will be provided with 2 circuits per grouping. |
|
|
cc) |
|
Break
room to receive electrical outlets for (2) 110v vending machines, (2) 110v refrigerators,
(3) 110v microwaves, (2) 110v coffee makers for a total of (12) dedicated circuits. |
2. Server Room includes:
|
a) |
|
120/208 panel |
|
|
b) |
|
Feeder |
|
|
c) |
|
(20) 120/20 dedicated isolated grounds |
|
|
d) |
|
(4) 208/30 dedicated |
|
|
e) |
|
(2) fancoils (HVAC) |
|
|
f) |
|
(1) shunt trip |
|
|
g) |
|
(1) Emon meter |
|
|
h) |
|
(1) 225 KVA transformer |
|
|
i) |
|
Distribution |
|
|
j) |
|
Buss plug |
|
|
k) |
|
Transformer feed |
|
|
l) |
|
Panel feed
|
|
|
m) |
|
Light Fixtures |
Security:
1. |
|
An allowance is being carried for (2) card readers for stair well doors and a low voltage
panel. |
Clarifications
1. |
|
The electrical includes the connection of the furniture whips to the floor monument only, it
is the responsibility of the furniture contractor to connect the whip to the furniture. |
|
2. |
|
Landlord agrees to install draft stops if/as needed per code. |
General Conditions
This is for all of the temporary facilities required by the General Contractor to manage the
project such as supervision, management, and administration.
Exclusions
1. |
|
Structural engineering or work. |
|
2. |
|
Signage. |
|
3. |
|
Bathrooms. |
|
4. |
|
Keying. |
|
5. |
|
Furniture. |
|
6. |
|
Work stations. |
|
7. |
|
Telecommunications except as noted above |
|
8. |
|
All Micro-key hardware and coordination. |
|
9. |
|
Audiovisual work, monitors and projectors. |
If you have any questions, or require additional information, please call our office at (650)
598-3961.
Sincerely,
VENTURE BUILDERS
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
4
EXHIBIT D
COMMENCEMENT LETTER
(EXAMPLE)
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Lease dated as of the _____ day of
____________ , 2003, by and between CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
Delaware limited partnership, as Landlord, and QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation,
as Tenant, for 35,435 rentable square feet on the eighth floor of the Building located at
1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster City, California. |
Dear _____________________________:
In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Lease, Tenant accepts
possession of the Premises and agrees:
|
1. |
|
The Commencement Date of the Lease is __________________________; |
|
|
2. |
|
The Termination Date of the Lease is_____________________________. |
Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by
signing all 3 counterparts of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning 2 fully
executed counterparts to my attention.
Sincerely,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant:
|
|
QuinStreet, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
EXHIBIT E
BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
The following rules and regulations shall apply, where applicable, to the Premises, the
Building, the parking facilities (if any), the Property and the appurtenances. In the event of a
conflict between the following rules and regulations and the remainder of the terms of the Lease,
the remainder of the terms of the Lease shall control. Capitalized terms have the same meaning as
defined in the Lease.
1. |
|
Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be
obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and
from the Premises. No rubbish, litter, trash, or material shall be placed, emptied, or thrown
in those areas. At no time shall Tenant permit Tenants employees to loiter in Common Areas or
elsewhere about the Building or Property. |
|
2. |
|
Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed and
no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed in the
fixtures or appliances. Damage resulting to fixtures or appliances by Tenant, its agents,
employees or invitees shall be paid for by Tenant and
Landlord shall not be responsible for the damage. |
|
3. |
|
No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed to windows, doors or other
parts of the Building, except those of such color, size, style and in such places as are first
approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall be entitled to tenant identification and suite
number signage at the entrance to the Premises, as well as elevator lobby signage on the
8th floor of the Building, all of which shall be installed by Landlord, at Tenants
cost and expense, using the standard graphics for the Building. Except in connection with the
hanging of lightweight pictures and wall decorations, no nails, hooks or screws shall be
inserted into any part of the Premises or Building except by the Building maintenance
personnel without Landlords prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. |
|
4. |
|
Landlord shall provide and maintain in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building an
alphabetical directory board or other directory device listing tenants, including Tenant, at
Landlords cost and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by
Landlord in writing. |
|
5. |
|
Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door in the Premises or Building without Landlords
prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Landlord shall
have the right at all times to retain and use keys or other access codes or devices to all
locks within and into the Premises. A reasonable number of keys to the locks on the entry
doors in the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at Tenants cost and Tenant
shall not make any duplicate keys. All keys shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or
early termination of the Lease. |
|
6. |
|
All contractors, contractors representatives and installation technicians performing work in
the Building shall be subject to Landlords prior approval, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, and shall be required to comply with Landlords standard rules,
regulations, policies and procedures, which may be revised from time to time. |
|
7. |
|
Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt
by Tenant of merchandise or materials requiring the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas
or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to hours reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant
shall obtain Landlords prior approval by providing a detailed listing of the activity, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If approved by Landlord, the activity shall be
under the supervision of Landlord and performed in the manner required by Landlord. Tenant
shall assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from
the activity. If equipment, property, or personnel of Landlord or of any other party is
damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with the activity, Tenant shall be solely
liable for any resulting damage, loss or injury. |
|
8. |
|
Landlord shall have the right to approve the weight, size, or location of heavy equipment or
articles in and about the Premises, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Damage
to the Building by the installation, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of Tenants
Property shall be repaired at Tenants sole expense. |
|
9. |
|
Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. |
|
10. |
|
Tenant shall not: (1) make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or
odors in the Building, or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having
business with them; (2) solicit business or distribute or cause to be distributed, in any
portion of the |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
|
|
Building, handbills, promotional materials or other advertising; or (3) conduct or permit
other activities in the Building that might, in Landlords sole opinion, constitute a
nuisance. |
|
11. |
|
No animals, except those assisting handicapped persons, shall be brought into the Building or
kept in or about the Premises. |
|
12. |
|
No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant
in the Premises, Building or about the Property, except for those substances as are typically
found in similar premises used for general office purposes and are being used by Tenant in a
safe manner and in accordance with all applicable Laws. Tenant shall not, without Landlords
prior written consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or
about the Premises or any other portion of the Property, any asbestos-containing materials or
any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under
the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law
which may now or later be in effect. Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and
governing the use of these materials by Tenant and shall remain solely liable for the costs of
abatement and removal. |
|
13. |
|
Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which might
injure the reputation or impair the present or future value of the Premises or the Building.
Tenant shall not use, or permit any part of the Premises to be used for lodging, sleeping or
for any illegal purpose. |
|
14. |
|
Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlords labor contracts or which
would cause a work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute or interfere with
Landlords or any other tenants or occupants business or with the rights and privileges of
any person lawfully in the Building (Labor Disruption)
. Tenant shall take the actions
necessary to resolve the Labor Disruption, and shall have pickets removed and, at the request
of Landlord, immediately terminate any work in the Premises that gave rise to the Labor
Disruption, until Landlord gives its written consent for the work to resume. Tenant shall have
no claim for damages against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties nor shall the
Commencement Date of the Term be extended as a result of the above actions. |
|
15. |
|
Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the
Building, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its capacity
for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined solely by Landlord. Tenant shall not
furnish cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of electric
or gas heating devices, without Landlords prior written consent. Tenant shall not use more
than its proportionate share of telephone lines and other telecommunication facilities
available to service the Building. |
|
16. |
|
Tenant shall not operate or permit to be operated a coin or token operated vending machine or
similar device (including, without limitation, telephones, lockers, toilets, scales, amusement
devices and machines for sale of beverages, foods, candy, cigarettes and other goods), except
for machines for the exclusive use of Tenants employees and invitees. |
|
17. |
|
Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside the Building or on the walkways outside
the Building, except in areas designated by Landlord. This exclusion is expressly understood
not to apply to conveyances reasonably necessary for the movement of persons with disabilities
or for the easy movement of children under 4 years of age within the Building. |
|
18. |
|
Landlord may from time to time adopt systems and procedures for the security and safety of
the Building and the Property, its occupants, entry, use and contents. Tenant, its agents,
employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlords systems and
procedures. |
|
19. |
|
Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name of the Building or any other
publicity by Tenant that in Landlords sole opinion may impair the reputation of the Building
or its desirability. Upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from and
discontinue such publicity immediately. |
|
20. |
|
Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees shall smoke or
permit smoking in the Common Areas, unless a portion of the Common Areas have been declared a
designated smoking area by Landlord, nor shall the above parties allow smoke from the Premises
to emanate into the Common Areas or any other part of the Building. Landlord shall have the
right to designate the Building (including the Premises) as a non-smoking building. |
|
21. |
|
Landlord shall have the right to designate and approve standard window coverings for the
Premises and to establish rules to assure that the Building presents a uniform exterior
appearance. Tenant shall ensure, to the extent reasonably practicable, that window coverings
are closed on windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
22. |
|
Deliveries to and from the Premises shall be made only at the times in the areas and through
the entrances and exits reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not make deliveries to
or from the Premises in a manner that might
interfere with the use by any other tenant of its premises or of the Common Areas, any
pedestrian use, or any use which is inconsistent with good business practice. |
|
23. |
|
The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by Tenant after 5:30 p.m., and
cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Windows, doors and fixtures
may be cleaned at any time. Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles to
prevent unreasonable hardship to the cleaning service. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
EXHIBIT
F
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and between CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (Landlord) and QUINSTREET, INC., a California
corporation (Tenant) for space in the Building located at 1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster
City, California.
|
A. |
|
Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have the right to extend the
Term (the
Renewal Option) for one additional period of five (5) years commencing on the day
following the Termination Date of the initial Term and ending on the fifth anniversary
of the Termination Date (the Renewal Term), if: |
|
1. |
|
Landlord receives notice of exercise (Initial Renewal Notice) not
less than 9 full calendar months prior to the expiration of the initial Term and
not more than 12 full calendar months prior to the expiration of the initial
Term; and |
|
|
2. |
|
Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure
periods at the time that Tenant delivers its Initial Renewal Notice or at the
time Tenant delivers its Binding Notice (as defined below); and |
|
|
3. |
|
No part of the Premises is sublet (other than pursuant to a
Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) at the time that
Tenant delivers its Initial Renewal Notice or at the time Tenant delivers its
Binding Notice; and |
|
|
4. |
|
The Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted
Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) prior to the date that Tenant
delivers its Initial Renewal Notice or prior to the date Tenant delivers its
Binding Notice. |
|
B. |
|
Terms Applicable to Premises During Renewal Term. |
|
1. |
|
The initial Base Rent rate per rentable square foot for the
Premises during the Renewal Term shall equal 95% of the Prevailing Market rate
(hereinafter defined) per rentable square foot for the Premises. Base Rent during
the Renewal Term shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases
assumed in the determination of Prevailing Market rate. Base Rent attributable to
the Premises shall be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the
terms and conditions of Section 4 of the Lease. |
|
|
2. |
|
Tenant shall pay Additional Rent (i.e. Taxes and Expenses) for the
Premises during the Renewal Term In accordance with the terms of Section 4 of the
Lease, and the manner and method in which Tenant reimburses Landlord for Tenants
share of Taxes and Expenses and the Base Year applicable to such matter, shall be
some of the factors considered in determining the Prevailing Market rate for the
Renewal Term. |
|
C. |
|
Initial Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market. Within 30 days after
receipt of
Tenants Initial Renewal Notice, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the applicable Base
Rent
rate for the Premises for the Renewal Term. Tenant, within 30 days after the date on
which Landlord advises Tenant of the applicable Base Rent rate for the Renewal Term,
shall either (i) give Landlord final binding written notice (Binding Notice) of
Tenants
exercise of its Renewal Option, or (ii) if Tenant disagrees with Landlords
determination,
provide Landlord with written notice of rejection (the
Rejection Notice). If Tenant
fails
to provide Landlord with either a Binding Notice or Rejection Notice within such 30 day
period, Tenants Renewal Option shall be null and void and of no further force and
effect.
If Tenant provides Landlord with a Binding Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into
the Renewal Amendment (as defined below) upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein. If Tenant provides Landlord with a Rejection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall
work together in good faith to agree upon the Prevailing Market rate for the Premises
during the Renewal Term. Upon agreement, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into the
Renewal Amendment in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Prevailing
Market rate within 30 days after the date Tenant provides Landlord with the Rejection
Notice, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord (the Arbitration Notice) within 5 days
after
the expiration of such 30 day period, shall have the right to have the Prevailing
Market
rate determined in accordance with the arbitration procedures described in Section D |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.]
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
below. If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Prevailing Market rate within the
30 day period described and Tenant fails to timely exercise its right to arbitrate,
Tenants Renewal Option shall be deemed to be null and void and of no further force
and effect.
|
D. |
|
Arbitration Procedure. |
|
1. |
|
If Tenant provides Landlord with an Arbitration Notice, Landlord
and Tenant, within
5 days after the date of the Arbitration Notice, shall each simultaneously
submit to
the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing
Market
rate for the Premises during the Renewal Term (collectively referred to as the
Estimates). If the higher of such Estimates is not more than 105% of the lower
of such Estimates, then Prevailing Market rate shall be the average of the two
Estimates. If the Prevailing Market rate is not resolved by the exchange of
Estimates, then, within 7 days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and
Tenant shall each select an appraiser to determine which of the two Estimates
most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Premises during the
Renewal Term. Each appraiser so selected shall be certified as an MAI appraiser
or as an ASA appraiser and shall have had at least 5 years experience within the
previous 10 years as a real estate appraiser working in the Foster City/San
Mateo
area with working knowledge of current rental rates and practices. For purposes
hereof, an MAI appraiser means an individual who holds an MAI designation
conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Institute of Real
Estate Appraisers (or its successor organization, or in the event there is no
successor organization, the organization and designation most similar), and an
ASA appraiser means an individual who holds the Senior Member designation
conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Society of
Appraisers (or its successor organization, or, in the event there is no
successor
organization, the organization and designation most similar). |
|
|
2. |
|
Upon selection, Landlords and Tenants appraisers shall work
together in good
faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the
Prevailing
Market rate for the Premises. The Estimate chosen by such appraisers shall be
binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the Base Rent rate for the Premises
during the Renewal Term, subject to the terms of Section D.4 below regarding the
Minimum Renewal Base Rent, as defined therein. If either Landlord or Tenant
fails to appoint an appraiser within the 7 day period referred to above, the
appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser for the
purposes
hereof. If the two appraisers cannot agree upon which of the two Estimates most
closely reflects the Prevailing Market within 20 days after their appointment,
then,
within 10 days after the expiration of such 20 day period, the two appraisers
shall
select a third appraiser meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third
appraiser (i.e. arbitrator) has been selected as provided for above, then, as
soon
thereafter as practicable but in any case within 14 days, the arbitrator shall
make
his determination of which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the
Prevailing
Market rate and such Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as
the Base Rent rate for the Premises, subject to the terms of Section D.4 below
regarding the Minimum Renewal Base Rent, as defined therein. If the arbitrator
believes that expert advice would materially assist him, he may retain one or
more
qualified persons to provide such expert advice. The parties shall share equally
in
the costs of the arbitrator and of any experts retained by the arbitrator. Any
fees
of any appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant,
however, shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or
expert. |
|
|
3. |
|
If the Prevailing Market rate has not been determined by the
commencement date
of the Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent upon the terms and conditions
in effect during the last month of the initial Term for the Premises until such
time
as the Prevailing Market rate has been determined. Upon such
determination, the
Base Rent for the Premises shall be retroactively adjusted to the commencement
of the Renewal Term for the Premises. If such adjustment results in an
underpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of
such underpayment within 30 days after the determination thereof. If such
adjustment results in an overpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Landlord shall
credit such overpayment against the next installment of Base Rent due under the
Lease and, to the extent necessary, any subsequent installments, until the
entire
amount of such overpayment has been credited against Base Rent. |
|
E. |
|
Renewal Amendment. If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its
Renewal Option,
Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the Renewal Amendment) to reflect changes in
the Base Rent, Term, Termination Date and other appropriate terms. The Renewal |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
|
|
|
Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after receipt of the
Binding Notice and Tenant shall execute and return the Renewal Amendment to Landlord
within 15 days after Tenants receipt of same, but, upon final determination of the
Prevailing Market rate applicable during the Renewal Term as described herein, an
otherwise valid exercise of the Renewal Option shall be fully effective whether or not
the Renewal Amendment is executed. |
|
|
F. |
|
Prevailing Market. For purposes hereof, Prevailing Market shall mean
the arms length fair market annual rental rate per rentable square foot under renewal
leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market
is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and
office buildings comparable to the Building in the Foster City/San Mateo area. The
determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account any material economic
differences between the terms of this Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such
as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions and the manner, if any, in
which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes. |
2. |
|
Right of First Refusal. |
|
A. |
|
Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first
refusal (the
Right of First Refusal) with respect to the approximately 36,885 rentable square feet
of
space consisting of the 7th floor of the East Tower Building, shown on the
demising plan
attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 (the Refusal
Space). Tenants Right of First Refusal
shall be exercised as follows: when Landlord has a prospective tenant, other than the
then-existing tenant in the applicable portion of the Refusal Space, (the Prospect)
interested in leasing all or a portion of the Refusal Space, Landlord shall advise
Tenant
(the Advice) of the terms under which Landlord is prepared to lease such portion of
the
Refusal Space to such Prospect and Tenant may lease such portion of the Refusal
Space, under such terms, by providing Landlord with written notice of exercise (the
Notice of Exercise) within 5 Business Days after the date of the Advice, except that
Tenant shall have no such Right of First Refusal and Landlord need not provide Tenant
with an Advice if: |
|
1. |
|
Tenant is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure
periods at the time that Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or |
|
|
2. |
|
the Premises, or any portion thereof, is sublet (other than pursuant
to a Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) at the time
Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice; or |
|
|
3. |
|
the Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted
Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) prior to the date Landlord would
otherwise deliver the Advice; or |
|
|
4. |
|
the Refusal Space is not intended for the exclusive use of Tenant or
the transferee of a Permitted Transfer during the Term; or |
|
|
5. |
|
the Tenant or the transferee of a Permitted Transfer is not occupying
the Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Advice. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall not deliver
an Advice to Tenant prior to the earlier of the following: (1) the date that is 30
months after the Commencement Date, or (2) the first date by which at least 50% of the
Building is leased, it being understood that Landlord will not lease any portion of the
Refusal Space to a third party prior to the earlier of such dates. |
|
B. |
|
Terms for Refusal Space. |
|
1. |
|
The term for the Refusal Space shall commence upon the commencement
date stated in the Advice and thereupon such Refusal Space shall be considered a
part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Advice,
including the termination date set forth in the Advice, shall govern Tenants
leasing of the Refusal Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict
with the Advice, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to the Refusal
Space. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Refusal Space in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Advice. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
3
|
2. |
|
The Refusal Space (including improvements and personalty, if any)
shall be accepted by Tenant in its condition and as-built configuration existing
on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of the Refusal Space or the
date the term for such Refusal Space commences, unless the Advice specifies work
to be performed by Landlord in the Refusal Space, in which case Landlord shall
perform such work in the Refusal Space. If Landlord is delayed delivering
possession of the Refusal Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such
space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of
the space, and the commencement of the term for the Refusal Space shall be
postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the Refusal Space to
Tenant free from occupancy by any party. |
|
C. |
|
Termination of Right of First Refusal. The rights of Tenant hereunder
with respect to the
Refusal Space shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the original Termination
Date
under this Lease (not including the Renewal Term, if any), (ii) with respect to any
particular Advice, Tenants failure to exercise its Right of First Refusal within the 5
Business Day period provided in Section A above; and (iii) with respect to any
particular
Advice, the date Landlord would have provided Tenant such Advice if Tenant had not
been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section A above. |
|
|
D. |
|
Refusal Space Amendment. If Tenant exercises its Right of First Refusal,
Landlord shall
prepare an amendment (the Refusal Space Amendment) adding the Refusal Space to
the Premises on the terms set forth in the Advice and reflecting the changes in the
Base
Rent, Rentable Square Footage of the Premises, Tenants Pro Rata Share and other
appropriate terms. A copy of the Refusal Space Amendment shall be sent to Tenant
within a reasonable time after Landlords receipt of the Notice of Exercise executed by
Tenant, and Tenant shall execute and return the Refusal Space Amendment to Landlord
within 15 days thereafter, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Right of First
Refusal
shall be fully effective whether or not the Refusal Space Amendment is executed. |
3. |
|
Shower Facility. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3 of Exhibit F, following the
completion of construction of the Shower Facility (as defined in the Work Letter) by Landlord,
so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to the
non-exclusive use of the Shower Facility. The use of the Shower Facility shall be subject to
the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from
time to time by Landlord for the Shower Facility. The costs of operating, maintaining and
repairing the Shower Facility may be included as part of Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that
the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that
Landlord shall continuously maintain the Shower Facility in its original configuration
throughout the Term, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlords sole discretion, to
expand, contract or otherwise modify the Shower Facility, so long as the benefits to Tenant in
connection therewith are not materially reduced. Tenant hereby voluntarily releases,
discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for personal
injury or property damage occurring to Tenant or its employees or agents arising as a result
of the use of the Shower Facility, or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however
the same may occur, and further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal
injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or
employees for any said causes of action, except to the extent arising out of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. It is the intention of Tenant with respect to
the Shower Facility to exempt and relieve Landlord from liability for personal injury or
property damage caused by negligence. |
|
4. |
|
Temporary Fitness Center Use. During the period starting with the Commencement Date and
ending on the date on which Landlord first offers Tenant an Advice with respect to all or any
portion of the Refusal Space in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit
F, Tenant may have access to up to 5,000 rentable square feet in a location designated by
Landlord on the 7th floor of the Building (the Fitness Center Space) for the
placing of exercise equipment and use as a fitness center by Tenants employees only, all at
Tenants sole risk and Tenants sole cost and expense. Tenants use of the Fitness Center
Space shall be subject to Landlord reasonable prior approval of the nature of the equipment
to be installed by Tenant and the use thereof, and shall be subject to all the terms and
conditions of the Lease (and the Fitness Center Space shall be considered part of the Premises
for purposes of Tenants insurance and indemnification obligations under the Lease), except
that Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent in connection with such
use. Landlord may deny or withdraw such permission to enter or use the Fitness Center Space
prior to the first Advice at any time that Landlord reasonably determines that such entry by
Tenant is causing a dangerous situation for Landlord, Tenant or their respective contractors
or employees. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
4
EXHIBIT F-1
REFUSAL SPACE
{QuinStreet, Inc. -5-00004264.}
May 29, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
EXHIBIT G
PARKING AGREEMENT
This Exhibit (the Parking Agreement) is attached to and made a part of the Lease by and
between CA- PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware
limited partnership (Landlord) and
QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation (Tenant) for space in the Building located at 1051
East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster City, California.
1. |
|
The capitalized terms used in this Parking Agreement shall have the same definitions as set
forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not
redefined in this Parking Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this
Parking Agreement, the latter shall control. |
|
2. |
|
During the initial Term, Tenant agrees to lease from Landlord and Landlord agrees to lease to
Tenant a total of 128 non-reserved parking spaces in the parking facility servicing the
Building (Parking Facility). During the initial Term, the charge for such 128 non-reserved
parking spaces shall be $0.00 per non-reserved parking pass, per month. Tenant may, from time
to time request additional parking spaces, and if Landlord shall provide the same, such
parking spaces shall be provided and used on a month-to-month basis, and otherwise on the
foregoing terms and provisions, and at such prevailing monthly parking charges as shall be
established from time to time, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to use such additional
parking spaces at no additional charge so long as such additional spaces are available in the
Parking Facility and Tenants use of such additional parking spaces does not interfere with
the rights of the employees and invitees of other tenants of the Building to use the Parking
Facility, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No deductions from the monthly charge, if
any, shall be made for days on which the Parking Facility is not used by Tenant. |
|
3. |
|
Tenant shall at all times comply with all applicable ordinances, rules, regulations, codes,
laws, statutes and requirements of all federal, state, county and municipal governmental
bodies or their subdivisions respecting the use of the Parking Facility. Landlord reserves the
right to adopt, modify and enforce reasonable rules (Rules) governing the use of the Parking
Facility from time to time including any key-card, sticker or other identification or entrance
system and hours of operation. The Rules set forth herein are currently in effect. Landlord
may refuse to permit any person who violates such Rules to park in the Parking Facility, and
any violation of the Rules shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Facility. |
|
4. |
|
Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces hereunder shall be provided on a
non-designated first-come, first-served basis. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has no
liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of any independent operator of the
Parking Facility. Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any damage to items located
in the Parking Facility, nor for any personal injuries or death arising out of any matter
relating to the Parking Facility, and in all events, Tenant agrees to look first to its
insurance carrier and to require that Tenants employees look first to their respective
insurance carriers for payment of any losses sustained in connection with any use of the
Parking Facility. Tenant hereby waives on behalf of its insurance carriers all rights of
subrogation against Landlord or Landlords agents. Landlord reserves the right to assign
specific parking spaces, and to reserve parking spaces for visitors, small cars, handicapped
persons and for other tenants, guests of tenants or other parties, which assignment and
reservation or spaces may be relocated as determined by Landlord from time to time, and Tenant
and persons designated by Tenant hereunder shall not park in any location designated for such
assigned or reserved parking spaces. Tenant acknowledges that the Parking Facility may be
closed entirely or in part in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to
alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the Parking Facility, or if required by casualty,
strike, condemnation, act of God, governmental law or requirement or other reason beyond the
operators reasonable control. In such event, Landlord shall refund any prepaid parking fee
hereunder, prorated on a per diem basis. |
|
5. |
|
If Tenant shall default under this Parking Agreement, the operator shall have the right to
remove from the Parking Facility any vehicles hereunder which shall have been involved or
shall have been owned or driven by parties involved in causing such default, without liability
therefor whatsoever. In addition, if Tenant shall default under this Parking Agreement,
Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Parking Agreement on 30 days written notice,
unless within such 30 day period, Tenant cures such default. If Tenant defaults with respect
to the same term or condition under this Parking Agreement more than 3 times during any 12
month period, and Landlord notifies Tenant thereof promptly after each such default, the next
default of such term or condition during the succeeding 12 month period, shall, at Landlords
election, constitute an incurable default. Such cancellation right shall be cumulative and
in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or equity, or
provided under the Lease (all of which rights and remedies under the Lease are hereby
incorporated herein, as though fully set forth). Any default by Tenant under the Lease shall
be a default under this Parking Agreement. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
1
RULES
|
(i) |
|
Tenant shall have access to the Parking Facility on a 24-hour basis, 7 days a week, subject
to the other terms of this Parking Agreement. Tenant shall not store or permit its employees
to store any automobiles in the Parking Facility without the prior written consent of the
operator. Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees shall not perform any work on
any automobiles while located in the Parking Facility, or on the Property. If it is necessary
for Tenant or its employees to leave an automobile in the Parking Facility overnight, Tenant
shall provide the operator with prior notice thereof designating the license plate number and
model of such automobile. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor, and only small
cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
All directional signs and arrows must be
observed. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
The speed limit shall be 5 miles per
hour. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Parking spaces reserved for handicapped persons must be used only by vehicles properly
designated. |
|
|
(vi) |
|
Parking is prohibited in all areas not expressly designated for parking, including without
limitation: |
|
(a) |
|
Areas not striped for parking |
|
|
(b) |
|
aisles |
|
|
(c) |
|
where no parking signs are posted |
|
|
(d) |
|
ramps |
|
|
(e) |
|
loading zones |
|
(vii) |
|
Parking stickers, key cards or any other devices or forms of identification or entry
supplied by the operator shall remain the property of the operator. Such device must be
displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the
parking identification device may not be obliterated. Parking passes and devices are not
transferable and any pass or device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. |
|
|
(viii) |
|
Monthly fees shall be payable in advance prior to the first day of each month. Failure to
do so will result in a charge at the prevailing daily parking rate until payment is made, and
no refunds shall be made for such daily charges following the late payment of the monthly
fee. No deductions or allowances from the monthly rate will be made for days on which the
Parking Facility is not used by Tenant or its designees. |
|
|
(ix) |
|
Parking Facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions
to these Rules. |
|
|
(x) |
|
Every parker is required to park and lock his/her own car. |
|
|
(xi) |
|
Loss or theft of parking pass, identification, key cards or other such devices must be
reported to Landlord and to the Parking Facility manager immediately. Any parking devices
reported lost or stolen found on any authorized car will be confiscated and the illegal
holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen passes and devices found by Tenant or
its employees must be reported to the office of the Parking Facility immediately. |
|
|
(xii) |
|
Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle by the customer and/or his agents is
prohibited. Parking spaces may be used only for parking automobiles. |
|
|
(xiii) |
|
Tenant agrees to acquaint all persons to whom Tenant assigns a parking space with these
Rules. |
6. |
|
TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT OR TENANTS PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATIONS,
ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANTS AUTOMOBILE OR THE CONTENTS THEREOF DUE TO THEFT, VANDALISM OR
ACCIDENT) ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO TENANTS USE OF THE PARKING FACILITY OR EXERCISE OF ANY
RIGHTS UNDER THIS PARKING AGREEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTS FROM LANDLORDS
ACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENT OMISSION. THE LIMITATION ON LANDLORDS LIABILITY UNDER THE |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
2
|
|
PRECEDING SENTENCE SHALL NOT APPLY HOWEVER TO LOSS OR DAMAGE
ARISING DIRECTLY FROM LANDLORDS
GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. |
|
7. |
|
Without limiting the provisions of Paragraph 6 above, Tenant hereby voluntarily releases,
discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for personal
injury or property damage occurring to Tenant arising as a result of parking in the Parking
Facility, or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may occur, and
further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage
against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or employees for any said causes of
action. It is the intention of Tenant by this instrument, to exempt and relieve Landlord from
liability for personal injury or property damage caused by negligence, but shall not apply to
Landlords gross negligence or willful misconduct. |
|
8. |
|
The provisions of Section 20 of the Lease are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully
recited. |
|
|
|
Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has read the provisions of this Parking Agreement, has been
fully and completely advised of the potential dangers incidental to parking in the Parking
Facility and is fully aware of the legal consequences of agreeing to this instrument. |
{QuinStreet, Inc. -6-00004264.}
May 30, 2003
Matter ID Number: 7329
3
FIRST AMENDMENT
THIS
FIRST AMENDMENT (the Amendment) is made and entered into as of June 24th, 2004,
by and between CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership (Landlord) and QU1NSTREET, INC., a
California corporation (Tenant).
RECITALS
A. |
|
Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated
June 2, 2003 (the Lease).
Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately
35,435 rentable square feet (the Original Premises) described as Suite No. 800 on the
8th floor of the building commonly known as Parkside Tower East located at 1051 E.
Hillsdale Drive, Foster City, California (defined in Section 1.01 of the Lease as the East
Tower), which is a portion of the Building defined in Section 1.01 of the Lease. |
|
B. |
|
Tenant has requested that additional space containing approximately 18,442 rentable square
feet described as Suite No. 700 on the 7th floor of the Building shown on Exhibit A
hereto (the Expansion Space) be added to the Original Premises and that the Lease be
appropriately amended and Landlord is willing to do the same on the following terms and
conditions. |
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are
incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant
agree as follows:
1. |
|
Expansion and Effective Date. Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date (defined
below), the Premises, as defined in the Lease, is increased from 35,435 rentable square feet
on the 8th floor to 53,877 rentable square feet on the 7th and
8th floors by the addition of the Expansion Space, and from and after the
Expansion Effective Date, the Original Premises and the Expansion Space, collectively, shall
be deemed the Premises, as defined in the Lease. The Term for the Expansion Space shall
commence on the Expansion Effective Date and end on the Termination Date. The Expansion Space
is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease except as expressly modified herein
and except that Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any allowances, abatements or other
financial concessions granted with respect to the Original Premises unless such concessions
are expressly provided for herein with respect to the Expansion Space. |
|
1.01. |
|
The Expansion Effective Date shall be the later to occur of (i) November
15, 2004 (Target Expansion Effective Date), and
(ii) the date upon which the
Expansion Space Landlord Work (as defined in the Expansion Space Work Letter attached
as Exhibit B hereto) in the Expansion Space has been Substantially Completed; provided,
however, that if Landlord is delayed in the performance of the Expansion Space
Landlord Work as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant, the Tenant Related
Parties (defined in Section 13 of the Lease) or their respective contractors or
vendors, including, without limitation, changes requested by Tenant to the Expansion
Space Plans or other approved plans, Tenants failure to comply with any of its
obligations under the Lease or this Amendment or the Expansion Space Work Letter, or
the specification of any materials or equipment with long lead times (a Tenant
Delay), the Expansion Space Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially
Complete on the date that Landlord could reasonably have been expected to
Substantially Complete the Expansion Space Landlord Work absent any Tenant Delay. |
|
|
|
|
The Expansion Space Landlord Work shall be deemed to be Substantially Complete on
the later of (a) the date that all Expansion Space Landlord Work has been
performed, other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any
other similar matter, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere
with Tenants use of the Expansion Space, in a good and workmanlike manner and in
compliance with the Expansion Space Plans (as defined in the Expansion Space Work
Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B) and subject to any revisions to the Expansion
Space Plans approved by Landlord and |
June 11,
2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
1
|
|
|
Tenant in accordance with the Expansion Space Work Letter), and (b) the date
Landlord receives from the appropriate governmental authorities all approvals
necessary for the occupancy of the Expansion Space. |
|
|
1.02. |
|
The adjustment of the Expansion Effective Date and,
accordingly, the postponement of Tenants obligation to pay Rent on the Expansion
Space shall be Tenants sole remedy and shall constitute full settlement of all claims
that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of the Expansion Space not
being ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Target Expansion Effective Date. If the
Expansion Effective Date is delayed pursuant to the foregoing, the Termination Date
under the Lease shall not be similarly extended. |
|
|
1.03. |
|
In addition to the postponement, if any, of the Expansion Effective Date as a
result of the applicability of Section 1.01. of this Amendment, the Expansion
Effective Date shall be delayed to the extent that Landlord fails to deliver
possession of the Expansion Space on the Expansion Effective Date for any other reason
(other than Tenant Delays by Tenant), including but not limited to, holding over by
prior occupants. Any such delay in the Expansion Effective Date shall not subject
Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If the
Expansion Effective Date is delayed pursuant to the foregoing, the Termination Date
under the Lease shall not be similarly extended. |
2. |
|
Base Rent. In addition to Tenants obligation to pay Base Rent for the
Original Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent for the Expansion Space as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Rate Per |
|
|
Months of Term or Period |
|
Square Foot |
|
Monthly Base Rent |
November 15, 2004 October 31, 2005 |
|
$ |
24.60 |
|
|
$ |
37,806.10 |
|
November 1, 2005 October 31, 2006 |
|
$ |
26.40 |
|
|
$ |
40,572.40 |
|
November 1, 2006 October 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
27.60 |
|
|
$ |
42,416.60 |
|
November 1, 2007 October 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
28.80 |
|
|
$ |
44,260.80 |
|
November 1, 2008 October 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
30.00 |
|
|
$ |
46,105.00 |
|
|
|
All such Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as
amended hereby. |
|
|
|
Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the foregoing schedule is based on the assumption that
the Expansion Effective Date is the Target Expansion Effective Date. If the Expansion
Effective Date is other than the Target Expansion Effective Date, the schedule set forth
above with respect to the payment of any installment(s) of Base Rent for the Expansion
Space shall be appropriately adjusted on a per diem basis to reflect the actual Expansion
Effective Date, and the actual Expansion Effective Date shall be set forth in a
confirmation letter to be prepared by Landlord. However, the effective date of any
increases or decreases in the Base Rent rate shall not be postponed as a result of an
adjustment of the Expansion Effective Date as provided above. |
|
3. |
|
Security Deposit. No Security Deposit shall be required in connection with this
Amendment. The definition of Security Deposit set forth in Section 1.08 of the Lease is
hereby deleted and replaced with None. The first sentence of Article V of the Lease is
hereby amended to include the clause, if any, after the words Security Deposit in the
first sentence. The provisions of Section 8.09 below shall apply to Tenants Letter of
Credit obligations under the Lease, as amended hereby. |
|
4. |
|
Tenants Pro Rata Share. For the period commencing with the Expansion Effective Date
and ending on the Termination Date, Tenants Pro Rata Share for the Expansion Space is
4.6283%. |
|
5. |
|
Expenses and Taxes. For the period commencing with the Expansion Effective Date and
ending on the Termination Date, Tenant shall pay for Tenants Pro Rata Share of Expenses and
Taxes applicable to the Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended
hereby. |
|
6. |
|
Improvements to Expansion Space. |
|
6.01. |
|
Condition of Expansion Space. Tenant has inspected the Expansion Space and
agrees to accept the same as is without any agreements, representations,
understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, |
June 11,
2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
2
|
|
|
repairs or improvements, except as may be expressly provided otherwise in this
Amendment or in the Expansion Space Work Letter attached hereto as
Exhibit B.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except to the extent caused by Tenant or any Tenant
Related Party (as defined in Section 13 of the Lease), as of the Expansion
Effective Date, the electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning,
mechanical and plumbing systems serving the Expansion Space shall be in good order
and satisfactory condition and in compliance with applicable Laws (as defined in
Section 5 of the Lease). If the foregoing are not in good working order or
compliance as provided above, Landlord shall be responsible for repairing or
restoring same, or correcting such violations, at its cost and expense, provided
that the foregoing shall not prohibit Landlord from including the cost of routine
maintenance and repair of such systems in Expenses as otherwise permitted under
Section 4.02 of the Lease. |
|
6.02. |
|
Responsibility for Improvements to Expansion Space. Landlord shall perform
improvements to the Expansion Space in accordance with the Expansion Space Work Letter
attached hereto as Exhibit B. |
7. |
|
Early Access to Expansion Space; Beneficial Occupancy. Landlord grants Tenant the
right to enter the Expansion Space, at Tenants sole risk, thirty (30) days prior to
Landlords then reasonable estimate of the Expansion Effective Date, for the purpose of
installing telecommunications and data cabling, fiber optic links, equipment, furnishings and
other personalty, and for conducting business operations in the Premises. Such access shall
be subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended hereby, but Tenant shall not
be required to pay Rent (defined in Section 4.01 of the Lease) to Landlord during such period
of early access before the Expansion Effective Date. However, Tenant shall be responsible for
the reasonable cost of services requested by Tenant (e.g. freight elevator usage of
after-hours HVAC) during such period. Landlord may withdraw or limit such permission to
enter the Expansion Space prior to the Expansion Effective Date at any time that Landlord
reasonably determines that such entry by Tenant is causing a dangerous situation for Landlord,
Tenant or their respective contractors or employees, or if Landlord reasonably determines that
such entry by Tenant is hampering or otherwise preventing Landlord from proceeding with the
completion of the Expansion Space Landlord Work at the earliest possible date. |
|
|
|
In addition to the foregoing, if the Expansion Space Landlord Work is Substantially
Complete prior to the Target Expansion Effective Date, subject to the terms of this Section
7.01, Tenant may take possession of and occupy the Expansion Space for the Permitted Use
and may conduct business operations therein following the date of Substantial Completion of
the Expansion Space Landlord Work and prior to the Expansion Effective Date, which
occupancy shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended hereby, but
Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent (defined in Section 4.01 of the Lease) to Landlord
during such period of early occupancy before the Expansion Effective Date. However, Tenant
shall be responsible for the reasonable cost of services requested by Tenant (e.g. freight
elevator usage of after-hours HVAC) during such period. |
|
8. |
|
Other Pertinent Provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree that, effective as of the date
of this Amendment (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this
Section), the Lease shall be amended in the following additional respects: |
|
8.01 |
|
Renewal Option. Tenants Renewal Option set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit F of
the Lease shall apply to the entire Premises (Original Premises and Expansion Space)
only, and the Renewal Term may be subject to reduction pursuant to Section 8.02 below. |
|
|
8.02 |
|
One-Year Extension Option. Tenant shall have the One-Year Extension Option set
forth below, which Tenant may, at Tenants option, exercise in lieu of one year of the
term of Tenants Renewal Option. Upon Tenants delivery of an Initial Renewal Notice
under the Renewal Option, Tenants One-Year Extension Option automatically shall be of
no further force and effect, and alternatively, upon Tenants delivery of a One-Year
Renewal Notice, Tenants Renewal Option shall automatically be reduced to a 4-year
renewal option commencing at the conclusion of Tenants One-Year Extension Term and the
notice period for the Renewal Option set forth in Section 1.A.1 of Exhibit F of the Lease
shall be calculated from the expiration of the One-Year Extension Term rather than from
the expiration of the initial Term. |
June 11,
2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
3
|
A. |
|
Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have the right to extend
the
Term (the One-Year Extension Option) for the entire Premises only
(both the Original Premises and the Expansion Space) for one additional
period of one (1) year commencing on the day following the Termination
Date of the initial Term and ending on the first anniversary of the
Termination Date (the One-Year Extension Term), if: |
|
1. |
|
Landlord receives notice of exercise (One-Year
Extension
Notice) not less than 9 full calendar months prior to the
expiration of the initial Term; and |
|
|
2. |
|
Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any
applicable cure
periods at the time that Tenant delivers One-Year Extension Notice;
and |
|
|
3. |
|
No part of the Premises is sublet (other than pursuant to a
Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) at the
time that Tenant delivers its One-Year Extension Notice; and |
|
|
4. |
|
The Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a
Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) prior to
the date that Tenant delivers its One-Year Extension Notice. |
|
B. |
|
Terms Applicable to Premises During One-Year Extension Term. |
|
1. |
|
The Base Rent rate per rentable square foot for the
Premises
during the One-Year Extension Term shall be $2.65 per rentable
square foot for the Premises. Such Base Rent shall be payable in
monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions
of Section 4 of the Lease, as amended hereby. |
|
|
2. |
|
Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent for the
Premises
during the One-Year Extension Term in accordance with the
terms of the Lease. |
|
|
3. |
|
Tenant shall accept the Premises on an as-is basis for the
One-Year Extension Term and shall not be entitled to any allowances,
improvements or concessions in connection therewith. |
|
C. |
|
One-Year Extension Amendment. If Tenant is entitled to and properly
exercises its One-Year Extension Option, Landlord shall prepare an
amendment (the One-Year Extension Amendment) to reflect changes
in the Base Rent, Term, Termination Date and other appropriate terms.
The One-Year Extension Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within a
reasonable time after receipt of the One-Year Extension Notice and
Tenant shall execute and return the One-Year Extension Amendment to
Landlord as soon as practicable after Tenants receipt of same, but, upon
delivery of Tenants One-Year Extension Notice, an otherwise valid
exercise of the One-Year Extension Option shall be fully effective
whether or not the One-Year Extension Amendment is executed. |
|
8.03 |
|
7th Floor Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal set forth in
Section 2 of Exhibit F of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that: |
|
A. |
|
As amended hereby, such Right of First Refusal shall hereafter be referred
to as the 7th Floor Right of First Refusal, and all references to the
Right
of First Refusal in Section 2 of Exhibit F of
the Lease shall refer instead to the 7th Floor Right of First Refusal. |
|
|
B. |
|
The Refusal Space for purposes of the 7th Floor Right of First
Refusal
shall be amended to include only the approximately 18,443 rentable square
feet that represent the portion of the Refusal Space set forth on
Exhibit F-1 to the Lease other than the Expansion Space,
and accordingly Exhibit F-1 is hereby deleted and replaced with Exhibit A-2 attached hereto. As
amended hereby, the term Refusal Space, as defined in Section 2 of
Exhibit F to the Lease, shall hereafter be referred to as the 7th
Floor |
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
4
|
|
|
Refusal Space, and all references to the Refusal Space in Section 2 of Exhibit
F of the Lease shall refer instead to the 7th Floor Refusal Space. |
|
|
C. |
|
Section 2.C(i) of Exhibit F of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with
the following: the original Termination Date under the Lease (not including any
renewal or extension of the Term, whether pursuant to the Renewal Option, the
One-Year Extension Option, or otherwise). |
|
8.04. |
|
6th Floor Right of First Refusal. |
|
A. |
|
Grant of Option; Conditions. In addition to the Right of First
Refusal set
forth in Section 2 of Exhibit F of the Lease, as amended in Section 8.02
below, Tenant shall have an ongoing right of first refusal (the 6th
Floor
Right of First Refusal) with respect to the approximately 41,631
rentable square feet of space consisting of the 6th floor of the East
Tower,
shown on the demising plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (the 6th
Floor Refusal Space). Tenants 6th Floor Right of First Refusal shall
be
exercised as follows: when Landlord has a prospective tenant, other than
the then-existing tenant in the applicable portion of the 6th Floor
Refusal
Space, (the 6th Floor Prospect) interested in leasing all or a portion
of
the 6th Floor Refusal Space, Landlord shall advise Tenant (the
6th Floor
Advice) of the terms under which Landlord is prepared to lease such
portion of the 6th Floor Refusal Space to such Prospect and Tenant may
lease such portion of the 6th Floor Refusal Space, under such terms, by
providing Landlord with written notice of exercise (the 6th Floor
Notice
of Exercise) within 5 Business Days after the date of the 6th Floor
Advice, except that Tenant shall have no such 6th Floor Right of First
Refusal and Landlord need not provide Tenant with a 6th Floor Advice if: |
|
1. |
|
Tenant is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable
cure
periods at the time that Landlord would otherwise deliver the
6th
Floor Advice; or |
|
|
2. |
|
the Premises, or any portion thereof, is sublet (other
than
pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the
Lease) at the time Landlord would otherwise deliver the 6th
Floor
Advice; or |
|
|
3. |
|
the Lease has been assigned (other than pursuant to a
Permitted
Transfer, as defined in Section 11 of the Lease) prior to the
date Landlord would otherwise deliver the
6th Floor Advice; or |
|
|
4. |
|
the 6th Floor Refusal Space is not intended for
the exclusive use
of Tenant or the transferee of a Permitted Transfer during the Term; or |
|
|
5. |
|
the Tenant or the transferee of a Permitted Transfer is not
occupying the Premises on the date Landlord would otherwise
deliver the 6th Floor Advice. |
|
B. |
|
Terms for
6th Floor Refusal Space. |
|
1. |
|
The term for the 6th Floor Refusal Space shall
commence upon
the commencement date stated in the 6th Floor Advice and
thereupon such 6th Floor Refusal Space shall be considered a
part
of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the
6th
Floor Advice, including the termination date set forth in the
6th
Floor Advice, shall govern Tenants leasing of the 6th Floor
Refusal Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with
the 6th Floor Advice, the terms and conditions of the Lease
shall
apply to the 6th Floor Refusal Space. Tenant shall pay Base Rent
and Additional Rent for the 6th Floor Refusal Space in
accordance
with the terms and conditions of the 6th Floor Advice. |
|
|
2. |
|
The 6th Floor Refusal Space (including
improvements and
personalty, if any) shall be accepted by Tenant in its condition and
as-built configuration existing on the earlier of the date Tenant |
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
5
|
|
|
takes possession of the 6th Floor Refusal Space or the date
the term for such 6th Floor Refusal Space commences, unless
the 6th Floor Advice specifies work to be performed by
Landlord in the 6th Floor Refusal Space, in which case
Landlord shall perform such work in the 6th Floor Refusal
Space. If Landlord is delayed delivering possession of the
6th Floor Refusal Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by
any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of
the space, and the commencement of the term for the
6th Floor
Refusal Space shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers
possession of the 6th Floor Refusal Space to Tenant free from
occupancy by any party. |
|
C. |
|
Termination of 6th Floor Right of First Refusal. The
rights of Tenant
hereunder with respect to the 6th Floor Refusal Space shall terminate
on
the earlier to occur of (i) the original Termination Date under this Lease
(not including the Renewal Term, if any), (ii) with respect to
any particular 6th Floor Advice, Tenants failure to exercise its 6th Floor
Right of First
Refusal within the 5 Business Day period provided in Section A above;
and (iii) with respect to any particular
6th Floor Advice, the date
Landlord
would have provided Tenant such Advice if Tenant had not been in
violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section A above. |
|
|
D. |
|
6th Floor Refusal Space Amendment. If Tenant exercises
its 6th Floor
Right of First Refusal, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the 6th
Floor Refusal Space Amendment) adding the 6th Floor Refusal Space
to the Premises on the terms set forth in the 6th Floor Advice and
reflecting the changes in the Base Rent, Rentable Square Footage of the
Premises, Tenants Pro Rata Share and other appropriate terms. A copy
of the 6th Floor Refusal Space Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within
a reasonable time after Landlords receipt of the 6th Floor Notice of
Exercise executed by Tenant, and Tenant shall execute and return the
6th
Floor Refusal Space Amendment to Landlord as soon as practicable
thereafter, but an otherwise valid exercise of the
6th Floor Right of
First
Refusal shall be fully effective whether or not the 6th Floor Refusal
Space
Amendment is executed. |
|
A. |
|
Elevator Lobby. In Section 3 of Exhibit E (Building
Rules and
Regulations), the phrase 7th floor and the shall be added between
the
words the and 8th in the second sentence. |
|
|
B. |
|
Monument Sign. So long as (i) Tenant is not in default under the
terms of
the Lease; (ii) Tenant is in occupancy of at least 20,000 rentable square
feet of the Premises; and (iii) Tenant has not assigned the Lease or
sublet more than 15% of the Premises to one or more non-affiliated
entities, Tenant shall have the right to have its name listed on the shared
Building monument sign located near the entrance to the East Tower (the
Sign). Following installation of Tenants name on the Sign, Tenant
shall be liable for all costs related to the maintenance and, if applicable,
illumination of the sign. In the event that additional names are listed on
the Sign, all future costs of maintenance and repair shall be prorated
between Tenant and the other parties that are listed on such Sign.
Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs in connection with the
design, fabrication and installation of Tenants name on the Sign. Tenant
must obtain Landlords written consent to any proposed signage and
lettering prior to its fabrication and installation. Landlord reserves the
right to withhold consent to any sign that, in the sole judgment of
Landlord, is not harmonious with the design standards of the Building and
Sign or is in violation of applicable Laws. To obtain Landlords consent,
Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord showing the type and
sizes of all lettering; the colors, finishes and types of materials used; and
(if applicable and Landlord consents) any provisions for illumination. If
during the Lease Term (and any extensions thereof) (a) Tenant is in
default under the terms of the Lease after the expiration of applicable
cure periods; or (b) Tenant fails to continuously occupy at least 20,000 |
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
6
|
|
|
rentable square feet of the Premises; or (c) Tenant assigns the Lease to a
non-affiliated entity or subleases more than 15% of the Premises to one or more
non-affiliated entities, then Tenants rights granted herein will terminate and
Landlord may remove Tenants name from the Sign at Tenants sole cost and expense. |
|
8.06. |
|
Parking. Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date, Section 2 of Exhibit G
(Parking Agreement) of the Lease is hereby amended to increase Tenants non-reserved parking spaces from 128 to 194. Such additional spaces shall be free
of charge during the initial Term of the Lease and shall be subject to all of the
terms and conditions of the Parking Agreement. Landlord agrees that until such
time as consistent actual demand for visitor parking and/or for the retail portion
of the Building occurs such that the whole of the first floor of the parking garage
is needed for regular occupancy by retail customers and visitors to the Buildings
tenants, including Tenant, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Tenant may
use a reasonable and practical portion of its non-reserved parking spaces on the
first floor of the parking garage serving the Building. |
|
|
8.7. |
|
Landlords Notice Address. The Landlords Notice Address set forth in Section
1.12 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORDS NOTICE ADDRESS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CA-Parkside Towers Limited Partnership |
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
c/o Equity Office Management, L.L.C. |
|
Equity Office |
|
|
|
|
950 Tower Lane |
|
One Market, Spear Tower, |
|
|
|
|
Suite 950 |
|
Suite 600 |
|
|
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
San Francisco, California 94105 |
|
|
|
|
Attention: Property Manager
|
|
Attention: Regional
Counsel - San Francisco Region
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Rent shall be made
payable to the entity, and sent to the address, Landlord designates and shall be made by
good and sufficient check or by other means acceptable to Landlord. |
|
8.08 |
|
Temporary Fitness Facility and Access. For purposes of
Section 4 of Exhibit F of the Lease, following the date hereof, the Fitness Center Space shall be
relocated to an area of up to 5,000 rentable square feet designated by Landlord
within the 7th Floor Refusal Space, as defined in Section 8.03(B). |
|
|
|
|
Solely during the period that Tenant is entitled to use the Fitness Center Space pursuant
to Section 4 of Exhibit F of the Lease, Tenant shall
have the non-exclusive license
(License) to use a portion of the
7th Floor Refusal Space, in a location
reasonably designated by Landlord, to the extent reasonably necessary for purposes of
ingress and egress to the Fitness Center Space and for no other purpose. Tenants use of
the 7th Floor Refusal Space pursuant to the License, as well as Tenants use of
the Fitness Center Space, shall be subject to Tenants insurance, indemnification and
waiver of subrogation obligations under the Lease as if the same were part of the
Premises. |
|
|
8.09 |
|
Letter(s) of Credit. Landlord acknowledges that as of the date hereof Landlord is
holding a Letter of Credit in the amount of $177,175.00, pursuant to Section 6 of
the Lease (the Original Letter of Credit). Concurrently with Tenants execution
and delivery of this Amendment to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an
additional Letter of Credit (or an amendment to the Original Letter of Credit)
meeting the requirements of this Section 8.09 for Letters of Credit and in the
amount of (or increasing the original amount by) $46,105.00, such that thereafter
Landlord is holding Letter(s) of Credit in the total amount of $223,280.00
(collectively, or as so amended, the Increased Letter of Credit). Effective as of
the date of Landlords receipt and acceptance of the Increased Letter of Credit in
accordance with the provisions hereof, the term Letter of Credit in the Lease shall
thereafter refer to such Increased Letter of Credit. Landlord and Tenant agree that
effective as of the date hereof, Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Section 6 of the Lease are
hereby deleted in their entirety, and the following provisions are hereby added to
the Lease as Section 5 of Exhibit F. |
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
7
|
A. |
|
General Provisions. The Letter of Credit shall be held by Landlord as
collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under the Lease
and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of Tenants failure to
comply with one or more provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any post
lease termination damages under section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The Letter of
Credit shall be a standby, unconditional, irrevocable, transferable letter of credit in
the form of Exhibit H of the Lease and containing the terms required herein, in the face
amount required under the Lease (the Letter of Credit Amount), naming Landlord as
beneficiary, issued (or confirmed) by a financial institution satisfactory to Landlord,
permitting multiple and partial draws thereon, and otherwise in form reasonably acceptable
to Landlord. Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in
effect (whether through replacement, renewal or extension) in the Letter of Credit Amount
through the date (the Final LC Expiration Date) that is 60 days after the scheduled
expiration date of the Term or any renewal or extension Term. If the Letter of Credit held
by Landlord expires earlier than the Final LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a
stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing
bank), Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension
to Landlord not later than 60 days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit
then held by Landlord. Any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with all
of the provisions of this Section 5 of Exhibit F, shall be irrevocable, transferable and
shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Final LC Expiration
Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be
acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. |
|
|
B. |
|
Drawings under Letter of Credit. Upon Tenants failure to comply with
one or more provisions of the Lease beyond any applicable cure period or
as otherwise specifically agreed to by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to
the Lease or any amendment thereto, Landlord may, without prejudice to
any other remedy provided in the Lease or by law, draw on the Letter of
Credit and use all or part of the proceeds to (i) satisfy any amounts due
to Landlord from Tenant, and (ii) satisfy any other damage, injury,
expense or liability caused by Tenants failure to so comply. In addition, if
Tenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least 60 days prior
to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord,
Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds
thereof (and such proceeds need not be segregated) in accordance with
the terms of this Section 5 of Exhibit F. |
|
|
C. |
|
Use of Proceeds by Landlord. The proceeds of the Letter of Credit
shall constitute Landlords sole and separate property (and not Tenants
property or the property of Tenants bankruptcy estate) and Landlord may
immediately upon any draw (and without notice to Tenant) apply or offset
the proceeds of the Letter of Credit: (i) against any Rent payable by
Tenant under the Lease that is not paid when due; (ii) against all losses
and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably
estimates that it may suffer as a result of Tenants failure to comply with
one or more provisions of the Lease, including any damages arising
under section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code following termination of
the Lease; (iii) against any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with
the Lease (including attorneys fees); and (iv) against any other amount
that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of
Tenants default. Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations
under the Lease, Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within 45 days after
the Final LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of
Credit received by Landlord and not applied as allowed above; provided,
that if prior to the Final LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by
Tenant or any Guarantor, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant
or any Guarantor by any of Tenants or Guarantors creditors, under the
Federal Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make
such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until
either all preference issues relating to payments under the Lease have
been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such
bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in each case |
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
8
|
|
|
pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending
appeal. |
|
|
D. |
|
Additional Covenants of Tenant. If, as result of any
application or use
by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the
Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant
shall, within five days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional
letter(s)
of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of
credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount), and any such additional (or
replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this
Section 5 of Exhibit F, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the
same shall constitute an uncurable Default by Tenant. Tenant further
covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter
of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors
or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance,
attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. |
|
|
E. |
|
Nature of Letter of Credit. Landlord and Tenant (1)
acknowledge and
agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any
renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof (including
the LC Proceeds Account) be deemed to be or treated as a security
deposit under any Law applicable to security deposits in the commercial
context, including Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such
section now exist or as may be hereafter amended or succeeded
(Security Deposit Laws), (2) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of
Credit (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any
proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the
Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto,
and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may
now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security
Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of
the California Civil Code and all other provisions of Law, now or hereafter
in effect, which (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must
refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord
may claim from the Security Deposit only those sums reasonably
necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage
caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord
may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Section 8.06 above
and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any
loss or damage caused by Tenants breach of this Lease or the acts or
omission of Tenant or any other Tenant Related Parties, including any
damages Landlord suffers following termination of the Lease. |
|
8.10 |
|
Landlord Work and Shower Facility. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has
completed the Landlord Work and the Shower Facility as required under the
Lease and has no further obligations to Tenant under the Work Letter attached
thereto as Exhibit C. Landlord acknowledges that the foregoing shall not be
interpreted to limit Landlords obligations to install a lobby directory including
Tenants information, as provided in Paragraph 4 of Exhibit F to the Lease, and
to install security card readers in the elevators in the Building pursuant to Section
7.01 (d) of the Lease. |
|
|
8.11 |
|
Building Services. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 7.01 of
the Lease: and (h) Landlord shall ensure that the building ledges visible from
the Premises are maintained periodically so that they remain clean and tidy. |
|
9.01. |
|
This Amendment and the attached exhibits, which are hereby incorporated into
and made a part of this Amendment, set forth the entire agreement between the parties
with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or
written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled
to any Rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to
the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in
connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this
Amendment. |
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
9
|
9.02. |
|
Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the
Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. |
|
|
9.03. |
|
In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this
Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. |
|
|
9.04. |
|
Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this
Amendment. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has
executed and delivered the same to Tenant. |
|
|
9.05. |
|
The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as
set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein
and not redefined in this Amendment. |
|
|
9.06. |
|
Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with Wayne Mascia
Associates (Broker) as broker in connection with this Amendment. Tenant
agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties harmless
from all claims of any brokers other than Broker claiming to have represented
Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to pay a brokerage
commission to Broker in accordance with the terms of a separate agreement to be
entered into between Landlord and Broker. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant
that Landlord has dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment.
Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant Related Parties
harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in
connection with this Amendment. |
|
|
|
|
Equity Office Properties Management Corp. (EOPMC) is an affiliate of Landlord and
represents only the Landlord in this transaction. Any assistance rendered by any agent or
employee of EOPMC in connection with this Amendment or any subsequent amendment or
modification hereto has been or will be made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in
furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for
Tenant. |
|
|
9.07. |
|
Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the
authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which
such signatory is acting. |
[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
EOM GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Equity Office Management, L.L.C., a
Delaware limited liability company, its non-member
manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Mark Geisreiter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Mark Geisreiter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC., a California-corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Douglas J. Valenti |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Douglas J. Valenti
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
President & CEO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael McDauvgl |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Michael McDauvgl
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
V.P. and General Counsel |
|
|
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
11
EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF EXPANSION SPACE
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
12
EXHIBIT A-1
OUTLINE
AND LOCATION OF
6TH FLOOR
REFUSAL SPACE
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
13
EXHIBIT A-2
OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF
7th
FLOOR REFUSAL SPACE
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
14
EXHIBIT B
EXPANSION SPACE WORK LETTER
As used in this Work Letter, the Premises shall be deemed to mean the Expansion Space, as
initially defined in the attached Amendment.
1. |
|
Landlord shall perform improvements to the Expansion Space in accordance with the
plans prepared by AP+I Design, Inc. dated June 7, 2004 (the Expansion Space
Plans), which are attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. The improvements to be performed
by Landlord in accordance with the Expansion Space Plans are hereinafter referred to
as the Expansion Space Landlord Work. It is agreed that construction of the
Expansion Space Landlord Work will be completed at Landlords sole cost and expense
(subject to the terms of Section 2 below) using the Building standard methods, materials
and finishes attached hereto as Exhibit B-2. If any finishes or materials specified in the
Expansion Space Landlord Work are or become unavailable or have long lead times
that would delay Landlords completion of the Expansion Space Landlord Work,
Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to select alternative finishes or
materials to allow Landlord to complete the Expansion Space Landlord Work in a timely
manner. Landlord shall enter into a direct contract for the Expansion Space Landlord
Work with Venture Builders as general contractor. In addition, Landlord shall have the
right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the
Expansion Space Landlord Work. Subject to Landlords obligations expressly set forth
in Article 5 of the Lease, which Landlord agrees shall apply to the Expansion Space
Landlord Work to the same extent applicable to the Landlord Work set forth in the
original Lease, Landlords supervision or performance of any work for or on behalf of
Tenant shall not be deemed a representation by Landlord that such Expansion Space
Plans or the revisions thereto comply with applicable insurance requirements, building
codes, ordinances, laws or regulations, or that the improvements constructed in
accordance with the Expansion Space Plans and any revisions thereto will be adequate
for Tenants use, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the
design of Tenants plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality
of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the premises and the
placement of Tenants furniture, appliances and equipment). |
|
2. |
|
If Tenant shall request any revisions to the Expansion Space Plans, Landlord shall have
such revisions prepared at Tenants sole cost and expense and Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for the cost of preparing any such revisions to the Expansion Space Plans,
plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, upon demand. Promptly upon
completion of the revisions, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the increased cost
in the Expansion Space Landlord Work, if any, resulting from such revisions to the
Expansion Space Plans. Tenant, within three (3) Business Days, shall notify Landlord in
writing whether it desires to proceed with such revisions. In the absence of such written
authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue work on the Expansion Space
disregarding the requested revision. Tenant shall be responsible for any Tenant Delay
in completion of the Expansion Space resulting from any revision to the Expansion
Space Plans. If such revisions result in an increase in the cost of Expansion Space
Landlord Work, such increased costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax
thereon, shall be payable by Tenant upon demand. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, all revisions to the Expansion Space Plans shall be subject to the approval
of Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord does not disapprove Tenants requested
revisions to the Expansion Plans prior to having such revisions prepared, then if
Landlord proceeds with preparation of the revised Expansion Plans and thereafter
disapproves the revisions for reasons other than (a) a violation of applicable fire or
building codes, or of other Laws, (b) the triggering of a legal requirement for upgrades
or alterations to the Premises or other parts of the Building, or (3) incompatibility or
conflicts with Building systems, then Tenant shall not be obligated to reimburse Landlord
for the cost of preparation of the revised Plans. |
|
3. |
|
This Expansion Space Work Letter shall not be deemed applicable to any additional
space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options
under the Lease (as amended hereby) or otherwise, or to any portion of the original
Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the
original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease (as amended
hereby) or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease (as amended hereby)
or any amendment or supplement to the Lease (as amended hereby). |
June 11,
2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
15
EXHIBIT B-1
EXPANSION SPACE PLANS
June 11, 2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
16
EXHIBIT B-2
BUILDING STANDARDS
|
|
AP+I DESIGN, INC. | Architecture Planning Interior Design |
May 24, 2004
Job No. 04158
Venture Builders
1509 Industrial Road
San Carlos, CA 94070
Attention: Leslie Noonan
Subject: Quinstreet Pricing Information
Dear Leslie:
The following is a list of standards that will be required for the Quinstreet space on the
seventh floor at Parkside Towers. The tenant improvement standards will be duplications of
the standards on the eighth floor as follows:
QUINSTREET
|
|
|
Full height insulated walls at all enclosed rooms.
|
|
|
|
|
T-Bar ceiling with parabolic fixtures at all enclosed rooms. |
|
|
|
|
At all open office locations ceiling will be exposed with a system in place for
cable management. Landlord has asked the installing contractor to do a mockup of the proposed
ceiling to review with all parties. Until that time Landlord is willing to commit to
providing
a ceiling that is mutually agreeable for both parties. |
|
|
|
|
Ceiling will be exposed, therefore all overhead cabling, ductwork, etc. must be
clean and installed in an organized neat manner. |
|
|
|
|
Pendant hung strip fixtures used in open office areas to match standard on eighth floor. |
|
|
|
|
Doors will be natural maple veneer (3-0 x 9-0) with brushed aluminum
sidelights (2-6 x 9-0). Door hardware-polished chrome. |
|
|
|
|
Carpet: In open office areas Bigelow Camden. In closed teaming/conference
areas Bigelow Cyberweave. Rubber base Burke. |
|
|
|
|
VCT: In server room, storage room and breakroom Armstrong. |
|
|
|
|
Provide upper and lower cabinets in breakroom w/ dishwasher and garbage disposal.
Upper and lower cabinets in copy/mail area. |
|
|
|
|
Electrical requirements: |
Conference rooms and teaming rooms two power/two phone/data
Conference rooms floor power/data/phone in center of room
Phone rooms 1 power 1 phone/data
Server room refer to eight floor TI
All other electrical requirements refer to eighth floor Quinstreet tenant
improvement standards.
200
Blossom Lane, Mountain View, CA 94041 | main 650.254.1444 | fax 650.254.1411 | www.apidesign.com
June 11,
2004
Matter ID Number: 13883
17
Venture Builders
May 26, 2004
Page Two
ELEVATOR LOBBY
|
|
Provide building standard stone tile at elevator lobby floor. Provide stone tile base. |
|
|
|
Provide painted walls, ceiling and painted elevator doors and trims. |
|
|
|
Provide wall sconces to match bldg. standard. |
|
|
|
Provide 2-0 soffit at perimeter of ceiling. |
|
|
|
Provide building standard can lights at ceiling. |
Please give me a call with questions or comments.
Thank you.
Very truly yours,
Jennifer Morse
Principal
4157quin.ltr
200 Blossom Lane, Mountain View, CA 94041 | main 650.254.1444 | fax 650.254.1411 | www.apidesign.com
SECOND AMENDMENT
THIS
SECOND AMENDMENT (the Amendment) is made and
entered into as of March 7, 2005, by and
between CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership
(Landlord) and QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation (Tenant).
RECITALS
A. |
|
Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease dated June 2, 2003, which lease has
been previously amended by that certain First Amendment dated June 24, 2004 (the
First Amendment) (collectively, the Lease). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has
leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 53,877 rentable square feet
(the Premises) described as Suite Nos. 700 and 800 on the 7th and 8th floors,
respectively, of the building commonly known as Parkside Tower East located at 1051
East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster City, California (the Building). |
|
B. |
|
Tenant and Landlord mutually desire that the Lease be amended on and subject to the
following terms and conditions. |
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are
incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant
agree as follows:
1. |
|
Amendment. Effective as of the date hereof, Landlord and Tenant agree that
the Lease shall be amended in accordance with the following terms and conditions: |
|
1.01. |
|
Temporary Fitness Center Space. |
|
A. |
|
As of February 28, 2005, the Lease shall terminate with respect to
the Fitness Center Space, as set forth in Section 8.08 of the First Amendment,
and Tenant shall surrender the Fitness Center Space to Landlord pursuant to
Section 25 of the Lease. During the period beginning on March 1, 2005 and ending
on March 31, 2005 (such period being referred to herein as the
Temporary Fitness Center Space Term), Landlord shall allow Tenant to use approximately 3,000
rentable square feet of space located on the 4th floor of the Building
as shown on Exhibit A of this Amendment (the Temporary Fitness Center Space)
for the placing of exercise equipment and use as a fitness center by Tenants
employees only, all at Tenants sole risk and Tenants sole cost and expense. THE
TEMPORARY FITNESS CENTER SPACE TERM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY RENEW FOR CONSECUTIVE
PERIODS OF 1 MONTH EACH UNTIL TERMINATED BY EITHER PARTY BY THE DELIVERY OF NOT
LESS THAN 30 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE OTHER PARTY. Such Temporary Fitness
Center Space shall be accepted by Tenant in its as-is condition and
configuration, it being agreed that Landlord shall be under no obligation to
perform any work in the Temporary Fitness Center Space or to incur any costs in
connection with Tenants move in, move out or occupancy of the Temporary Fitness
Center Space. Tenant acknowledges that it shall be entitled to use and occupy the
Temporary Fitness Center Space at its sole cost, expense and risk. Tenant shall
not construct any improvements or make any alterations of any type to the
Temporary Fitness Center Space unless Tenant has first complied with all
requirements of Section 9 of the Lease. All costs in connection with making the
Temporary Fitness Center Space ready for occupancy by Tenant shall be the sole
responsibility of Tenant. As a condition of Tenants use of the Temporary Fitness
Center Space, and prior to the use of the Temporary Fitness Center Space by and
of Tenants employees, Tenant shall comply with the requirements contained in the
email from the Foster City Fire Marshal, attached hereto as Exhibit B (the
Foster City Fire Marshal Requirements). Tenants failure to comply with the
Foster City Fire Marshal Requirements shall automatically terminate any rights
granted to Tenant to use the Temporary Fitness Center Space. |
2/28/2005
Matter ID #: 18445
|
B. |
|
During the Temporary Fitness Center Space Term, the Temporary
Fitness Center Space shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the
Lease, including, without limitation, Section 13 (Indemnity and Waiver of
Claims), Section 14 (Insurance) and Section 15 (Subrogation), except as
expressly modified herein and except that (i) Tenant shall not be entitled to
receive any allowances, abatement or other financial concession in
connection with the Temporary Fitness Center Space which was granted
with respect to the Premises unless such concessions are expressly
provided for herein with respect to the Temporary Fitness Center Space,
(ii) the Temporary Fitness Center Space shall not be subject to any
renewal or expansion rights of Tenant under the Lease, (iii) Tenant shall
not be required to pay Base Rent for the Temporary Space during the
Temporary Fitness Center Space Term, and (iv) Tenant shall not be
required to pay Tenants Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes for the
Temporary Fitness Center Space during the Temporary Fitness Center
Space Term. |
|
|
C. |
|
Upon termination of the Temporary Fitness Center Space Term, Tenant
shall vacate the Temporary Fitness Center Space and deliver the same
to Landlord in the same condition that the Temporary Fitness Center
Space was delivered to Tenant, ordinary wear and tear excepted. At the
expiration or earlier termination of the Temporary Fitness Center Space
Term, Tenant shall remove all debris, all items of Tenants personalty,
and any trade fixtures of Tenant from the Temporary Fitness Center
Space. Tenant shall be fully liable for all damage Tenant or Tenants
agents, employees, contractors, or subcontractors cause to the
Temporary Fitness Center Space. |
|
|
D. |
|
Tenant shall have no right to hold over or otherwise occupy the
Temporary Fitness Center Space at any time following the expiration or
earlier termination of the Temporary Fitness Center Space Term, and in
the event of such holdover, Landlord shall immediately be entitled to
institute dispossessory proceedings to recover possession of the
Temporary Fitness Center Space, without first providing notice thereof to
Tenant. In the event of holding over by Tenant after expiration or
termination of the Temporary Fitness Center Space Term without the
written authorization of Landlord, Tenant shall pay, for such holding over,
$6,150.00 for each month or partial month of holdover, plus all
consequential damages that Landlord incurs as a result of the Tenants
hold over. During any such holdover, Tenants occupancy of the
Temporary Fitness Center Space shall be deemed that of a tenant at
sufferance, and in no event, either during the Temporary Fitness Center
Space Term or during any holdover by Tenant, shall Tenant be
determined to be a tenant-at-will under applicable law. While Tenant is
occupying the Temporary Fitness Center Space, Landlord or Landlords
authorized agents shall be entitled to enter the Temporary Fitness Center
Space, upon reasonable notice, to display the Temporary Fitness Center
Space to prospective tenants. |
|
1.02. |
|
Landlords Notice Address. The Landlords Notice Address as set forth in the
Basic Lease Information of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced
with the following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDRESS OF LANDLORD: |
|
With a copy to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CA-Parkside Towers Limited Partnership |
|
Equity Office |
|
|
c/o Equity Office |
|
One Market, Spear Tower, |
|
|
950 Tower Lane, Suite 950 |
|
Suite 600 |
|
|
Foster City, California 94404 |
|
San Francisco, California 94105 |
|
|
Attention: Property Manager |
|
Attention: Regional Counsel |
|
|
|
|
San Francisco Region |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as amended hereby, Rent
shall be made payable to the entity, and sent to the address, Landlord designates and shall
be made by good and sufficient check or by other means acceptable to Landlord. |
2/28/2005
Matter ID #: 18445
|
2.01. |
|
This Amendment and the attached exhibits, which are hereby incorporated into
and made a part of this Amendment, set forth the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional
oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall
Tenant be entitled to any Rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold
improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives
that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease,
unless specifically set forth in this Amendment. |
|
|
2.02. |
|
Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the
Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. |
|
|
2.03. |
|
In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this
Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. |
|
|
2.04. |
|
Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this
Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall
not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant. |
|
|
2.05. |
|
The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as
set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein
and not redefined in this Amendment. |
|
|
2.06. |
|
Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker in
connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord
and the Landlord Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming
to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord hereby
represents to Tenant that Landlord has dealt with no broker in connection with this
Amendment. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant and the Tenant
Related Parties harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have
represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. |
|
|
2.07. |
|
Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the
authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting. |
[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
2/28/2005
Matter ID #: 18445
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
EOM GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability |
|
|
|
|
company, its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Equity Office Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its non-member manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kenneth Young
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Kenneth Young
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Managing Director, Leasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael McDonough
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Michael McDonough |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
V.P. Secretary & General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Bronwyn Syiek |
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Bronwyn Syiek |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
COO |
|
|
2/28/2005
Matter ID #: 18445
EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FITNESS CENTER SPACE
This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Amendment by and between
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
partnership
(Landlord) and QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation (Tenant) for space
in the Building located at 1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster City, California.
2/28/2005
Matter ID #: 18445
EXHIBIT B
FOSTER CITY FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS
This Exhibit is attached to and made a part of the Amendment by and between
CA-PARKSIDE TOWERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (Landlord)
and QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation (Tenant) for space in the Building
located at 1051 East Hillsdale Boulevard, Foster City, California.
|
|
The work will need to be approved by the City of Foster City. |
|
|
|
The work will need to be permitted. |
John Mapes <jmapes@fostercity.org>
01/31/2005 10:26 AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To |
|
|
|
|
<David_Weinstein@equityoffice.com>, Chuck Haney |
|
|
|
|
<chaney@fostercity.org> |
|
|
|
|
cc <Bsonntag@Quinstreet.Com> |
|
|
Subject |
|
|
|
|
RE: Quinstreet Gym |
David,
The Building Official and I visited the site today 1/31/05. The only issues I have are:
1. Providing sufficient emergency lighting so that the exit pathways are visible at all times
(Building Permit required for all electrical work)
2. Covering or clearly identifying the existing trip hazards in the floor
3. Providing a 2A10BC dry chemical fire extinguisher for the area
The building emergency systems and exit signs are existing and must be active at all times (they appear to be.)
John Mapes
Fire Marshal
FCFD
Chuck Haney
Chief Building Offical
2/28/2005
Matter ID #: 18445
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
(Lease Extension)
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the Amendment) is made and entered into as of September 9,
2008, by and between PARKSIDE TOWERS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (Landlord), and
QUINSTREET, INC., a California corporation (Tenant).
RECITALS
A. CA-Parkside Towers Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership,
predecessor-in-interest to Landlord, and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease
Agreement
dated as of June 2, 2003 (the Original Lease), as amended by that certain First Amendment
dated as of June 24, 2004 (the First Amendment) and by that certain Second Amendment dated
as of March 7, 2005 (the Second Amendment), pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord
certain premises commonly known as Suites 700 and 800 (the Premises) on the seventh
(7th)
and eighth (8th) floors of the building commonly known as Parkside Tower East
located at 1051
East Hillsdale Boulevard in Foster City, California, which Premises contain an aggregate of
approximately 53,877 rentable square feet. The Original Lease, as amended by the First
Amendment and the Second Amendment, is herein referred to collectively as the Lease. The
Lease is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2009.
B. Landlord
and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the Term of the Lease, as more fully set forth below.
C. Capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Lease.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants, terms
and conditions herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. Term; Rental.
The Term of the Lease for the Premises is hereby extended for a
period of one (1) year (the One-Year Extension Term) commencing on November 1, 2009 and
terminating on October 31, 2010. Tenant shall pay to Landlord throughout the One-Year Extension
Term, at such place as Landlord may designate, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand,
Base Rent for the Premises in lawful money of the United States in the following amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
Months |
|
Monthly Base Rent Rate |
|
Monthly Base Rent |
November 1, 2009 October 31, 2010 |
|
$2.65 psf |
|
$142,774.05 |
Nothing herein shall be construed to limit or alter Tenants obligation to pay Tenants Pro Rata
Share of Expense Excess and Tax Excess as provided in Exhibit B to the Original Lease, throughout
the One-Year Extension Term. The Base Year shall remain calendar year 2004.
1
2. Condition of Premises. Tenant shall accept the Premises in its AS IS
condition effective as of the commencement of the One-Year Extension Term. Tenant
acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to make or to pay for any improvements to
the Premises or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenants occupancy during the One-Year
Extension Term. Subject to the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby, all Building operating
systems shall be in good condition and repair as of the commencement date of the One-Year
Extension Term.
3. Modifications to Lease. Effective as of the date hereof:
3.1 Notices to Landlord. Landlords addresses for receipt of notices under
the Lease are as follows:
c/o Harvest Properties, Inc.
6475 Christie Avenue, Suite 550
Emeryville, CA 94608
Attention: Parkside Towers Property Manager
Telephone: (510) 594-2050
Facsimile: (510) 594-2049
With a copy to:
c/o Invesco Real Estate
500 Three Galleria Tower
13155 Noel Road
Dallas, Texas 75240
Attention: Parkside Towers Asset Manager
Telephone: (972) 715-7497
Facsimile: (972) 715-5816
3.2 Renewal Option. Tenants Renewal Option set forth in Section 1 of
Exhibit F to the Original Lease shall be for a period of four (4) years (rather than five (5)
years) in accordance with the terms of Section 8.02 of the First Amendment.
4. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each warrants that it has had no dealings with any
broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than
Colliers Parrish International, Inc., representing Tenant, whose commission, if any, shall be paid
solely by Tenant, and Harvest Properties, representing Landlord, whose commission, if any,
shall be paid solely by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant each agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the
other harmless from and against any claims by any other broker, agent or other person claiming a
commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with such party with regard
to this leasing transaction.
5. Ratification. This Amendment contains the entire understanding between the
parties with respect to the matters contained herein. Except as modified by this Amendment, the
Lease and all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements thereof are hereby in all
respects ratified, confirmed and approved. No representations, warranties, covenants or agreements have
2
been made concerning or affecting the subject matter of this Amendment, except as are contained
herein and in the Lease. Tenant hereby affirms that on the date hereof no breach or default by
either Landlord or Tenant has occurred, and that the Lease, and all of its terms, conditions,
covenants, agreements and provisions, except as hereby modified, are in full force and effect with
no defenses or offsets thereto.
6. Authority. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (a) Tenant is
in good standing under the laws of the State of California, (b) Tenant has full corporate power
and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all of the Tenants obligations
under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (c) each person (and all of the persons if
more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized
to do so.
7. Successors and Assigns. This Amendment, and each and every provision hereof,
shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.
8. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed, interpreted and enforced,
and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto determined, in accordance with the laws of the
State of California.
9. Headings and Captions. The headings and captions of the paragraphs of this
Amendment are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe or limit the
scope or intent of this Amendment or any of the provisions hereof.
10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of identical
counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all, when taken together, shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
3
11. No Offer. Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant
does not constitute an offer to lease or a reservation of or option for lease, and this
instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by
each of Landlord and Tenant.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this instrument effective as of the day
and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD: |
|
TENANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARKSIDE TOWERS, L.P., |
|
QUINSTREET, INC., |
a Delaware limited partnership |
|
a California corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Harvest Parkside Investors, LLC,
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Daniel E. Caul
|
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company,
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Daniel E. Caul, |
|
|
|
|
its General Partner
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Senior Vice President, General
Counsel &
Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Joss Hanna
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kenneth Hahn |
|
|
Name:
|
|
JOSS HANNA
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
KENNETH HAHN |
|
|
Title:
|
|
VP
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
SVP FINANCE & CFO |
|
|
|
|
|
[If
Tenant is a corporation, Tenant should have one
officer from each of the following categories sign for Tenant: (a) a president, vice president or
chairman of the board and (b) a secretary, assistant secretary, chief financial
officer or assistant treasurer (unless the Amendment is returned accompanied by a corporate
resolution identifying a single authorized signatory).] |
4
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
|
|
|
Name |
|
Jurisdiction |
QuinStreet LLC
|
|
Illinois |
HQ Publications LLC
|
|
Illinois |
ReliableRemodeler.com, Inc.
|
|
Delaware |
CyberSpace Communications Corporation
|
|
Oklahoma |
QuinStreet Media, Inc.
|
|
Nevada |
WorldWide Learn, Inc.
|
|
Alberta |
3041486 Nova Scotia Company
|
|
Nova Scotia |
WorldWide Learn Partnership
|
|
Alberta |
exv23w2
;
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on
Form S-1 of our report dated November 19, 2009
relating to the financial statements and financial statement
schedule of QuinStreet, Inc., which appears in such Registration
Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the
heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
November 19, 2009